<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" >

<channel>
	<title>Wireless &#8211; XVRAID XVR-DVR-NVR CCTV DESK</title>
	<atom:link href="https://www.xvraid.com/tag/wireless/feed" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>https://www.xvraid.com</link>
	<description>security and surveillance blog</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Fri, 28 Jun 2024 06:40:08 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en-US</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>
	hourly	</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>
	1	</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>https://wordpress.org/?v=7.1</generator>

<image>
	<url>https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/ipcam.png</url>
	<title>Wireless &#8211; XVRAID XVR-DVR-NVR CCTV DESK</title>
	<link>https://www.xvraid.com</link>
	<width>32</width>
	<height>32</height>
</image> 
	<item>
		<title>Security Camera Buying Guide 2024</title>
		<link>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/security-camera-buying-guide-2024.html</link>
					<comments>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/security-camera-buying-guide-2024.html#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[XVR AiD]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 28 Jun 2024 06:39:18 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[access]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[analog]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[analyze]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[app]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CCTV]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[fisheye]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Initial Setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Install]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ios]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip cam]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Monitor]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion detect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[motion detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Outdoor]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[phone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recorder]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Remote Access]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[security camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security camera system]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[smart camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Smart Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Upgrade]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video recorders]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wireless]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[with]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[XVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[zoom]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.xvraid.com/?p=5882</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Security Camera Buying Guide and How to Choose, In today&#8217;s fast-paced world, the importance of security cannot be overstated. Whether you&#8217;re a...]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Security Camera Buying Guide and How to Choose, In today&#8217;s fast-paced world, the importance of security cannot be overstated. Whether you&#8217;re a business owner looking to protect your assets or a homeowner keen on ensuring the safety of your family, investing in the right <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Closed-circuit_television_camera" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener">security camera</a> is essential. With many options available, making the right choice can seem challenging. This comprehensive guide is designed to help you navigate through the security cameras available with us at CCTV Security Pros, ensuring that you make an informed decision that meets your specific needs.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/security-cameras-buying-guide-728w485h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img fetchpriority="high" decoding="async" width="728" height="485" class="wp-image-5883 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/security-cameras-buying-guide-728w485h.png" alt="security cameras buying guide 728w485h" title="Security Camera Buying Guide 2024 3" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/security-cameras-buying-guide-728w485h.png 728w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/security-cameras-buying-guide-728w485h-300x200.png 300w" sizes="(max-width: 728px) 100vw, 728px" /></a></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #282828; font-size: 16.5pt;">Understanding the Basics: What You Need to Know Before Buying</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">Before diving into the different types of security cameras, it&#8217;s crucial to understand some basic but important considerations that will influence your choice.</span></p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-style: italic; color: #2e74b5;"><span style="color: #282828; font-size: 15pt;">Identifying Your Security Needs</span></h4>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">When considering the installation of a security camera system, the first step is to assess your specific needs. The requirements of a sprawling estate versus a cozy apartment differ vastly. Similarly, a retail business will have different security needs compared to a manufacturing unit. Begin by asking yourself the following questions:</span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">What are the key areas that need surveillance?</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">Do I need indoor, outdoor, or both types of cameras?</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">How important is image quality to me?</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">What&#8217;s my budget?</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">Answering these questions will lay a solid foundation for your search and ensure that you don&#8217;t end up with a security camera system that&#8217;s either overkill or insufficient for your needs.</span></p>
<h3>Security Camera Buying Guide and How to Choose</h3>
<h4 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-style: italic; color: #2e74b5;"><span style="color: #282828; font-size: 15pt;">Considering the Location</span></h4>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">The location where the cameras will be installed plays a pivotal role in your decision-making process. Indoor cameras differ significantly from outdoor cameras, particularly in terms of durability and weather resistance. If you&#8217;re considering outdoor surveillance, ensure the cameras are weatherproof and have adequate night vision capabilities.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/a_step-by-step_guide_to_home_security_camera_installation_and_setup_1200x600_crop_center.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" width="1200" height="600" class="wp-image-5884 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/a_step-by-step_guide_to_home_security_camera_installation_and_setup_1200x600_crop_center.jpeg" alt="a step by" title="Security Camera Buying Guide 2024 4" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/a_step-by-step_guide_to_home_security_camera_installation_and_setup_1200x600_crop_center.jpeg 1200w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/a_step-by-step_guide_to_home_security_camera_installation_and_setup_1200x600_crop_center-300x150.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/a_step-by-step_guide_to_home_security_camera_installation_and_setup_1200x600_crop_center-1024x512.jpeg 1024w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/a_step-by-step_guide_to_home_security_camera_installation_and_setup_1200x600_crop_center-768x384.jpeg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1200px) 100vw, 1200px" /></a></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #282828; font-size: 19pt;">Exploring Security Camera Technologies</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">When choosing a security camera, it is critical to understand the differences and similarities between IP security cameras and HD over coax security cameras to select the right type for specific needs.</span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #282828; font-size: 16.5pt;">What are IP Security Cameras?</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">IP (Internet Protocol) security cameras</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;"> are digital video cameras that use networks to transmit image </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">data</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;"> and control signals over an IP network. These cameras can be directly accessed from a network connection, making them highly versatile for a variety of settings.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">Advantages of IP Security Cameras</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">High Resolution:</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;"> IP cameras are known for high-resolution images, which can go up to 4K resolution, allowing for clearer and more detailed images.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">Scalability:</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;"> They are highly scalable as one can easily add more cameras to the existing network without significant infrastructure changes.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">Remote Accessibility:</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;"> IP cameras can be accessed and controlled remotely, making it possible to monitor footage from anywhere in the world via the internet.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">Disadvantages of IP Security Cameras</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">Cost Factors:</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;"> They tend to be more expensive than other types, both in terms of initial setup and maintenance.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">Network Dependency:</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;"> These cameras require a stable network connection, which can be a limitation in areas with poor connectivity.</span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #282828; font-size: 16.5pt;">What are HD Over Coax Security Cameras?</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">HD over coax security cameras</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;"> transmit high-definition video over coaxial cable. These cameras are an upgrade from the traditional analog CCTV systems, providing better resolution and clarity without the need for new cabling infrastructure.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">Advantages of HD Over Coax Security Cameras</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">Cost-effectiveness:</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;"> Generally less expensive than IP cameras and utilize existing coaxial cable setups.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">Ease of Installation:</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;"> They are relatively easy to install, especially if replacing existing analog systems.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">Reliability:</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;"> Less dependent on network bandwidth and do not suffer from network-induced lag.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">Disadvantages of HD Over Coax Security Cameras</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">Limited Resolution:</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;"> While improved over analog cameras, their resolution does not compare to the high levels achievable by IP cameras.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">Scalability Issues:</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;"> Adding more cameras often requires additional DVRs (Digital Video Recorders), which can complicate the system.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">Comparing Video Quality and Resolution</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">When it comes to resolution, IP cameras generally offer more with options going up to 4K, whereas HD over coax typically maxes out at 1080p. This makes IP cameras a better choice for scenarios where detail is critical.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">Comparing the Cost Implications</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">IP cameras have a higher upfront cost primarily due to the need for networking equipment and possibly, higher quality cabling. However, HD over coax cameras often involve less expensive equipment but might incur more costs if extensive cabling is needed.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">Remote Access Capabilities</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">Both IP camera systems and HD over coax camera systems excel in remote access as they can be configured for view from any location thru PC, cell, or tablet through the internet. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">Use Case Analysis</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">For large, expanding facilities or highly detailed surveillance needs, IP cameras would be more suitable. In contrast, HD over coax cameras are well-suited for smaller setups or where budget constraints are significant.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">Future Trends in Security Cameras</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">The future likely holds further enhancements in camera resolution and network capabilities for IP cameras, and continuous integration of advanced analytics. HD over coax might see improvements in compression and transmission to allow for higher resolutions.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">Both IP and HD over coax security cameras offer distinct advantages and disadvantages. Your choice should depend on your specific needs, budget, and desired scalability. Understanding these aspects will guide you in choosing the most suitable type.</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #282828; font-size: 19pt;">Exploring Types of Security Cameras</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">With a basic understanding of what to consider before purchasing, let&#8217;s delve into the most popular types of security cameras available on the market.</span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #282828; font-size: 16.5pt;">Dome Cameras</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">Dome cameras are named for their dome-like shape, making them more discreet than other types. They&#8217;re excellent for indoor use, especially in retail or commercial settings, where they can blend in with the decor while providing a wide viewing angle.  In addition, most of our </span><a href="https://www.cctvsecuritypros.com/dome-cctv-cameras/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">dome cameras</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;"> are also vandal resistant.</span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #282828; font-size: 16.5pt;">Bullet Cameras</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">Bullet cameras</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;"> are long and cylindrical. They are typically used outdoors, mounted on walls or ceilings. These cameras are known for their strong night vision capabilities and long-distance viewing, making them ideal for monitoring large areas like backyards or parking lots.  Whether you need a wide angle or a zoom we have the perfext bullet security camera for you. </span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #282828; font-size: 16.5pt;">Wireless vs. Wired Cameras</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">Another crucial consideration is whether to go for wireless or wired cameras. Wireless cameras offer flexibility in placement and are generally easier to install. However, they depend on your Wi-Fi signal&#8217;s strength and can be more susceptible to interference. On the other </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">hand, wired cameras require a more complex installation process but provide a more stable and reliable connection, making them well-suited for extensive surveillance systems.</span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #282828; font-size: 16.5pt;">Smart Cameras</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">Smart cameras come with features like motion detection, facial recognition, and automatic alerts. These cameras not only record footage but also analyze it, sending you notifications when something out of the ordinary happens. They&#8217;re perfect for homeowners who want to stay informed about their property&#8217;s security in real time.  We also have specialty cameras such as </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">PTZ, license plate, and fisheye cameras</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">.</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #282828; font-size: 19pt;">Key Features to Look For</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">Delving deeper into the specifics, here&#8217;s what you should look for when shopping for a security camera:</span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">Resolution:</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;"> Higher resolution cameras produce clearer images, making it easier to identify faces or license plates. Look for cameras with at least 1080p resolution for adequate clarity.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">Field of View:</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;"> This determines the width of the area a camera can cover. A wider field of view means fewer cameras required to monitor the same space.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">Night Vision:</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;"> Crucial for outdoor cameras, night vision capabilities allow your camera to capture clear footage even in low light conditions.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">Motion Detection:</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;"> Cameras with motion detection can send alerts and </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">start</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;"> recording only when movement is detected, saving storage space and allowing for more efficient monitoring.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">Weather Resistance:</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;"> For outdoor cameras, it&#8217;s essential to choose models that are weather-resistant to ensure durability against elements like rain, wind, or dust.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">Audio Features:</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;"> Some cameras come with built-in microphones and speakers, enabling two-way communication. This can be particularly useful in scenarios where you need to interact with visitors or deter potential intruders verbally.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">Selecting the right </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;">security camera</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13pt;"> for your home or business requires careful consideration of your specific security needs, the features you value most, and the type of camera that best suits your space. By taking the time to understand the different options available and what each offers, you can make an informed choice that ensures your property is watched over effectively. Remember, the goal is not just to deter potential intruders but to give you the confidence that comes with knowing your space is secure. Whether you opt for a dome camera for your business interior or a bullet camera for outdoor surveillance, ensuring your peace of mind is the ultimate priority.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/security-camera-buying-guide-2024.html/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>LaView NVR setup and user guide</title>
		<link>https://www.xvraid.com/how-to/laview-nvr-setup-and-user-guide.html</link>
					<comments>https://www.xvraid.com/how-to/laview-nvr-setup-and-user-guide.html#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[XVR AiD]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 25 Jan 2024 17:30:49 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Add Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[app]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[app setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Client Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[dahua]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Domain Name]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR user]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[enable]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Factory Default Settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[how do]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Install]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instruction]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP address]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip cam]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iphone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[LaView DVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live View]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mobile App]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion detect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[motion detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password Reset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[phone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PoE switch]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Remote View]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[reset the password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Search Tool]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[security camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security camera system]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[temporary password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[troubleshoot]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Upgrade]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VMS Client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[wifi camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wireless]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.xvraid.com/?p=4664</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[LaView NVR setup and user guide, No, unfortunately each port on the back of the NVR is only designed for 1 camera....]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>LaView NVR setup and user guide, No, unfortunately each port on the back of the NVR is only designed for 1 camera. This will only allow about 2 cameras to show up. To use a switch, you’ll have to connect the switch to the same router that the NVR is connected to. Then you’ll proceed to setup the cameras over the network. Please see the Adding cameras over the network FAQ.</p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">Can I add cameras over the network?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Yes, you can add cameras over the network, they do not have to always be connected directly to the NVR. You can use a switch on the network that connected to the same router as your NVR. Please follow these steps to set this up:</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">1.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Connect the camera to your router using an Ethernet cable. Also, use a 12v power supply to power the camera.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">2.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Once the camera is powered and connected to the network, use our network search tool pick up the IP address. If you do not have the Search software, you can download it here (Make sure to disable any anti-virus or malware protection software before installation): </span><a href="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/files/software/UpdateTool_V2.3.2.11.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;">https://www.laviewsecurity.com/files/software/UpdateTool_V2.3.2.11.zip</span></a></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">3.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Make sure the computer or laptop you are using is connected to the same network as the cameras and NVR</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">4.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Once the camera is on the network it should show up on the software. Make sure the IP address matches the network IP address of your network.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Log into the NVR and go to Camera&gt;Camera Management, click on Manual Add, and enter the IP information for the camera. Use the default username: admin password: 123456</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">Can I connect all the cameras to a switch, then the switch to one of the NVR ports?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">No, unfortunately each port on the back of the NVR is only designed for 1 camera. This will only allow about 2 cameras to show up. To use a switch, you’ll have to connect the switch to the same router that the NVR is connected to. Then you’ll proceed to setup the cameras over the network. Please see the Adding cameras over the network FAQ.</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">Can I use my PC to view my cameras remotely?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Yes, you can use your external IP address to view your cameras and manipulate configuration via Web Browser. Our plug in will only work on Internet Explorer or Mozilla Firefox. Once one of those browsers are open, type in your external IP address in the URL bar. If the port forwarding is done correctly, it should bring you to your NVR log in page. Log in using the same credentials as you would directly on the system. After you’re logged in, click the link to download and install the plug in. Restart the browser and click the “All Main” button on the left-hand side, and it should bring up your camera streams.</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2>LaView NVR setup and user guide</h2>
<p>Read Also : <a href="https://www.xvraid.com/dvr-general/laview-dvr-user-guide.html">LaView DVR User Guide</a></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">Can I use port forwarding to setup remote viewing for my NVR?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Yes, you can setup your system via port forwarding. Although, this setup is recommended for more advanced users. You will need to note the IP Address of the NVR/DVR. To obtain this, go to Main Menu&gt;Maintenance&gt;System Info&gt;Network, your IP address will be the IPv4 address at the top. Then you’ll need to log into your router via web browser on a PC. Once logged in, you’ll need to add ports 80, 8000, and 554 to the port forwarding rules. For help with port forwarding for your router, contact the manufacturer or your ISP. There are also guides for a lot of various models of routers here </span><a href="https://portforward.com/" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;">https://portforward.com</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The port forwarding setup should look something like this:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Application   Start     End         Protocol   IP Address</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">DVR1                 80           80         TCP            192.168.x.x.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">DVR2               8000      8000       TCP            192.168.x.x.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">DVR3                554         554       TCP            192.168.x.x.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">To make sure test the ports on </span><a href="http://www.canyouseeme.org/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;">www.canyouseeme.org</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">, and if they are open you can add the information to your phone app.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">LaView Net App Setup:</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">1.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Tap the Menu icon on the top right then Devices and press the (+) on the top right, choose “Manual Adding”.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">2.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Now enter the following for remote view:</span></div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">1.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Alias: Remote View</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">2.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Register Mode: IP/Domain</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">3.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Address: IP address shown under “Your IP” at </span><a href="http://www.canyouseeme.org/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;">www.canyouseeme.org</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">. (Make sure you are at DVR location for this step)</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">4.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Port: 8000</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">5.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">User Name: admin</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">6.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Password: DVR password</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">7.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Camera No.: updates after “Save” on step 3.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">3.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Save on the top right.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">4.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Start Live View.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">*Make sure Wi-Fi is off on the phone when attempting the remote view.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img decoding="async" width="384" height="679" class="wp-image-4665 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-1.jpeg" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/1-2.jpg" title="LaView NVR setup and user guide 26" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-1.jpeg 384w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-1-170x300.jpeg 170w" sizes="(max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">How do I change the camera names on my system?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">To change the camera names go to Menu&gt;Camera Management&gt;Advanced&gt;Basic&gt;IP Camera Name. In that section, you can edit the “Camera Name” Option, please click apply at the bottom before selecting another camera.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">How Do I Set up Remote Viewing for My Surveillance System?</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Assuming you have the IP address of the NVR/DVR, there is a 4-step process to set up remote viewing. Learn more about </span><a href="https://support.laviewsecurity.com/hc/en-us/articles/115010911227-How-do-I-set-up-Remote-viewing-LV-D21xxxxx" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;">remote view camera set-up</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> here.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Are There Any Cameras that Also Allow Me to Monitor the Audio as Well as the Video?</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Yes, we have multiple solutions available to our clients. Here is our most popular </span><a href="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/video-doorbell-camera-666.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;">audio camera</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Does the Surveillance System Come with All of the Wires, Switches, and Accessories I Need?</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Yes. The kit comes with everything you need to install the system and begin recording immediately, including  any necessary wire, </span><a href="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/poe-switch.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;">PoE switch</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">, or </span><a href="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/5-a-power-adapter.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;">AC 12v adapter</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> required for the system to operate.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">How far Apart Can I Set up My Wireless Cameras?</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The environment, particularly barriers such as cement walls, steel structures, or large trees, play a big role in transmission distance. A </span><a href="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/product/wireless-cameras.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;">wifi camera </span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">will typically transmit well for about 150 feet outdoors and 50 feet indoors.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">How do I connect my NVR to my Phone?</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">Please download and use LaView Patrol:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">Note: The app set up is done on an Android device, the iPhone set up will be almost identical.</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">1.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">Download then open the LaView Patrol application. Click on Local View to enter IP information.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="411" height="363" class="wp-image-4666 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-3.jpeg" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Capture-3.jpg" title="LaView NVR setup and user guide 27" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-3.jpeg 411w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-3-300x265.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 411px) 100vw, 411px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">2. Click on the “BACK” button. Tap the “+ Device” option to add a device.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="409" height="369" class="wp-image-4667 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-4.jpeg" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Capture-4.jpg" title="LaView NVR setup and user guide 28" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-4.jpeg 409w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-4-300x271.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 409px) 100vw, 409px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">3. Enter IP address information and click “Save”. Your new device will be on the previous screen. To obtain his IP address go to Main Menu&gt;Configuration&gt;Network. Your IP address will be the “IP address”. (Please note: This setup will only work inside the local network. To enable remote viewing, setup port forwarding and use your WAN IP address from your network. See port forwarding instructions.)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="410" height="366" class="wp-image-4668 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-5.jpeg" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Capture-5.jpg" title="LaView NVR setup and user guide 29" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-5.jpeg 410w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-5-300x268.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 410px) 100vw, 410px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">4. Select new device and choose the channels you wish to see, click the Play/Live button.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="406" height="367" class="wp-image-4669 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-6.jpeg" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Capture-6.jpg" title="LaView NVR setup and user guide 30" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-6.jpeg 406w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-6-300x271.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 406px) 100vw, 406px" /></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">How Do I find my system’s IP address?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">To find your system’s IP address go to Main Menu&gt;Configuration&gt;Network. The IP Address at the top is your local IP. If your IP address is 0.0.0.0 or 192.0.0.64, this means your system is offline. There are a few causes from this, but usually it’s a bad ethernet cable or the cable is not plugged in properly to either the NVR or Router. If those are checked to be correct, try restarting your router by unplugging it for a minute and restarting the DVR.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Do I Need Internet to Activate My Wireless Security Camera System?</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Not exactly. You can set up your </span><a href="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/product/wireless-cameras.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;">wireless security camera system</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> without any internet at all, as this is not a requirement to begin recording. In order to access remote viewing on your mobile devices, you will need a live internet connection.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Does the Surveillance System Come with All of the Wires, Switches, and Accessories I Need?</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Yes. The kit comes with everything you need to install the system and begin recording immediately, including  any necessary wire, </span><a href="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/poe-switch.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;">PoE switch</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">, or </span><a href="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/5-a-power-adapter.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;">AC 12v adapter</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> required for the system to operate.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Are There Any Cameras that Also Allow Me to Monitor the Audio as Well as the Video?</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Yes, we have multiple solutions available to our clients. Here is our most popular </span><a href="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/video-doorbell-camera-666.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;">audio camera</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">What are the Advantages of Installing a Wifi Security Camera System?</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">A </span><a href="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/product/wireless-cameras.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;">wifi security camera system</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> is significantly easier to install than a traditional system, because there is no need to run special wires to each wifi camera. This not only helps the day of installation, but also allows clients to position cameras in places they might not otherwise be able to place them.</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">How Do I format my HDD?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">To format your HDD you’ll need to go to the Main Menu&gt;System&gt;Storage&gt;Management Tab. Once in the HDD menu, highlight the HDD information. Then click on “Format” at the bottom. Please note this will delete all information off the HDD.</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">How do I playback my recordings?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">To playback videos go to Main Menu&gt;Playback. In that section choose your camera(s) on the right-hand side. Then double click any of the days on the calendar. This should automatically start playback for that day. Use the bar at the bottom to jump to a specific time during that day.</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">How Do I set up my recording schedule?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">To set the recording schedule you’ll need to go to Main Menu&gt;Configuration&gt;Schedule&gt;Record Plan. In that section, you’ll have access to each channel’s recording schedule. The camera’s will automatically start and stop, recording, at desired times. If you want to set up only motion recording to each camera, select “Setting” on the right-hand side for the desired day. Choose MD for Motion Detection for the day and set a desired time, if not all day. Then you can copy the schedule to other days at the bottom. Click apply then ok, then apply again. You can now click copy at the bottom and copy the schedule to other channels as well. Or choose another channel at the top to setup a different schedule.</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">How Do I upgrade my system’s Firmware?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Make sure to download your firmware from our website here: </span><a href="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/download/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;">https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/download/</span></a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Once the file is downloaded, extract the file and place it onto a flash drive. Then connect the flash drive to a USB port on the NVR.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
Please go to Main Menu&gt;System&gt;Maintenance&gt;Version and select upgrade. Choose your Firmware file from the list.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="439" height="311" class="wp-image-4670 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-51.jpeg" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/1-3.jpg" title="LaView NVR setup and user guide 31" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-51.jpeg 439w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-51-300x213.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 439px) 100vw, 439px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="388" height="324" class="wp-image-4671 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-52.jpeg" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/3-2.jpg" title="LaView NVR setup and user guide 32" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-52.jpeg 388w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-52-300x251.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 388px) 100vw, 388px" /></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">How to I download videos off my NVR?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">To download video footage you’ll need a flash drive inserted into one of the USB ports on the system. Then go to Main Menu&gt;Backup. Once in the Backup page, you’ll need to select the USB device from the list. Then click on “Backup” at the bottom and you’ll have the file selector screen show up. Make sure AVI is checked, then proceed to backup. You can select a specific channel along with date and time you want to backup. Click on Add, then the list should update. Each file will have a start and end time. Check mark the files desired for back up and click backup at the bottom. Once the progress bar finishes, you now have the files on your USB drive.</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">I forgot the password for my system, how do I reset it?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Please email us at </span><a href="mailto:info@laviewusa.com"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;">info@laviewusa.com</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> to reset the password for this system. In the email please mention you need a password reset along with the model number and date that displays on the main view of the system. A technician will reply with some instructions and a temporary password for your system.</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">I have port forwarding setup, but my external IP address keeps changing. Can I fix this?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Yes, you can either contact your ISP and ask them for a static IP address or setup a DDNS. LaView does offer a free DDNS service that you can setup with these instructions:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">To set up a DDNS please go to </span><a href="http://www.laviewddns.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;">www.laviewddns.com</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> and register.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">After registering and creating your domain name we need to enable the DDNS feature.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Please go to Main Menu&gt;App Center&gt;DDNS.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Enable DDNS: √ (Checked)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">DDNS Type: Laview</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Domain Name: “yourdomainname”.laviewddns.com (“yourdomainname” is the name you created don’t use that or the “ “)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">User Name: your email account used for www.laviewddns.com</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Password: password used for www.laviewddns.com</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Server IP: Laviewddns.com</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Port: 8000</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Please note, in order for the DDNS to work, port forwarding must be setup. You can now use your Domain name to access your system instead of IP.</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">I have some trees in my yard that are triggering my motion detection. How can I fix this?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">You can setup areas for your motion recording within the camera’s configuration. Go to Main Menu&gt;Configuration&gt;Alarm&gt;Set Area “Setting”. In that section, you’ll have a preview of one of the camera along with a red grid over it. You can clear the area and only draw specific areas with motion detection. Or you can just remove the areas by clicking and dragging over the red boxes. Everything in red will trigger motion, anything clear will not.</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">Which mobile app do I need?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">-If you have DVR starting from </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">LV-N52xxxx</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> please download “LaView Patrol”</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="100" height="99" class="wp-image-4672 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-55-100w99h-1.jpeg" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Capture-62-150x150.jpg" title="LaView NVR setup and user guide 33"></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.vss.laviewpatrol&amp;hl=en" target="&quot;_blank&quot;" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="150" height="50" class="wp-image-4673 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-56-150w50h-1.png" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/GooglePlayStore.png" title="LaView NVR setup and user guide 34"></a></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">  </span><span style="color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://itunes.apple.com/us/app/laview-patrol/id1113888683?mt=8" target="&quot;_blank&quot;" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="150" height="50" class="wp-image-4674 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-57-150w50h-1.png" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Apple-AppStore.png" title="LaView NVR setup and user guide 35"></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">-If you have DVR starting from </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">LV-N9xxxx, LV-D11xxxx, LV-D21xxx, or LV-T94xxxx, </span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">please download “LaView Net”</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="100" height="99" class="wp-image-4675 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-58-100w99h.jpeg" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Capture-61-150x150.jpg" title="LaView NVR setup and user guide 36"></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.Laview.LaViewNet&amp;hl=en" target="&quot;_blank&quot;" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="150" height="50" class="wp-image-4676 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-59-150w50h.png" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/GooglePlayStore.png" title="LaView NVR setup and user guide 37"></a></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">  </span><span style="color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://itunes.apple.com/us/app/laview-net/id932299214?mt=8" target="&quot;_blank&quot;" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="150" height="50" class="wp-image-4677 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-60-150w50h.png" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Apple-AppStore.png" title="LaView NVR setup and user guide 38"></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">-If you have DVR starting from </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">LV-D04xxxx, or LV-D51xxxx</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">  please download “LaView Mobile”</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="100" height="99" class="wp-image-4678 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-61-100w99h.jpeg" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/laview-mobile-150x150.jpg" title="LaView NVR setup and user guide 39"></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.vss.laview&amp;hl=en" target="&quot;_blank&quot;" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="150" height="50" class="wp-image-4679 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-62-150w50h.png" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/GooglePlayStore.png" title="LaView NVR setup and user guide 40"></a></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">  </span><span style="color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://itunes.apple.com/us/app/laview-mobile/id955357794?mt=8" target="&quot;_blank&quot;" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="150" height="50" class="wp-image-4680 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-63-150w50h.png" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Apple-AppStore.png" title="LaView NVR setup and user guide 41"></a></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">The system worked seamlessly until last week when it suddenly shut off and now won&#8217;t come back on</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Would suggestion you follow the instruction below for troubleshooting,</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">1.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Please ensure the cameras are connected, would suggest you to connect them directly to the PoE ports at the back of the system.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">2.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">At the day time, try to cover the camera lens with your hands to see if there is a IR red light on the problematic cameras. And please also check if the camera goes hot when it is connected.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">3.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The camera appears not to get powe if there is no light and heat. We will need to check if it is the camera/port/cable issue.</span></div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">1.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">At first, please switch the problematic camera to the workable PoE ports to test. You can also go to your PoE Configuration setting to check the power.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">2.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">If it still doesn&#8217;t work with another port, please exchange the cable to check again. If possible, you can also add the camera to another system to confirm the problem.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="577" height="330" class="wp-image-4681 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-73.png" alt="image1.png" title="LaView NVR setup and user guide 42" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-73.png 577w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-73-300x172.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 577px) 100vw, 577px" /></span></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Please contact our support team for further support if it does not help.</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">What should I do if I connect a LaView Saturn Camera to LV-N96, LV-N95, LV-N98 series NVR but only get 720P maximum resolution in main stream?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">If you only get 720p in mainstream, it means the IP camera is set to H.265. Please use the following instruction to switch the camera to H.264 compression.</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">1.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Connect the LaView Saturn Camera to a PoE switch or a Router (12V DC power supply is needed to connect to non-PoE switch or a router)</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">2.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Install the VMS Client software on your PC (</span><a href="https://dahuawiki.com/images/Software/SmartPSS/General_SMARTPSS-FLIR_Win32_ChnEng_IS_V2.002.0000007.0.T.190122.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;">https://dahuawiki.com/images/Software/SmartPSS/General_SMARTPSS-FLIR_Win32_ChnEng_IS_V2.002.0000007.0.T.190122.zip</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">)</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">3.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Add the camera in the VMS Client Software</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">4.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Go to Remote Configuration Menu</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">5.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Go to Camera &gt; Encode</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">6.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Change the Encode Type to H.264H for both mainstream and substream</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">7.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Save the setting</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="624" height="434" class="wp-image-4682 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-75.png" alt="https://support.laviewsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/360030375153/mceclip0.png" title="LaView NVR setup and user guide 43" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-75.png 624w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-75-300x209.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 624px) 100vw, 624px" /></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">What features are LaView Saturn Series Camera compatible with LaView (LV-N95, LV-N96, LV-N98, LV-N99) Series NVR?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">LaView Saturn Series IP Cameras have many great features designed to work with LaView Saturn Series NVR. If you already have a LaView NVR and wish to add a LaView Saturn IP Camera, you can do so using this instruction. However, we recommend using LaView Saturn Series IP Cameras with a LaView Saturn Series NVR for best performance.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The following features of LaView Saturn IP Camera are compatible with LaView Series NVR:</span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Live view (up to 8MP)</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Playback (up to 8MP)</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Video Recording</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Motion Detection</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Schedule Recording</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Image adjustment (Resolution, Frame Rate etc)</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">WDR, BLC (Modified in Camera menu separately)</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Mobile App Viewing (Using LaView Net or LaView Connect)</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The following features may NOT be compatible</span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">IVS (or VCA)</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">265 and H.265+</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">EPoE</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">How to reset LaView Saturn IP Camera</span></h1>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">1.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Open the camera case using screwdriver or hex key</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">2.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Locate the Reset button</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="335" class="wp-image-4683 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-77.png" alt="https://support.laviewsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/360029561314/mceclip0.png" title="LaView NVR setup and user guide 44" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-77.png 384w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-77-300x262.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">3. Press and hold the reset button for at least 5 seconds until the camera restarts, and then the camera will be restored to factory default settings.</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">How to connect a LaView Saturn Series IP Camera to a Non-Saturn Series NVR</span></h1>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">1.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Connect the LaView Saturn IP Camera to a PoE switch or a Router (12V DC power supply is needed to connect to non-PoE switch or a router)</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">2.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Install the IP Search Tool on your PC (</span><a href="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/files/saturn/Saturn%20Series%20General_IP%20Config%20Tool_Eng_V4.09.11.T.20180403.exe" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;">https://www.laviewsecurity.com/files/saturn/Saturn%20Series%20General_IP%20Config%20Tool_Eng_V4.09.11.T.20180403.exe</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">)</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">3.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Activate the IP camera in the IP Search Tool</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">4.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Modify the IP address by clicking on ‘Modify IP’</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="624" height="433" class="wp-image-4684 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-79.png" alt="https://support.laviewsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/360029561234/mceclip0.png" title="LaView NVR setup and user guide 45" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-79.png 624w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-79-300x208.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 624px) 100vw, 624px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">5a. If you are connecting the camera to the NVR PoE port, set up the Target IP to 192.168.254.xxx (xxx being a random number from 2-254), and Gateway to  192.168.254.1, Subnet Mask 255.255.255.0. Then unplug the camera from the PoE switch or Router and connect it to the NVR using Cat5e cable.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">5b. If you are connecting the camera via LAN, use DHCP or set up the IP address to your network range. For example: Target IP 192.168.0.217, Subnet 255.255.255.0, Gateway 192.168.0.1</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">6. Go the NVR Menu =&gt; Camera =&gt; Camera.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">7. Click on the channel which the camera is connected to (ie if the camera is connected to port 3 on the back of the NVR, click on channel 3). If you are connecting the camera via LAN, Click on any unused channel.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="624" height="285" class="wp-image-4685 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-80.png" alt="https://support.laviewsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/360030374773/mceclip1.png" title="LaView NVR setup and user guide 46" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-80.png 624w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-80-300x137.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 624px) 100vw, 624px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">8. Change ‘Plug and Play’ to ‘Manual’ and enter the camera IP address (192.168.254.xxx or 192.168.0.217 as in previous example)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">9. Change protocol to ONVIF and Management port is 80</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">10. Enter user name and password you set up when you activated the camera in step 3.</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">11.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Apply the setting and wait for the camera to be connected.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">12.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Adjust video setting such as resolution and frame rate in Parameter menu.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.xvraid.com/how-to/laview-nvr-setup-and-user-guide.html/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Camius DVR installation and user guide</title>
		<link>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/camius-dvr-installation-and-user-guide.html</link>
					<comments>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/camius-dvr-installation-and-user-guide.html#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[XVR AiD]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sat, 06 Jan 2024 14:45:33 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[analog]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[app]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[audio record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Camius Device Config Tool]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Camius DVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Camius PoE camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Camius View]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CCTV]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Config Tool]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[device]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Config Tool]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Install]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ios]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live View]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion detect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[motion detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network Video Recorder]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[phone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[POE Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[POE NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recorder]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[security camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security camera system]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security System]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Spotlight Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Upgrade]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video Player]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video recorders]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VMS software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wireless]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[zoom]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.xvraid.com/?p=4547</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Camius DVR installation and user guide Why to Upgrade Security Camera System to 4K Camius, if your security camera system is old...]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Camius DVR installation and user guide Why to Upgrade Security Camera System to 4K Camius, if your security camera system is old or otherwise outdated, then you should think about upgrading your security cameras and recording system with modern solutions.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.92; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Upgrading your security system is essential, whether for residential or business purposes. The following guide will help you understand why you need to </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">upgrade</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> your outdated security camera and </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">recording</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> system, along with the best options for upgrading your system.</span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 19.5pt;">Why You Need to Upgrade Outdated Security Camera System</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.92; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Why is it so important to upgrade your security system? The following are the most significant reasons to upgrade your security camera and overall system as soon as possible.</span></p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-style: italic; color: #2e74b5;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 17pt;">Digital is replacing analog security systems:</span></h4>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.92; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">While some systems still use analog, analog systems are no longer as common due to advances in digital technology such as IP camera systems. Digital IP camera systems have benefits such as being more cost-effective, having higher </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">data</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> retention rates, and so on. Older analog systems are beginning to reach the end of their technology life and will likely be obsolete within the next decade.</span></p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-style: italic; color: #2e74b5;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 17pt;">IP camera systems have a more stable end result:</span></h4>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.92; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">When compared to previous old security system cameras, IP camera systems provide a much higher-end video result. This is due to features available in new security camera products, such as more advanced zoom options, automatic image stabilizing, and more. When it comes to providing security footage, you definitely want to ensure that your surveillance system is securing the highest result possible.</span></p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-style: italic; color: #2e74b5;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 17pt;">IP camera systems have a more stable end result:</span></h4>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.92; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">IP CCTV modern technology solution comes with the unique ability to connect to other types of modern technology. Many modern IP camera solutions can be integrated with other platforms, allowing you greater control over the system and a range of other useful options. </span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 19.5pt;">Camius offers multiple customized plug-n-play IP camera systems:</span></h3>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.92; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><a href="https://www.camius.com/2-camera-poe-nvr-kits/" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1e73be; font-size: 11pt;">2 PoE Camera NVR Systems</span></a></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.92; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1e73be; font-size: 11pt;">4 PoE Camera Systems</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.92; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1e73be; font-size: 11pt;">6 PoE Camera Systems</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.92; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1e73be; font-size: 11pt;">8 PoE camera NVR Systems</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.92; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1e73be; font-size: 11pt;">10 Camera Systems</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.92; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1e73be; font-size: 11pt;">12 Camera Systems</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.92; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1e73be; font-size: 11pt;">16 PoE Camera Systems</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h4 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-style: italic; color: #2e74b5;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 17pt;"> IP Camera Solutions:</span></h4>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.92; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">When you’re ready to upgrade your security camera system and leave behind your outdated technology, you will want to consider what features or specifications meet your needs. The following are some popular IP camera solutions that you should consider.</span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 14.5pt;">IP Security Camera System Features:</span></h5>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.92; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Do you need any additional security features aside from camera monitoring? </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Some surveillance audio-video products, like the PoE Spotlight Security Camera, offer broad features that include: 2-way audio capabilities, motion sensors, built-in microphone, speaker, and even siren options; motion-activated bright spotlights; wide-angle lens for better coverage; color-based night vision; intrusion detection based on perimeter guidelines; and weatherproofing.</span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 14.5pt;">Wiring:</span></h5>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.92; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">The Camius PoE security camera system requires a single network wire to run power, video, and audio. Such simple wiring makes the whole installation hassle-free and straightforward.</span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 14.5pt;">Connectivity:</span></h5>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.92; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">You will also want to consider how easy it is to connect your new security camera to various security systems. The </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1e73be; font-size: 11pt;">Camius PoE camera</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">, for instance, comes with a unique “plug and play” connection which allows for quick, simple connections to the accompanying </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1e73be; font-size: 11pt;">hybrid digital</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> and </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1e73be; font-size: 11pt;">network video recorder. </span></p>
<h5 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 14.5pt;">Apps and Portability:</span></h5>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.92; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Camius security camera system options come with the </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Camius View</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> app (</span><a href="https://apps.apple.com/us/app/camius-view/id1530783585" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #4a6ee0; font-size: 11pt;">Camius View (iOS</span></a><span style="color: #0e101a; font-size: 11pt;">) &amp; </span><a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.camiusview.client" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #4a6ee0; font-size: 11pt;">Camius View (Android)</span></a><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">), which provides access to all of your Camius security camera system directly on your smartphone. If you purchase IP security cameras with 2-way audio, that feature is also accessible through your smartphone app; you can even navigate features such as spotlights and a siren from the app. You can set up your security system push notifications based on video loss, detection, storage error.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.92;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h2>Camius DVR installation and user guide</h2>
<p>Read More : <a href="https://www.xvraid.com/general/idvr-pro-hd-cctv-dvr-setup.html" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noopener">iDVR-PRO HD CCTV DVR Setup</a></p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-style: italic; color: #2e74b5;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 17pt;">Camius 4K NVR solutions:</span></h4>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.92; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">With each Camius Network Video Recorder, you get a reliable, easy-setup solution that brings out the best in Camius advanced IP cameras for business and home security. </span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.92; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Camius NVR is equipped with Power over Ethernet ports to power and record IP Cameras using a CAT5 Ethernet cable or higher, up to 328 ft in length.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.92; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">The 4K Ultrahigh Definition output and Gigabit WAN port deliver unmatched quality and bandwidth, while the Camius View App and advanced VMS </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">software</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> give you the ability to live view, playback, and control your PoE NVR system remotely and securely. </span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.92; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Rest assured with 24/7 and motion video recording in addition to immediate notifications even while you’re away from the property</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.92; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Camius offers </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1e73be; font-size: 11pt;">the latest 4K network video recorders with and without pre-installed surveillance hard drives</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.92;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-style: italic; color: #2e74b5;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 17pt;">Camius PoE security cameras:</span></h4>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.92; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1e73be; font-size: 11pt;">Camius PoE camera range</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> is comprehensive and meets various demands. Power over Ethernet technology, PoE for short, allows a PoE IP camera to power up with a network cable, giving the IP camera direct network access. Besides a stable network connection, PoE makes camera installation easier by requiring a single wire.</span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.92; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">It is essential to have stable network connectivity for your PoE camera system.  Unlike wireless camera connections, Power-over-ethernet ensures your Camius IP camera systems are always connected. It allows your PoE camera to reliably send video files to your Camius NVR (network video recorder). It is also worthy of mentioning, direct-wired connections can be faster than wireless.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.92; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Most Camius IP cameras use the IEEE 802.3af PoE standard. By using only one cable, PoE cameras make the installation process more manageable. PoE technology gives more flexibility in camera placement, preventing expensive electrical work to install a power outlet next to the PoE camera.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.92; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Camius PoE cameras are available in various types, including </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1e73be; font-size: 11pt;">dome</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> and </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1e73be; font-size: 11pt;">bullet</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> with fixed wide-angle and motorized zoom varifocal lens, </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1e73be; font-size: 11pt;">PTZ speed dome</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.92; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">The latest </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1e73be; font-size: 11pt;">Camius 4K floodlight security camera comes with the best detterent capabilities</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> which include 2 way audio, a loud siren, bright lights, Smart motion and Sound detection and the latest AI Face, Human &amp; Vehicle detection, Cross counting analysis</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.92; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Our PoE security camera systems are globally used to monitor commercial and industrial locations, including and not limited to construction sites, warehouses, retail stores, banks, and offices. Easy plug-n-play setup and professional customer-oriented technical support made Camius one of the best PoE security camera systems for homes and installed in apartment complexes, private premises, and rental houses.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.92;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">With a team of competent sales and technical support, Camius can help you not just learn about PoE cameras but select the best cameras for your surveillance requirements. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.92;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.92;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">If your security camera system is outdated, make sure to upgrade to a newer security camera system as soon as possible. Feel free to contact</span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1e73be; font-size: 11pt;"> Camius</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> if you need help to select the right camera solution for your needs</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #555555; font-size: 20pt;">How to reset my DVR’s password?</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">If you forgot your recorder’s password, there are two ways to reset it.  </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">1 – If your recorder has a reset button, press and hold it for 10 seconds; you will hear an audible confirmation. This will reset all settings, including the password, but will not erase recorded footage on your hard drive. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">2 – If your recorder doesn’t have a reset button, </span><a href="https://www.camius.com/contact-support/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1e73be; font-size: 11pt;">contact us using an </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1e73be; font-size: 11pt;">online</span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1e73be; font-size: 11pt;"> form</span></a><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> to receive a reset password: </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">     a) The current date on the DVR’s interface. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">     b) The MAC address of the DVR, which you can find under the System Information tab. Click the (i) information icon at the bottom right of your DVR interface. You don’t need the recorder to be unlocked for this. You can also get the MAC on the </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Camius View</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"> app and the Camius </span><a href="https://www.camius.com/support/software/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1e73be; font-size: 11pt;">Device Config Tool</span></a><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.92;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="font-size: 22pt;">Is my DVR / NVR recording? How to set up security camera recording?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;">This</span><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;"><em> guide applies to Camius DVR (digital video) and NVR (network video) recorders</em></span><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;">. To confirm if your Camius DVR or NVR is recording, check the recorder’s front panel HDD LED. The red blinking light indicates the DVR or NVR is recording.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="831" height="246" class="wp-image-4548 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-47-831w246h.png" alt="IPVAULT2320P16N FRONT PANEL CAMIUS" title="Camius DVR installation and user guide 76" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-47-831w246h.png 831w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-47-831w246h-300x89.png 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-47-831w246h-768x227.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 831px) 100vw, 831px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;">Check red LED on the recorder&#8217;s front panel</p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="font-size: 22pt;">Recording Schedule</span></h2>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;">Then navigate to </span><strong><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;">Setup &gt;&gt; Record &gt;&gt; Record Schedule</span></strong><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;"> to check each camera’s schedule.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;">By default </span><strong><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;">Normal</span></strong><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;"> schedule is enabled, which stands for 24/7 continuous recording.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;">For the rest of the schedules, you need to select and save the recording type you need (</span><strong><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;">Green</span></strong><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;"> is for Normal, </span><strong><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;">Yellow</span></strong><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;"> is for Motion, </span><strong><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;">Purple</span></strong><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;"> is for PIR (applicable to </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1e73be; font-size: 11pt;">Camius 4K spotlight cameras with PIR </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1e73be; font-size: 11pt;">sensor</span><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;">), I/O is for recording triggered by external alarm devices connected to the DVR or NVR).</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="945" height="327" class="wp-image-4549 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-48-945w327h.jpeg" alt="IPVAULT22566PR Recording schedule" title="Camius DVR installation and user guide 77" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-48-945w327h.jpeg 945w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-48-945w327h-300x104.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-48-945w327h-768x266.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 945px) 100vw, 945px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;">This picture shows the IPVAULT2256PR (16 channel PoE NVR) with only Normal and Motion Record Schedule enabled</p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="945" height="531" class="wp-image-4550 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-49-945w531h.jpeg" alt="IPVAULT1128PR RECORDING" title="Camius DVR installation and user guide 78" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-49-945w531h.jpeg 945w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-49-945w531h-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-49-945w531h-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 945px) 100vw, 945px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;">IPvault1128PR (8 channel NVR) has all 3 record schedules enabled</p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="945" height="373" class="wp-image-4551 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-50-945w373h.jpeg" alt="TRIVAULT4K184R2 record schedule" title="Camius DVR installation and user guide 79" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-50-945w373h.jpeg 945w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-50-945w373h-300x118.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-50-945w373h-768x303.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 945px) 100vw, 945px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;">Trivault DVR has all 4 record schedules activated.</p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;">Set the </span><strong><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;">Record Schedule</span></strong><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;">, apply, and copy to other channels if needed. Once it’s </span><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;">done</span><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;">, you will have access to the recording of the event not only on your NVR but you can also play them on your CAMIUS VIEW smartphone app.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;">Suppose you enable push notifications triggered by Motion, PIR, or AI (Human &amp; Vehicle Detection) but do not have a short clip for playback. In that case, the record schedule was not set for this camera.</span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #060606; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1e73be; font-size: 11pt;">Setup Motion Detection Recording</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #060606; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;">Setup </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1e73be; font-size: 11pt;">Human &amp; Vehicle Detection Recording</span><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;"> and notifications</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #060606; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #060606; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 22pt;">Optimizing storage and extending recording period</span></h3>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;">Camius 2K and 4K cameras can be set by the Camius NVR to record at 4K, 2K, 1080P, or 720P.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;">You can reduce hard disk usage by reducing the bitrate for low-foot-traffic cameras from 4096 Mbps to 2048 Mbps, which can double the total recording period. Recording settings are available under the Mainstream</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="945" height="387" class="wp-image-4552 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-51-945w387h.jpeg" alt="IPVAULT2256PR ENCODING MAINSTREAM 4K" title="Camius DVR installation and user guide 80" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-51-945w387h.jpeg 945w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-51-945w387h-300x123.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-51-945w387h-768x315.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 945px) 100vw, 945px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="945" height="382" class="wp-image-4553 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-52-945w382h.jpeg" alt="IPVAULT2256PR Encoding mainstream Bitrate 2K" title="Camius DVR installation and user guide 81" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-52-945w382h.jpeg 945w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-52-945w382h-300x121.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-52-945w382h-768x310.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 945px) 100vw, 945px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;">Moreover, you can select the Video Encode type (depending on the IP camera’s supported compression types), disable Audio recording,</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="945" height="322" class="wp-image-4554 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-53-945w322h.jpeg" alt="IPVAULT2256PR ENCODING MAIN STREAM 2K e1680482193530" title="Camius DVR installation and user guide 82" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-53-945w322h.jpeg 945w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-53-945w322h-300x102.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-53-945w322h-768x262.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 945px) 100vw, 945px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;">To see the </span><strong><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;">Recording</span></strong><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;"> information, navigate to </span><strong><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;">Setup &gt;&gt; System &gt;&gt; Information &gt;&gt; Record Info</span></strong><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1008" height="567" class="wp-image-4555 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-54-1008w567h.jpeg" alt="IPVAULT8256R record info" title="Camius DVR installation and user guide 83" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-54-1008w567h.jpeg 1008w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-54-1008w567h-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-54-1008w567h-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1008px) 100vw, 1008px" /></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 22pt;">How to check the HDD status and format it</span></h3>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #060606; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;">Step 1 –  On the DVR interface, move the mouse cursor to the bottom left and click the main menu button,  then click </span><strong><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;">Setup</span></strong><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;"> &gt;&gt; </span><strong><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;">Device &gt;&gt; Disk &gt;&gt; </span></strong><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;">tick the HDD checkbox</span><strong><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;"> &gt;&gt;</span></strong><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;"> Tab on</span><strong><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;"> ‘Format HDD’</span></strong></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #060606; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #060606; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1008" height="567" class="wp-image-4556 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-55-1008w567h.jpeg" alt="VID 20220906 11.35.51" title="Camius DVR installation and user guide 84" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-55-1008w567h.jpeg 1008w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-55-1008w567h-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-55-1008w567h-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1008px) 100vw, 1008px" /></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #060606; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;">Step 2 – After clicking on </span><strong><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;">Format HDD</span></strong><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;">,’ you will see a pop-up ‘</span><strong><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;">What do you want to do?</span></strong><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;">” select the first option: ‘</span><strong><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;">Format the entire hard drive. All </span><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;">data</span><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;"> will be erased.”</span></strong></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #060606; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #060606; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1008" height="567" class="wp-image-4557 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-56-1008w567h.jpeg" alt="VID 20220906 11.36.05" title="Camius DVR installation and user guide 85" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-56-1008w567h.jpeg 1008w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-56-1008w567h-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-56-1008w567h-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1008px) 100vw, 1008px" /></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #060606; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;">Step 3 – Enter your Password to Authenticate the task.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #060606; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #060606; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1008" height="567" class="wp-image-4558 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-57-1008w567h.jpeg" alt="VID 20220906 11.36.08" title="Camius DVR installation and user guide 86" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-57-1008w567h.jpeg 1008w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-57-1008w567h-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-57-1008w567h-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1008px) 100vw, 1008px" /></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #060606; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 11pt;">Step 4 – Click ‘OK’ to confirm the task.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #060606; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #060606; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1008" height="567" class="wp-image-4559 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-58-1008w567h.jpeg" alt="VID 20220906 11.36.22" title="Camius DVR installation and user guide 87" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-58-1008w567h.jpeg 1008w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-58-1008w567h-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-58-1008w567h-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1008px) 100vw, 1008px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1008" height="567" class="wp-image-4560 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-59-1008w567h.jpeg" alt="VID 20220906 11.36.26" title="Camius DVR installation and user guide 88" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-59-1008w567h.jpeg 1008w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-59-1008w567h-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-59-1008w567h-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1008px) 100vw, 1008px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 22pt;">How to set the Date and Time on your Security DVR or NVR Recorder</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #050404; font-size: 12pt;">If you set Date and Time on your new DVR or NVR, go through </span><strong><span style="color: #050404; font-size: 12pt;">Startup Wizard &gt;&gt; Date and Time</span></strong><span style="color: #050404; font-size: 12pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #050404; font-size: 12pt;">Synchronizing your recorder’s internal clock with your local Date &amp; Time is essential; here are the steps:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #050404; font-size: 12pt;">1- Set your local time zone relative to GMT, for example, with Daylight Saving On:</span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #050404; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #050404; font-size: 12pt;">{PST Pacific: GMT-7} {MST Mountain: GMT-6}</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #050404; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #050404; font-size: 12pt;">{CST Central: GMT-5} {EST Eastern: GMT-4}</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #050404; font-size: 12pt;">2- Set the date, time, and formats manually.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #050404; font-size: 12pt;">3- We recommend enabling </span><strong><span style="color: #050404; font-size: 12pt;">NTP</span></strong><span style="color: #050404; font-size: 12pt;"> (Network Time Protocol), which synchronizes date &amp; time over the Internet. Click the checkbox, choose one of the servers, and click </span><strong><span style="color: #050404; font-size: 12pt;">Update Now</span></strong><span style="color: #050404; font-size: 12pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #050404; font-size: 12pt;">4- Enable </span><strong><span style="color: #050404; font-size: 12pt;">DST</span></strong><span style="color: #050404; font-size: 12pt;"> for </span><strong><span style="color: #050404; font-size: 12pt;">Daylight Saving Time</span></strong><span style="color: #050404; font-size: 12pt;">. Once </span><span style="color: #050404; font-size: 12pt;">done</span><span style="color: #050404; font-size: 12pt;">, click </span><strong><span style="color: #050404; font-size: 12pt;">Next</span></strong><span style="color: #050404; font-size: 12pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="765" height="567" class="wp-image-4561 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-73-765w567h.jpeg" alt="Wizard Date and Time" title="Camius DVR installation and user guide 89" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-73-765w567h.jpeg 765w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-73-765w567h-300x222.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 765px) 100vw, 765px" /></span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Start Wizard view</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 12pt;">To change Date and Time in the NVR’s menu, navigate to </span><strong><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 12pt;">System &gt;&gt; General &gt;&gt; Date and Time. </span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #060606; font-size: 12pt;">Once you set the correct time on your NVR, click Apply to save settings</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1008" height="567" class="wp-image-4562 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-74-1008w567h.jpeg" alt="IPVAULT8256R general date and time" title="Camius DVR installation and user guide 90" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-74-1008w567h.jpeg 1008w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-74-1008w567h-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-74-1008w567h-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1008px) 100vw, 1008px" /></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="font-size: 22pt;">How to back up recorded CCTV footage on the NVR or DVR?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">The <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Search</span></strong> function provides you with the ability to search and play previously recorded audio-video footage and snapshots that are stored on your Camius DVR or NVR recorder’s hard drive. You can play videos that match your recording schedule, manual recordings, or events only. Additionally, the Backup function allows you to save important events, including both audio-video recordings and snapshots, to a USB thumb drive.</p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #030303; font-size: 11pt;">Click on the playback icon on the bottom menu bar.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="432" class="wp-image-4563 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-77-768w.jpeg" alt="Playback icon on nvr copy" title="Camius DVR installation and user guide 91" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-77-768w.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-77-768w-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><em>The quick tool bar has icons to help you navigate through the NVR / DVR’s menu</em></span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="750" height="291" class="wp-image-4564 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-78.jpeg" alt="NVR playback" title="Camius DVR installation and user guide 92" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-78.jpeg 750w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-78-300x116.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 750px) 100vw, 750px" /></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #030303; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #030303; font-size: 11pt;">On the </span><strong><span style="color: #030303; font-size: 11pt;">Date</span></strong><span style="color: #030303; font-size: 11pt;"> dropdown menu, a red underline indicates days with recordings.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #030303; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #030303; font-size: 11pt;">Filter the</span><strong><span style="color: #030303; font-size: 11pt;"> Search Type</span></strong><span style="color: #030303; font-size: 11pt;"> (Motion, PIR, etc) and </span><strong><span style="color: #030303; font-size: 11pt;">Stream Type</span></strong><span style="color: #030303; font-size: 11pt;"> (Mainstream or Substream), and select the </span><strong><span style="color: #030303; font-size: 11pt;">Channel</span></strong><span style="color: #030303; font-size: 11pt;"> to playback.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #030303; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #030303; font-size: 11pt;">The 24-hour timeline will populate continuous recordings as green blocks and other event types in different colors. Clicking on the timeline jumps playback to the selected time.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #030303; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #030303; font-size: 11pt;">Different types of recording are displayed using different colors</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="945" height="531" class="wp-image-4565 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-79.jpeg" alt="How to back up recorded CCTV footage on the NVR or DVR?" title="Camius DVR installation and user guide 93" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-79.jpeg 945w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-79-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-79-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 945px) 100vw, 945px" /></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 22pt;">Backing up CCTV footage requires a USB thumb drive.</span></h3>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #030303; font-size: 11pt;">Backing up CCTV footage requires a USB thunb (flash) drive. On the playback search page, click on the events tab, select the date, type, and channels, and then click the </span><strong><span style="color: #030303; font-size: 11pt;">Search</span></strong><span style="color: #030303; font-size: 11pt;"> button.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="945" height="150" class="wp-image-4566 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-80.jpeg" alt="video clicp backup" title="Camius DVR installation and user guide 94" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-80.jpeg 945w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-80-300x48.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-80-768x122.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 945px) 100vw, 945px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #030303; font-size: 11pt;">1 – To save a video clip backup, insert your USB thumb drive into the Camius DVR or NVR’s USB port and </span><span style="color: #030303; font-size: 11pt;">start</span><span style="color: #030303; font-size: 11pt;"> playing the recorded video. </span><span style="color: #121213; font-size: 11pt;">USB ports are on the front and rear panels of the DVR and NVR recorders. </span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;">8 Channel NVR (click </span><a href="https://www.camius.com/8-channel-nvr-recorders/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1e73be; font-size: 11pt;">here to view</span></a><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;">)</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="198" class="wp-image-4567 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-81.jpeg" alt="IPVAULT1128PR front rear e1672439010306" title="Camius DVR installation and user guide 95"></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;">8 channel DVR (</span><a href="https://www.camius.com/8-channel-dvr-recorders/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1e73be; font-size: 11pt;">click here</span></a><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;">)</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="185" class="wp-image-4568 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-82.jpeg" alt="TRIVAULT4K184R2 Camius 4K 8 Channel DVR for Security Cameras Analog and IP TRIVAULT4K184R2 e1691096354910" title="Camius DVR installation and user guide 96"></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;">16 Channel DVR (</span><a href="https://www.camius.com/16-channel-dvr-recorders/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1e73be; font-size: 11pt;">click here</span></a><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;">)</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="567" height="317" class="wp-image-4569 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-83-567w317h.jpeg" alt="CAMIUS Professional 4K Hybrid 16 Channel DVR with Upgradable Storage trivault4k2168r" title="Camius DVR installation and user guide 97" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-83-567w317h.jpeg 567w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-83-567w317h-300x168.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 567px) 100vw, 567px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;">16 Channel NVR (</span><a href="https://www.camius.com/16-channel-nvr-recorders/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1e73be; font-size: 11pt;">click here for more</span></a><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;">)</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="567" height="393" class="wp-image-4570 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-84-567w393h.jpeg" alt="Advanced 4K 16 Camera NVR with 16 PoE Ports, 2 SATA HDD, e-SATA (only recorder)" title="Camius DVR installation and user guide 98" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-84-567w393h.jpeg 567w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-84-567w393h-300x208.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 567px) 100vw, 567px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;">32 Channel NVR (</span><a href="https://www.camius.com/32-channel-nvr-recorders/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1e73be; font-size: 11pt;">click here</span></a><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;">)</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="567" height="567" class="wp-image-4571 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-85-567w567h.png" alt="IPVAULT8256R front and rear panel straight" title="Camius DVR installation and user guide 99" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-85-567w567h.png 567w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-85-567w567h-300x300.png 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-85-567w567h-150x150.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 567px) 100vw, 567px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #030303; font-size: 11pt;">2 – Select the icon </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="29" height="31" class="wp-image-4572 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-86.png" alt="playback backup Clip cut icon" title="Camius DVR installation and user guide 100"></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #030303; font-size: 11pt;">3 – Check the </span><strong><span style="color: #030303; font-size: 11pt;">Channel</span></strong><span style="color: #030303; font-size: 11pt;">(s) you want to backup and move the mouse cursor to the timeline where you want to </span><span style="color: #030303; font-size: 11pt;">start</span><span style="color: #030303; font-size: 11pt;"> the clip.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #030303; font-size: 11pt;">4 – Press and hold the left mouse button and drag the cursor to the timeline where you want to end the clip. </span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #030303; font-size: 11pt;">The clip icon</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="29" height="31" class="wp-image-4573 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-87.png" alt="playback backup Clip cut icon" title="Camius DVR installation and user guide 101"></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #030303; font-size: 11pt;">will change to an icon</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="29" height="29" class="wp-image-4574 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-88.png" alt="playback backup SAVE icon" title="Camius DVR installation and user guide 102"></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #030303; font-size: 11pt;">, which you can click to save the clip.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #030303; font-size: 11pt;">5 – Select one or multiple event thumbnails, click the </span><strong><span style="color: #030303; font-size: 11pt;">Backup</span></strong><span style="color: #030303; font-size: 11pt;"> button at the bottom, </span><span style="color: #030303; font-size: 11pt;">choose .MP4</span><span style="color: #030303; font-size: 11pt;"> (</span><span style="color: #030303; font-size: 11pt;"><em>recommended</em></span><span style="color: #030303; font-size: 11pt;">), then click </span><strong><span style="color: #030303; font-size: 11pt;">Save</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #030303; font-size: 11pt;"><em>Make sure your USB thumb drive has enough space to save the video clips.</em></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="710" height="400" class="wp-image-4575 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-89.png" alt="playback backup type file" title="Camius DVR installation and user guide 103" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-89.png 710w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-89-300x169.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 710px) 100vw, 710px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #030303; font-size: 11pt;">6 – Select a folder on the thumb drive, and click </span><strong><span style="color: #030303; font-size: 11pt;">OK. T</span></strong><span style="color: #030303; font-size: 11pt;">he progress bar at the bottom of the window shows you the progress of the backup.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="710" height="539" class="wp-image-4576 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-90.jpeg" alt="Backup" title="Camius DVR installation and user guide 104" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-90.jpeg 710w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-90-300x228.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 710px) 100vw, 710px" /></span></p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-style: italic; color: #2e74b5;"><span style="font-size: 22pt;">Video Player Software</span></h4>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>This lightweight software is used for playing video/audio files backed up from your recorder on your PC or Mac.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>The user can back up footage from the recorder in MP4 or Camius proprietary format.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Using Video Player, the user can take clear screenshots, trim the important parts of the video file and play multiple files simultaneously.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><a href="https://www.camius.com/download/player/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1e73be; font-size: 11pt;">Download Video Player Software</span></a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/camius-dvr-installation-and-user-guide.html/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>iDVR-PRO HD CCTV DVR Setup</title>
		<link>https://www.xvraid.com/general/idvr-pro-hd-cctv-dvr-setup.html</link>
					<comments>https://www.xvraid.com/general/idvr-pro-hd-cctv-dvr-setup.html#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[XVR AiD]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 28 Dec 2023 10:18:12 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm Input]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[analog]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[app]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[audio record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CCTV]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Client Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[enable]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Factory Default Settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Initial Setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Install]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instruction]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ios]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iphone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live View]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mac Viewer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mobile App]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mobile Apps]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion detect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[motion detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mouse]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[new password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Onvif]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Outdoor Security Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password Reset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[phone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[reset the password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[RK IP Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[security camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security camera system]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[tilt]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Update]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Upgrade]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video Surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wireless]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[zoom]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.xvraid.com/?p=4457</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Technical Support Articles and How-to Guides for iDVR-PRO DVRs This page contains technical support and setup information for iDVR-PRO CCTV surveillance DVRs...]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Technical Support Articles and How-to Guides for iDVR-PRO DVRs<br />
This page contains technical support and setup information for iDVR-PRO CCTV surveillance DVRs from CCTV Camera Pros. You can also find user manuals here. The iDVR-PRO product line contains 4 &#8220;series&#8221; of DVRs which have two different user interfaces. The original iDVR-PRO series includes the iDVR-PRO8 and iDVR-PRO16 which are analog CCTV DVRs (no HD security camera support). The latest iDVR-PRO hybrid HD security camera DVRs and come in an &#8220;A&#8221;, &#8220;M&#8221;, and &#8220;H&#8221; series and support AHD and TVI type cameras (up to 1080p resolution). Before the hybrid versions were released, the &#8220;A&#8221; and &#8220;H&#8221; series was also available in a 960H analog format version. The 960H models and the new hybrid HD iDVR-PROs use a new and improved user interface, however, all 4 series (the original iDVR-PRO, A, and H series) use the same client applications (DVR viewer software apps) for iOS, Android, Mac, and Windows.</p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Getting started guide for </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">iDVR</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">-PRO analog CCTV / HD security camera DVRs.</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="715" height="175" class="wp-image-4458 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-40-1.jpeg" alt="HD CCTV DVR Setup" title="iDVR-PRO HD CCTV DVR Setup 129" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-40-1.jpeg 715w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-40-1-300x73.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 715px) 100vw, 715px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">These are the initial setup steps that CCTV Camera Pros recommend that customers follow for </span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">iDVR</span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">-PRO HD-CCTV DVRs. These instructions were written for the new </span><a href="https://www.cctvcamerapros.com/HD-Security-Camera-DVRs-s/972.htm" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1b60b6; font-size: 11pt;">hybrid </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1b60b6; font-size: 11pt;">iDVR</span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1b60b6; font-size: 11pt;">-PRO DVRs which support CCTV, HD-TVI, and AHD cameras</span></a><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">. This article covers the initial configuration setup that is recommended before getting into any other advanced setup of your new CCTV DVR.</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2>iDVR-PRO HD CCTV DVR Setup</h2>
<p>Read More : <a href="https://www.xvraid.com/general/best-nvr-camera-systems-2023.html">Best NVR camera systems 2023</a></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">Setup Topics</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #222222; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 10.5pt;">Here are the setup topics that are covered in this article in the order they should be performed.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #1b60b6; font-size: 13.5pt;">Connect Monitor, Power Supply, USB Mouse</span><a id="connect-monitor"></a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">After you unpack your new DVR, locate the power supply and USB mouse that is included. Connect the mouse to the USB port on the front or back of the DVR. The USB mouse is the easiest way to navigate the user interface of the DVR. You can also use the IR remote control if you prefer. Please note that a wireless remote is not included with </span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">iDVR</span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">-PROA models.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">Next, connect a monitor to your DVR. Even if you do not plan on keeping a monitor connected to your DVR because you will manage your DVR over your network, the initial setup still requires a monitor to be connected.</span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Supported Monitors</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">Please note that all </span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">iDVR</span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">-PROs models have an HDMI and VGA monitor ports. YOU MUST use a widescreen format HD monitor that supports one of the following video resolutions.</span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #222222; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 10.5pt;">1920 x 1080</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #222222; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 10.5pt;">1280 x 720</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #222222; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 10.5pt;">1280 x 1024</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">1080p resolution (1920 x 1080) is recommended for the best experience.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">Connect the power supply included with your DVR to the power input on the back of the DVR, then to a power source (wall outlet). The DVR will boot up.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="background: #222; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #1b60b6; font-size: 13.5pt;">Test Cameras </span><span style="color: #1b60b6; font-size: 13.5pt;">Before</span><span style="color: #1b60b6; font-size: 13.5pt;"> Installing</span><a id="test-cameras"></a></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">If you are using any new cameras with your </span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">iDVR</span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">, we highly recommend bench testing them before you mount them. What does bench testing mean? It simply means that you connect each camera to a power supply and monitor before you mount them. This can be accomplished by connecting each camera to your DVR and viewing them on the monitor that you connected to your DVR.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">Testing your cameras before installation has the following benefits.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"></span> Confirm all cameras are working properly before mounting them.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"></span> Opportunity to also test all of your cables if you are using <span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1b60b6; font-size: 11pt;">premade CCTV cables</span>.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"></span> Configure video inputs on DVR for CCTV. AHD, or HD-TVI type cameras (details below).</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"></span> If any of your cameras use an OSD or varifocal lens, it gives you the opportunity to get familiar with these operations, which is much easier to do on the ground rather than up on a ladder.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="background: #222; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">Using Pre-made Cables to Wire Your System</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #1b60b6; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.cctvcamerapros.com/Premade-Siamese-Coax-Cable-Wiring-Guide-s/1019.htm" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="700" height="231" class="wp-image-4459 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-44.jpeg" alt="CCTV Camera Premade-Cable Installation" title="iDVR-PRO HD CCTV DVR Setup 130" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-44.jpeg 700w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-44-300x99.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">If you are using pre-made cables to install your system, we have a complete </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1b60b6; font-size: 11pt;">premade Siamese cable wiring guide</span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;"> that you can find here. Please reference it to see many examples of how pre-made cables can be used to wire analog CCTV and </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1b60b6; font-size: 11pt;">HD CCTV cameras</span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">. It is a great reference &#8211; especially if this is your first installation.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="background: #222; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">Using RG59 Cable Spools to Wire Your System</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #1b60b6; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.cctvcamerapros.com/RG59-Siamese-Coax-Cable-Wiring-Guide-s/1021.htm" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="700" height="231" class="wp-image-4460 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-46.jpeg" alt="CCTV Camera Premade-Cable Installation" title="iDVR-PRO HD CCTV DVR Setup 131" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-46.jpeg 700w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-46-300x99.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">If you are using </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1b60b6; font-size: 11pt;">spools of RG59 Siamese cable</span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;"> to install your system, we have a complete </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1b60b6; font-size: 11pt;">RG59 Siamese cable wiring guide</span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;"> that you can find here. Please reference it to see how-to use RG59 coax cable to wire an </span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">iDVR</span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">-PRO system with analog CCTV and </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1b60b6; font-size: 11pt;">HD security cameras</span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;"> &#8211; with individual power supplies or a </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1b60b6; font-size: 11pt;">power supply box</span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">. It is a great reference &#8211; especially if this is your first installation.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="background: #222; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #1b60b6; font-size: 13.5pt;">DVR Interface Introduction</span><a id="dvr"></a></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">Watch this video to learn how easy it is to navigate the </span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">iDVR</span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">-PRO using the USB mouse that is included. This is a great video to get familiar with how to navigate the user interface.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="382" height="287" class="wp-image-4461 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-56-382w287h.jpeg" alt="https://i.ytimg.com/vi/2Fkb1H-E9Ho/hqdefault.jpg" title="iDVR-PRO HD CCTV DVR Setup 132" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-56-382w287h.jpeg 382w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-56-382w287h-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 382px) 100vw, 382px" /></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #1b60b6; font-size: 13.5pt;">Time / Date Setup</span><a id="time-date"></a></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">It is important to set up the time, date, and </span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">timezone</span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;"> of your DVR before you begin recording operations. Otherwise, you will be unable to figure out the true time that an event occurred. Follow these steps to set up the time and date on your DVR.</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #222222; font-size: 10.5pt;">1.</span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 10.5pt;">Using the USB mouse, click on the menu button and select System Setup.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #222222; font-size: 10.5pt;">2.</span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 10.5pt;">From the System menu, select Time / Date.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #222222; font-size: 10.5pt;">3.</span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 10.5pt;">On the time / date setup screen, select your correct time, date, and time zone.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #222222; font-size: 10.5pt;">4.</span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 10.5pt;">You can also choose to have your DVR&#8217;s time and date automatically synchronized with an online time service.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #222222; font-size: 10.5pt;">5.</span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 10.5pt;">When you are done, click Apply, then Close.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="background: #222; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #1b60b6; font-size: 13.5pt;">CCTV, AHD, HD-TVI Camera Setup</span><a id="HD-setup"></a></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">iDVR</span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">-PRO</span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;"> hybrid surveillance DVRs support analog CCTV and HD-over-Coax cameras (AHD and HD-TVI formats supported). Each channel of an </span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">iDVR</span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">-PRO can be configured to use any of those camera types.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">Watch this video to see how to specify CCTV, AHD, and HD-TVI camera types for each channel of your DVR. Important Update! The latest </span><a href="https://www.cctvcamerapros.com/Surveillance-DVRs-s/23.htm" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1b60b6; font-size: 11pt;">iDVR</span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1b60b6; font-size: 11pt;">-PRO surveillance DVRs</span></a><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;"> now automatically detect the video format of each camera. The newest models no longer need to be manually configured as the video explains.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="403" height="303" class="wp-image-4462 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-63-403w303h.jpeg" alt="https://i.ytimg.com/vi/nze7QI-VmqI/hqdefault.jpg" title="iDVR-PRO HD CCTV DVR Setup 133" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-63-403w303h.jpeg 403w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-63-403w303h-300x226.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 403px) 100vw, 403px" /></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #1b60b6; font-size: 13.5pt;">Video Recording Setup</span><a id="recording"></a></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">iDVR</span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">-PRO</span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;"> surveillance DVRs support the following video recording modes.</span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #222222; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 10.5pt;">Continuous Recording</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #222222; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 10.5pt;">Scheduled Recording</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #222222; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 10.5pt;">Motion Detection</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #222222; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 10.5pt;">Alarm Triggered</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #222222; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 10.5pt;">Panic Recording</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #222222; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 10.5pt;">Intensive Motion / Alarm Recording</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">Watch this video to see how to set up recording on your DVR.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="387" height="290" class="wp-image-4463 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-65-387w290h.jpeg" alt="https://i.ytimg.com/vi/AyE6ZaQ2uQ8/hqdefault.jpg" title="iDVR-PRO HD CCTV DVR Setup 134" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-65-387w290h.jpeg 387w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-65-387w290h-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 387px) 100vw, 387px" /></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Additional Setup</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">This article is our recommended starting point to set up a new </span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">iDVR</span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">-PRO surveillance DVR. There are many additional configuration options that the </span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">iDVR</span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">-PRO is capable of. Please refer to these pages for more support and setup information related to </span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">iDVR</span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">-E DVRs.</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;">Surveillance DVR Dual Monitor / Spot Monitor Live Display Setup</span></h1>
<h2 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">for</span> <span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">iDVR</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">-PRO HD / CCTV Camera DVRs</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="715" height="175" class="wp-image-4464 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-68.jpeg" alt="Surveillance DVR Camera Display" title="iDVR-PRO HD CCTV DVR Setup 135" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-68.jpeg 715w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-68-300x73.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 715px) 100vw, 715px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">This article will go over how to set up the dual monitor / spot monitor feature for </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1b60b6; font-size: 11pt;">iDVR</span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1b60b6; font-size: 11pt;">-PRO HD surveillance DVRs</span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">. All </span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">iDVR</span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">-PROs have high definition HDMI and VGA outputs. </span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">iDVR</span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">-PRO</span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;"> A models only support dual monitor mode. The </span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">iDVR</span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">-PRO H series DVRs support dual monitor and spot monitor modes. In spot monitor mode, can use the HDMI output as the main monitor and VGA as a spot monitor or vice versa. This is a good solution for users that need to see a continuous live view their security cameras on one monitor and use the other monitor for DVR management such as general viewing, playback, settings, etc. You can </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1b60b6; font-size: 11pt;">watch a demo video here</span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">Dual Monitor</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #1b60b6; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.cctvcamerapros.com/v/images/video-display/CCTV-DVR-Dual-Monitor.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="710" height="218" class="wp-image-4465 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-69-710w218h.jpeg" alt="CCTV Surveillance DVR Dual Monitor Display" title="iDVR-PRO HD CCTV DVR Setup 136" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-69-710w218h.jpeg 710w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-69-710w218h-300x92.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 710px) 100vw, 710px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">In dual monitor mode, both the HDMI and VGA outputs the main display (mirror mode). Dual monitor mode is supported by A and H model </span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">iDVR-PROs</span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="background: #222; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">Spot Monitor</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #1b60b6; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.cctvcamerapros.com/v/images/video-display/CCTV-DVR-Spot-Monitor.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="710" height="221" class="wp-image-4466 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-71-710w221h.jpeg" alt="CCTV Surveillance DVR Spot Monitor Display" title="iDVR-PRO HD CCTV DVR Setup 137" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-71-710w221h.jpeg 710w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-71-710w221h-300x93.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 710px) 100vw, 710px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">iDVR-PRO8H</span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;"> and iDVR-PRO16H models support spot monitor mode, in addition to dual monitor. This allows one monitor to display a customizable continuous live video feed, while the other monitor displays the main monitor for DVR operations such as configuration and recorded video playback.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="background: #222; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #1b60b6; font-size: 13.5pt;">Spot Monitor Setup and Live Camera Display</span><a id="video-demo"></a></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="360" class="wp-image-4467 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-78.jpeg" alt="https://i.ytimg.com/vi/Bevc_aVF9HM/hqdefault.jpg" title="iDVR-PRO HD CCTV DVR Setup 138" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-78.jpeg 480w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-78-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">Watch this video to see the spot monitor setup at CCTV Camera Pros office using an iDVR-PRO16H DVR and 16 HD CCTV cameras (1080p AHD and 1080p HD-TVI type cameras).</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="background: #222; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">HD Spot Monitor Setup</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">Follow these instructions to select between dual monitor and spot monitor modes.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">1. By default, the </span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">iDVR</span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">-PROM and H series DVRs are to set to output duplicate displays on both the VGA and HDMI outputs.</span><br />
<span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
To set up one of the displays as a spot monitor, select </span><strong><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">Menu</span></strong><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;"> &gt; </span><strong><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">System Setup</span></strong><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;"> &gt; </span><strong><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">Display </span></strong><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">&gt; </span><strong><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">Dual Monitor</span></strong><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">.</span><br />
<span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
Next, change the </span><strong><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">Display Mode from Duplicate These Displays</span></strong><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;"> to </span><strong><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">Main Monitor + Spot</span></strong><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">.</span><br />
<span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
Once we have it set to </span><strong><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">Main Monitor + Spot</span></strong><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">, to the </span><strong><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">Display Type</span></strong><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;"> and set which monitor you would like to run as the </span><strong><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">Main Monitor</span></strong><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;"> and select which you would like to use as the </span><strong><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">Spot</span></strong><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p><strong><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">NOTE:</span></strong><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;"> We recommend keeping the</span><strong><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;"> Display Resolution set to </span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">Auto</span></strong><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">. This way it picks up the best resolution for your monitor&#8217;s spec.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="700" height="392" class="wp-image-4468 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-81.jpeg" alt="Surveillance DVR Dual Monitor Setup" title="iDVR-PRO HD CCTV DVR Setup 139" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-81.jpeg 700w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-81-300x168.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></span><br />
<span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
2. Next, you can setup custom display screens and camera ordering for the </span><strong><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">Spot Monitor </span></strong><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">display. Click the </span><strong><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">Edit </span></strong><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">button next to </span><strong><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">Spot</span></strong><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">. You can now select the </span><strong><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">Add View Type</span></strong><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;"> button to select the cameras you would like to display on the </span><strong><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">Spot </span></strong><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">monitor. You may configure up to 16 displays that consist of single, quad, 9 channel, and 16 camera screen views.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="700" height="394" class="wp-image-4469 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-82.jpeg" alt="CCTV DVR Sport Monitor Setup" title="iDVR-PRO HD CCTV DVR Setup 140" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-82.jpeg 700w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-82-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #222222; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 10.5pt;">Once you have the cameras / views setup, you can select the </span><strong><span style="color: #222222; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 10.5pt;">Apply </span></strong><span style="color: #222222; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 10.5pt;">button. That is it, you have successfully setup the </span><span style="color: #222222; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 10.5pt;">iDVR</span><span style="color: #222222; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 10.5pt;">-PRO DVR to run Dual Monitors.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="background: #222; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">Legacy Model Spot Monitor Support</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">Our legacy, non HD </span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">iDVR</span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">-PRO models (analog CCTV only), use an analog BNC output for the spot monitor. You can refer to this article for </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1b60b6; font-size: 11pt;">analog spot Monitor Output Setup</span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;"> information.</span><br />
<span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
Please, continue below for setup instructions if you have an </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1b60b6; font-size: 11pt;">iDVR-PRO8H</span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;"> or </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1b60b6; font-size: 11pt;">iDVR-PRO16H</span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;"> that supports </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1b60b6; font-size: 11pt;">HD over coax cameras</span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;"> (AHD and HD-TVI cameras).</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">Surveillance Video Recording Setup for </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">iDVR</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">-PRO HD H.264 CCTV DVRs</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="715" height="175" class="wp-image-4470 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-88.jpeg" alt="https://www.cctvcamerapros.com/v/images/H.264-DVR/iDVR-PRO/recording/960H-H.264-CCTV-DVR-Recording-Setup.jpg" title="iDVR-PRO HD CCTV DVR Setup 141" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-88.jpeg 715w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-88-300x73.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 715px) 100vw, 715px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">Follow these instructions to set up the surveillance video recording type for </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1b60b6; font-size: 11pt;">iDVR</span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1b60b6; font-size: 11pt;">-PRO HD security camera / H.264 DVRs from CCTV Camera Pros</span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Recording Modes</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #222222; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 10.5pt;">iDVR</span><span style="color: #222222; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 10.5pt;">-PRO</span><span style="color: #222222; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 10.5pt;"> CCTV DVRs support the following recording modes.</span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #222222; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 10.5pt;">Continuous Recording &#8211; records around the clock 24 hours per day.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #222222; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 10.5pt;">Scheduled Recording &#8211; records continuously according to a set schedule.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #222222; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1b60b6; font-size: 10.5pt;">Motion Detection Recording</span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 10.5pt;"> &#8211; records when motion is detected by a camera.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #222222; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 10.5pt;">Alarm &#8211; records when an external alarm is triggered.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #222222; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 10.5pt;">Motion / Alarm &#8211; records when motion is detected or when an alarm is triggered</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #222222; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 10.5pt;">Intensive Motion &#8211; records continuously and when motion is detected (user can set up different frame rates and resolutions)</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #222222; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 10.5pt;">Intensive Alarm &#8211; records continuously and when an alarm is triggered (user can set up different frame rates and resolutions)</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #222222; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 10.5pt;">Intensive Motion / Alarm &#8211; records continuously and when motion is detected or an alarm is triggered (user can set up different frame rates and resolutions)</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #222222; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 10.5pt;">Panic Recording &#8211; triggered when a user presses the panic button on the DVR. It causes the DVR to record continuously on all cameras.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h3 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Setup Instructions</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">To configure the recording mode that you want to use, hover the mouse cursor over the lower part of the screen. The DVR main menu will appear. Click Menu &gt; Record Setup.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><a href="https://www.cctvcamerapros.com/v/images/H.264-DVR/iDVR-PRO/recording/H.264-CCTV-DVR-Recording-Setup.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="700" height="394" class="wp-image-4471 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-89-700w394h.jpeg" alt="https://www.cctvcamerapros.com/v/images/H.264-DVR/iDVR-PRO/recording/H.264-CCTV-DVR-Recording-Setup.jpg" title="iDVR-PRO HD CCTV DVR Setup 142" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-89-700w394h.jpeg 700w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-89-700w394h-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">The following screen will be displayed which shows all of the recording modes that the DVR supports.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="700" height="394" class="wp-image-4472 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-90-700w394h.jpeg" alt="https://www.cctvcamerapros.com/v/images/H.264-DVR/iDVR-PRO/recording/H.264-Security-DVR-Recording-Mode-Setup.jpg" title="iDVR-PRO HD CCTV DVR Setup 143" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-90-700w394h.jpeg 700w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-90-700w394h-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">If you want to set up a recording schedule for continuous, motion, or alarm based recording, you must click the drop-down box on the above screen and change the mode from </span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">autoconfiguration</span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;"> to manual configuration. </span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">Autoconfiguration</span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;"> sets all cameras to record at the max resolution and frame rate for continuous, motion, and alarm type of recording.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">If you select manual configuration, you can set different choose a different frame rate, resolution, and video quality / compression for each camera (even for different time frames). Using the mouse, select the recording type that you want to set up.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="background: #222; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Continuous Recording</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">If you select manual configuration then continuous recording, the following screen is displayed which lets you setup unique configurations for each camera and you can also click on the schedule tab to set a schedule for when each camera will record continuously (effectively making this scheduled recording mode).</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #1b60b6; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.cctvcamerapros.com/v/images/H.264-DVR/iDVR-PRO/recording/H.264-CCTV-DVR-Continuous-Recording.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="700" height="394" class="wp-image-4473 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-92-700w394h.jpeg" alt="https://www.cctvcamerapros.com/v/images/H.264-DVR/iDVR-PRO/recording/H.264-CCTV-DVR-Continuous-Recording.jpg" title="iDVR-PRO HD CCTV DVR Setup 144" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-92-700w394h.jpeg 700w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-92-700w394h-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="background: #222; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="color: #1b60b6; font-size: 10.5pt;">Motion Detection Recording</span><a id="motion-detection"></a></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">If you select manual configuration, then motion recording, the following screen is displayed. One this screen users can choose the resolution, frame rate, quality, and whether audio recording is on or off (surveillance microphone required) for each camera when motion is detected.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><a href="https://www.cctvcamerapros.com/v/images/H.264-DVR/iDVR-PRO/recording/H.264-CCTV-DVR-Motion-Recording-Setup.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="700" height="394" class="wp-image-4474 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-94-700w394h.jpeg" alt="https://www.cctvcamerapros.com/v/images/H.264-DVR/iDVR-PRO/recording/H.264-CCTV-DVR-Motion-Recording-Setup.jpg" title="iDVR-PRO HD CCTV DVR Setup 145" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-94-700w394h.jpeg 700w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-94-700w394h-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">Users may configure each camera for motion detection recording by selecting the motion sensor option under the camera menu. Users can turn motion detection on / off, enable an icon to be displayed on the screen when motion is detected (Mark field), and sensitivity level for each camera. Users can also define specific zones within each camera view for motion detection by selecting the edit area button.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><a href="https://www.cctvcamerapros.com/v/images/H.264-DVR/iDVR-PRO/recording/cctv-camera-motion-detection.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="700" height="394" class="wp-image-4475 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-95-700w394h.jpeg" alt="Motion Detection Recording CCTV Camera" title="iDVR-PRO HD CCTV DVR Setup 146" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-95-700w394h.jpeg 700w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-95-700w394h-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">The below screenshot shows how to mark the door in this room as the only area that motion detection will be applied to.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #1b60b6; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.cctvcamerapros.com/v/images/H.264-DVR/iDVR-PRO/recording/cctv-camera-motion-detection-zone-setup.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="700" height="394" class="wp-image-4476 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-96-700w394h.jpeg" alt="Motion Detection Recording CCTV Camera Zone Setup" title="iDVR-PRO HD CCTV DVR Setup 147" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-96-700w394h.jpeg 700w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-96-700w394h-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="background: #222; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Alarm Recording</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">If you select manual configuration, then alarm recording, the following screen is displayed. One this screen users can choose the resolution, frame rate, quality, and whether audio recording is on or off (surveillance microphone required) for each camera when an external alarm (such as door sensor, PIR motion sensor, </span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">etc</span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">) is triggered.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #1b60b6; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.cctvcamerapros.com/v/images/H.264-DVR/iDVR-PRO/recording/H.264-Surveillance-DVR-Alarm-Recording-Setup.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="700" height="394" class="wp-image-4477 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-98-700w394h.jpeg" alt="https://www.cctvcamerapros.com/v/images/H.264-DVR/iDVR-PRO/recording/H.264-Surveillance-DVR-Alarm-Recording-Setup.jpg" title="iDVR-PRO HD CCTV DVR Setup 148" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-98-700w394h.jpeg 700w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-98-700w394h-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="background: #222; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Intensive Motion Detection Recording</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">If you select intensive motion recording, then you may configure different recording resolutions, frame rates, and video quality for when each camera is recording continuously and while motion is detected. The idea behind this recording mode is to conserve space when there is no motion (but still record) and record at a higher resolution, higher frame rate, and quality when there is motion detected.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #1b60b6; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.cctvcamerapros.com/v/images/H.264-DVR/iDVR-PRO/recording/H.264-CCTV-DVR-Intensive-Motion-Recording-Setup.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="700" height="394" class="wp-image-4478 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-100-700w394h.jpeg" alt="https://www.cctvcamerapros.com/v/images/H.264-DVR/iDVR-PRO/recording/H.264-CCTV-DVR-Intensive-Motion-Recording-Setup.jpg" title="iDVR-PRO HD CCTV DVR Setup 149" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-100-700w394h.jpeg 700w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-100-700w394h-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></a></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Intensive Alarm Recording</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">This mode is very similar to intensive motion recording. If you select intensive alarm recording, then you may configure different recording resolutions, frame rates, and video quality for when each camera is recording continuously and when an alarm is triggered. The idea behind this recording mode is to conserve space when there is no alarm (by recording at a lower frame rate and resolution) and record at a higher resolution, higher frame rate, and quality when an alarm is triggered.</span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Intensive Motion / Alarm Recording</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">This mode is also very similar to intensive motion recording. If you select intensive motion / alarm recording, then you may configure different recording resolutions, frame rates, and video quality for when each camera is recording continuously vs. when an alarm is triggered or motion is detected. The idea behind this recording mode is to conserve space when there is no alarm or motion (by recording at a lower frame rate and resolution) and record at a higher resolution, higher frame rate and quality when an alarm is triggered or motion is detected.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #1b60b6; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.cctvcamerapros.com/v/images/H.264-DVR/iDVR-PRO/recording/H.264-CCTV-DVR-Intensive-Motion-Alarm-Recording-Setup.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="700" height="394" class="wp-image-4479 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-101-700w394h.jpeg" alt="https://www.cctvcamerapros.com/v/images/H.264-DVR/iDVR-PRO/recording/H.264-CCTV-DVR-Intensive-Motion-Alarm-Recording-Setup.jpg" title="iDVR-PRO HD CCTV DVR Setup 150" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-101-700w394h.jpeg 700w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-101-700w394h-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></a></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Panic Recording</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">The panic recording settings control the video resolution, frame rate (FPS), video quality and whether audio surveillance is on or off when panic recording is triggered on the DVR. Panic recording is enabled when a user presses the panic button on the front of the DVR or from the user interface menu using a mouse. When panics recording is enabled, this overrides any current recording mode (schedule, motion, alarm, etc. and sets all cameras to continuous recording).</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #113d73; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.cctvcamerapros.com/v/images/H.264-DVR/iDVR-PRO/recording/960H-CCTV-DVR-Panic-Recording.jpg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="700" height="394" class="wp-image-4480 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-102-700w394h.jpeg" alt="https://www.cctvcamerapros.com/v/images/H.264-DVR/iDVR-PRO/recording/960H-CCTV-DVR-Panic-Recording.jpg" title="iDVR-PRO HD CCTV DVR Setup 151" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-102-700w394h.jpeg 700w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-102-700w394h-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></a></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;">Avoid Security Camera Motion Detection False Alarms</span></h1>
<h2 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">How-to adjust motion detection sensitivity &amp; mask areas on </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">iDVR</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 13.5pt;">-PRO CCTV surveillance DVRs</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="715" height="175" class="wp-image-4481 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-136.jpeg" alt="CCTV Security Camera Motion Detection" title="iDVR-PRO HD CCTV DVR Setup 152" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-136.jpeg 715w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-136-300x73.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 715px) 100vw, 715px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">Anyone who uses video motion detection with a security camera system knows that it can be tricky to get the motion settings just right in order to avoid false alarms. It is especially tricky with outdoor security cameras because of all the things in nature that create motion. CCTV DVRs typically have sensitivity and motion mask areas to help. This article will guide </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1b60b6; font-size: 11pt;">iDVR</span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1b60b6; font-size: 11pt;">-PRO surveillance DVR</span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;"> users of how-to setup the sensitivity settings and motion detection mask areas so that video motion detection can work as effectively as possible with little or no false alarms. You may also be interested in these instructions which explain </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1b60b6; font-size: 11pt;">how to set up motion detection recording on your DVR using an external alarm input</span><span style="color: #222222; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.xvraid.com/general/idvr-pro-hd-cctv-dvr-setup.html/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		<enclosure url="https://videos.cctvcamerapros.com/downloads/dvr-video-export/AHD-D4W-HD-Dome-Security-Camera.avi" length="0" type="video/avi" />
<enclosure url="https://videos.cctvcamerapros.com/downloads/dvr-video-export/AHD-AD24H-Infrared-Dome-Security-Camera.avi" length="0" type="video/avi" />
<enclosure url="https://videos.cctvcamerapros.com/downloads/dvr-video-export/HD-D180-180-lens-security-camera.avi" length="0" type="video/avi" />
<enclosure url="https://videos.cctvcamerapros.com/downloads/dvr-video-export/HD-TVI-AD8-Vandal-Dome-HD-Security-Camera.avi" length="0" type="video/avi" />
<enclosure url="https://videos.cctvcamerapros.com/downloads/dvr-video-export/PTZ-HD-20-IR-HD-PTZ-Camera.avi" length="0" type="video/avi" />

		<media:content url="https://www.youtube.com/embed/a_kGwJGy2uU" medium="video" width="960" height="720">
			<media:player url="https://www.youtube.com/embed/a_kGwJGy2uU" />
			<media:title type="plain">Audio Surveillance Microphone for CCTV Cameras</media:title>
			<media:description type="html"><![CDATA[http://www.cctvcamerapros.com/Audio-Surveillance-Microphone-p/mic-cctv-02.htm - The MIC-CCTV-02 model audio surveillance microphone from CCTV Camera Pros can...]]></media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/audio-surveillance-microphone-fo.jpg" />
			<media:rating scheme="urn:simple">nonadult</media:rating>
		</media:content>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Best NVR camera systems 2023</title>
		<link>https://www.xvraid.com/general/best-nvr-camera-systems-2023.html</link>
					<comments>https://www.xvraid.com/general/best-nvr-camera-systems-2023.html#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[XVR AiD]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 21 Dec 2023 05:56:51 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[access]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Amcrest]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Amcrest view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[analog]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[annke]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[app]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[apple]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Battery Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CCTV]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Chinese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Doorbell]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[enable]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[EZVIZ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Face Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Floodlight]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[google]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[h.264]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[h.265]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[hikvision]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Install]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[interface]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Intrusion Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ios]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip cam]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live View]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Lorex]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Monitor]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion detect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[motion detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mouse]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network Video Recorder]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Onvif]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[opera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[phone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[POE Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[POE NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QR code]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recorder]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Remote Access]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Remote View]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Reolink]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[security camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security camera system]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security System]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[smart camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Smart Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[smart home]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Surveillance Station]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[swann]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Switch]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Synology]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wireless]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[with]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[XVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ZoneMinder]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.xvraid.com/?p=4437</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Best NVR camera systems 2023, With the best NVRs you can build a powerful CCTV security system which won’t cry wolf without...]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Best NVR camera systems 2023, With the best NVRs you can build a powerful CCTV security system which won’t cry wolf without monthly fees, NVR is short for Network Video Recorder, a device which acts as a hub for an IP-based security camera system. It is a storage and review point for your CCTV which means you don’t need to sign up to remote service to store your video.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.1;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="180" class="wp-image-4438 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-1.jpeg" alt="Best NVR" title="Best NVR camera systems 2023 166" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-1.jpeg 320w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-1-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Looking for the best NVR? This guide will help you find the right one for you, help you through the jargon, and get your recorder at the best price.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">NVR is short for Network Video Recorder, a device which acts as a hub for an IP-based security camera system. It is a storage and review point for your CCTV which means you don’t need to sign up to remote service to store your video.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">That means, of course, it’ll need cameras, typically connected by power-over-ethernet (PoE) cables (see our guide to the </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #328cc1; font-size: 11pt;">best PoE cameras</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">), and a storage medium like a hard drive.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Retailers often package the same NVR in several different bundles, mixing up the types and numbers of cameras and hard drives, or simply leaving this all to you. There are real bargains to be had with some of these all-in-one kits, and the only real downside is some spectacularly confusing product names.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">An NVR, incidentally, is not quite the same thing as a DVR (or Digital Video Recorder), which appeared in the late 90s. They look similar and store video too, but a DVR is built to accept and digitally compress analogue or digital video via coax sockets; an NVR expects a digital input.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The advantage of an NVR-based security system is that, because the video is being compressed by the cameras, local processing power is available for AI functions like detecting movement. This, in turn, means you don’t need to dig into your wallet for a subscription service; both storage and AI analysis are provided by a device you own rather than a service you lease. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Given that subscription services usually only store the clips their AI identifies as significant, having your own NVR may give you the power to review every </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #328cc1; font-size: 11pt;">moment</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> yourself rather than being dependent on an algorithm to parse the events your camera sees. All the advantages of networking like remote access and – of course – the ability to work with all IP cameras, wired or wireless, remain.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">We look at some of the key features in detail at the end, but something else to remember if you’re in the USA is the China trade war; major security player HikVision have already fallen victim to US internal bans on new products and may end up on the Specially Designated Nationals (SDN) list. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Key features to look out for are remote access, PoE (Power over Ethernet), which can simplify wiring, hard drive capacity (indeed if any drives are included at all), the resolution limit, the number of channels or cameras it can handle, and if there are any means of backup. Remember that a 4K camera uses more </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">data</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> throughput than a 1080P one, so an NVR can handle fewer of them – this is where the compression method (e.g. H.264 or H.265) can make a big difference.</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8.4pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Best NVR in 2023</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.5; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Why you can trust Digital Camera World  </span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Our expert reviewers spend hours testing and comparing products and services so you can choose the best for you. </span><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/features/how-we-test" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #328cc1; font-size: 10pt;">Find out how we test.</span></a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="180" class="wp-image-4439 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-3.jpeg" alt="EufyCam HomeBase 3 - one of the best NVRs" title="Best NVR camera systems 2023 167" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-3.jpeg 320w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-3-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 9pt;">(Image credit: Adam Juniper/Digital Camera World)</span></p>
<h3 style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #328cc1; font-size: 18pt;">1: EufyCam HomeBase 3</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The EufyCam HomeBase 3 and various bundles bring the glossy consumer experience of IP cameras like those from Google or Nest – including AI-like face detection – but don’t leave you paying every month. This device also has a home-friendly design so you can leave it on a countertop (good if you have limited space near your router).</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Some security pros might not appreciate the non-traditional approach with only clips recorded when the cameras detect motion. The flip side is that the NVR is a more accessible experience. Even without adding a hard drive the 16GB included will likely capture a couple of months of ‘events’ (clips by triggered movement) from your cameras; add a drive and that can go up to a lifetime. It also means the cameras can be installed wirelessly, with battery power, meaning getting up and running is virtually painless. We especially liked the S330 eufyCam 3 bundle with solar-powered 4K cameras featuring floodlights and night vision</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #328cc1; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-nvr" target="&quot;_blank&quot;" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="180" class="wp-image-4440 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-5-1.jpeg" alt="Best NVR: Amcrest 5 Series NV5232E-16P" title="Best NVR camera systems 2023 168" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-5-1.jpeg 320w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-5-1-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 9pt;">(Image credit: Amcrest)</span></p>
<h3 style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 18pt;">2: Amcrest 5 Series NV5232E-16P</span></h3>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.1;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 15pt;">Best DVR for multi-brand compatibility</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">While not everyone will need the 320Mbps throughput, if you’re looking for a powerful NVR which affords some flexibility when it comes to choosing your cameras (and don’t mind paying for that) then the Amcrest 5 Series seems to have that in the bag. Eight of the sixteen Ethernet sockets are PoE, likely enough for most customers though it seems a shame they weren’t all enabled.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">We certainly can’t complain about the level of effort which seems to have gone into usability in what is not always the most user-friendly product category; a great example is the QR codes to bring up quick remote viewing via the Amcrest View app.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The device is certainly not the cheapest on this list, given the list price doesn’t’ include a hard drive and you’ll need at least one – likely two unless you opt for the motion detection mode. It does, however, offer some of the features of subscription services via the app and web features, as well as the advantages of a hardwired device; not to be sniffed at.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="970" height="546" class="wp-image-4441 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-17.jpeg" alt="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/k96UPbMycGiT8YiKMwJwoa-970-80.jpg" title="Best NVR camera systems 2023 169" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-17.jpeg 970w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-17-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-17-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 970px) 100vw, 970px" /></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><span style="width: 24.2pt; height: 24.2pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #328cc1; font-size: 18pt;">3: Swann AllSecure650</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.1;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 15pt;">Best NVR for uninterrupted security</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #328cc1; font-size: 11pt;">Swann</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> has always built innovative systems, and this is no exception. Adopting an elegant upright design, the NVR PowerHub is the basis of several new Swann packs including the AllSecure650. We like this system not only because of the elegant design, but because it offers so many options in a small package. It also, brilliantly, turns the main annoyance of battery camera systems to its advantage; an extra battery is included (total of 3 for a 2 camera bundle).</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> The extra battery lives in the hub, where it not only charges but offers backup power backup in case of an outage. When you need to </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">swap</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> a camera battery you have a spare, ready to go, so you can swap it with one – rather than two – trips up the ladder to the camera.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">It does not, however, ditch all the functionality of a traditional NVR as it attempts to blend into the home or small business. While you can control nearly everything via the app, as well as enjoy remote access, there is also a mouse socket and HDMI port for use with a monitor. The supplied 1TB storage will also manage 2 years of clips by Swann’s reckoning, after which you can opt for Dropbox or USB transfer. </span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2>Best NVR camera systems 2023</h2>
<p>Read More : <a href="https://www.xvraid.com/guide/best-night-vision-security-cameras.html">Best Night Vision Security Cameras</a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="180" class="wp-image-4442 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-19.jpeg" alt="Synology Deep Learning DVA1622" title="Best NVR camera systems 2023 170" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-19.jpeg 320w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-19-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 9pt;">(Image credit: Synology)</span></p>
<h3 style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 18pt;">4. Synology Deep Learning DVA1622</span></h3>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.1;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 15pt;">Best AI NVR for homes and small businesses</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Synology offer multi-drive RAID storage systems – many which can take on a little monitoring on the side – and devices like this built with it front and center. There is the power to drive AI on up to 16 streams of video including separating people from animals, intrusion detection and even license place recognition. Businesses can even use the AI system to detect whether face mask rules are being complied with. This AI also helps distinguish threats in poor lighting thanks to the GPU power. Recording can be backed up across drives or both can form a single volume</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">As well as HDMI connection for a monitor, the device can be reached remotely via iOS and </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #328cc1; font-size: 11pt;">Android</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> apps and on virtually any computer via a </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">browser</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> interface. The USB </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">3.2</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> ports (front and back) offer keyboard and mouse connection.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">This is a great choice for smaller installs, but bigger businesses might need something like the 4-drive FVA3221.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #328cc1; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-nvr" target="&quot;_blank&quot;" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="180" class="wp-image-4443 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-21.jpeg" alt="Best NVR: Reolink RLK8-800" title="Best NVR camera systems 2023 171" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-21.jpeg 320w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-21-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 9pt;">(Image credit: Reolink)</span></p>
<h3 style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 18pt;">5: Reolink RLK8-800</span></h3>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.1;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 15pt;">Best DVR for reviewing video history</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Despite having only one SATA bay, the Reolink system makes a </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">lot</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> of room for storage by adding an eSATA socket at the back. The system is also typically bundled with its preferred Reolink 4K cameras which provide stand-out sharp footage which is easy to review thanks to the fresh modern interface. Reolink also offer a great variety of cameras and a doorbell.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Built-in operating systems can be a tad clunky, but connect the supplied mouse to the NVR and the Reolink interface, whether on 4K TV or VGA screen, is a bit clearer. The 24/7 recording is accompanied by a timeline which highlights events (people or vehicles) and can be filtered as you browse. While it doesn’t sound a </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">lot</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">, in practice most CCTV reviewing is for these things.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">When connected to your local network via the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">LAN</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> socket, assuming an internet connection, the system can use the same alert tech to send specific activity alerts to your devices.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="180" class="wp-image-4444 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-23.jpeg" alt="Best NVR: 4K 8CH PoE NVR" title="Best NVR camera systems 2023 172" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-23.jpeg 320w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-23-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 9pt;">(Image credit: Annke)</span></p>
<h3 style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 18pt;">6: Annke 4K 8CH PoE NVR</span></h3>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.1;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 15pt;">Best NVR for affordable plug-and-play</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Clearly built for practicality, the Annke H800 makes connecting a USB drive easy without re-positioning by adding an extra USB socket at the front as well as the rear one for the mouse.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The in-built OS isn’t beautiful, but actually very smart; you can choose to disable motion detection by zone on each camera view and, even as you refine the detection, you see a handy live view of where the algorithm is spotting action. Other handy features include quotas for individual cameras to prioritize some recordings drive vapacity.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The system includes event-driven or “Smart” timeline review of recorded video, the latter allowing you to search video for movement within areas you specify – a handy tool for finding if someone went into a specific corner of the shot after the fact.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Phone integration for Android or iOS also brings notifications though only one user account can be connected.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #328cc1; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-nvr" target="&quot;_blank&quot;" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="180" class="wp-image-4445 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-25.jpeg" alt="Best NVR: Swann SRNVR-88580H" title="Best NVR camera systems 2023 173" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-25.jpeg 320w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-25-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 9pt;">(Image credit: Swann)</span></p>
<h3 style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 18pt;">7: Swann SRNVR-88580H</span></h3>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.1;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 15pt;">Best DVR for AI features</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">What shines out with the Swann system is the more advanced facial recognition tools which put person/vehicle recognition in the shade. Yes, generalized person or vehicle alerts are still very useful, but Swann allows the known faces can be named. That makes specific alerts possible if, say, one of the kids gets near the treats. That is the kind of benefit consumer smart cameras offer, built on with integrations with Alexa and Google Assistant, but without the cost of a subscription.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">A third USB socket covers mouse, backup drive </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><em>and</em></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> downloading to a </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #328cc1; font-size: 11pt;">USB stick</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
without needing to unplug anything – usability plus. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">On the down-side, pet detection does require a cloud subscription (perhaps that just feels a worrying threshold to cross). In reality the fact Swann offer a cloud option – and secure backup using it – will be a handy option for some, even if it does bring with it a monthly fee. Swann’s Enforcer Kit system also has a number of 4K CCTV cameras with red and blue flashing LEDs and sirens built in which can be acquired in a bundle with the NVR for an effective deterrent system. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #328cc1; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-nvr" target="&quot;_blank&quot;" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="180" class="wp-image-4446 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-27.jpeg" alt="Best NVR - Lorex Smart 4K NVR" title="Best NVR camera systems 2023 174" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-27.jpeg 320w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-27-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 9pt;">(Image credit: Lorex)</span></p>
<h3 style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 18pt;">8: Lorex D861A82B 4K DVR</span></h3>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.1;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 15pt;">Best NVR for smart home integrations</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">This elegant-looking NVR actually has the same sockets as most other 4K 8-channel systems from the back, but is chic enough to sit comfortably under a living room TV. There the central panic button, which triggers all lights &amp; sirens built into connected cameras, could end a home invasion.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The main Lorex NVR </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">software</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> also allows you to set up effective deterrence rules using person and vehicle detection and features area search for easier review.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">There is a similar level of design polish in the remote access app save for one thing; if you do connect wireless and wired cameras you’ll need to tidy up the alerts yourself to avoid duplicates. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">We also appreciated that the </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #328cc1; font-size: 11pt;">Apple</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> TV wasn’t forgotten; and smart home fans will love the ability to add sensors (like gate or door opening) as well as cameras via a Lorex Sensor Hub.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #328cc1; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-nvr" target="&quot;_blank&quot;" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="180" class="wp-image-4447 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-29.jpeg" alt="Synology DS923+ - one of the best NVRs" title="Best NVR camera systems 2023 175" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-29.jpeg 320w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-29-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 9pt;">(Image credit: </span><span style="color: #333333; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 9pt;">Synology </span><span style="color: #333333; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 9pt;">)</span></p>
<h3 style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 18pt;">9. Synology DS923+</span></h3>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.1;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 15pt;">A RAID system with security-friendly extras</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">As well as dedicated NVRs, Synology are synonymous (sorry!) with all sizes of </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">data</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> storage devices. While many entrust their </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">data</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> – especially with limited amounts of it – to the cloud, there are many reasons to have a physical backup system. Hot-swappable drives mean every piece of information can be backed up within the device, and a network connection means it is available via your home network, or remotely.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Since the machine is essentially a small computer, it can run apps on its own OS, from Mail Server to (more relevant here) Synology Surveillance Station. This lets you use some of your overall drive space to store video from your connected security cameras.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #328cc1; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-nvr" target="&quot;_blank&quot;" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="180" class="wp-image-4448 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-31.jpeg" alt="Best NVR: CanaKit Raspberry Pi 4" title="Best NVR camera systems 2023 176" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-31.jpeg 320w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-31-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 9pt;">(Image credit: CanaKit)</span></p>
<h3 style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 18pt;">10. CanaKit Raspberry Pi 4</span></h3>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.1;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 15pt;">For those who want to make security a hobby experience</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">Make no mistake, this is not the same approach as the other products on this list. This isn’t a ready-made box with all the necessary PoE sockets to connect a series of cameras to but, since an NVR is essentially just a computer in different clothes, it shouldn’t come as a surprise that the enthusiast community is continuously refining </span><span style="color: #333333; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">software</span><span style="color: #333333; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;"> to power NVRs. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">If you feel motivated to build your own, why not </span><span style="color: #333333; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">start</span><span style="color: #333333; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;"> with a Raspberry Pi 4? Unless you’re only using USB cameras, you’ll also need a PoE Ethernet Switch (like the BV-Tech) and certainly some kind of storage (it’s unlikely the microSD card slot in the Pi will cut it for long, but many folk already have a spare external hard drive lying around). From there it’s simply a matter of choosing an OS and a piece of </span><span style="color: #333333; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">software</span><span style="color: #333333; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">; </span><a href="https://shinobi.video/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #328cc1; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">Shinobi</span></a><span style="color: #333333; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;"> is available for free and supports ARM architecture, as does </span><a href="https://zoneminder.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #328cc1; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">ZoneMinder</span></a><span style="color: #333333; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">, so there are two good starting points. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #328cc1; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-nvr" target="&quot;_blank&quot;" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="180" class="wp-image-4449 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-33.jpeg" alt="Best NVR: Amcrest 4K NV4216E-AI" title="Best NVR camera systems 2023 177" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-33.jpeg 320w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-33-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 9pt;">(Image credit: Amcrest)</span></p>
<h3 style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 18pt;">11. Amcrest 4K NV4216E-AI</span></h3>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.1;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 15pt;">Best NVR for big multi-camera set-ups</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">If you need a more powerful NVR – with greater camera capacity – than the NV4108E above, then Amcrest have you covered; the 4216E-AI supports up to two 8GB drives inside and has 16 PoE ports for cameras on the back, all capable of 4K resolution. The system is happy with H.265 and H.264 and has a high-speed throughput of </span><span style="color: #333333; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">200Mbps, dropping to 80Mbps when the on-board AI functions are active. This sacrifice buys you human and vehicle detection (and search in recordings), offering functionality to compete with the subscription services from Google Nest and </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #328cc1; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">Amazon</span><span style="color: #333333; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;"> </span><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/tag/ring" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #328cc1; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">Ring</span></a><span style="color: #333333; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;"> among others. Amcrest’s App is similar in scope. The machine even has microphone sockets for two-way-talk from the NVR.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="180" class="wp-image-4450 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-35.jpeg" alt="xmartO WNQ28 = best POE cameras" title="Best NVR camera systems 2023 178" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-35.jpeg 320w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-35-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 9pt;">(Image credit: xmartO)</span></p>
<h3 style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 18pt;">12. </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 18pt;">xmartO</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 18pt;"> WNQ28</span></h3>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.1;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 15pt;">Wi-Fi NVR which can keep your CCTV separate from home network</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">If you’d like to install a CCTV system with some of the advantages of your own NVR, but aren’t interested in undertaking the cabling, then the WNQ28 seems a rational choice. It eschews the PoE network switching components in favor of two antenna to create its own wi-fi network which you can connect cameras and viewing devices to. xmartO also include their “G3 Auto WiFi Relay” feature which can use cameras to extend the network.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> With or without this, the advantage of this device is that it keeps CCTV cameras on a different frequency from your home’s potentially already heavily taxed wi-fi (an issue many of us are starting to notice as high-speed broadband becomes more common). On the down-side it offers a fairly generic Linux-based OS and doesn’t have high bandwidth, while it definitely prefers xmartO cameras. Nevertheless it definitely helps keep things separate when building your network, so we can see some DIY fans strongly preferring this.</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8.4pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">How to choose an NVR system</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Selecting an NVR forces you to think about the very heart of your security system, and the choice you make will depend on whether you’re starting from scratch or you already have cameras you need to connect to. In either case, make the right choice and it’ll offer years of use even though you add and </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">swap</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> cameras and hard drives.</span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Storage bays</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">:</span></strong><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">While you only need one hard drive to store days of video, having multiple ones gives you different RAID setups to maximize storage or create live backups.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Camera connections</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">:</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
If the NVR has a built-in network switch then wires can run from it straight to the cameras. Otherwise a separate Ethernet switch will be required.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">PoE</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">:</span></strong><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Look for the connections to provide power to the cameras using the Power Over Ethernet standard, since this minimizes wiring and is a recognized standard.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Camera compatibility</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">:</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
Major brand’s cameras are generally cross-compatible if they support the ONVIF standard, but you can’t guarantee AI features are supported by competitor’s software. Just another reason to look for a bundle!</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Operating System</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">:</span></strong><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">While the leading brands have developed their own software, there are various Linux based systems out there meaning it’s possible for companies not much more advanced than enthusiasts to develop their own NVR.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Trade sanctions</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">:</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
In the USA Lorex, EZVIZ and HikVision have had their products restricted from government purchase. HikVision is similarly restricted in the UK and in both countries, this might only be the beginning. It is a step toward the banning of new products for all customers. The governments cite the firms’ links with Chinese government surveillance and, they say, has </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">human rights violations. Regardless of the evidence, if you’re building a system it might be wise to look for a brand that will still be on the shelves when you want to add to your system.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.xvraid.com/general/best-nvr-camera-systems-2023.html/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Swann DVR  Troubleshooting Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.xvraid.com/general/swann-dvr-troubleshooting-guide.html</link>
					<comments>https://www.xvraid.com/general/swann-dvr-troubleshooting-guide.html#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[XVR AiD]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 06 Dec 2023 07:13:09 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[app]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Basic Setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CCTV]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Error Message]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[factory]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Install]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instruction]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP address]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live View]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Monitor]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mouse]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[new password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password Reset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[phone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recorder]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Remote Access]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[reset the password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security System]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[setup guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[swann]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[swann camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[swann dvr]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[swann firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Switch]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[troubleshoot]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Update]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Upgrade]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VMS software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[wifi camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wifi cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wireless]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.xvraid.com/?p=4273</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Swann DVR Troubleshooting Guide, This is a basic setup guide that you need to double check if in case your cameras are...]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">Swann DVR Troubleshooting Guide, This is a basic setup guide that you need to double check if in case your cameras are not showing any images upon first time setup. On this guide, it will show you a bit more detailed version of your Hardware QSG that came with your unit. You might see <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Video Loss</span></strong>, <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">No Link</span></strong>, or <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">No Video</span></strong> on your screen and if that is the case, then we need to check their connections first.</p>
<h3 style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="font-size: 19.5pt;">What error message do you see on the screen?</span></h3>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">We need to identify first the error message that your screen shows.</p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>If you see <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">No Signal</span></strong>, <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Video Mode Not Supported</span></strong>, or <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Signal Out of Range</span></strong>, check this article to help you out: <a href="https://support.swann.com/hc/articles/4808843618841" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #3976b7; font-size: 11pt;">Video Mode Not Supported or Signal Out of Range or No Signal</span></a></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>If you can access the Menu interface of your recorder but you see <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Video Loss </span></strong>or <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">No Video</span></strong>, it is just your cameras that are not showing images. Read the rest of the article to learn how to fix it.<br />
Here are some error message because of cameras not displaying any image:</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"> <span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><em><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="421" height="83" class="wp-image-4274 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-1-421w83h.jpeg" alt="https://support.swann.com/hc/article_attachments/18999008194457" title="Swann DVR Troubleshooting Guide 211" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-1-421w83h.jpeg 421w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-1-421w83h-300x59.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 421px) 100vw, 421px" /></em></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><em> (from a DVR-4900/8075)</em></span><br />
<span style="font-size: 11pt;"><em><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="421" height="65" class="wp-image-4275 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-2-421w65h.jpeg" alt="https://support.swann.com/hc/article_attachments/18999036712857" title="Swann DVR Troubleshooting Guide 212" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-2-421w65h.jpeg 421w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-2-421w65h-300x46.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 421px) 100vw, 421px" /></em></span><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><em> (from a DVR-5580/5680)</em></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"> <span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">Here is an overview of the things we need to check:</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="441" height="322" class="wp-image-4276 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-3-441w322h.png" alt="https://support.swann.com/hc/article_attachments/19003150865433" title="Swann DVR Troubleshooting Guide 213" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-3-441w322h.png 441w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-3-441w322h-300x219.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 441px) 100vw, 441px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"> <span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h3 style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="font-size: 19.5pt;">1. Camera to extension cable connection</span></h3>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">For some of you who installed the cameras already and forgot to test the cameras first, that&#8217;s alright. You can skip this step for now. You just need to make sure that the 2 connectors of your camera are both connected firmly to the extension lead; otherwise, you might end up with a powered camera but no video connection or a powerless camera with a video connection. Check the image below, that&#8217;s how your camera needs to be connected to the extension cable.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">a. Connect the power connector</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="646" height="363" class="wp-image-4277 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-4-646w363h.jpeg" alt="videoplayback__1__-_Copy.gif" title="Swann DVR Troubleshooting Guide 214" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-4-646w363h.jpeg 646w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-4-646w363h-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 646px) 100vw, 646px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">b. Then connect the BNC video connector</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="644" height="362" class="wp-image-4278 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-5-644w362h.jpeg" alt="videoplayback_power.gif" title="Swann DVR Troubleshooting Guide 215" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-5-644w362h.jpeg 644w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-5-644w362h-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 644px) 100vw, 644px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">Here is what it should look like after the connection.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="556" height="446" class="wp-image-4279 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-6-556w446h.png" alt="https://support.swann.com/hc/article_attachments/19000884999065" title="Swann DVR Troubleshooting Guide 216" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-6-556w446h.png 556w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-6-556w446h-300x241.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 556px) 100vw, 556px" /></span></p>
<h3 style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="font-size: 19.5pt;">2. Extension cable to power splitter</span></h3>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">The extension will have 2 connectors on each end and you already used one end for the camera&#8217;s video and power connection. The other end of that cable needs to be connected to the power splitter especially if you have multiple cameras on your setup <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><em>(disregard the splitter if you are dealing with an additional camera since it will come with its own power supply)</em></span>. The splitter will have 4 leads on one end and a single lead on the other. Pick one lead from those 4 and connect the power lead of the extension cable to it. See the image below on how it should be connected.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="628" height="349" class="wp-image-4280 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-7-628w349h.jpeg" alt="https://support.swann.com/hc/article_attachments/19001578796313" title="Swann DVR Troubleshooting Guide 217" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-7-628w349h.jpeg 628w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-7-628w349h-300x167.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 628px) 100vw, 628px" /></span><br />
<span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h3 style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="font-size: 19.5pt;">3. Power splitter to the power adapter</span></h3>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">Grab the single lead from the splitter and connect it to the power adapter. Use the provided 12v power adapter from the kit. Then plug the power adapter into a working power point, wall outlet, or power board.</p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="637" height="358" class="wp-image-4281 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-8-637w358h.jpeg" alt="videoplayback__1__-_Copy.gif" title="Swann DVR Troubleshooting Guide 218" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-8-637w358h.jpeg 637w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-8-637w358h-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 637px) 100vw, 637px" /></span></p>
<h3 style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="font-size: 19.5pt;">4. Extension cable to the DVR</span></h3>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">Going back to the extension cable, we are left with one connector. That connector will be connected to the ports at the back of the DVR. These ports are normally labeled as <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Video In </span></strong>or <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Video Input</span></strong>. You need to <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">push the BNC connectors and twist them to lock</span></strong> them firmly to the DVR. Check below on how to connect the BNC cable to one of the video connectors at the back of the DVR.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="579" height="325" class="wp-image-4282 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-9-579w325h.png" alt="video_bnc.gif" title="Swann DVR Troubleshooting Guide 219" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-9-579w325h.png 579w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-9-579w325h-300x168.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 579px) 100vw, 579px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">You are all set! Live feed from the cameras should now display on the TV/monitor. If in case it didn&#8217;t, you might want to check <a href="https://support.swann.com/hc/articles/4747272083865" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #3976b7; font-size: 11pt;">Video Loss Troubleshooting for DVRs</span></a> for some advanced troubleshooting.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2>Swann DVR Troubleshooting Guide</h2>
<p>Read More : <a href="https://www.xvraid.com/guide/swann-camera-troubleshooting.html">Swann Camera Troubleshooting</a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 16pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Hard drive warning: Unformat error / Status: Abnormal </span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">This applies to recorders that were pre-installed with internal hard drives (HDD) and worked before. This error or warning appears when the hard drive is no longer recording or can no longer be accessed but is still detected.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"> <span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">A.</span></strong> The HDD LED is solid, indicating the hard drive is still detected but is not reading/writing.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="155" height="155" class="wp-image-4283 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-19.png" alt="HDD_LED_on.png" title="Swann DVR Troubleshooting Guide 220" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-19.png 155w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-19-150x150.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 155px) 100vw, 155px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">B.</span></strong> The HDD status (Menu &gt; Device &gt; HDD) shows &#8220;Abnormal&#8221; or &#8220;Unformat error&#8221;.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="615" height="446" class="wp-image-4284 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-20-615w446h.jpeg" alt="OS5 HDD.jpg" title="Swann DVR Troubleshooting Guide 221" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-20-615w446h.jpeg 615w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-20-615w446h-300x218.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 615px) 100vw, 615px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">C.</span></strong> The HDD Free/<strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Total capacity</span></strong> shows <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">0GB</span></strong>.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"> <span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">A. &amp; B. If Unformat error / Abnormal error shows</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">Do each step in the following order to remedy the issue:</p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">1.</span>Reboot the DVR. Go to Shutdown &gt; Reboot.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">2.</span>Ensure you are using a power adapter with <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;">the correct output rating</span> for your recorder. See <span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #3976b7; font-size: 11pt;">What power adapter should I use? </span>for your DVR, NVR or NVW. E.g. DVRs must use 12V 2A, not 12V 1A.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">3.</span>Plug the power adapter of your DVR or NVR directly to a known working outlet.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">4.</span>Go to Setup &gt; Device (side) &gt; HDD (tab).</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">1.</span>If the HDD is blank, continue the steps in <span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #3976b7; font-size: 11pt;">No hard drive or hard disk found</span>.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">2.</span>If the HDD is present but there is still an unformat error, follow steps 3. to 5. below.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">A. &amp; C. If Total Capacity is 0GB</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">Do each step in the following order to remedy the issue:</p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">1.</span>Reboot the DVR. Go to Shutdown &gt; Reboot.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">2.</span>Go to Setup &gt; Device (side) &gt; HDD (tab).</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">3.</span>Check the box below No. and beside the detected HDD.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">4.</span>Click on <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Format HDD</span></strong>. (Warning: This will erase all and any recordings. We recommend you <span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #3976b7; font-size: 11pt;">Export recordings to a USB (Swann Security)</span> prior to format if you do not want to lose any recordings)</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Note: We do NOT recommend formatting the hard drive using a computer. It must be done from the recorder.</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">5.</span>If the hard drive still incurs the same error after formatting or format failed, chances are the hard drive needs replacement. If you still have your proof of purchase, please request a chat and type &#8220;hard drive&#8221; for photo assessment and recommendation from our Tech Support.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">Note: Formatting will not erase the Swann firmware.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 16pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">No hard drive or hard disk found </span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">This applies to recorders that were pre-installed with internal hard drives (HDD) and worked before. The following are signs that the hard drive is no longer detected in your DVR / NVR:</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">A.</span></strong> The HDD LED is off.<br />
<span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="188" height="162" class="wp-image-4285 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-23-188w162h.png" alt="HDD_LED_off.png" title="Swann DVR Troubleshooting Guide 222"></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">B.</span></strong> The HDD status (Menu &gt; Device &gt; HDD) is blank, meaning No. 1 is empty.<br />
<span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="546" height="396" class="wp-image-4286 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-24-546w396h.jpeg" alt="OS5 HDD.jpg" title="Swann DVR Troubleshooting Guide 223" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-24-546w396h.jpeg 546w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-24-546w396h-300x218.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 546px) 100vw, 546px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">C.</span></strong> You may have experienced an outage or changed the power adapter.<br />
<span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="font-size: 19.5pt;">A. &amp; B. If you changed the hard drive recently</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">Bear in mind that only certain types of hard drives are compatible with CCTV security systems.</p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>We <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">recommend using a surveillance-rated hard drive of the same size dimensions and storage capacity</span></strong> as your recorder&#8217;s hard drive, such as the Western Digital Purple<img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2122.png" alt="™" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" />, Seagate Skyhawk<img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2122.png" alt="™" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" />, or Toshiba Surveillance range of drives. If you wish to know the maximum capacity and size compatible with your DVR or NVR, you can request a Chat for &#8220;hard drive&#8221; and follow the prompts.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Solid State Drives (SSD) for DVRs are <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">NOT ideal</span></strong> for continuous recording, operation in high temperature setting, and large disk space. A DVR&#8217;s intention is reliability not speed. SSDs are very fast, but it will wear out eventually when writing happens frequently. Using an SSD is at your discretion.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Desktop hard drives are <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">not recommended</span></strong> as their low speed can cause playback skipping and errors. They are not optimized to support 24/7 read-and-write access.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">Please visit <span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #3976b7; font-size: 11pt;">Installing an additional Internal Hard Drive (HDD) for 16-channel Recorders </span>for an example of how to change the hard drive of your recorder.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"> <span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="font-size: 19.5pt;">A. &amp; C. If you experienced an outage recently</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">The power adapter for your recorder was designed to protect the DVR or NVR in the event of a surge or power outage as adapters can be replaced easily unlike the whole recorder. Chances are the power adapter may be providing insufficient power for full recorder function (which includes the hard drive).</p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">1.</span>Ensure you are using a power adapter with <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;">the correct output rating</span> for your recorder. See <span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #3976b7; font-size: 11pt;">What power adapter should I use? </span>for your DVR, NVR or NVW.<br />
<span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="236" height="211" class="wp-image-4287 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-25-236w211h.jpeg" alt="PSU output rating.jpg" title="Swann DVR Troubleshooting Guide 224"></span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">2.</span>In the event of an outage, unplug all connections at the back except the TV, mouse and power adapter. This is to check whether the hard drive will be detected and whether the power adapter is still providing some power.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">3.</span>Change the power adapter to a known working one that has the same output rating as in step 1.</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>For DVRs, see <span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #3976b7; font-size: 11pt;">Swap DVR Power Adapters for Boot Issues.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>For NVRs, there are no spare power adapters.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">If the hard drive is detected after unplugging the cameras, chances are the power adapter is providing insufficient power and requires replacement.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">If you are already using a compatible hard drive and a known working compatible power adapter, chances are the hard drive needs to be replaced. Please check <span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #3976b7; font-size: 11pt;">What hard drives can I use with my DVR or NVR?</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 16pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Swap DVR Power Adapters for Boot Issues </span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">The power adapter of the DVR and the power adapter of 4 PRO- camera models are interchangeable as long as they <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">have the same output rating of 12V 2A</span></strong>.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">We do this to test whether the power adapter is faulty or the DVR is faulty. Power adapters are designed to protect the DVR in the event of power outages or power surges.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Warning</span></strong>: Do NOT use a power adapter higher than 12V on the DVR. Doing so will void your warranty.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="608" height="365" class="wp-image-4288 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-29-608w365h.jpeg" alt="video_loss_swap_PSU.png" title="Swann DVR Troubleshooting Guide 225" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-29-608w365h.jpeg 608w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-29-608w365h-300x180.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 608px) 100vw, 608px" /></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 3.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="font-size: 24pt;">Step-by-Step Instructions</span></h2>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 12pt;">1.</span>Check the output rating of the camera PSU in volt (V) and ampere (A) or milliampere (mA).</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>2000mA = 2A</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">2.</span>Check the output rating of the DVR PSU.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">3.</span>As long as both are 12V and <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">within the range of 2A~4A,</span></strong> the PSUs can be swapped.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">4.</span>Unplug the power adapter from the splitter and connect it to the DVR if it is 12V 2A~4A.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">5.</span>Unplug the power adapter from the DVR and connect it to the power splitter if it is 12V 2A.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">Note: If you have 8 cameras or more, you can swap the cameras&#8217; power adapters instead of the DVR power adapter as long as both camera power adapters have the same output rating.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 16pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">What hard drives can I use with my DVR or NVR? </span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">This applies to Swann recorders with pre-installed internal hard drives for recordings. The type of hard drive compatible with Swann DVRs and NVRs are <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">surveillance-type hard drives</span></strong>, which are connected via SATA cable. Before you decide to upgrade your internal hard drive, you MUST know the type, capacity, and size that your model is compatible with:</p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="font-size: 19.5pt;">Compatible Type by Brand</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"> The following surveillance hard drives are compatible with Swann recorders:</p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Seagate Skyhawk<img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2122.png" alt="™" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> by Seagate</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><a href="https://www.seagate.com/as/en/products/surveillance-drives/skyhawk-hard-drive/" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #3976b7; font-size: 11pt;">https://www.seagate.com/as/en/products/surveillance-drives/skyhawk-hard-drive/</span></a></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Western Digital Purple<img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2122.png" alt="™" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> by Western Digital</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><a href="https://shop.westerndigital.com/products/internal-drives/wd-purple-sata-hdd" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #3976b7; font-size: 11pt;">https://shop.westerndigital.com/products/internal-drives/wd-purple-sata-hdd</span></a></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>S300 by Toshiba</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><a href="https://www.toshiba-storage.com/products/s300-surveillance-hard-drive-2020/" target="_self" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #3976b7; font-size: 11pt;">https://www.toshiba-storage.com/products/s300-surveillance-hard-drive-2020/</span></a></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">They vary in capacity and size, so check below to identify what is compatible with your recorder.</p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="font-size: 19.5pt;">Compatible Capacity</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">This is the maximum number of storage capacity in gigabytes or terabytes that a hard drive has which varies in compatibility with your recorder.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">Most Swann recorders are pre-installed with a hard drive internally. If you wish to upgrade the capacity of your hard drive, you need to check with our Technical Support for the maximum capacity that your recorder model will support. The maximum capacity varies by model number.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">Customers with Swann Security and HomeSafe View app-compatible products can inquire via phone.</p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="font-size: 19.5pt;">Compatible Size</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">Should you wish to upgrade your hard drive, ensure to acquire the same size dimensions as the one in your recorder. Surveillance-type hard drives come in two sizes:</p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>2.5 inches</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>3.5 inches</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">If you are unsure, customers with Swann Security and HomeSafe View app-compatible products can inquire via phone.</p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="font-size: 19.5pt;">Compatible with External Hard Drives</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">If your DVR or NVR has an eSATA port on the back panel, it means your recorder is capable of connecting an external surveillance-type hard drive.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="442" height="235" class="wp-image-4289 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-31.png" alt="eSATA port.png" title="Swann DVR Troubleshooting Guide 226" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-31.png 442w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-31-300x160.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 442px) 100vw, 442px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">The function of the external eSATA port may either be for exporting recordings or recording depending on the chipset of your recorder model. For example: <a href="https://support.swann.com/hc/en-us/articles/4747862063769-Can-I-use-an-external-SATA-hard-drive-to-my-DVR8-3000-to-increase-recording-capacity-" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #3976b7; font-size: 11pt;">Can I use an external SATA hard drive to my DVR8-3000 to increase recording capacity?</span></a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">The following recorder series have an external eSATA port for a hard drive of up to 3TB in capacity for external recording:</p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>NVR-7072 NVR-7082 NVR-7300 NVR-7400</div>
</div>
</div>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="font-size: 19.5pt;">Compatible microSD Cards </span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">If your recorder model contains a microSD slot, it can support up to <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">128GB capacity</span></strong> for the microSD card.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="410" height="168" class="wp-image-4290 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-32-410w168h.jpeg" alt="microSD port recorder.png" title="Swann DVR Troubleshooting Guide 227" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-32-410w168h.jpeg 410w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-32-410w168h-300x123.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 410px) 100vw, 410px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">The following recorder models are compatible with up to 4TB capacity for the hard drive and 128GB capacity for the microSD card.</p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>DVR-4480G DVR-4480RN DVR-4480V DVR-4685 DVR-4685RN DVR-4480 NVW-490</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">Note: Simultaneous recording to both the internal hard drive and microSD card is not supported. If there is a hard drive internally, recording to the hard drive will be prioritized.</p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="font-size: 19.5pt;">Not Compatible</span></h3>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;">Solid State Drives (SSD)</span> for DVRs are <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">NOT ideal</span></strong> for continuous recording, operation in high temperature setting, and large disk space. A DVR&#8217;s intention is reliability not speed. SSDs are very fast, but it will wear out eventually when writing happens frequently. Using an SSD is at your discretion.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;">Desktop hard drives</span> are <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">not recommended</span></strong> as their low speed can cause playback skipping and errors. They are not optimized to support 24/7 read-and-write access.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;">USB External hard drives</span> are not compatible with Swann recorders for real-time recording.</div>
</div>
</div>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 16pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">DVR/NVR went offline after an outage or changing routers or Internet Service Provider </span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">This article applies to DVRs or NVRs that are hardwired to your router, and affects mobile or computer streaming, push notifications, and other features requiring internet connectivity.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">The DVR or NVR going offline is a common occurrence when changes were made to the router, its settings, an outage, or changes in IP by your Internet Service Provider (ISP). In order to get it back online, you must have physical access to the DVR or NVR to check the following:</p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="font-size: 19.5pt;">1. If there was a Power or Internet Outage</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">Normally, turning off the recorder and then turning it back on again will get the DVR or NVR to re-establish communication with your router. However, this will only work if its Network setup is set to DHCP by default. This ensures that the router is able to detect the DVR/NVR via ethernet and update its IP address.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="397" height="165" class="wp-image-4291 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-35.png" alt="2026 DHCP.png" title="Swann DVR Troubleshooting Guide 228" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-35.png 397w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-35-300x125.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 397px) 100vw, 397px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">If rebooting did not work, please try additional steps from this article: <span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #3976b7; font-size: 11pt;">Remote Access &#8211; Basic Router/Network Troubleshooting</span>.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">If the live view is blank, then the outage may have affected the power supply. Check this article to troubleshoot: <span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #3976b7; font-size: 11pt;">Troubleshoot a Boot Failure or Rebooting issue of a Recorder (DVR/NVR/NVW)</span>.</p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="font-size: 19.5pt;">2. If you changed or replaced the router (changed ISP)</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">See types of routers that may or may not work with the DVR or NVR in this article: <span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #3976b7; font-size: 11pt;">Network Setup: What do I need for my DVR/NVR to go online?</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">If the router is compatible, then the connection between the recorder and the router just needs to be refreshed. See this article for the first few steps to re-establish the network connection: <span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #3976b7; font-size: 11pt;">Remote Access &#8211; Basic Router/Network Troubleshooting</span>.</p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="font-size: 19.5pt;">3. If you added another router or extender</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">Ensure that the network connection setup has not changed. If the DVR or NVR is still connected to the same router, but that router was connected to a cable modem instead of a wall, then the setup is no longer a direct connection but a bridged connection.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">See why the DVR or NVR may not work with a bridged router or particular extender in this article: <span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #3976b7; font-size: 11pt;">Network Setup: What do I need for my DVR/NVR to go online?</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 16pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">How to factory reset my DVR / NVR (V8) </span></h1>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 3.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="font-size: 24pt;">Default Settings VS Factory Reset</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">To load settings to default in recorder models, you must be logged into the recorder via <span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #3976b7; font-size: 11pt;">TV and mouse</span> or <span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #3976b7; font-size: 11pt;">computer software</span>.</p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Factory default does NOT erase the system logs nor the hard drive but resets the username, password, and customized display, recording, alarm/motion, etc. settings.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>One or more menu settings can be loaded to default. <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Select ALL to restore to factory default.</span></strong></div>
</div>
</div>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="font-size: 19.5pt;">How to restore settings to factory default via TV and mouse</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">You must know the user name and password of your recorder in order to do this method. If you do not know the password, you need to perform a password reset instead. See <span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #3976b7; font-size: 11pt;">How to reset the password or get the recovery code of your DVR/NVR/NVW</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">1.</span>Right click on Live View or go to the <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Task bar</span></strong>.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">2.</span>Choose the first icon: <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Setup</span></strong>.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">3.</span>Go to <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Advanced &gt; Maintain</span></strong> (tab).<br />
<span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="568" height="362" class="wp-image-4292 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-37-568w362h.jpeg" alt="os5_load_default.jpg" title="Swann DVR Troubleshooting Guide 229" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-37-568w362h.jpeg 568w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-37-568w362h-300x191.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 568px) 100vw, 568px" /></span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">4.</span>Click on <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Load Default</span></strong>.<br />
<span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="373" height="196" class="wp-image-4293 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-38.jpeg" alt="os5_load_default_boxes.jpg" title="Swann DVR Troubleshooting Guide 230" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-38.jpeg 373w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-38-300x158.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 373px) 100vw, 373px" /></span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">5.</span>Check <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">System</span></strong>&gt; Save.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">You will be taken to the Startup Wizard to set a new password. See <span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #3976b7; font-size: 11pt;">Frequently-asked questions and tips to complete the Startup Wizard</span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="font-size: 19.5pt;">How to restore to factory default via Windows software</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">The DVR or NVR must already be added in the software beforehand and is online in order to do this method. If your DVR or NVR has not been added, you need to perform a password reset instead. See <a href="https://support.swann.com/hc/en-us/articles/13816897467033" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #3976b7; font-size: 11pt;">How to reset the password or get the recovery code of your DVR/NVR/NVW</span></a></p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Via HomeSafe View software:</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;"> </span></h4>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">Go to Control Panel &gt; Group Device Management &gt; Devices: hover over Device &gt; click on Remote Config (wrench icon) &gt; Advanced &gt; Load Default &gt; Check the appropriate box &gt; Save.<br />
<span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="465" height="97" class="wp-image-4294 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-39.jpeg" alt="HSV_remote_config.jpg" title="Swann DVR Troubleshooting Guide 231" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-39.jpeg 465w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-39-300x63.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 465px) 100vw, 465px" /></span></p>
<h4 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Via Swann Security VMS software</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">:</span></h4>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">Go to Device Management &gt; Advanced &gt; Load Default &gt; Toggle the appropriate options &gt; Save.<br />
<span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="178" height="71" class="wp-image-4295 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-40.jpeg" alt="SS_software_remote_config.jpg" title="Swann DVR Troubleshooting Guide 232"></span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="417" height="343" class="wp-image-4296 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-41.jpeg" alt="SS_software_remote_config_load_default.jpg" title="Swann DVR Troubleshooting Guide 233" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-41.jpeg 417w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-41-300x247.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 417px) 100vw, 417px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #660000; font-size: 11pt;">Warning:</span></strong> Once you have restored the recorder&#8217;s settings to default via software, you are required to set a new password via TV and mouse hardwired to the recorder. If you are unable to login to the Main Menu nor access your recorder via software, you need to do this: <span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #3976b7; font-size: 11pt;">How to reset the password or get the recovery code of your DVR/NVR/NVW</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 16pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Troubleshoot a Boot Failure or Rebooting issue of a Recorder (DVR/NVR/NVW) </span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">If you your Swann recorder (DVR, NVR, NVW or wireless recorder) is experiencing the below issues, then your unit may have a boot failure problem:</p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">LEDs</span></strong> are <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">OFF</span></strong> at the top or front of the DVR.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">LEDs</span></strong> are <strong><span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #008000; font-size: 11pt;">ON</span></strong> and the Swann loading page shows but reboots after.</div>
</div>
</div>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="font-size: 19.5pt;">To isolate, consider following the steps below</span></h3>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 12pt;">1.</span>Check the<strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;"> Output rating </span></strong>or the <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">red tag label </span></strong>attached to the <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">switching Power Adapter (PSU).</span></strong></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Power rating</span></strong> &#8211; the common output rating for <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">DVR PSUs</span></strong> is <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">12V / 2A</span></strong> (2000mA) and <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">12V / 1.5A &#8211; 3.75A</span></strong> for <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">NVRs</span></strong> depending on the model of the recorder. <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="559" height="454" class="wp-image-4297 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-47-559w454h.png" alt="https://support.swann.com/hc/article_attachments/20078120680345" title="Swann DVR Troubleshooting Guide 234" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-47-559w454h.png 559w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-47-559w454h-300x244.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 559px) 100vw, 559px" /></span></div>
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"> <strong><span style="background-color: #ffff00; font-size: 11pt;">Note:</span></strong> Some of the <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">older DVR</span></strong> <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">PSUs</span></strong> use <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">12 V / 3A</span></strong> and <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">48 V / 5 A</span></strong> for <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">NVR</span></strong>. For a list of Power Adapter (PSU) ratings appropriate for your device, please check this <strong><span style="color: #3976b7; font-size: 11pt;">What power adapter should I use</span></strong> article.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Red tag label</span></strong> &#8211; most of the power adapter included has red sticker along the power cable to indicate its use (e.g. <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><em>DVR/NVR</em></span> or Camera).  <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="565" height="557" class="wp-image-4298 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-48-565w557h.png" alt="https://support.swann.com/hc/article_attachments/20077086885017" title="Swann DVR Troubleshooting Guide 235" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-48-565w557h.png 565w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-48-565w557h-300x296.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 565px) 100vw, 565px" /></span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">2.</span><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Plug to a wall outlet</span></strong> &#8211; to eliminate possibility of faulty extension cable or UPS.</div>
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"> <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="511" height="380" class="wp-image-4299 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-49.png" alt="https://support.swann.com/hc/article_attachments/20078787256345" title="Swann DVR Troubleshooting Guide 236" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-49.png 511w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-49-300x223.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 511px) 100vw, 511px" /></span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">3.</span><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Unplug some cables</span></strong> &#8211; if you have an Ethernet cable or cameras already connected, disconnect them for the meantime. Only leave the power plug and monitor connected.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">4.</span><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Secure connection</span></strong> &#8211; ensure that the power plug is connected securely to the recorder and not loose.                            <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="574" height="429" class="wp-image-4300 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-50.png" alt="https://support.swann.com/hc/article_attachments/20079605338393" title="Swann DVR Troubleshooting Guide 237" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-50.png 574w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-50-300x224.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 574px) 100vw, 574px" /></span><br />
<strong><span style="background-color: #ffff00; font-size: 11pt;">Note:</span></strong> Some of the <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">older NVR</span></strong> <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">PSUs</span></strong> use a larger <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Barrel plug</span></strong>.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">5.</span><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Turn on the recorder </span></strong>&#8211; some units may have power switch at the back. Ensure that it is switched <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">ON</span></strong>.                                        <span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="530" height="153" class="wp-image-4301 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-51.png" alt="https://support.swann.com/hc/article_attachments/20083642937369" title="Swann DVR Troubleshooting Guide 238" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-51.png 530w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-51-300x87.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 530px) 100vw, 530px" /></span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">6.</span>For <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">DVR</span></strong> and <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">NVW-800/AllSercure 650</span></strong> units, if the <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">NO power</span></strong> issue still persists, swap the camera PSU with the recorder to isolate problem. <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #3976b7; font-size: 11pt;">Check this article for the guide</span></strong>.</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="background-color: #ffff00; font-size: 11pt;">Note:</span></strong> This is for <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">testing purposes</span></strong> only. Do not continue to use the camera PSU if the output rating is <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">less than 2A</span></strong>.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="background-color: #ffff00; font-size: 11pt;">Note</span><span style="background-color: #ffff00; font-size: 8.5pt;"><sup>1</sup></span><span style="background-color: #ffff00; font-size: 11pt;">:</span></strong> If the <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">recorder</span></strong> remains<strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;"> turned Off</span></strong>, check if the wall outlet where the <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Power Adapter (PSU)</span></strong> is plugged in has power.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="background-color: #ffff00; font-size: 11pt;">Note</span><span style="background-color: #ffff00; font-size: 8.5pt;"><sup>2</sup></span><span style="background-color: #ffff00; font-size: 11pt;">:</span></strong> If the recorder <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">turned On</span></strong> but seeing a black screen, consider checking if your monitor support the correct screen resolution by following this guide &#8211; <strong><span style="color: #3976b7; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">Video Mode Not Supported or Signal Out of Range or No Signal</span></strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #3976b7; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 16pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Why does my DVR / NVR / camera stop recording motion after a minute? </span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">DVRs and NVRs are set to record PIR/motion by default. Wireless standalone cameras can only record by PIR/motion. <span style="font-size: 11pt;">Where the camera is mounted</span> can have an impact on how effective movement is picked up and recorded.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">Mounting <span style="font-size: 11pt;">any camera with thermal and motion sensors</span> in the wrong location and angle can prevent recordings of certain movement. For example:</p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Movement in the directions indicated by green arrows are more likely to be detected.<br />
<span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1154" height="597" class="wp-image-4302 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-57-1154w597h.png" alt="v8" title="Swann DVR Troubleshooting Guide 239" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-57-1154w597h.png 1154w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-57-1154w597h-300x155.png 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-57-1154w597h-1024x530.png 1024w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-57-1154w597h-768x397.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1154px) 100vw, 1154px" /></span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>If the movement is toward and away from the camera at a short distance, the camera sensors may not be able to identify the changes between frames because the differences are subtle.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>If the movement stops, the DVR / NVR will stop recording. This means an intruder could still be standing on the same spot with subtle movements long enough to thwart the PIR/motion sensors.<br />
<span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="500" height="324" class="wp-image-4303 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-58-500w324h.png" alt="v9" title="Swann DVR Troubleshooting Guide 240" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-58-500w324h.png 500w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-58-500w324h-300x194.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" /></span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">Please see the fixes specific to your model for working around PIR/motion:</p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="font-size: 19.5pt;">Fix for DVR: Set the already-mounted DVR camera to record continuously</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">This setting is ideal if you mounted your camera above your front door, and you expect the camera to record regardless of motion.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">See <span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #3976b7; font-size: 11pt;">How to Set Up 24-hour continuous recording for a Camera (DVR or NVR only)</span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="font-size: 19.5pt;">Fix for NVR with V8 firmware: Set up Analytics for your NVR camera.</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">Perimeter Intrusion Detection (PID) with PIR can be configured for one NVR camera if you have a V8 recorder and camera.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"> A perimeter intrusion region can be used to define specific areas that you want to monitor for motion. For example, a rule can be defined so that your NVR will alert you if one or more objects have entered the boxed region from a particular direction and stayed within the intrusion region for a particular time.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="551" height="312" class="wp-image-4304 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-59-551w312h.png" alt="analytics_PID.png" title="Swann DVR Troubleshooting Guide 241" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-59-551w312h.png 551w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-59-551w312h-300x170.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 551px) 100vw, 551px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">Please see the user manual for your NVR on how to set up PID: <span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #3976b7; font-size: 11pt;">User Manual (V8 units &#8211; 8580, 8580RN, 8780, 8780RN,)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"> <span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25; font-weight: bold; font-size: 13.5pt;"><span style="font-size: 19.5pt;">Fix for any camera, especially WiFi cameras: Reposition the camera or add another camera for a different angle of view.</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">The ideal position of the camera is 7-8 feet high, pointing downwards at an angle to cover the area where people will be walking across the camera’s path<br />
<span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="489" height="357" class="wp-image-4305 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-60-489w357h.png" alt="v9" title="Swann DVR Troubleshooting Guide 242" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-60-489w357h.png 489w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/Picture-60-489w357h-300x219.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 489px) 100vw, 489px" /></span></p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.xvraid.com/general/swann-dvr-troubleshooting-guide.html/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>NightOwl DVR NVR Troubleshooting</title>
		<link>https://www.xvraid.com/general/nightowl-dvr-nvr-troubleshooting.html</link>
					<comments>https://www.xvraid.com/general/nightowl-dvr-nvr-troubleshooting.html#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[XVR AiD]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 19 Oct 2023 11:40:47 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[access]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[app]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[APP Store]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cms]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[default]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[device]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[enable]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[factory]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Factory Default Settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[google]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Play]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google play store]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[HDD]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[HDMI cable]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Install]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP address]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip cam]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mobile App]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mobile Apps]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Monitor]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion detect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[motion detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Night Owl]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVRs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[opera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[phone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Power]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recorder]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Remote View]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[setup guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Smartphone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Switch]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[troubleshoot]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[USB flash drive]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wireless]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[with]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.xvraid.com/?p=3757</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[NightOwl DVR NVR Troubleshooting, All Night Owl products include free remote viewing! All you need to do is connect your device to...]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span data-contrast="auto">NightOwl DVR NVR Troubleshooting, All Night Owl products include free remote viewing! All you need to do is connect your device to the Internet and download the compatible app or CMS. This ensures our customers have 24/7 access to their security, no matter where they travel, all from the convenience of their Smart Device or computer. </span><span data-ccp-props="{}"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">Click from the list below to navigate to that section of this guide for more information.</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"> <span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">IMPORTANT:  </span></strong>For more detailed information specific to your model or if you do not see your issue listed below, please see your product’s manual on your Series support page.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;">To access your manual:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">1.</span></strong> Visit <a href="http://support.nightowlsp.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #00ccff; font-size: 11pt;">Support.NightOwlSP.com </span></a>and enter your Series into the Search bar.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">NOTE:</span></strong> Your product Series can be located on the support sticker on your recorder.</p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="700" height="231" class="wp-image-3758 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-1-700w231h.png" alt="Screen_Shot_2021-01-25_at_5.10.23_PM.png" title="NightOwl DVR NVR Troubleshooting 262" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-1-700w231h.png 700w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-1-700w231h-300x99.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">2.</span></strong> From your product’s support page, scroll down and click on “<strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Manual</span></strong>.”</p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="700" height="214" class="wp-image-3759 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-2-700w214h.png" alt="Screen_Shot_2021-01-25_at_5.13.09_PM.png" title="NightOwl DVR NVR Troubleshooting 263" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-2-700w214h.png 700w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-2-700w214h-300x92.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;"> </span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Troubleshooting:</span></strong></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #ff0000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">1.</span><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;">Recorder Not Powering On</span></strong></span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #ff0000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">2.</span><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;">Video Loss</span></strong></span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #ff0000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">3.</span><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;">Network Connection Issues</span></strong></span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #ff0000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">4.</span><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;">Motion Detection Issues</span></strong></span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #ff0000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">5.</span><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;">Playback Issues</span></strong></span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #ff0000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">6.</span><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;">Export Video Issues</span></strong></span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #ff0000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">7.</span><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;">Recorder Making Noise</span></strong></span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #ff0000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">8.</span><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;">Hard Disk Drive (HDD)</span></strong></span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #ff0000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">9.</span><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;">Factory Reset</span></strong></span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #ff0000;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">10.</span><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;">Contacting Technical Support</span></strong></span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"> <span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">NOTE:</span></strong> If you are still experiencing an issue after troubleshooting, please click on Contact Us from your product’s support page to reach our Technical Support Team via Live Chat or Phone.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"> <span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2>NightOwl DVR NVR Troubleshooting</h2>
<p>Read More : <a href="https://www.xvraid.com/guide/night-owl-dvr-nvr-troubleshooting.html">Night Owl DVR / NVR Troubleshooting</a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"> <span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">1. Recorder Not Powering On</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">If your recorder is not powering on, please try the steps below before contacting technical support.</p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative;">a.</span>See if your recorder is receiving power. To do so:</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">i.</span>Verify the LED is on if your recorder has one.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">ii.</span>If your recorder does not have an LED, check the Network port on the rear of the recorder. If the LAN port light is flashing green, the recorder is receiving power.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">iii.</span>Some devices feature an internal fan, so if you can hear the recorder’s fan, it is receiving power.</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">a.</span>If the LED on the recorder is turned ON but you cannot see an image on your monitor, please refer to the Video Loss section of this article.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">b.</span>Check to ensure the outlet you have the recorder connected to is receiving power. Plug another device into the outlet, such as a lamp, to see if it works.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">c.</span>If the power adapter is connected to a surge protector/power strip or battery backup, then unplug it and connect the recorder directly to the wall outlet. This will help us identify if the issue is with the surge protector/power strip or the battery backup.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">d.</span>Ensure the recorder’s power switch is turned to ON.<br />
<strong><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">NOTE:</span></strong> Not all recorders have a power switch.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">e.</span>Check to see if the recorder’s power adapter has gone bad. <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;">To do so:</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">i.</span>Ensure you are using the power adapter that came with the recorder.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">ii.</span>Check for any physical damage to the power adapter.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">iii.</span>Look for signs of melting and/or a burning smell.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">iv.</span>Disconnect the recorder power adapter and replace it with a power adapter of the same amperage. If the recorder powers on, then you may have a faulty recorder power adapter. If you are still under warranty, please contact us to open a warranty claim and receive a new power supply.</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: center; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: center; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="714" height="14" class="wp-image-3761 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-4-714w14h.png" alt="blue_bar.png" title="NightOwl DVR NVR Troubleshooting 264" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-4-714w14h.png 714w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-4-714w14h-300x6.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 714px) 100vw, 714px" /></span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">2. Video Loss</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">If your recorder is powered on, but you cannot see one or more connected cameras on your TV/Monitor or Smart Device, try the steps below.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"> <span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Cannot See the Recorder on Your TV/Monitor</span></strong><br />
If you cannot see any cameras or the recorder menu on your TV/monitor, please:</p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">1.</span></div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">i.</span>Ensure your TV/Monitor is a minimum of 1080p resolution. If not, please connect the recorder to a TV/Monitor that is.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">ii.</span>Ensure the HDMI cable is connected from the recorder to your TV/Monitor.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">iii.</span>Ensure you are tuned to the right HDMI input if your TV/Monitor has more than one.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">iv.</span>Try replacing the HDMI cable, to see if you have a faulty cable.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">v.</span>Try connecting the recorder to another HDMI input or a 2<span style="font-size: 8.5pt;"><sup>nd</sup></span> TV/Monitor.</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Have Video Loss Only at Night</span></strong><br />
If you are experiencing video loss, flickering lines or fuzzy images on one or more cameras at night, this may be the result of a faulty camera power supply. Try connecting the camera to a different power supply at night to see if the camera image is corrected.</p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">1.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">1.</span></div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 108pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">a.</span>NOTE: If you have NVR IP cameras that are located more than 370ft/100m in distance from the main unit, it is suggested to power them at the final location. The use of other network devices connected between the IP Cameras and the main unit is not supported.</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Have a Camera with a Purple/Pink Tint?</span></strong><br />
If you are experiencing a purple/pink tint with a camera, it is possible that your camera is defective and needs to be replaced. However, please check the following first:</p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">1.</span></div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">i.</span>Connect the bad camera to a known working channel on the back of the recorder, to see if the camera image improves. If the camera does not have a purple/pink tint when connected to the new channel, then the issue is not with the camera. If the camera still has an issue on the new channel, then the issue is the camera.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">ii.</span>Connect a known working camera to the channel where the malfunctioning camera was. If this second camera displays a purple/pink tint, that indicates it may be an issue with that channel or channel’s settings. Please try resetting the Image settings for the channel. If that does not work, perform a Factory Reset. For more information on how to do this, refer to your product’s manual on our support site.</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Video Loss On One or More Cameras</span></strong></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">1.</span></div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">i.</span><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Check for Camera Compatibility</span></strong><br />
If you are having an issue with video loss with a camera that did not come with your initial system purchase, check if this camera is compatible with your system.<br />
<a href="https://support.nightowlsp.com/hc/en-us/articles/360039151573" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #00ccff; font-size: 11pt;">Click on the link to check your Night Owl Camera Compatibility</span></a></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">ii.</span><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Check the Camera Connection</span></strong><br />
Make sure the camera is properly connected and you are using the right camera power supply.</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 15pt;"><strong><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">NOTE</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">: </span></strong>Our wired NVR’s use Ethernet cabling and are powered by the NVR. Our Wi-Fi IP cameras each come with their own power adapter and wirelessly transmit video to the Wi-Fi NVR. You may need to re-pair the camera to your Wi-Fi NVR (refer to your product manual for more information).</p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">iii.</span><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Check the Camera Settings on the Recorder Menu</span></strong><br />
<span style="font-size: 11pt;">Your recorder may have a feature that allows you to mask a camera’s live image, so even when the channel is recording the live video cannot be seen. If you don’t have live video on one channel and don’t see a signal loss or video loss icon, check to see if you can see the motion or recording icons. If you can, the channel may be in covert mode. Please refer to your product manual on our support site for specific information on adjusting this setting.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">iv.</span><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Check the Video Format</span></strong><br />
<span style="font-size: 11pt;">In your recorder’s menu, ensure the video format is set to NTSC. If the video format must be changed from PAL to NTSC, the recorder will restart.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">v.</span><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Check the Camera’s Power Supply</span></strong><br />
<span style="font-size: 11pt;">Once you have checked the connection and camera settings, see if the camera is getting power. </span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Go to the non-working camera, make sure it is plugged in and cover the front with your hands. If you see the red LED lights activate or hear the camera click, then it is getting power. If not, the problem could be the power source (power adapter or power splitter), the BNC video/power cable (BNC Wired DVRs) or the Ethernet cable (Wired NVRs).</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">vi.</span><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Check the Power Splitter (BNC Wired DVRs)</span></strong><br />
<span style="font-size: 11pt;">Bypass the power splitter for the camera and plug the non-working camera directly into the power supply without the splitter and check if the camera gets a signal. If so, you have isolated the issue to the power splitter.</span><br />
<strong><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">NOTE:</span></strong><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;"> </span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">If a camera is using an extension cable (more than 60 ft.) ensure that the camera has an individual power adapter and is not connected to the splitter. It is recommended to power the camera at the final location with its own power supply. The further a camera is from the recorder, the more power it requires to function. </span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">vii.</span><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Check the Recorder’s Channel Port (Wired BNC DVRs and Wired NVRs)</span></strong><br />
<span style="font-size: 11pt;">Plug the non-working camera into another channel port. If the camera starts working, then you likely have a bad channel port.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">viii.</span><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Check the Camera Cable (Wired BNC DVRs and Wired NVRs)</span></strong><br />
If you are not able to see the camera after connecting it to another channel, try replacing the camera cable with that of a working camera. If this corrects the issue, then you have isolated the problem to the camera cable.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="714" height="14" class="wp-image-3762 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-5-714w14h.png" alt="blue_bar.png" title="NightOwl DVR NVR Troubleshooting 265" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-5-714w14h.png 714w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-5-714w14h-300x6.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 714px) 100vw, 714px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"> <span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">3. Network Connection Issues</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">If you are having an issue connecting your recorder to the Internet, please follow the troubleshooting measures below. The use of other network devices between the main unit and your Internet Router is not suggested.</p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative;">a.</span><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Check the Ethernet Connection</span></strong><br />
Ensure the provided Ethernet cable is connected from the Ethernet port (on the rear of the recorder) to your router/network.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">b.</span><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Check for a Damaged Ethernet Cable or ISP Issues</span></strong><br />
Unplug the Ethernet cable from your recorder and connect it to another device, such as a computer, to check the cable condition.</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">i.</span>If you have an Internet connection on your other device, this means that the Ethernet cable works. Plug the Ethernet cable back into the recorder.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">ii.</span>If you don’t have an Internet connection on the other device, either the cable is bad, or you are having a problem with your ISP (Internet Service Provider). Connect the recorder using a different Ethernet cable and check the network connection. If you are still having a problem, please contact your ISP.<br />
<strong><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">NOTE:</span></strong> You may need to restart your recorder.</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">a.</span><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Check your Network Settings and IP address</span></strong><br />
Log in to your DVR/NVR and navigate to the Network Settings and ensure the DHCP is enabled on your system. Using a Static IP may result in connectivity issues. Please refer to your product’s manual on our support site for information specific to your model.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">b.</span><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Check your Network Connection Speeds</span></strong><br />
All Night Owl product has a minimum recommended Internet connection speed, which you can find in your product’s specifications. As a general rule, we recommend a minimum of 4 Mbps upload speed for your recorder. Please note that your Internet connection is shared between all the networked devices you have in your home.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">c.</span><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Reset the System to Factory Default</span></strong><br />
<strong><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">NOTE:</span></strong> If your product uses the Night Owl Protect App, you must remove it from the app before proceeding. <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;">Failure to do so will make your device unusable</span></strong>.</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">a.</span>All current settings will be erased but your recording will remain on the HDD.<br />
The exact steps to perform a factory reset varies by model. Please refer to your product’s manual on our support site for the exact steps needed.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"> <span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="714" height="14" class="wp-image-3763 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-6-714w14h.png" alt="blue_bar.png" title="NightOwl DVR NVR Troubleshooting 266" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-6-714w14h.png 714w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-6-714w14h-300x6.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 714px) 100vw, 714px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"> <span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">4. Motion Detection Issues</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">If your recorder is having problems detecting motion, it is most likely a configuration issue. Some recorders have the option to disable motion detection for specific channels. Additionally, the motion detection sensitivity and motion detection area can affect your recorder’s motion detection performance.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">NOTE:</span></strong> By default, most recorders are set to motion detection with high sensitivity.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;">To troubleshoot:</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative;">a.</span>Make sure you are having a motion detection problem. After a motion event occurs, check to see if the motion icon is activated on the channel screen.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">b.</span>If so, please check the motion detection sensitivity and detection area setup. If the motion detection sensitivity is too low, or some areas of the camera’s field of view have been deactivated to detect motion, the recorder can miss some motion events that you would like to detect and record. To check these two parameters, please follow the steps:<br />
<strong><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">NOTE:</span></strong> Your menus and options may look different. For exact steps, please refer to your product’s manual on our support site.</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">i.</span>With your recorder connected to a TV/Monitor, access the Main Menu.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">ii.</span>You may be required to log in to the recorder before proceeding.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">iii.</span>Click on the “<strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Camera</span></strong>” tab.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 72pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">iv.</span>Select the “<strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Motion</span></strong>” sub-tab.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 72pt;">
<p><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">v.</span>On this screen, you should be able to adjust the motion sensitivity and motion detection area.</p>
<p><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Sensitivity</span></strong>: A lower setting requires more movement in the camera’s field of view to begin recording (highest by default).</p>
<p><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Area</span></strong>: Clicking “<strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Set</span></strong>” allows you to configure areas that will and will not detect motion. Red boxes denote areas that will detect motion and uncolored boxes show areas that will not. (see your product’s manual on our support site for more information)</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="714" height="14" class="wp-image-3764 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-7-714w14h.png" alt="blue_bar.png" title="NightOwl DVR NVR Troubleshooting 267" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-7-714w14h.png 714w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-7-714w14h-300x6.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 714px) 100vw, 714px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"> <span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">5. Playback Issues </span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">NOTE:</span></strong> Recordings are saved on the Hard Disk Drive (HDD) of your recorder, so the first thing you must check is if the HDD is working properly.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">If you are having an issue accessing your recordings or with playback, please check the following:</p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">1.</span><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Power Adapter</span></strong><br />
Check the power adapter and ensure that it is the proper voltage output for your unit.</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">a.</span><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Pre-Installed Hard Drive</span></strong><br />
Verify that your recorder has a pre-installed HDD. Some models are sold with no HDD installed and customers must purchase and install one.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">b.</span><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Hard Drive Status</span></strong><br />
If your recorder has a pre-installed HDD, please check if it has been detected, is formatted and still has free space to save recordings. For more information on accessing the HDD screen on your recorder, please see your product’s manual on our support site.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">c.</span><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Record Schedule</span></strong><br />
If you have already checked that your HDD is operational, but you are still having issues with playback, you need to check the recording schedule. By default, the recorder is set up to record when motion is detected. Check the recorder’s record schedule to make sure is set up as desired for each individual channel. For more information on accessing the HDD screen on your recorder, please see your product’s manual on our support site.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">d.</span><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Time Settings</span></strong><br />
If you have already checked that your HDD is operational and the recording schedule is correct, but you are still having problems finding recordings, you may be having issues with your time settings. For example, you may be sure an event occurred at a specific time, but there is nothing recorded on your recorder at that time. In this case, the problem could be that the recorder date and time are wrong or not synchronized with the local time. For more information on correcting this issue, please see your product’s manual on our support site.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="714" height="14" class="wp-image-3765 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-8-714w14h.png" alt="blue_bar.png" title="NightOwl DVR NVR Troubleshooting 268" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-8-714w14h.png 714w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-8-714w14h-300x6.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 714px) 100vw, 714px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"> <span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">6. Export Video Issues</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">If you are having an issue exporting a recording, please check the following:</p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative;">a.</span>The USB Flash Drive or External HDD you wish to export to must be formatted to FAT32.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">b.</span>Please check the external storage device is connected to the USB port located on the back of the recorder.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">c.</span>If you’re using an External HDD, ensure it is powered on using the provided power adapter.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">d.</span>Once connected to the external storage, if you can’t export your video, your USB device may be in the wrong format or it may not be large enough for the videos you wish to export.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"> <span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="714" height="14" class="wp-image-3766 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-9-714w14h.png" alt="blue_bar.png" title="NightOwl DVR NVR Troubleshooting 269" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-9-714w14h.png 714w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-9-714w14h-300x6.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 714px) 100vw, 714px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"> <span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">7. Recorder Making Noise</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">NOTE:</span></strong> There are many reasons why your recorder may be making a noise. Beeps are usually related to a firmware misconfiguration, while other noises may be the result of the HDD or fan failing. <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;">Please check the following:</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative;">a.</span>Disconnect your recorder from its power adapter. By doing this, you’ll eliminate all noise and you’ll be ready to proceed with the next steps.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">b.</span>Once the recorder is disconnected, please unplug all connected cameras on the back of the device. We recommend doing this because buzzer alarms could be active and the motion sensor in one of the cameras could be activating it.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">c.</span>With the cameras disconnected, turn your recorder back on and wait for it to load.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">d.</span>Go to the recorder Main Menu (you may need to log in after this step).</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">e.</span>Click on the “<strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">General</span></strong>” tab and select the “<strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Alarms</span></strong>” sub-tab.<br />
<strong><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">NOTE:</span></strong> Our recorder menus vary by model. If these options do not look familiar, please refer to your product’s manual on our support site.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">f.</span>On the Alarms sub-tab, make sure the buzzer is OFF. You must review each channel individually.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">g.</span>Connect all the cameras you unplugged before and check if they are all working.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">h.</span>If the problem persists, and you are still hearing a noise, the issue is likely not tied to the firmware or your settings. You may be experiencing an HDD or fan failure.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"> <span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="714" height="14" class="wp-image-3767 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-10-714w14h.png" alt="blue_bar.png" title="NightOwl DVR NVR Troubleshooting 270" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-10-714w14h.png 714w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-10-714w14h-300x6.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 714px) 100vw, 714px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"> <span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">8. Hard Disk Drive (HDD)</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">First of all, you will need to ensure your recorder has an HDD. Check your system specifications to see if your recorder has a pre-installed HDD. Some models are sold with no HDD installed and customers must install their own. <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 11pt;">To troubleshoot, see below:</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative;">a.</span><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Check the HDD Status</span></strong><br />
<strong><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">NOTE:</span></strong> A loud grinding sound coming from inside of your recorder can be an indication that the HDD is not working properly.</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">i.</span>Go to recorder Main Menu. (you may need to log in after this step)</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">ii.</span>Click on the “<strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Device</span></strong>” tab.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">iii.</span>On this screen you will be able to see: If the HDD has been detected (it should appear on the list), the HDD status (it should show status “OK”) and the HDD’s free/total capacity.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">iv.</span>If the HDD status is different than “OK”, please try to format it by selecting the HDD in the device list and clicking on “<strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Format Hard Drive</span></strong>.”<br />
<strong><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">NOTE:</span></strong> By formatting your HDD, all the recordings will be erased and cannot be retrieved.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">v.</span>If after formatting, the HDD status is not “OK” (unformatted, bad, or other), you may have a bad HDD that needs to be replaced.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">IMPORTANT:</span></strong> From the HDD menu, check to see if the overwrite option is on “Auto” (default option). When set to auto, the HDD will continue recording once it becomes full by recording over older recordings, to make way for new recordings. If this option is set to OFF, the recorder will stop recording when the HDD is full.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"> <span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="714" height="14" class="wp-image-3768 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-11-714w14h.png" alt="blue_bar.png" title="NightOwl DVR NVR Troubleshooting 271" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-11-714w14h.png 714w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-11-714w14h-300x6.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 714px) 100vw, 714px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"> <span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">9. Factory Reset</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">NOTE: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">If your product uses the Night Owl Protect App, remove the product from the application first before proceeding. Failure to do so will make your device unusable.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">To reset your recorder to the Factory Default settings, follow the next steps:</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;">NOTE:</span></strong><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11pt;"> </span>Your recorder’s menus and options may look different. If that is the case and you need additional help, please refer to your product’s manual on our support site for precise steps.</p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative;">a.</span>Go to the recorder Main Menu. (you may need to log in after this step)</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">b.</span>Click on “<strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Advanced” </span></strong>on the top left corner of the Main Menu.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">c.</span>Click on “<strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Maintain</span></strong>”</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">d.</span>On this screen locate the “<strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Load Default”</span></strong>tab and click on it.<br />
<span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="499" height="360" class="wp-image-3769 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-12-499w360h.png" alt="Picture1.png" title="NightOwl DVR NVR Troubleshooting 272" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-12-499w360h.png 499w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-12-499w360h-300x216.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 499px) 100vw, 499px" /></span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">e.</span>On the next screen select the options you want to restore to Factory Default and then click “<strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">OK</span></strong>.” Your recorder will now reboot and be restored to default for the selected settings.<br />
<span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="499" height="323" class="wp-image-3770 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-13-499w323h.png" alt="Picture2.png" title="NightOwl DVR NVR Troubleshooting 273" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-13-499w323h.png 499w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-13-499w323h-300x194.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 499px) 100vw, 499px" /></span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"> <span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="714" height="14" class="wp-image-3771 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-14-714w14h.png" alt="blue_bar.png" title="NightOwl DVR NVR Troubleshooting 274" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-14-714w14h.png 714w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-14-714w14h-300x6.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 714px) 100vw, 714px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"> <span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">10. Contacting Technical Support</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">If you isolate the issue while performing the included troubleshooting measures, or if you cannot find out what is wrong, you may need to contact our technical support team. You have the option of choosing from Live Chat or Phone Support. To make initial contact:</p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative;">a.</span>Go to your product’s support page on our support site.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt;">b.</span>Scroll down to the bottom of the page and click on the blue “<strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Help</span></strong>” button.</div>
</div>
</div>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8.05pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 16pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Apps and Software</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">All Night Owl products include free remote viewing! All you need to do is connect your device to the Internet and download the compatible app or CMS. This ensures our customers have 24/7 access to their security, no matter where they travel, all from the convenience of their Smart Device or computer.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;">Our mobile apps can be downloaded for free from the App Store or Google Play Store to your smartphone or tablet. Our CMS software for PCs and Macs is available below. Please click on the app / CMS that your Night Owl product uses to get started!</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"> <span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<table style="width: 23.27336860670194cm; border-collapse: unset;" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="width: 2.6596119929453264cm;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="81" height="81" class="wp-image-3772 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-29-81w81h.gif" alt="Stop_sign.gif" title="NightOwl DVR NVR Troubleshooting 275"></span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 20.61199294532628cm;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;">Each of our systems and products is <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">ONLY</span></strong> compatible with a specific app / CMS. If you are uncertain which app / CMS your product uses, please view your Quick Setup Guide, Manual, Series Support Page or click an icon below to see a compatibility list.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"> <span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"> <span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<table style="width: 23.015873015873016cm; border-collapse: unset;" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="width: 4.2592592592592595cm;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://support.nightowlsp.com/hc/en-us/articles/360044127354" target="&quot;_blank&quot;" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="120" height="120" class="wp-image-3773 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-30-120w120h.png" alt="Protect_hires.png" title="NightOwl DVR NVR Troubleshooting 276"></a></span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 4.365079365079365cm;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://support.nightowlsp.com/hc/en-us/articles/360009282774" target="&quot;_blank&quot;" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="120" height="120" class="wp-image-3774 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-31-120w120h.png" alt="NO_Connect2.png" title="NightOwl DVR NVR Troubleshooting 277"></a></span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 4.444444444444445cm;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://support.nightowlsp.com/hc/en-us/articles/115015303487" target="&quot;_blank&quot;" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="129" height="119" class="wp-image-3775 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-32-129w119h.jpeg" alt="NO_X2.jpg" title="NightOwl DVR NVR Troubleshooting 278"></a></span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 4.365079365079365cm;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://support.nightowlsp.com/hc/en-us/articles/360000354587" target="&quot;_blank&quot;" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="120" height="120" class="wp-image-3776 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-33-120w120h.png" alt="night-owl-hd-app.png" title="NightOwl DVR NVR Troubleshooting 279"></a></span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 4.1005291005291005cm;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://support.nightowlsp.com/hc/en-us/articles/360017759034" target="&quot;_blank&quot;" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="121" height="121" class="wp-image-3777 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-34-121w121h.png" alt="Night_Owl_Safe_App_Icon__1024x1024_.png" title="NightOwl DVR NVR Troubleshooting 280"></a></span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 4.2592592592592595cm;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><a href="https://support.nightowlsp.com/hc/en-us/articles/360044127354" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;">Night Owl Protect App and CMS</span></a></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 4.365079365079365cm;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><a href="https://support.nightowlsp.com/hc/en-us/articles/360009282774" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;">Night Owl Connect App and CMS</span></a></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 4.444444444444445cm;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><a href="https://support.nightowlsp.com/hc/en-us/articles/115015303487" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;">Night Owl X / X HD App and CMS</span></a></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 4.365079365079365cm;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><a href="https://support.nightowlsp.com/hc/en-us/articles/360000354587" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;">Night Owl HD</span><br />
<span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;">App and CMS</span></a></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 4.1005291005291005cm;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><a href="https://support.nightowlsp.com/hc/en-us/articles/360017759034" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;">Night Owl Safe</span><br />
<span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #000000; font-size: 18pt;">App</span></a></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.xvraid.com/general/nightowl-dvr-nvr-troubleshooting.html/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>XMEYE DVR User Manual</title>
		<link>https://www.xvraid.com/general/xmeye-dvr-user-manual.html</link>
					<comments>https://www.xvraid.com/general/xmeye-dvr-user-manual.html#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[XVR AiD]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 27 Sep 2023 18:49:24 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm Input]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[app]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Chinese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[chrome]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Decoder]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR user]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[factory]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[firefox]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[hybrid]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Install]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[intelligent analysis]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[interface]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Invalid]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP address]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[latest firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live View]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile monitor]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Monitor]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion detect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[motion detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Onvif]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Outdoor]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[phone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[preset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz activation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QR code]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recorder]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[reset the password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Serial Number]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Snapshot]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Switch]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[tilt]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[tools]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Update]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Upgrade]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[upgrade firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video Detect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wireless]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[xmeye]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[zoom]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.xvraid.com/?p=2916</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[XMEye DVR is video monitoring software for IPC and DVR. With cloud technology, easy log in by the device’s serial number to...]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="elementor-column elementor-col-50 elementor-inner-column elementor-element elementor-element-b051ebd" data-id="b051ebd" data-element_type="column">
<div class="elementor-widget-wrap elementor-element-populated">
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-6ac34b5 elementor-widget elementor-widget-text-editor" data-id="6ac34b5" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="text-editor.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="W4P4ne ">
<div class="PHBdkd" data-content-height="144">
<div class="DWPxHb">
<div>XMEye DVR is video monitoring software for IPC and DVR. With cloud technology, easy log in by the device’s serial number to show the live view monitoring video to Android phone and do operation accordingly.</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 14pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 14pt;">Basic operation</span></strong><a id="bookmark0"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: The button in gray display indicates nonsupport.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 23pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 12pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;">Turn on</span></strong><a id="bookmark2"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 27pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Plug the power supply and turn on the power supply switch. Power supply indicator light shining indicates turning on the video recorder. After the startup you will hear a beep. The default setting of video output is multiple-window output mode. If the startup time is within the video setting time, the timing video recording function will start up automatically. Then the video indicator light of corresponding channel is shining and the DVR is working normally.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note:</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">1. Make sure that the input voltage corresponds with the switch of the DVR power supply.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 27pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">2</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">. Power supply demands: 220V±10% /50Hz.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Suggest using the UPS to protect the power supply under allowable conditions.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 23pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 12pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.2</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;">Turn off</span></strong></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">There are two methods to turn off the DVR. Entering [main menu] and choosing [turn off] in the [turn off the system] option is called soft switch. Pressing the power supply switch is called hard switch. Illumination:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">1</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Auto resume after power failure</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 22pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">If the DVR is shut down abnormally, it can automatically backup video and resume previous working status after power failure.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">2</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Replace the hard disk</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 43pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Before replacing the hard disk, the power supply switch in the real panel must be turned off.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">3</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Replace the battery</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 22pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Before replacing the battery, the setting information must be saved and the power supply switch in the real panel must be turned off. The DVR uses button battery. The system time must be checked regularly. If the time is not correct you must replace the battery, we recommend replacing the battery every year and using the same battery type.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">2 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: The setting information must be saved before replacing the battery otherwise information will lose.</span></strong></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 12pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.3</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;">System Login</span></strong></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When the DVR boots up, the user must login and the system provides the corresponding functions with the user purview.There are two user settings. The names are </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">admin</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">,and </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">default </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">and these names have no password. </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Admin </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">is the super user purview; </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">default</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">‟s permissions are preview and video playback. User </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">admin</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">‟s password can be revised, while their permissions can‟t be revised; user </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">default </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">is the default login user whose permission can be revised but not its password.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="425" height="253" class="wp-image-2917 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-1-425w253h.jpeg" alt="Picture 1 425w253h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 375" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-1-425w253h.jpeg 425w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-1-425w253h-300x179.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 425px) 100vw, 425px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">System Login</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Password protection</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">: If the password is continuous wrong three times, the alarm will start. If the password is continuous wrong five times, the account will be locked. (Through reboot or after half an hour, the account will be unlocked automatically).</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Safety Question</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When you forget the password,you can click „?‟ to enter the reset password page. Note: The default is no safety question.You can set the safety question on the account page . If the answer is continuous wrong six times,the page will be locked(you have to reboot the device to continue the operation)</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">3 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="461" height="400" class="wp-image-2918 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-2-461w400h.jpeg" alt="Picture 2 461w400h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 376" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-2-461w400h.jpeg 461w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-2-461w400h-300x260.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 461px) 100vw, 461px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Safety question</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;">1.4 Preview</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Preview</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The date, time, channel name, channel stream value, channel resolution, the channel signal mode (most models support), etc. are shown in each preview screen, The surveillance video and the alarm status are shown in each window.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">4 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Preview icon</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;">1.5 Boot wizard</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 42pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Provide fast setup to wizard configuration parameters. Including boot wizard, two-dimensional code and digital channel configuration wizard, click “Next” to enter the digital channel configuration wizard.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.51; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 42pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Boot wizard:</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="577" height="348" class="wp-image-2919 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-3-577w348h.jpeg" alt="Picture 3 577w348h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 377" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-3-577w348h.jpeg 577w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-3-577w348h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 577px) 100vw, 577px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.68; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Boot wizard interface</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.68; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 42pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">[Do not Display] select the highlighted </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">■ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">expressed after reboot, no longer automatically pop up boot wizard.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.68; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 42pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">[Next] enter the digital channel configuration wizard interface.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.68; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 42pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">[Cancel] to save the settings and exit this screen wizard interface.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">5 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2>XMEYE DVR User Manual</h2>
<p>Read Next : <a href="https://www.xvraid.com/guide/xmeye-how-to-connect-dvr-nvr-on-pc-mobile-browser.html">XMEYE &amp;#8211; How to connect DVR/NVR on PC Mobile Browser</a></p>
<p>All Xmeye Devices Articles : <a href="https://www.xvraid.com/?s=xmeye">https://www.xvraid.com/?s=xmeye</a></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="494" height="367" class="wp-image-2920 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-4-494w367h.jpeg" alt="Picture 4 494w367h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 378" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-4-494w367h.jpeg 494w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-4-494w367h-300x223.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 494px) 100vw, 494px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Network test</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Network Test </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Green OK means connect to network successfully,red ERR means failed</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">；</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Retry</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click “Retry” to test the network again</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">；</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Network</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">click it to set the device network setting</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">；</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Skip</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click it to skip this network test</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click “Next”, will pop up APP and SN QR code,</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">QR Code</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="255" height="154" class="wp-image-2921 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-5-255w154h.jpeg" alt="Picture 5 255w154h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 379"></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="249" height="150" class="wp-image-2922 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-6-249w150h.jpeg" alt="Picture 6 249w150h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 380"></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">QR code interface</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click ”Next”, will pop up mode selection.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Mode selection:</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">6 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="577" height="349" class="wp-image-2923 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-7-577w349h.jpeg" alt="Picture 7 577w349h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 381" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-7-577w349h.jpeg 577w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-7-577w349h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 577px) 100vw, 577px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.59; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Mode selection</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.52; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Quick set</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">select the Quick set to enter the digital channel configuration wizard and start to search the remote device IP in the same LAN automatically, and then add the IPC to the backend device in accordance with the order of search, and you can cancel this process manually;</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.52; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Auto-connected mode</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The back-end device can modify the remote ipc device to the same network segment which are under the same LAN and automatically completes the addition; when the function is enabled, the boot wizard ends</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">；</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.52; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Manual mode</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Select the manual mode to enter the digital channel configuration wizard, you can set shortcuts for digital channels;</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">；</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">NOTE: After using this function, the parameters in the configuration of all digital channels will be updated, please caution.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">7 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="575" height="399" class="wp-image-2924 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-8-575w399h.jpeg" alt="Picture 8 575w399h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 382" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-8-575w399h.jpeg 575w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-8-575w399h-300x208.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 575px) 100vw, 575px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Digital Channel Configuration Wizards</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Label meanings:</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 20pt;"><strong><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">1 </span><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">Û8ÛN(TVI)</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #98b5e8; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAM01 </span><span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">S «S</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 18pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">1OaON(TVI)</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #d5d7de; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAM02BO</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #979aa8; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">2(</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">1Û8ÛN(TVI)</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #d5d7de; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAM03S4.S</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #babdc7; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">□ 17-01-21 16:23:46 SMA</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">1ÛÊÛN(TVI)</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #98b5e8; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAMO4 </span><span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">B «El</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 20pt;"><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4.5pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">iobon(tvi)</small></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">lOÔON(TVt)</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">10&amp;0N(TVI)</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">10BQN(TV|)</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #d5d7de; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAM05E«H</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.32; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">* </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #babdc7; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAMWf</span><span style="color: #babdc7; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">  </span><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">1</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #d5d7de; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAM07S4.S</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #d5d7de; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAM08a«S</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 20pt;"><strong><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">1OBON(TVl)</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">1OaON(TVI)</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">1080N(TVl)</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">1060N(TVI)</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #ffffff; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAM09aS</span><span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">  </span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #98b5e8; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAM </span><span style="color: #98b5e8; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">10 </span><span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">SH</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #d5d7de; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAM1iaS</span><span style="color: #d5d7de; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">  </span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #d5d7de; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAM12BS</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 20pt;"><strong><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">10SON(TVI)</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">10a0N(TVI)</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">lOBON(TVI)</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">1080N(TVI)</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #98b5e8; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAM </span><span style="color: #98b5e8; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">13 </span><span style="color: #d5d7de; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">ad</span><span style="color: #5e4d6f; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">  </span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #98b5e8; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAM </span><span style="color: #98b5e8; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">14 </span><span style="color: #d5d7de; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">as</span><span style="color: #5e4d6f; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">  </span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #98b5e8; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAM </span><span style="color: #98b5e8; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">1 5 </span><span style="color: #d5d7de; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">as</span><span style="color: #5e4d6f; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">  </span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAMlOaS</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 8.5pt;">1</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;" colspan="3">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Recording status</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 8.5pt;">4</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;" colspan="3">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 38pt;">a</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Video loss</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 8.5pt;">2</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td rowspan="3">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Motion detect</span></p>
</td>
<td rowspan="3">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 8.5pt;">5</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td rowspan="3">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Video blind</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #auto; font-size: 19pt;">Art</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: right; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">|lJ</small></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 8.5pt;">3</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td rowspan="3">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Audio</span></p>
</td>
<td rowspan="3">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 8.5pt;">6</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td rowspan="3">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Camera lock</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #auto; font-size: 19pt;">■&amp;</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #auto; font-size: 19pt;">a</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 8.5pt;">7</span></p>
</td>
<td colspan="3">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 8.5pt;">^^^^]</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The maximum resolution</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 8.5pt;">8</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;" colspan="3">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">AHD&amp;TVI </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">&amp; </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">CVI  Signal</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">switch</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 8.5pt;">9</span></p>
</td>
<td colspan="3">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 14pt;">^H</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel  stream  value</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.54; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">(</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">some model can support this</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">)</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;" colspan="3">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Search protocol selection</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 55pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Includes three search methods, respectively NETIP, ONVIF, ALL</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">2.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Search</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 55pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Search device</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">3.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Add</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 55pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Add device</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">4.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Network Settings</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 55pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The device can be set remotely channel, user name, password; click the Network Settings button, you can set the network of the device, including IP, subnet mask, default gateway (ONVIF protocol devices cannot make network settings).</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="249" class="wp-image-2925 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-9-576w249h.jpeg" alt="Picture 9 576w249h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 383" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-9-576w249h.jpeg 576w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-9-576w249h-300x130.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">8 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Network settings</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">5.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Hotkey settings</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Configure all channels by one key.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">6.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Equipment list display area</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">This area displays the discovered devices.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">7.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Delete</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Select the device has been configured, click Delete, you can delete the device</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">8.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Clear</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Clear all configured channels</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">9.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">encoding settings</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">You can set the front end configured coding</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">10.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Copy to</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 37pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Some information of selected channels can be copied to other channels, such as user name, password, and other device information, as shown below:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="529" height="361" class="wp-image-2926 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-10-529w361h.jpeg" alt="Picture 10 529w361h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 384" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-10-529w361h.jpeg 529w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-10-529w361h-300x205.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 529px) 100vw, 529px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 14pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 14pt;">是控制监控设<br />
备移动的按钮<br />
吗（上下移动<br />
吗？）</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0pt 28.3pt 7pt 37.2pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Copy to</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-right: 28.3pt; text-indent: 38pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">11.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Up and down keys</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 37.2pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click the device in the list, click up and down buttons to move the device up and down.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0pt 28.3pt 7pt 37.2pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">12.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Configuration Status</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 37.2pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Configuration status of each channel, including not configured, connected, not online</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-right: 28.3pt; text-indent: 38pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">13.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">configuration front-end information</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 38pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The information of the front-end configured, user name, password can be set in this area.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">9 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 38pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">14.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Previous</span></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 38pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Return to the previous screen and that is the boot wizard interface.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 38pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">15.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Next</span></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 38pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Add the selected device to the appropriate digital channels, and then enable the channel; the remaining non-selected digital channel is not enabled.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 38pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">16.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Exit</span></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 38pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Return to the preview screen.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;">1.6 Desktop shortcut menu</span></strong><a id="bookmark14"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">In preview mode you can right click mouse to get a desktop shortcut menu,as the picture shows. The menu includes: main menu, Guide, Quick set, record mode, playback, IPC param,PTZ control, coaxial control,TVI&amp;AHD signal switch</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">High Speed PTZ, Alarm Output, color Setting, Output adjust, Logout,</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">view mode shift.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="225" height="394" class="wp-image-2927 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-11-225w394h.jpeg" alt="Picture 11 225w394h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 385" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-11-225w394h.jpeg 225w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-11-225w394h-171x300.jpeg 171w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 225px) 100vw, 225px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Shortcut Menu</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.1</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Main menu</span></strong><a id="bookmark16"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When you login, the system main menu is shown as below.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">10 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="577" height="349" class="wp-image-2928 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-12-577w349h.jpeg" alt="Picture 12 577w349h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 386" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-12-577w349h.jpeg 577w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-12-577w349h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 577px) 100vw, 577px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Main Menu</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 16pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.09; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.2</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Record Control</span></strong><a id="bookmark18"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.09; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Please check current channel status: “○” means it is not in recording status, “•” means it is in recording status.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.09; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">You can use desktop shortcut menu or click [system]&gt; [record]&gt; [record mode] to enter the recording control interface.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="441" height="261" class="wp-image-2929 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-13-441w261h.jpeg" alt="Picture 13 441w261h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 387" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-13-441w261h.jpeg 441w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-13-441w261h-300x178.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 441px) 100vw, 441px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Record Mode</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.38; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Schedule</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Record according to the configuration.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.38; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Manual</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click the all button and the according channel is recording no matter the channel in any state.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">11 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Stop</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click the stop button and the according channel stops recording no matter the channel in</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">any state.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 9pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.3</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Playback</span></strong><a id="bookmark20"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 32pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">There are two methods for you to play the video files in the hard disk.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">1</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">In the desktop shortcut menu.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">2</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Main menu&gt;Record-&gt;Playback</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: The hard disk that saves the video files must be set as read-write or read-only state.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="575" height="320" class="wp-image-2930 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-14-575w320h.jpeg" alt="Picture 14 575w320h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 388" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-14-575w320h.jpeg 575w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-14-575w320h-300x167.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 575px) 100vw, 575px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="570" height="321" class="wp-image-2931 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-15-570w321h.jpeg" alt="Picture 15 570w321h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 389" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-15-570w321h.jpeg 570w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-15-570w321h-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 570px) 100vw, 570px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">12 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">video playback</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 26pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Listed files</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Look up the listed files that accord with the searching criteria.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 26pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">File Attributes</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Look up the found file information.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 26pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Playback control</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">See detail in below chart</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Playback control key</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 31pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: play under frame by frame, the playback status should be paused firstly.</span></strong><a id="bookmark22"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Special functions</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.58; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 16pt; text-indent: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Accurate playback</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Input time (h/m/s) in the time column and then click</span><span style="color: #0f256c; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">o </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;">button. The </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">system can operate accurate playback according to the searching time.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 26pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Local zoom</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When the system is in single-window full-screen playback mode, you can drag your mouse in the screen to select a section and then left click mouse to realize local zoom. You can right click mouse to exit.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: When current resolution of the channel is over Max resolution, to playback this channel, will show a Red “X”.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">13 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 9pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.4</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm output</span></strong><a id="bookmark25"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.1; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Please check current channel status: “○” means it is not in alarming status, “•” means it is in alarming status.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.1; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">You can use desktop shortcut menu or click [main menu]&gt; [alarm]&gt; [alarm output] to enter the alarm output interface.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.1; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">*Some series have no alarm output</span></strong><a id="bookmark27"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="510" height="292" class="wp-image-2932 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-16-510w292h.jpeg" alt="Picture 16 510w292h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 390" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-16-510w292h.jpeg 510w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-16-510w292h-300x172.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 510px) 100vw, 510px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm output</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Configuration</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm is on according to the configuration.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Manual</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click the all button and the according channel is alarming no matter the channel in any state.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Stop</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click the stop button and the according channel stops alarming no matter the channel in any state.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 9pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.5</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PTZ control</span></strong><a id="bookmark29"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">*PTZ control is a little different between hybrid mode &amp; full digital mode:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Digital channel – the digital channel need link PTZ, the remote device should connect with PTZ and with protocol correctly set also.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Analog channel – Only when the device is connect with PTZ and configure protocol correctly is ok.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">1</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Playback control</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">2</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Operation</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">3</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Video type</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">4</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Time display</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">5</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Switch by time/file</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">6</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Search the file</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">7</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel selection</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">8</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Date selection</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">9</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">HDD selection</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">10</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Synchronous</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 7pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">11</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Time display</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">12</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Listed files</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">13</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 19pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">File Attributes</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Button</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Function</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Button</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Function</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #28457f; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">S3</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #0f256c; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">S3</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Play/Pause</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #787878; background-color: #auto; font-size: 28pt;">ô</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Backward play</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #787878; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">O</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Stop</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #404142; background-color: #auto; font-size: 28pt;">E</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Slow play</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #404142; background-color: #auto; font-size: 28pt;">El</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Fast Rewind</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #404142; background-color: #auto; font-size: 28pt;">□</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Fast Forward</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Previous frame</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Next frame</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #404142; background-color: #auto; font-size: 28pt;">El</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Previous file</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #404142; background-color: #auto; font-size: 28pt;">El</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Next file</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #404142; background-color: #auto; font-size: 28pt;">EJ</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Round play</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Full screen</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #404142; background-color: #auto; font-size: 28pt;">El</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Edit</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><span style="color: #2b2b2b; background-color: #auto; font-size: 28pt;">El</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">backup</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Operation interface is as followed. The functions include: PTZ direction control, step, zoom, focus,</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">14 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">iris, setup operation, patrol between spots, trail patrol, boundary scan, assistant switch, light switch, level rotation and so on.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note1. Decoder A(B)line connects with DVR A(B)line. The connection is right.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">2.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click [main menu] &gt;[system configuration] &gt;[PTZ setup] to set the PTZ parameters.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">3.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The PTZ functions are decided by the PTZ protocols.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="552" height="313" class="wp-image-2933 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-17-552w313h.jpeg" alt="Picture 17 552w313h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 391" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-17-552w313h.jpeg 552w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-17-552w313h-300x170.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 552px) 100vw, 552px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PTZ</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.55; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Speed</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the PTZ rotation range. Default range: 1 ~ 8.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.55; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Preset</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Add, delete, call preset</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Add: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Input preset numbers in the preset number box,and rotate the PTZ to the designated position by controlling the direction control key and then click the “+”button to complete adding;</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Preset point deletion: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">input the preset number which you want to delete in the preset number box ,click “-” button to complete the deletion of preset points;</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Preset point call: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">fill in the preset point number in the preset number box ,click on the start button to call the preset point.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.55; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">[</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Zoom</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">]  </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #404142; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Q </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">button to adjust the zoom multiple of the camera.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.55; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Hide</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Current interface will be temporarily hidden after click it.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.55; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【 </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Direction control </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Control the PTZ rotation. 8 directions control is supportive.(4 directions in</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 27pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Front panel is supportive )</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.55; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">High speed PTZ</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Full-screen show channel image. Left press mouse and control PTZ to rotate</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">orientation. Left press mouse and then rotate the mouse to adjust the zoom multiple of the camera.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.55; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Advanced</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">enter the advanced PTZ settings interface, you can point to the cruise cruise, patrol,</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">15 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 25pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">focus and other operations;</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 20pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Page switch</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Switch between different pages.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 20pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Cancel</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Exit the PTZ function</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">2.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click [Page Switch] button, then you can set auxiliary function. Auxiliary number corresponding to auxiliary switch on the decoder.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="551" height="312" class="wp-image-2934 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-18-551w312h.jpeg" alt="Picture 18 551w312h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 392" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-18-551w312h.jpeg 551w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-18-551w312h-300x170.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 551px) 100vw, 551px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.31; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Auxiliary Function Control</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.21; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 20pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Intuitive Auxiliary Operation </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">choose auxiliary equipment, select Open or Close button, switch control</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">；</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.19; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 20pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Auxiliary Number </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The operation of corresponding auxiliary switch according to PTZ agreement</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">；</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 20pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Page Switch</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">click Page Switch button to enter the PTZ Main Menu page, the menu itself can be control by the menu control buttons</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">16 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="552" height="313" class="wp-image-2935 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-19-552w313h.jpeg" alt="Picture 19 552w313h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 393" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-19-552w313h.jpeg 552w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-19-552w313h-300x170.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 552px) 100vw, 552px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PTZ menu</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">3.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Advanced</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">click on the</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">[Advanced] button to e</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">nter a new operation page as shown below</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="578" height="332" class="wp-image-2936 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-20-578w332h.jpeg" alt="Picture 20 578w332h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 394" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-20-578w332h.jpeg 578w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-20-578w332h-300x172.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 578px) 100vw, 578px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Advanced function</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 34pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Resume</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">resume the PTZ to restore default.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 34pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Focus</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click ”-” / “+” button to adjust the focus of the camera (require the camera support auto</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 34pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">focus).</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 29pt; text-indent: 5pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Iris</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click ”-” / “+” button to adjust the iris of the camera(require the camera support aperture). </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Tour</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Add a plurality of preset points to set a cruise line and call the cruise line,then the pan will run on the cruise line.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">17 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">For the first time to add a cruise route, click the “+” button to enter the cruise route:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="623" height="360" class="wp-image-2937 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-21-623w360h.jpeg" alt="Picture 21 623w360h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 395" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-21-623w360h.jpeg 623w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-21-623w360h-300x173.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 623px) 100vw, 623px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Tour</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">In the preset drop-down box, select the preset point that needs to be added to the cruise route, set the interval time (between 3-255 seconds), and then click the “add preset” button to complete the preset point.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click the “start” button to call the selected preset point, click “del preset “ou can delete the preset point in the cruise line; check the drop-down menu you can view the current cruise line has been added to the preset point number.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.57; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Pattern</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Control the pan movement, the back-end device will record the running track of the pan, and then call the trail, pan will be repeated in accordance with the recorded track. When you first add the trace, click on the “+” button to enter the track settings page:.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">18 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="574" height="332" class="wp-image-2938 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-22-574w332h.jpeg" alt="Picture 22 574w332h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 396" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-22-574w332h.jpeg 574w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-22-574w332h-300x174.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 574px) 100vw, 574px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.57; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Pattern</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.51; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 19pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">You can control pan movement by the PTZ key, zoom, focus and aperture ,then click “OK” to finish </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Autoscan</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the two boundaries in the horizontal direction of the left and right sides and then call the scan,the pan will run between the left and right boundaries in the horizontal direction.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.57; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 19pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click on the“left” button and then control the pan tilt using the horizontal arrow keys. when it arrive the position then click &#8220;right&#8221;button to finish the setting.Click the </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">“</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Autoscan</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">” </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">button to call the scan,click the stop button to stop calling.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 19pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">AutoPan</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click on the “AutoPan” button, the pan will rotate (relative to the original position of the camera for horizontal rotation). Click the stop button to stop the AutoPan</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.51; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 19pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Flip</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">click on the “Flip”button, the pan will start to flip.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.51; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 19pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Reset</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the pan will restart,and all the data will be restored default.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 9pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.6</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Coaxial control</span></strong><a id="bookmark31"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The coaxial control function allows the video recorder to transmit the control signal to the front-end camera through the coaxial cable. using these control signals, the recorder can control the PTZ, menu and other functions of the front camera.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: it require the front-end camera also support this function</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">19 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="624" height="408" class="wp-image-2939 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-23-624w408h.jpeg" alt="Picture 23 624w408h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 397" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-23-624w408h.jpeg 624w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-23-624w408h-300x196.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 624px) 100vw, 624px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Coaxial control</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">1 channel selection</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">select the channel by clicking the drop-down menu</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">；</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">2 adjust the front-end camera‟s parameter </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">adjust the parameters of the front-en camera by dragging the mouse or check the function;</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">3 ok </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">enter OSD menu or ok function</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">4 Direction key</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Control the OSD menu by four key;</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 9pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.7</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Color setting</span></strong></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">*Color config:analog channel can config its own color,digital channel can config front-end image(only NETIP-conformed device is supported,ONVIF-conformed device is not supported)</span></strong><a id="bookmark33"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the selective image parameters (current channel for single window display and cursor place for multiwindow display). You can use the desktop shortcut menu and enter the interface. The image parameters include: tonality, brightness, contrast, saturation. You can set different parameters at different time sections.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">20 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="327" class="wp-image-2940 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-24-576w327h.jpeg" alt="Picture 24 576w327h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 398" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-24-576w327h.jpeg 576w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-24-576w327h-300x170.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Color Setting</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.8</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Output Adjust</span></strong><a id="bookmark35"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">*Hybrid mode is with black margin vertical &amp; horizontal, while full digital mode without.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Adjust TV output area parameters. You can use the desktop shortcut menu or enter [main menu]&gt;</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">[management tools]&gt; [Output adjust].</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="477" height="408" class="wp-image-2941 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-25-477w408h.jpeg" alt="Picture 25 477w408h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 399" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-25-477w408h.jpeg 477w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-25-477w408h-300x257.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 477px) 100vw, 477px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">21 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Output Adjust</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: The black margin vertical &amp; horizontal at output adjust of hybrid mode is only effect to</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 24pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">analog channel.</span></strong></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.9</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Logout</span></strong><a id="bookmark38"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Logout, shut down the system or reboot up. You can use the desktop shortcut menu or enter [main</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">menu].</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="467" height="276" class="wp-image-2942 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-26-467w276h.jpeg" alt="Picture 26 467w276h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 400" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-26-467w276h.jpeg 467w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-26-467w276h-300x177.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 467px) 100vw, 467px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Picture 3.17Logout/Shutdown/Reboot the system</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">logout</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Quit the menu. Offer password next entrance.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">shut down</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Quit the system. Turn off the power supply.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 85pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When press the shut down button, there is schedule hint. After three seconds, the system is shut down. Cancel midway is of no effect.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">reboot</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Quit the system. Reboot up the system.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.10</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Window switch</span></strong><a id="bookmark40"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Preview in single window/four windows/eight windows/nine windows/sixteen windows according to your choice.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">different video input number have different switchable preview picture.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">22 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.11</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Quick-set</span></strong></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Only network channel has quick-set function ,you can quickly add a remote device to the network channel.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click on the &#8220;+&#8221; sign in the preview screen, pop up the digital channel configuration wizard page, add the remote device to the DVR/NVR network channel.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.12</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IP parameter</span></strong><a id="bookmark42"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">This function is only available in all digital and hybrid channel modes and it is used to set the remote IPC camera parameters, the gray character indicates that the remote device does not support this function. You can adjust the various front-end parameters of the connected IPC, such as exposure mode, day / night mode, image style, day and night switching threshold, AE sensitivity, AGC, WDR, de-fog, corridor (some models support this function), slow shutter, day / night noise level, mirror, anti-flicker, flip, IR swap and so on.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: Only when the NVR successfully connected to the company&#8217;s IPC (using NETIP protocol) and in a single connection can support the function, if you connected to third-party IPC (usding ONVIF protocol) can‟t support this function.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="575" height="340" class="wp-image-2943 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-27-575w340h.jpeg" alt="Picture 27 575w340h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 401" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-27-575w340h.jpeg 575w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-27-575w340h-300x177.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 575px) 100vw, 575px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Exposure mode</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">You can set the exposure time ,choose auto or manual from 1/50 to1/1000S,the exposure time more longer, the image more brighter.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Day/Night mode</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">You can modify the camera Day/Night mode manually.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Auto</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the image can be color or B&amp;W depending on the light;</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.68; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Color</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the image will always be color;</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Black and White</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the image will always be color;</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">BLC</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">can close/open this function, when you open BLC(Black Light Compensation), In the bright background environment ,it is still able to see the central scene of the main scene.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">23 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Auto Iris </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">can close/open this function</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">，</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">This feature requires the camera to mount a lens that supports auto iris.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Profiles</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">there are three mode:AUTO</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Indoor</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Outdoor</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">AE Reference</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">set the camera‟s exposureSet the camera exposure, between 0 to 100 optional, the greater the reference value of the screen ,the more bright.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">ICR Threshold</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">it is relate to IRCUT swap mode</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.67; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IR_CUT automatically switch</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">： </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the critical point for color and black/ white switching, the Day/Night conversion threshold greater ,the higher brightness from color to black.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.67; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IR_CUT IR synchronous switch</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">： </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Day/Night conversion threshold 10-20 close anti-shake function, 21-30 anti-shake time is 3S, 31-40 anti-shake time is 4S, 41-50 anti-shake time is 5S.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">AE Sensitivity</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">. The higher the sensitivity, the switch will be faster.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">AGC</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">can close/open this function</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">，</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">when you open this function, it can automatically adjust the camera&#8217;s sensitivity to adjust the image brightness according to the ambient light changes</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">WDR</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">can close/open this function</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">，</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">when you open this function, it can adjust the “Upper limit”to see the main scene in the center of the screen clearly in the strong light background.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Defogging</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">can close/open this function</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">，</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">when open this function, The picture permeability can be improved in fog or haze weather, the higher the lever is ,the better the defoging effect</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.44; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Corridor mode</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">can close/open this function</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">，</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">when open this function, When the corridor mode is on, the camera screen will display in corridor mode</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">(</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Only some models can support this function</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">)。</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Slow Shutter</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">there are four choose :none</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">low </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">medium</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">high.The brightness is increased by the frame accumulation, and extend the exposure time to enhance the image sensitivity at low illumination.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IR_CUT</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">can be set as automatically switch or IR synchronous switch</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">automatically switch</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">swap ICUT according to the actual environment ;</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.68; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IR synchronous switch</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">swap ICUT according to the IR lamp status ;</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">DayNTLevel</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When the light is sufficient, the level to eliminate the noise in the preview screen, the higher the level the better the noise reduction effect.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">NightNTLevel</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When the light is insufficient, the level to eliminate the noise in the preview screen, the higher the level the better the noise reduction effect.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Mirror</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable it ,the preview screen flip 90</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">°</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">left and right</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Flip</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】： </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable it ,the preview screen flip 90</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">°</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">up and down</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Anti-flicker</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】： </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Remove the horizontal scroll stripes in the preview screen in the fluorescent environment.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IR Swap</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">use when the ir_cut in reverse order.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.13</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">AHD&amp;TVI</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">＆</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">CVI Signal Switch</span></strong><a id="bookmark44"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">This function is supported by only part of the models with analog channel, it can control the signal mode</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.49; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 0.25pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">of each channel. You can right-click to enter the shortcut menu, Or you can double-click the icon 1  </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;">J<br />
</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the bottom left corner of the channel, then you can switch the AHD&amp;TVI</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">＆</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">CVI Signal</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.65; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 0.25pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">you can also directly through the left mouse button double-click the channel at the bottom of the signal<br />
switch icon to achieve the signal AHD &amp; TVI &amp; CVI signal switching.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">in</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">24 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: right; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 14pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">2</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 14pt;">Main menu</span></strong><a id="bookmark46"></a></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 12pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">2.1</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;">Main menu navigation</span></strong><a id="bookmark48"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">6/98</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">49 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">50 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 12pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">2.2</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;">Record</span></strong><a id="bookmark50"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Operations related to record, including: Record, Playback, Backup, Screen shot(only Hybrid mode and full analog have)</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Main menu</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Sub menu</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Function</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Record</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Config</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the recording configuration, recording type, recording time section</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">playback</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set recording search, recording play, video file storage</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">backup</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Detect backup device, format device, back the selective files</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="6">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Motion</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">detection</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set motion detect alarm channel, sensitivity, area, linkage parameters: defending time section, alarm output, screen hint, recording, screen shot, PTZ, patrol, buzz, email </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">，</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PMS and FTP upload</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Video</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">blind</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set camera mask alarm channel, sensitivity, linkage parameters: defending time section, alarm output, screen hint, recording, screen shot , PTZ, patrol, buzz, email </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">，</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PMS and FTP upload</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Video</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">loss</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set video loss alarm channel, linkage parameters: defending time section, alarm output, screen hint, recording, screen shot , PTZ, patrol, buzz, email </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">，</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PMS and FTP upload</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">input</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.37; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set alarm input channel, equipment type, linkage parameters: defending time section, alarm output, screen hint, recording, screen shot , PTZ, patrol, buzz, email </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">，</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PMS and FTP upload</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.37; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">part of models not support this function</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">output</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set alarm mode: configuration, manual, shut down</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">part of models not support this function</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Abnormalit</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">y</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">No HDD, HDD error, HDD capacity not enough, network cut, IP Conflict, linkage parameters, screen hint or buzz.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Intelligent</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set algorithm rule: Perimeter alert </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、  </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Items care </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Video Diagnosis</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">setting linkage parameters :show traces</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">sensitivity</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">minimum moving</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">distance</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">alert way</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Linkage parameter</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">period</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">alarm output</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the screen prompt</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">record</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PTZ</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">tour</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">buzzer</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">EMAIL</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">FTP upload.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: part of models not support this function</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;" rowspan="9">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 10pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">System</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Configuration</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">General</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set system time, data format, language, hard disk full time operation, machine number, video format, output mode, summertime, stay time</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Encode</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set main (extra) coding parameter: code mode, resolving ability, frame rate, code stream control, image quality type, code stream value, frame between value, video/audio enable,</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">： </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">only Hybrid mode and full analog mode have encode configuration.</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Network</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set basic network parameters, DHCP and DNS parameters, network high speed download</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">NetServic e</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PPPOE</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">NTP</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Email</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IP purview</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">DDNS parameter</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PMS</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Display</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set channel title, preview hint icon state, transparency, cover area, time title, channel title fold.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：  </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">only analog channel can set channel name,region</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">cover ,time title,channel title fold.</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PTZ</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">configurati on</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set channel, PTZ protocol, address, baud rate, date bit, stop bit, check </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Hybrid mode shows PTZ configuration,T series have no this function.</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">RS485</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Device</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set serial port function, baud rate, date bit, stop bit, check</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Full digital mode shows : RS485 Device</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 20pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">RS232</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set serial port function, baud rate, date bit, stop bit, check</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">part of models not support this function</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 20pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Tour</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set patrol mode and interval time</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;" rowspan="2">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 18pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Digital</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set channel mode, check channel status and configure the digital channel, etc.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">part of series support this</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IPC</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Param</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the front-end IPC parameters such as exposure mode, day / night mode, profile,</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: The front end of the ONVIF connection is not supported</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="9">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Management</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">tools</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Storage</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set appointed hard disk as read-write disc, read-only disc or redundant disc, clear data, resume date and so on</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Account</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Modify user, team or password. Add user or team. Delete user or team.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Online user</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Break the connection with the already login user. Lock the account after break until booting up again.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Output adjust</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Adjust upside, downside, nearside, starboard distance, black margin</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">vertical &amp; horizontal</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">only analog channel have black margin vertical &amp; horizontal</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Automatic maintenan ce</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set automatic reboot system and automatic deleting files.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Restore</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Resume setup state: common setup, code setup, recording setup, alarm setup, network setup, network service, preview playback, serial port setup, user management</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Upgrade</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">upgrade with external device(like USB)</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Device</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Info</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">device hardware configuration and message</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Import/Ex port</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Export the device&#8217;s log or configuration to external device(like USB flash disk);Input the configuration with external device(like USB flash disk).</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">System information</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">HDD info</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Display hard disk capability and recording time</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">BPS</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Display code stream information</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Log  Clear all log information according to the log video and time</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Version  Display edition information</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Logout</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 66pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Logout, shut down or reboot</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 13pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">2.2.1</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Record Configuration</span></strong><a id="bookmark52"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the recording parameters in the surveillance channel. The system is set 24 hours consecutive recording in the first startup. You can enter [system]&gt; [record]&gt; [record conf.] to set.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note:There is at least one read-write hard disk.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="577" height="349" class="wp-image-2944 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-28-577w349h.jpeg" alt="Picture 28 577w349h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 402" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-28-577w349h.jpeg 577w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-28-577w349h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 577px) 100vw, 577px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Record Configuration</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 17pt; text-indent: -5pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose the corresponding channel number to set the channel. Choose the all option to set the entire channels.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 17pt; text-indent: -5pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Redundancy</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose the redundancy function option to implement the file double backup function. Double backup is writing the video files in two hard disks. When you do the double backup, make sure that there are two hard disks installed. One is read-write disk and the other is redundant disk.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">51 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Length</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the time length of each video file. 60minutes is default value.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Pre-Record</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Record 1-30 seconds before the action. (time length is decided by the code stream)</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Record mode</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set video state: schedule, manual or stop.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 57pt; text-indent: 5pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Schedule:</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Record according to the set video type (common, detection and alarm)and time section.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 52pt; text-indent: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Manual:</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click the button and the according channel is recording no matter the channel in any state.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 57pt; text-indent: 5pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Stop:</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click the stop button and the according channel stops recording no matter the channel in any state.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 13pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.21; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 20pt; text-indent: 1pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Period</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the time section of common recording, The recording will start only in the set range. </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Record type</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set recording type: regular, detection or alarm.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 62pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Regular:</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Perform the regular recording in the set time section. The video file type is “R”.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 57pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Detection:</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Trigger the “motion detect”, “camera mask” or “video loss” signal. When above alarm is set as opening recording, the “detection recording” state is on. The video file type is “M”.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 13pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 57pt; text-indent: 5pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm:</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Trigger the external alarm signal in the set time section. When above alarm is set as opening recording, the “detection recording” state is on. The video file type is “A”.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 13pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">2.2.2</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Playback</span></strong><a id="bookmark54"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 13pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 20pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Refer to chapter 1.6.3.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 13pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">3</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">.2.3 Backup</span></strong><a id="bookmark56"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 20pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">You can backup the video files to external storage through setup.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 20pt; text-indent: 1pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The storage must be installed before the file backup. If the backup is terminated, the already backup can playback individually.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">52 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="577" height="349" class="wp-image-2945 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-29-577w349h.jpeg" alt="Picture 29 577w349h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 403" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-29-577w349h.jpeg 577w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-29-577w349h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 577px) 100vw, 577px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Backup</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Detect</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Detect the storage connected with the DVR such as hard disk or universal disk.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Backup</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click backup button and the dialog box is popped up. You can choose the backup file according to the type, channel and time.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Burning</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the file will be burned synchronously after click it.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Erase</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose the file to delete and click erasure to delete the file.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Stop</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Stop the backup.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;">2.3 Alarm Function</span></strong><a id="bookmark58"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 14pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.28; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm functions include: motion detect,video blind, video loss, alarm input and alarm output, abnormality</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">intelligent analysis.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.28; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.1</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Motion Detect</span></strong><a id="bookmark60"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When system detects the motion signal that reaches the set sensitivity, the motion detect alarm is on and the linkage function is turned on.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">: &#8220;Advanced&#8221; button is the same as right click.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">*Motion detect function is different between Hybrid mode &amp; Full digital mode:</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Digital channel: not only to enable motion detect function at local side, but also to enable the remote device that was connected. when remote device detect motion movement, local side will start alarm recording, otherwise this function is not enable.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">53 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Hybrid mode: only need to enable motion detect function at local side.</span></strong><a id="bookmark62"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="577" height="349" class="wp-image-2946 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-30-577w349h.jpeg" alt="Picture 30 577w349h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 404" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-30-577w349h.jpeg 577w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-30-577w349h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 577px) 100vw, 577px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Motion Detection</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose the set motion detect channel.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">■ means that the motion detect function is on.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Sensitivity</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose in the six options according to the</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 26pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">sensitivity,Lowest,Lower,Middle,High,Higher and Highest.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 26pt; text-indent: 1pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: Only the motion detect under hybrid mode/ full analog mode have this function of setting sensitivity, and also only the analog channel can set region.</span></strong><a id="bookmark64"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Region</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click [set] to enter the set area. The area is divided into PAL22X18. Red block means the motion detect defensive area. White block means the unfenced area. You can set the area as followed, Drag the mouse and draw the area. Default: all selected blocks are detection area.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 26pt; text-indent: 1pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: Only the motion detect under hybrid mode/full analog mode have this function of setting region, and also only the analog channel can set region.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">54 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="273" height="166" class="wp-image-2947 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-31-273w166h.jpeg" alt="Picture 31 273w166h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 405"></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Region</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Period</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Trigger the motion detect signal in the set time section. You can set according to week or</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">set uniformly. Each day is divided into four time sections.■ means the set valid.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="577" height="348" class="wp-image-2948 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-32-577w348h.jpeg" alt="Picture 32 577w348h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 406" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-32-577w348h.jpeg 577w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-32-577w348h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 577px) 100vw, 577px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">set the time section</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Interval</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Only one alarm signal is turned on even there are several motion detect signals in the set interval.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【 </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm output </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Start the external equipment of corresponding linkage alarm when the motion detect alarm is turned on.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">OutDelay</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Delay a few moments and stop when the alarm state is turned off. The range is 10~300 seconds.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Record channel</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose the recording channel (multiple option supportive). Trigger the video signal when the alarm is turned on.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 43pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note:</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set in the [recording setup] and perform the linkage recording. Start detecting video files</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">55 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">in the corresponding time section.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 63pt; text-indent: -42pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Tour</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">■ means that the selective channel is single window alternate patrol preview. The interval is set in the [Main Menu]&gt;[System] &gt; [Tour].</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PTZ Activation</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the PTZ activation when the alarm is turned on.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 11pt; text-indent: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">*Hybrid mode, PTZ link to the related PTZ information of analog channel, While digital channel model, the PTZ is link to the related PTZ information on the remote device connected.</span></strong><a id="bookmark66"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 42pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">to link PTZ, need go [Shortcut menu]-&gt;[PTZ control] to set preset point, cruise between points &amp; interval time, etc.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="593" height="157" class="wp-image-2949 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-33-593w157h.jpeg" alt="Picture 33 593w157h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 407" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-33-593w157h.jpeg 593w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-33-593w157h-300x79.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 593px) 100vw, 593px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PTZ Activation under hybrid mode</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PostRec</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When alarm is over,recording will last some seconds(10~300sec),then stop.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Show message</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Pop the alarm information dialog box in the local host computer screen.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Send EMAIL</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">■ means sending an email to user when the alarm is turned on.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 42pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note:</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set in the [NetService] and send email.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">FTP upload</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">to tick it, the video &amp; picture of related record channel &amp; snapshot channel will be uploaded to assigned position.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 42pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">FTP upload need be set at [Netservice]</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Buzzer</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When alarm happens, device will come out with buzzer.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Write Log</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">when an alarm occurs, the device write a log which you can check on the [Info]&gt;[Log].</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Mobile reported</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">when alarm happens, the alarm information will be push to your mobile client.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: Before use this function, you need to enable the PMS or mobile report in [main menu] &gt; [system] &gt; [NetService]. And you should install our APP and add the DVR to the APP.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.2</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Video Blind</span></strong><a id="bookmark68"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When the video image is influenced by the environment such as bad brightness or reaching the set sensitivity parameter, the camera mask function is turned on and the linkage function is turned on.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">56 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">*Same as motion detect function, video blind is different between Hybrid mode &amp; Full digital mode:</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Digital channel: not only to enable video blind function at local side, but also to enable the remote device that was connected. When remote device with video blind, local side will start alarm recording, otherwise this function is not enable.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Hybrid mode: only need to enable video loss function at local side.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">: &#8220;Advanced&#8221; button is the same as right click.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="621" height="375" class="wp-image-2950 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-34-621w375h.jpeg" alt="Picture 34 621w375h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 408" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-34-621w375h.jpeg 621w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-34-621w375h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 621px) 100vw, 621px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Video blind</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 20pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set method: refer to chapter 4.3.1. Motion detect</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 20pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.3</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Video Loss</span></strong></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When the equipment can not obtain the channel video signal, the video loss alarm is turned on and</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the linkage function is turned on.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">*Same as motion detect function, video loss is different between Hybrid mode &amp; Full digital mode: Digital channel: not only to enable video loss function at local side, but also to enable the remote device that was connected. when remote device with video loss, local side will start alarm recording, otherwise this function is not enable.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Hybrid mode: only need to enable video loss function at local side.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">: &#8220;Advanced&#8221; button is the same as right click.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">57 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="621" height="375" class="wp-image-2951 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-35-621w375h.jpeg" alt="Picture 35 621w375h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 409" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-35-621w375h.jpeg 621w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-35-621w375h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 621px) 100vw, 621px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Video loss</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set method: refer to chapter 4.3.1. Motion detect</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.4</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm input</span></strong></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When the equipment obtains the external alarm signal, the alarm function is turned on.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">*Alarm input is the same between hybrid mode &amp; full digital mode, function enable, when it was set normal, only need to connect alarm sensor at alarm input port on local side, the alarm information is occurring, and will link to related setting functions at the same time</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">: &#8220;Advanced&#8221; button is the same as right click.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">58 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="620" height="375" class="wp-image-2952 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-36-620w375h.jpeg" alt="Picture 36 620w375h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 410" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-36-620w375h.jpeg 620w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-36-620w375h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 620px) 100vw, 620px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm input</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set method: refer to chapter 4.3.1. Motion detect</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 20pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.5</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm output</span></strong><a id="bookmark70"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 20pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Refer to chapter 2.6.4.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 16pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.6</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Abnormal</span></strong><a id="bookmark72"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Analysing and inspecting current software and hardware of the device: When some abnormal events happen, the device will make a relative answer such as show message and buzzer.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">59 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="646" height="390" class="wp-image-2953 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-37-646w390h.jpeg" alt="Picture 37 646w390h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 411" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-37-646w390h.jpeg 646w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-37-646w390h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 646px) 100vw, 646px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Abnormal</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【 </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Event Type </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">selecting abnormity you want to inspect. There are No Storage, Storage Error, Storage No Space, Net Disconnection and IP Conflict.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.23; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Select it to make sure abnormal function workable</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.23; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Show message</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Automatically alarm cue dialog box come out of the main screen </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Buzzer</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Device will have one long nosie “di” while alarm is happening</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.23; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Mobile reported</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When alarm happens, it will send an email to user.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.23; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Send Email</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When alarm happens, the alarm information will be push to your mobile client.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.7</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Intelligent analysis</span></strong><a id="bookmark74"></a></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 15pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">&gt;</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: only part of product support this function at present</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">。</span></strong></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">To analyze the video image, when system detect object that meet pre-set algorithm rules and fit set flexibility and minimum image distance, will trigger video analysis alarm, and enable the linkage function.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">*only the 1</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><sup>st</sup></span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"> channel of full analog mode and hybrid mode can support this function, and if this function is enabled, then video blind is invalid.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">60 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="604" height="364" class="wp-image-2954 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-38-604w364h.jpeg" alt="Picture 38 604w364h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 412" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-38-604w364h.jpeg 604w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-38-604w364h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 604px) 100vw, 604px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Intelligent analysis setting page</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">only shows by “1”</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">，</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">at present, only the 1</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><sup>st</sup></span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"> channel with maximum resolution of 1080P in  the</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">full analog(DVR) mode and hybrid(HVR) mode</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">tick it to enable the video analysis function, then can go for further setting,</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Algorithm</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">at drop-down box, Perimeter alert, Items care and Video Diagnosis to choose the algorithm rule of detection,</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Rule</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">choose different algorithm rules, the related setting page is different.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Perimeter alert:</span></strong><a id="bookmark77"></a></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 15pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">&gt;</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Show traces: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">tick it to enable,  when alarm  triggers,  there will be red box around moving objects.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">;</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 15pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">&gt;</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Sensitivity </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">, base on different  requirement, there are 3 options in the drop-down box,Higher,Middle</span></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">and Lower</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">；</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 15pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">&gt;</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Minimum image distance </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">range between  0~30 %</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">,  </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the more flexible the less image distance.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">;</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 15pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">&gt;</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alert way </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">there are 2 kinds</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">:  </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">cordon and  warning  area. </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Cordon</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Can set 3 prohibited directions:</span></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">bidirectional prohibited, from top to bottom (from left to right), from bottom to top (from right to left), when the setting cordon is too slope, show with from left to right / from right to left, otherwise will be from top to bottom / from bottom to top, when the moving object meet preset cordon rules, the alarm will be triggered; </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Warning area: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">can set 3 kinds of prohibited directions: bidirectional prohibited, enter and leave, when the moving object meet preset warning area rules, alarm will be triggered.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">61 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 21pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -21pt; text-transform: initial; font-size: 15pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">&gt;</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Rule </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">click </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">set</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">, </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">enter rule setting page, right click mouse, choose add, use mouse to fix two or more point, and then connect them to form a line or a irregular region, after that a box of prohibited direction options will come out, choose one of them, right click mouse, click Yes, return to previous</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">page, click Yes, alarm rules setting is finished.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="620" height="374" class="wp-image-2955 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-39-620w374h.jpeg" alt="Picture 39 620w374h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 413" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-39-620w374h.jpeg 620w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-39-620w374h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 620px) 100vw, 620px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Rule setting – Perimeter alert</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Items care:</span></strong><a id="bookmark79"></a></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.95; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 21pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -21pt; text-transform: initial; font-size: 15pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">&gt;</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Show traces </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">tick it to enable, when this function is triggered, there will be read box shows around the moving object</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.95; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 21pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -21pt; text-transform: initial; font-size: 15pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">&gt;</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Sensitivity</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">: base on different requirement, there are 3 options in the drop-down box Higher,Middle and Lower.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 15pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">&gt;</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Minimum image distance: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">range between 0~30 %</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">, </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the more flexible the less image distance.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.23; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 21pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -21pt; text-transform: initial; font-size: 15pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">&gt;</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alert way: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">three modes: Items stranded</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">^ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Items stolen</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">^ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Illegal parking.Items stranded:object appears within warning area, and the size of object meet the rules of minimum image distance, alarm will be triggered. Items stolen:object disappears within warning area, and the size of object meet the rules of minimum image distance, alarm will be triggered</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">；</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Illegal parking:this way is similar with Items stranded.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 15pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">&gt;</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Rule: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">click </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">set,</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">enter the setting page of rule, right click mouse, choose add, use mouse to fix several</span></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">62 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">points and then connect them to form a irregular region, right click mouse, click Yes, return to previous page, click Yes, alarm rule setting if finished.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="559" height="339" class="wp-image-2956 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-40-559w339h.jpeg" alt="Picture 40 559w339h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 414" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-40-559w339h.jpeg 559w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-40-559w339h-300x182.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 559px) 100vw, 559px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Rule setting &#8211; items care</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Video diagnosis:</span></strong><a id="bookmark81"></a></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.93; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 22pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -22pt; text-transform: initial; font-size: 15pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">&gt;</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Sensitivity </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">, base on different requirement, there are 3 options in the drop-down box Higher,Middle and Lower;</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 22pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -22pt; text-transform: initial; font-size: 15pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">&gt;</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Detection type: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">there are 8 kinds of detection type: Brightness anomaly detection</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">. </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Sharpness detection</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Noise detection</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Color cast detection</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Screen freezes detection</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Scene change detection</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Anthropogenic interference and PTZ runway detection. You can choose one or more types if necessary, when video detect selected type, the alarm will be triggered. Now, only support “Scene change detection”.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="625" height="144" class="wp-image-2957 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-41-625w144h.jpeg" alt="Picture 41 625w144h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 415" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-41-625w144h.jpeg 625w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-41-625w144h-300x69.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 625px) 100vw, 625px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Rule setting &#8211; video diagnosis</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The setting way of set / withdraw garrison time period and linkage parameter, please refer to chapter“4.3.1 motion detection”</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">63 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.45; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">For example</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">enable video analysis function, algorithm rules is </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Perimeter alert</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">, the alert way in the rule is </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Cordon</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">, prohibited direction is bidirectional, when a moving object across this warning line, alarm</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">is triggered, see below picture</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="504" height="244" class="wp-image-2958 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-42-504w244h.jpeg" alt="Picture 42 504w244h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 416" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-42-504w244h.jpeg 504w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-42-504w244h-300x145.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 504px) 100vw, 504px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The alarm image regarding one of the video analysis</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.31; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">2.4 System setup</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.21; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 25pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the system parameters such as </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">General, Encode</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">(</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">under Hybrid/full analog mode</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">)、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Network, Net service</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">GUI display</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PTZ configure/RS485 device</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">RS232</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Tour setup</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Digital and IPC param. </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">.</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.1</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">General</span></strong></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="542" height="328" class="wp-image-2959 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-43-542w328h.jpeg" alt="Picture 43 542w328h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 417" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-43-542w328h.jpeg 542w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-43-542w328h-300x182.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 542px) 100vw, 542px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">64 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">General setup</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">System time</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the system data and time.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Date format</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose the data format: YMD, MDY, DMY.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Date Separator</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose list separator of the data format.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Time Format</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose time format: 24-hour or 12-hour.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【 </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Language </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">support 29 language at</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">present:</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9.5pt;">Arabic,Czech,English,Finnish,Greek,Indonesian,Italian,,Japanese,Portuguese,Russian,Thai,T- Chinese,S-Chinese,Turkish,Brazilian,Bulgarian,Farsi,French,German,Hebrew,Hungarian,Polish,Roman ian,Spanish,Swedish,Vietnamese</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">HDD full</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose stop record: Stop recording when the hard disk is full.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 100pt; text-indent: -18pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose overwrite: Cover the earliest recording files and continue recording when the hard disk is full.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 90pt; text-indent: -68pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【 </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">DVR No</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">. </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Only when the address button in the remote controller and the corresponding DVR number is matched, the remote operation is valid.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Video Standard</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PAL or NTSC.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Auto Logout</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the latency time in 0-60. 0 means no latency time.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Machine Name</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Can setting the device&#8217;s name.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">DST</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose the summer time option and pop the dialog box as followed.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="436" height="177" class="wp-image-2960 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-44-436w177h.jpeg" alt="Picture 44 436w177h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 418" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-44-436w177h.jpeg 436w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-44-436w177h-300x122.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 436px) 100vw, 436px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">DST (week)</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="430" height="175" class="wp-image-2961 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-45-430w175h.jpeg" alt="Picture 45 430w175h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 419" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-45-430w175h.jpeg 430w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-45-430w175h-300x122.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 430px) 100vw, 430px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">65 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">DST (date)</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.2</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Encode setup</span></strong><a id="bookmark83"></a></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.3</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">de settings is for analog channel only.</span></strong></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the video/audio code parameter: video file, remote monitoring and so on. Set every main stream parameter in the left part, and set the extra stream parameter in the right part.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: extra stream introduces video compression technique which was applying for multi-channel playback simultaneously, Dial-up multi-channel real-time monitor under poor bandwidth, or mobile monitor</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">and so on.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="582" height="352" class="wp-image-2962 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-46-582w352h.jpeg" alt="Picture 46 582w352h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 420" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-46-582w352h.jpeg 582w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-46-582w352h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 582px) 100vw, 582px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Encode setup</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.29; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Independent channel code setting</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose the channel number.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Compression</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Standard H.264 main profile.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Resolution</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Resolution type:1080P/720P/960H/D1/ HD1/CIF / QCIF.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Frame Rate</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">P:1 frame/s~25 frame/s; N: 1 frame/s~30 frame/s</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Bit Rate Type</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">You can choose limited code stream or variable code stream. When you choose the variable code stream there are six image quality options. Under the limited code stream</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">，</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">you can choose the code stream manually</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">；</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Bit Rate</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the code stream value to modify the image quality. The larger code stream value the</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">66 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">better image quality.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.23; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">1080P(1024~8192kbsp) 720P(1024~4096kbps) 960H(869~4096kbps) D1 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">( </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">512~2560kbps </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">) </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">HD1 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">(</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">384~2048kbps</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">) </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">CIF</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">(</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">64~1024kbps</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">)</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">, QCIF(64~512kbps)</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.23; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Frame Interval</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">can choose the range 2~12s</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.23; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【 </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Video/Audio </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When the icons are all in reverse displayed, the video file is video and audio</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">multiplex stream.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Extra stream Settings</span></strong><a id="bookmark86"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.23; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Extra stream</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">is used for client side monitoring &amp; mobile monitoring.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.23; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel title</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">select channel title and then to choose whether need enable video &amp; audio. The</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">resolution, frame rate, bit rate type settings is the same as main stream.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 21pt; text-indent: 1pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Coding mode</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">There are three codind mode: High Profile</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">，</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Main Profile amd Baseline which you can choose when you click the drop-down menu.High Profile is the best, Baseline is the worst.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">2.4.3 Network setup</span></strong><a id="bookmark88"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="603" height="364" class="wp-image-2963 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-47-603w364h.jpeg" alt="Picture 47 603w364h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 421" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-47-603w364h.jpeg 603w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-47-603w364h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 603px) 100vw, 603px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Network</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Net Card</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">You can choose cable network card or wireless network card.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">DHCP Enable</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Obtain IP address automatically(not suggested)</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">DHCP server is preinstalled.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">67 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 19pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IP address</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the IP address. Default: 192.168.1.10.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 19pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Subnet mask</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the subnet mask code. Default: 255.255.255.0.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 19pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Gateway</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the default gateway. Default: 192.168.1.1.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">DNS setup</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Domain Name Server. It translates the domain name into IP address. The IP address is offered by network provider. The address must be set and reboot then it works.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Media port</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Default: 34567.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">HTTP port</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Default: 80.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">HS Download</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">It can improve the speed of downloading video files if enable HS download.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 11pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Transfer Policy</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">There are three strategies: self-adaption, image quality precedence and fluency precedence. The code stream will adjust according to the setup. Self-adaption is the tradeoff between the image quality precedence and fluency precedence. Fluency precedence and self-adaption are valid only when the assistant code stream is turned on. Otherwise image quality precedence is valid.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">2.4.4 NetService</span></strong><a id="bookmark90"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose the network service option and click the set button to configure the advanced network functions</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">or double click the service button to configure the parameters.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="555" height="412" class="wp-image-2964 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-48-555w412h.jpeg" alt="Picture 48 555w412h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 422" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-48-555w412h.jpeg 555w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-48-555w412h-300x223.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 555px) 100vw, 555px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">NetService</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">68 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PPPoE setup</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></strong><a id="bookmark92"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="442" height="180" class="wp-image-2965 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-49-442w180h.jpeg" alt="Picture 49 442w180h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 423" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-49-442w180h.jpeg 442w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-49-442w180h-300x122.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 442px) 100vw, 442px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PPPOE</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Reverse■ means choose,setting can become effective.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 27pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Input the user name and password that ISP</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">(</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Internet service provider</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">)</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">provides. After saving it reboot up your system. Then the DVR will build a network connection based on PPPoE. The IP address will change into dynamic IP address after above operation is well done.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Operation</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">After PPPoE dialing successfully look up the IP address in the [IP address] and obtain the current IP address. Then use this IP address to visit the DVR through user port.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">NTP setup</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></strong><a id="bookmark94"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="428" height="232" class="wp-image-2966 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-50-428w232h.jpeg" alt="Picture 50 428w232h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 424" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-50-428w232h.jpeg 428w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-50-428w232h-300x163.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 428px) 100vw, 428px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">NTP</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The NTP server must be installed in the PC.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Reverse■mean choose</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">，</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">setting can become effective.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Custom</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">It can adjust the time of device according to the server you connected.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Sever IP: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Input the IP address installed NTP server.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Port: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Default: 123. You can set the port according to NTP server.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Update Period: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The same with the NTP server check interval. Default: 60minutes.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">69 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">EMAIL setup</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></strong><a id="bookmark96"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">If the alarm is turned on or the alarm linkage photos are taken, send an email about the alarm</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">information and the photos to appointed address.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="545" height="363" class="wp-image-2967 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-51-545w363h.jpeg" alt="Picture 51 545w363h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 425" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-51-545w363h.jpeg 545w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-51-545w363h-300x200.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 545px) 100vw, 545px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">EMAIL</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 21pt; text-indent: 1pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">SMTP server: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Email server address. It could be an IP address or domain name. Domain name can be translated only it is the correct DNS configuration.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Port: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Email server port number.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">SSL: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Decide whether using Secure Socket Layer protocol to login.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">User Name: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Apply the email server user name.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Password: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Input the password corresponding to the user.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Sender: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the email sender address.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Receiver: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Send the email to appointed receivers when the alarm is turned on. You can set three receivers at most.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Title: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">You can set as you wish.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IP Filter setup</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></strong><a id="bookmark98"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When choosing the white list, only the listed IP address can connect the DVR. The 64 IP addressed are supportive in the list.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">70 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When choosing the black list, the listed IP address can not connect the DVR. The 64 IP addressed</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">are supportive in the list.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">You can delete the set IP address by √ in the options.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When the same IP address is in the white and black list at the same time, the black list precedence</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">is higher.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="469" height="312" class="wp-image-2968 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-52-469w312h.jpeg" alt="Picture 52 469w312h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 426" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-52-469w312h.jpeg 469w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-52-469w312h-300x200.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 469px) 100vw, 469px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IP FILTER</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">DDNS</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="472" height="267" class="wp-image-2969 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-53-472w267h.jpeg" alt="Picture 53 472w267h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 427" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-53-472w267h.jpeg 472w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-53-472w267h-300x170.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 472px) 100vw, 472px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">DDNS setup</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.89; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">It is the abbreviation of dynamic domain name server.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.89; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 32pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Local domain name</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Provide the domain name registered by DDNS.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.89; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 32pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">User name</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Provide the account registered by DDNS. </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Password</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">： </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Provide the password registered by DDNS.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">71 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 32pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When the DDNS is successfully configured and start, you can connect the domain name in the IE</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">address column to visit.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 32pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The DNS setup must be configured correctly in the network setup.</span></strong><a id="bookmark100"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">FTP setup</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">FTP is available only when alarm happens,or alarm activates record and snapshot,it will upload related</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">record and snapshot pictures to FTP server.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="495" height="303" class="wp-image-2970 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-54-495w303h.jpeg" alt="Picture 54 495w303h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 428" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-54-495w303h.jpeg 495w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-54-495w303h-300x184.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 495px) 100vw, 495px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 201pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">FTP setup</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click Enable, then all settings will be available</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Server IP</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 11pt;">IP address for FTP server</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Port</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 11pt;">Domain Port of FTP, default 21</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">User Name</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">User name of FTP</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Password</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Password of user</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Anonymous</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable anonymous, no need setting user name and password </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Max File Length</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Max length for upload files at every packed, default 128M </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Dir Name</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The directory of upload file.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: The user should be with authority to upload files.</span></strong><a id="bookmark103"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">ARSP</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></strong><a id="bookmark105"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Startup DDNS server to add devices and manage it in the DDNS server</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">72 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="454" height="252" class="wp-image-2971 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-55-454w252h.jpeg" alt="Picture 55 454w252h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 429" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-55-454w252h.jpeg 454w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-55-454w252h-300x167.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 454px) 100vw, 454px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">ARSP</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Type</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">choose &#8220;DNS&#8221;</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">[</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">]  </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">■ means it is chosen</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Sever IP]</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IP address of DDNS server</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Port</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Port No. of device, related DDNS server listen port</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">User name</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the user name that device can log in DDNS server</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Password</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the password related to the user name.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: Please set up server before using DDNS.</span></strong><a id="bookmark107"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm center</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When alarm occurring, report alarm information to alarm server.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="422" height="235" class="wp-image-2972 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-56-422w235h.jpeg" alt="Picture 56 422w235h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 430" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-56-422w235h.jpeg 422w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-56-422w235h-300x167.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 422px) 100vw, 422px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm server setting</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 27pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Protocol type</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">GENERAL</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 27pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">To tick it means enable.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">73 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Server Name</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IP address of Alarm Server</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Port</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Device Port No.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm Report</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Tick it means to report alarm information to server.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Log Report</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Tick it, means to report log to server.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Wireless Config</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></strong><a id="bookmark110"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">ADSL through 3G or 4G net card, use CMS to visit and config the device</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="440" height="282" class="wp-image-2973 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-57-440w282h.jpeg" alt="Picture 57 440w282h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 431" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-57-440w282h.jpeg 440w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-57-440w282h-300x192.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 440px) 100vw, 440px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Wireless Config</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 15pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose Enable to make all settings available</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 15pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Type</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Dial type,default AUTO</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 15pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Wireless AP</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">3G access point</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 15pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Dial Number</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">3G Dial Number</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 15pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">User Name</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">User name of 3G</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 15pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Password</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Password of dial user</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 21pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 15pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IP Address</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IP address, got from dial</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">UPNP</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 26pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">UPNP protocol is to realize auto port forwarding on router, precondition of using this function is to make sure the UPNP function of router is enabled.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">74 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="403" height="238" class="wp-image-2974 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-58-403w238h.jpeg" alt="Picture 58 403w238h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 432" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-58-403w238h.jpeg 403w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-58-403w238h-300x177.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 403px) 100vw, 403px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.49; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">UPNP</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.38; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose Enable to make sure all UPNP settings available</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.59; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">HTTP</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Route will automatically distribute HTTP port for the device,when IE viewing,it need this port</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">TCP</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Router will automatically distribute TCP port for the device,when monitoring via CMS,it need this port.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Mobile Port</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Router will automatically distribute Mobile Port for the device,when mobile monitor,it need this port.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">WIFI</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">DVR connect to wireless router via WIFI module, then to visit it through IP address, the precondition of using this function is to make sure the DVR have connected with WIFI modern.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">75 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="435" height="369" class="wp-image-2975 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-59-435w369h.jpeg" alt="Picture 59 435w369h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 433" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-59-435w369h.jpeg 435w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-59-435w369h-300x254.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 435px) 100vw, 435px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">WIFI configure</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Search</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">click</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">search</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">to search all the available wireless device in current range.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">enable</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">tick it to enable firstly, then go for further setting.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">auto obtain IP address</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">tick it to enable, device will auto obtain a WIFI IP.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">SSID</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">wireless LAN name, auto match to the wireless device u connected.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Password</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">wireless network password of router</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">；</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IP address</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">: to set the IP address of device, default is 192.168.1.12</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">subnet mask</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">:set subnet mask of device, default is 255.255.255.0</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">gateway</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">set gateway of device, default is 192.168.1.1</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 13pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">RTSP</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">To do surveillance via cross-browser (Safari, Firefox, Google chrome ) and VLC software. </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">This function only for monitor but can not control the device.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="401" height="147" class="wp-image-2976 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-60-401w147h.jpeg" alt="Picture 60 401w147h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 434" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-60-401w147h.jpeg 401w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-60-401w147h-300x110.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 401px) 100vw, 401px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">RTSP setting</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">76 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">[</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">]: </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">■ means enable, tick it firstly before setting.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Port</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the default port is 554</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">CLOUD</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Check the cloud services, male cloud service is enabled, the user can visit</span><a href="http://www.xmeye.net/" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"> http://www.xmeye.net</span></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="403" height="149" class="wp-image-2977 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-61-403w149h.jpeg" alt="Picture 61 403w149h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 435" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-61-403w149h.jpeg 403w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-61-403w149h-300x111.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 403px) 100vw, 403px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Cloud setting</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Select it to make sure abnormal function workable</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PMS/Mobile reported</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></strong><a id="bookmark112"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable this function, at the same time open the function in the mobile end, exit the application, when</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the alarm occurs, check the cell phone to report, will send information to cell phones.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="416" height="178" class="wp-image-2978 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-62-416w178h.jpeg" alt="Picture 62 416w178h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 436" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-62-416w178h.jpeg 416w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-62-416w178h-300x128.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 416px) 100vw, 416px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PMS</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="417" height="179" class="wp-image-2979 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-63-417w179h.jpeg" alt="Picture 63 417w179h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 437" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-63-417w179h.jpeg 417w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-63-417w179h-300x129.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 417px) 100vw, 417px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Mobile reported</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Select it to make sure abnormal function workable</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Server Name</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">default</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">push.umeye.cn</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">77 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Port</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the default port is 80</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">2.4.5 GUI Display</span></strong><a id="bookmark114"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Configure the video output parameters including the front output mode and encode output mode.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Front output</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">In the local preview mode include: channel title, time display, channel display, record status, alarm status, transparency and region cover.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Encode output</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">In the network surveillance and video file mode include: channel title, time display, channel display, record status, alarm status, transparency and region cover.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">*Remark:Only 6000 series product support preview resolution &#8211; 1920*1280(1080P)</span></strong><a id="bookmark116"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="500" height="302" class="wp-image-2980 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-64-500w302h.jpeg" alt="Picture 64 500w302h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 438" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-64-500w302h.jpeg 500w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-64-500w302h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Display</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel Title</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click the channel name modify button and enter the channel name menu. Modify the channel name. The 16 Chinese characters and 25 letters are supportive.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Time Display </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">means the selective state. Display the system data and time in the surveillance window.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel display </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">means the selective state. Display the system channel number in the surveillance window.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Record Status</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">means the selective state. Display the system recording status in the surveillance window.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm Status </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">means the selective state. Display the system alarm status in the surveillance</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">window.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">78 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Transparency</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose the background image transparency. The range is 128~255.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Resolution</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">set display resolution.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose the set code output channel number.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 88pt; text-indent: -66pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Region Cover</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">means the selective state. Click the cover area button and enter the corresponding channel window. You can cover the arbitrary using mouse. (Black region is for output)</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 13pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Time display</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">and </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel display</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">set the display position of channel title and time title.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">*the channel no., region cover, time title and channel title setting function exist at output</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 13pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">mode only when the device is under hybrid(HVR) mode or full analog(DVR) mode.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">2.4.6 PTZ device /RS485 device</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">* When under hybrid mode/full digital mode, it shows with PTZ device and RS485 device;*When under full digital mode, it will show RS485 device only.</span></strong><a id="bookmark118"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="511" height="380" class="wp-image-2981 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-65-511w380h.jpeg" alt="Picture 65 511w380h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 439" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-65-511w380h.jpeg 511w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-65-511w380h-300x223.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 511px) 100vw, 511px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PTZ config</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose the dome camera input channel.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Protocol</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose the corresponding dome protocol. (PELCOD as an example)</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【 </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Address </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set as the corresponding dome address. Default: 1.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">(</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The address must be</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 88pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">consistent with the dome address.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">)</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">79 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【 </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Baudrate </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose the corresponding dome baud rate length. You can control the PTZ and vidicion. Default: 115200.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Data bits</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Include 5-8 options. Default: 8.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Stop bits</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Include 2 options. Default: 1.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Parity</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Include odd check, even check, sign check, blank check. Default: void.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 17pt; text-indent: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: The protocol, address and baudrate of the DVR must be same with the PTZ, or you can not control the PTZ.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">2.4.7 RS232</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">*T series do NOT support this function.</span></strong><a id="bookmark120"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="516" height="312" class="wp-image-2982 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-66-516w312h.jpeg" alt="Picture 66 516w312h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 440" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-66-516w312h.jpeg 516w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-66-516w312h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 516px) 100vw, 516px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">RS232</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Serial Port Function</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Common serial port is used to debug and update program or set up specific serial port.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Baud rate</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose the corresponding baud rate length.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Data bits</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Include 5-8 options.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Stop bits</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Include 2 options.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Parity</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Include odd, even, mark, space, default is none.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">80 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.8</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Tour</span></strong><a id="bookmark122"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the patrol display. </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 23pt;">■ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">means that the tour mode is enable. You can choose the single-view,</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">four-view, six-view of single mode tour or hybrid mode tour.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="525" height="317" class="wp-image-2983 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-67-525w317h.jpeg" alt="Picture 67 525w317h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 441" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-67-525w317h.jpeg 525w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-67-525w317h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 525px) 100vw, 525px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Tour configure</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">interval</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the patrol switch interval. The set range is 5-120 seconds.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">alarm tour</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">set the interval to shift alarm tour, range is 5-120 seconds, choose return when alarm</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">ends, when alarm link to tour, system will auto shift to six-view after alarm finished.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Remark</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">at preview mode, click upper right icon</span><span style="color: #404142; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">© </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #404142; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">®</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">can turn on / off tour</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">(</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">mean turn on,</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">mean turn off</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">)</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.9</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel manage</span></strong><a id="bookmark124"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Digital manage including digital channel, channel status, and channel mode </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">(Remark: there is only analog mode if device is under full analog mode)</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">81 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="428" height="318" class="wp-image-2984 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-68-428w318h.jpeg" alt="Picture 68 428w318h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 442" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-68-428w318h.jpeg 428w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-68-428w318h-300x223.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 428px) 100vw, 428px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel manage page under all analog(DVR) mode</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="440" height="266" class="wp-image-2985 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-69-440w266h.jpeg" alt="Picture 69 440w266h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 443" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-69-440w266h.jpeg 440w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-69-440w266h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 440px) 100vw, 440px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel manage page under Hybrid(HVR) mode / full digital(NVR) mode</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Digital channel:</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">82 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="534" height="323" class="wp-image-2986 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-70-534w323h.jpeg" alt="Picture 70 534w323h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 444" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-70-534w323h.jpeg 534w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-70-534w323h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 534px) 100vw, 534px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Single link page of digital channel</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="559" height="339" class="wp-image-2987 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-71-559w339h.jpeg" alt="Picture 71 559w339h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 445" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-71-559w339h.jpeg 559w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-71-559w339h-300x182.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 559px) 100vw, 559px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Multi-linkage page of Digital channel</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">select channel title</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.31; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Open digital channel, tick enable, then can do related settings</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.31; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Time Synchronization</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Tick it means the time of this channel and device is the same.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.31; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Connection Mode</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">can be singe connect or multi-ink, multi-link modes can connect to several devices, device will be tour displayed one by one, tour interval can be set, no less then 10s;</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.31; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Delete</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">If the user want to change device, select the existing device, click delete will be ok.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">83 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Add</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">click add will come out below page to add new device</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="456" height="276" class="wp-image-2988 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-72-456w276h.jpeg" alt="Picture 72 456w276h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 446" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-72-456w276h.jpeg 456w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-72-456w276h-300x182.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 456px) 100vw, 456px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">remote channel configure page</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.31; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Configure Name</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">device is with default configure title, user can revise it if necessary</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">；</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.31; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Device Type</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">3 types: IPC</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">DVR</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">HVR</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">，</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">user can choose as what you like, default is IPC</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">； 【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Protocol</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Default is TCP</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.31; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【 </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Remote channel </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">User can input remote channel title from the device that you want to connect remotely</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.31; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Stream</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Default is main stream, do not support extra-stream at present</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">；</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.31; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Device address</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IP address of device.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.31; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Port</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Default is 34567</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.31; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">User name</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Default is admin</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Remark: click </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">search</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">will show all the devices that searched out, user can choose any of the device that you like.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">84 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="500" height="302" class="wp-image-2989 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-73-500w302h.jpeg" alt="Picture 73 500w302h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 447" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-73-500w302h.jpeg 500w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-73-500w302h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the device list searched under remote channel setting</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel Status:</span></strong><a id="bookmark126"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel status is to show the status of all the digital channel When there is what existing, status including Max Resolution, This Resolution, Connection Status.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">For example: The channel status for 2+2 mode is as below:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="534" height="323" class="wp-image-2990 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-74-534w323h.jpeg" alt="Picture 74 534w323h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 448" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-74-534w323h.jpeg 534w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-74-534w323h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 534px) 100vw, 534px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">D03 channel is connected, and D04 channel doesn‟t add the remote device.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Remark: when the current resolution is over the max resolution that the channel supported, then a red “X” will be shown on the preview image, for example: Under full digital channel mode, Max resolution of channel 3 is D1, if it was connected to a device with resolution over D1 ( such as</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">85 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">960H), you will see below pic:</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="281" height="159" class="wp-image-2991 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-75-281w159h.jpeg" alt="Picture 75 281w159h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 449"></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel type:</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="560" height="339" class="wp-image-2992 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-76-560w339h.jpeg" alt="Picture 76 560w339h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 450" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-76-560w339h.jpeg 560w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-76-560w339h-300x182.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 560px) 100vw, 560px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Remark: this series of product with full analog channel mode, hybrid mode and full digital mode, and different model with different channel mode, user can shift the mode freely if necessary.</span></strong></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 16pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.10</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IPC param.</span></strong></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 16pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Refer to chapter 3.6.12. IPC param.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 19pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;">2.5 Advanced</span></strong><a id="bookmark128"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Manage tools menu including: HDD manage, account manage, online user, output adjust, auto maintain, upgrade.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">86 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="399" height="296" class="wp-image-2993 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-77-399w296h.jpeg" alt="Picture 77 399w296h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 451" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-77-399w296h.jpeg 399w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-77-399w296h-300x223.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 399px) 100vw, 399px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Advanced</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">.5.1 HDD Manage</span></strong><a id="bookmark130"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Configure and manage the hard disk. The menu displays current hard disk information: hard disk number, input port, type, status and overall capability. The operation include: setup the write-read disk, read-only disk, redundant disk, hard disk format, resume default. Choose the hard disk and click the right function button to execute.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Read/Write Disk: The equipment can write or read data.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 33pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Read-only Disk: The equipment can read data but can not write data.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 33pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Redundant Disk: Double backup the video files in the write-read disk.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="456" height="276" class="wp-image-2994 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-78-456w276h.jpeg" alt="Picture 78 456w276h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 452" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-78-456w276h.jpeg 456w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-78-456w276h-300x182.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 456px) 100vw, 456px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">HDD manage</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">87 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">2</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">.5.2 Account</span></strong><a id="bookmark132"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Manage the user purview.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 26pt; text-indent: -26pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">1. The character length is 8 bytes at most for the following user and user team name. The blank ahead or behind the character string is invalid.The middle blank in the character string is valid. Legal characters include: letter, number, underline, subtraction sign, dot.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 26pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -5pt; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">3</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">. There is no limit in the user and user group. You can add or delete the user group according to user definition. The factory setup include: user\admin. You can set the team as you wish. The user can appoint the purview in the group.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">4</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">. The user management include: group/ user. The group and user name can not be the same. Each</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">user only belongs to one group.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="533" height="322" class="wp-image-2995 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-79-533w322h.jpeg" alt="Picture 79 533w322h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 453" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-79-533w322h.jpeg 533w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-79-533w322h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 533px) 100vw, 533px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Account management</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Modify User</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Modify the existed user attribute.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Modify Group</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Modify the existed team attribute.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Modify Password</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Modify the user password. You can set 1-6 bit password. The blank ahead or behind the char string is invalid. The middle blank in the char string is valid.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The user who possess the user control purview can modify his/her own or other users password</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">88 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="385" height="208" class="wp-image-2996 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-80-385w208h.jpeg" alt="Picture 80 385w208h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 454" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-80-385w208h.jpeg 385w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-80-385w208h-300x162.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 385px) 100vw, 385px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Modify password</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 15pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Add user</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Add a user in the group and set the user purview. Enter the menu interface and input</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the user name and password. Choose the team and choose whether cover using the user. Cover using</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">means that the account can be used by multiple users at the same time.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Once choose the team the user purview is the subclass of the team.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">We recommend that the common user‟s purview is lower than the advanced user.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="508" height="307" class="wp-image-2997 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-81-508w307h.jpeg" alt="Picture 81 508w307h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 455" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-81-508w307h.jpeg 508w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-81-508w307h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 508px) 100vw, 508px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Add User</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Add Group</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Add a user group and set the purview. There are 33 different purviews: shut down the equipment, real time surveillance, playback, record setting, video backup and so on.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">89 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="291" class="wp-image-2998 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-82-481w291h.jpeg" alt="Picture 82 481w291h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 456" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-82-481w291h.jpeg 481w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-82-481w291h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Add group</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Delete User</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Delete the current user. Choose the user and click delete user button.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Delete Group</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Delete the current group. Choose the group and click delete group button.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="454" height="273" class="wp-image-2999 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-83-454w273h.jpeg" alt="Picture 83 454w273h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 457" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-83-454w273h.jpeg 454w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-83-454w273h-300x180.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 454px) 100vw, 454px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.37; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Delete Group</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.37; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.1</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">ety question</span></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.37; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 11pt; text-indent: 5pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set one or two different safety questions as below picture shows, and then fill in the answer and confirm answer, then click OK and cancal to exit. After that you can reset the password when you forget it through the safety question</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 8.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">90 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="317" height="234" class="wp-image-3000 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-84-317w234h.jpeg" alt="Picture 84 317w234h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 458" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-84-317w234h.jpeg 317w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-84-317w234h-300x221.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 317px) 100vw, 317px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Safety question</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.3</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Online user</span></strong><a id="bookmark134"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.31; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">To check the information of network user that connected with local device, also can tick the selected user to break up connection,</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">(</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">make √ at the box</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">)，</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">then the user will be frozen after connection stopped,</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">and will not log in until device reboot.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="475" height="287" class="wp-image-3001 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-85-475w287h.jpeg" alt="Picture 85 475w287h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 459" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-85-475w287h.jpeg 475w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-85-475w287h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 475px) 100vw, 475px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Online user</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 24pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.4</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Output adjust</span></strong><a id="bookmark136"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 24pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 25pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Refer to chapter 2.6.8 .</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 24pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.5</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Auto Maintain</span></strong><a id="bookmark138"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The user can set the time to auto reboot and auto delete file.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">91 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">2.5.6 Restore</span></strong><a id="bookmark140"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="454" height="180" class="wp-image-3002 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-86-454w180h.jpeg" alt="Picture 86 454w180h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 460" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-86-454w180h.jpeg 454w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-86-454w180h-300x119.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 454px) 100vw, 454px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Auto maintain</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The system restore to the default. You can choose the items according to the menu.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="526" height="317" class="wp-image-3003 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-87-526w317h.jpeg" alt="Picture 87 526w317h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 461" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-87-526w317h.jpeg 526w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-87-526w317h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 526px) 100vw, 526px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Restore</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">92 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.7</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Upgrade</span></strong><a id="bookmark142"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="595" height="359" class="wp-image-3004 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-88-595w359h.jpeg" alt="Picture 88 595w359h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 462" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-88-595w359h.jpeg 595w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-88-595w359h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 595px) 100vw, 595px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Upgrade</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Upgrade from USB: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Plug the U disk, upgrade the device use the upgrade file in U disk.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Upgrade Pasition</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">choose USB interface.</span></strong><a id="bookmark144"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Upgrade file</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">choose the upgrade file.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 11pt; text-indent: 5pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Online Upgrade: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When you connect your DVR to WAN, it will make comparison of the firmware version of the DVR and the firmware version of the server. It will upgrade if find the latest firmware.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Camera Upgrade: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Plug the U disk, upgrade the AHD camera (some model support)/ IPC (when in IP mode or HVR mode) use the upgrade file in U sidk.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: Please don‟t cut off the power when upgrade, it will cause serious consequences; and please check the upgrade firmware if it is for the DVR model when upgrade failed.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.8</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Device Info</span></strong><a id="bookmark147"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Provide device interface info like audio in,alarm in/out to be conveniently used for user.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">93 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="474" height="290" class="wp-image-3005 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-89-474w290h.jpeg" alt="Picture 89 474w290h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 463" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-89-474w290h.jpeg 474w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-89-474w290h-300x184.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 474px) 100vw, 474px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Device info</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.9</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Import / Export</span></strong><a id="bookmark149"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Users can export the log info and the configure file from device to connected flash stick, and also can import related configure file from flash stick to settings, which greatly bring convenience to the customers.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="482" height="292" class="wp-image-3006 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-90-482w292h.jpeg" alt="Picture 90 482w292h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 464" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-90-482w292h.jpeg 482w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-90-482w292h-300x182.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 482px) 100vw, 482px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Import / Export interface</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;">2.6 Info</span></strong><a id="bookmark151"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Display the hard disk information, including HDD info, code stream statistic, log info, version info</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">94 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">2.6.1HDD info</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Display the hard disk state: hard disk type, overall capability, residual capability, the recording time and so on.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="477" height="289" class="wp-image-3007 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-91-477w289h.jpeg" alt="Picture 91 477w289h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 465" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-91-477w289h.jpeg 477w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-91-477w289h-300x182.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 477px) 100vw, 477px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">HDD info</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Tips</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：  </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">○ means that the hard disk is normal. X means that the hard disk is broken-down.- means that</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.37; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">there is no hard disk. If the user need to change the damaged hard disk, you must shut down the DVR and take up all the damaged hard disks,then install a new one.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.28; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">* behind serial number means the current working disk such as 1*. If the corresponding disk is damaged, the information will show “</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">？</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">”.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.2</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">BPS</span></strong><a id="bookmark153"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Display the code stream</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">（</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Kb/S</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">）</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">and hard disk capability </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">（</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">MB/H</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">）</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">in real time. It displays as the wave sketch map.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">95 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="292" class="wp-image-3008 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-92-483w292h.jpeg" alt="Picture 92 483w292h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 466" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-92-483w292h.jpeg 483w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-92-483w292h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">BPS</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.3</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">LOG</span></strong><a id="bookmark155"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">To search log information base on the set search mode.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Log information </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">include: system operation, configuration operation, data management, alarm affair, recording operation, user management, file management and so on. Set the time section to look up and</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">click the look up button. The log information will display as a list. (one page is 128 items) Press </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Page up</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">or </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Page down </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">button to look up and press </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">delete </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">button to clear all the log information.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="526" height="317" class="wp-image-3009 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-93-526w317h.jpeg" alt="Picture 93 526w317h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 467" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-93-526w317h.jpeg 526w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-93-526w317h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 526px) 100vw, 526px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Log information</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">96 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.4</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Version</span></strong><a id="bookmark157"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Display the basic information such as hardware information, software version, issue date, serial number , NAT status and so on.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="462" height="344" class="wp-image-3010 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-94-462w344h.jpeg" alt="Picture 94 462w344h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 468" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-94-462w344h.jpeg 462w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-94-462w344h-300x223.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 462px) 100vw, 462px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Version information</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 23pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;">2.6Shut down system</span></strong><a id="bookmark159"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Refer to chapter 2.6.2.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">6/98</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</div>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.xvraid.com/general/xmeye-dvr-user-manual.html/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide</title>
		<link>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/cp-plus-xvr-complete-setup-guide.html</link>
					<comments>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/cp-plus-xvr-complete-setup-guide.html#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[XVR AiD]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 28 Jul 2023 18:39:42 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[4G Solar Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[app]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Check for Updates]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Client Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Initialization]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Manager]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR user]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Eseecloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Face Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Forgot Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[hilook]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instruction]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ios]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Latest version]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live View]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[motion detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[new password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password Reset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[phone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz activation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QR code]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[record settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Remote Access]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[reset the password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[setup guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[System Settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Update]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Upgrade]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video Detect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[View interface]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wireless]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.xvraid.com/?p=2037</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide, CP Plus has introduced the new and impactful range of DVRs under the Lite Series which...]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide, CP Plus has introduced the new and impactful range of DVRs under the Lite Series which has been integrated with the 4K and H.265 encoding technology that provides you with an outstanding at a reasonably pocket-friendly price.</p>
<p>The 4K resolution processors present in this product help in bringing out every little detail in the image.</p>
<p>Along with that, this <a href="https://www.cpplusworld.com/cp-uvr-0401f1-ic" rel="dofollow noopener" target="_blank">DVR</a> uses the intuitive shortcut operation menu which lets you control and manage the system remotely as well and can work as edge storage, central storage, backup storage .</p>
<h2>CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide</h2>
<p>Read Next :</p>
<ol>
<li><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/software/juan-cctv-firmware-software-new.html" rel="nofollow">JUAN CCTV Firmware Software NEW</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/guide/eseecloud-4g-solar-camera-guide.html" rel="nofollow">Eseecloud 4G Solar Camera Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/guide/hilook-dvr-user-manual.html" rel="nofollow">Hilook DVR User Manual</a></li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark0"></a> Introduction
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark2"></a> Overview</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p>The Device is an excellent digital monitor product for security industry. The embedded LINUX OS assures the stable operation. The H.264 and G.711 technologies assure the high-quality image and low bit stream. The frame-by-frame play function displays more details for analysis, and provides the functions such as record, playback, and monitor and assures the synchronization for audio and video. The Device also adopts the advanced control technology and great network data transmission capability.</p>
<p>The Device adopts embedded design to achieve high security and reliability. It can work in the local end and, with strong networking capability it can get connected to the professional surveillance software (Smart PSS) to form a security network to show its powerful remote monitoring function.</p>
<p>The Device is applicable to the areas such as bank, telecom, electricity, traffic, intelligent residential district, factory, warehouse, resources, and water conservancy facilities.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark4"></a> Functions</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>The functions might be different depending on the software and hardware version of the model you purchased.</p>
<p><strong>Real-time Surveillance</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Support VGA port and HDMI port to realize the surveillance through monitors.</li>
<li>Support HDMI, VGA, and TV output at the same time.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>IoT Management</strong></p>
<p>Provide specific management module for IoT features including humidity and temperature data reports and alarms linkage.</p>
<p><strong>Sensor Integration</strong></p>
<p>Integrate coaxial cameras with diverse array of sensors such as temperature, humidity and wireless alarm devices.</p>
<p><strong>Storage Management</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Special data format to guarantee data security and avoid the risk of modifying data viciously.</li>
<li>Support digital watermark.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Compression Format</strong></p>
<p>Support multiple-channel audio and video signal. An independent hardware decodes the audio and video signal from each channel to maintain video and audio synchronization.</p>
<p><strong>Backup Function</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Support backup operation through USB port (such as USB storage disk, portable HDD, and burner).</li>
<li>Client-end user can download the file from local HDD through network to backup.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Record &amp; Playback</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Support each channel real-time record independently, and simultaneously support the functions such as search, backward play, network monitor, record search, and download.</li>
<li>Support various playback modes: slow play, fast play, backward play and frame by frame play.</li>
<li>Support time title overlay so that you can view event accurate occurred time.</li>
<li>Support zooming in the selected area in the live view.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Network Operation</strong></p>
<p>Support network remote real-time monitor, remote record search and remote PTZ control.</p>
<p><strong>Alarm Activation</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Several relay alarm outputs to realize alarm activation and on-site light control.</li>
<li>The alarm input port and output port have the protection circuit to guarantee the Device safety.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Communication Port</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>RS485 port can realize alarm input and PTZ control.</li>
<li>RS232 port can connect to keyboard, COM port of PC or the matrix control.</li>
<li>Standard Ethernet port can realize network remote access function.</li>
<li>The dual-network port has the multiple-address, fault tolerance, load balance setup mode.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>PTZ Control</strong></p>
<p>Support PTZ decoder through RS485 port.</p>
<p><strong>Intelligent Operation</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Support mouse operation function.</li>
<li>Support &#8220;copy and paste&#8221; function for the same settings.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>UPnP (Universal Plug and Play)</strong></p>
<p>Establish mapping connection between LAN and WAN through UPnP protocol.</p>
<p><strong>Camera Self-adaptive</strong></p>
<p>Auto-recognize and work with the PAL or NTSC camera and HD camera.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark6"></a> Getting Started
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark8"></a> Checking the Components</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p>When you receive the Device, please check against the following checking list. If any of the items are missing or damaged, contact the local retailer or after-sales engineer immediately.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Sequence</strong></td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Checking items</strong></td>
<td><strong>Requirement</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">1</td>
<td rowspan="2">Package</td>
<td>Appearance</td>
<td>No obvious damage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Packing materials</td>
<td>No broken or distorted positions that could be caused by hit.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Not torn up. EQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Do not tear up or throw away the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">2</td>
<td rowspan="2">Labels</td>
<td rowspan="2">Labels on the device</td>
<td>labels; otherwise the warranty</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>services are not ensured. You need</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>to provide the serial number of the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>product when you call the after-sales service.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">3</td>
<td rowspan="2">Device</td>
<td>Appearance</td>
<td>No obvious damage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Data cables, power cables, fan cables, mainboard</td>
<td>No connection loose.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark10"></a> Installing HDD</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Please check if the HDD is already installed in the Device when you first time using the Device.</p>
<p>It is suggested to use the HDD recommended officially. Do not use the PC HDD.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="70" height="60" class="wp-image-2038" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-1.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 1" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 824"></p>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<p>Shut down the device and then unplug the power cable before you open the case to replace the HDD.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="276" height="205" class="wp-image-2039" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-2.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 2" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 825"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="272" height="215" class="wp-image-2040" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-3.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 3" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 826"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="256" height="187" class="wp-image-2041" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-4.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 4" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 827"></p>
<p>1. Remove the screws to<br />
take off the cover.</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>Fix the screws on the HDD but do not fasten them.</p>
<ol>
<li>Match the screws with the holes on the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) (WITHOUT HDD) to place the HDD.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="242" height="191" class="wp-image-2042" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-5.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 5" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 828"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="280" height="188" class="wp-image-2043" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-6.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 6" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 829"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="237" height="213" class="wp-image-2044" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-7.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 7" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 830"></p>
<ol>
<li>Turn the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) upside down to see the screws and then</li>
<li>Use the HDD cable and power cable to connect HDD and mainboard.</li>
<li>Put back the cover and<br />
fasten the screws.</li>
</ol>
<p>fasten them.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark12"></a> 2.2.2 E Model</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark14"></a> Installing Battery</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>The battery is only provided with some models.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="414" height="295" class="wp-image-2045" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-8.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 8" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 831" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-8.jpeg 414w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-8-300x214.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 414px) 100vw, 414px" /></p>
<p>1. Put the battery cable through the hole.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="415" height="301" class="wp-image-2046" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-9.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 9" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 832" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-9.jpeg 415w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-9-300x218.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 415px) 100vw, 415px" /></p>
<p>2. Connect to the cable into the port.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark16"></a> Installing HDD</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>CQ NOTE</p>
<p>Skip step 6 if the battery is not equipped with the model you purchased.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="286" height="175" class="wp-image-2047" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-10.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 10" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 833"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="286" height="170" class="wp-image-2048" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-11.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 11" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 834"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="256" height="176" class="wp-image-2049" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-12.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 12" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 835" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-12.jpeg 256w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-12-145x100.jpeg 145w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 256px) 100vw, 256px" /></p>
<p>1. Remove the screws to 2.</p>
<p>take off the cover.</p>
<p>Remove the screws to 3.</p>
<p>Put the HDD onto the bracket.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="286" height="182" class="wp-image-2050" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-13.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 13" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 836"></p>
<p>take off the bracket.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="286" height="179" class="wp-image-2051" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-14.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 14" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 837"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="256" height="185" class="wp-image-2052" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-15.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 15" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 838"></p>
<p>4. Match the holes on the</p>
<p>5. Use screws to fix the</p>
<p>6.</p>
<p>bracket with the screw</p>
<p>HDD onto the bracket.</p>
<p>holes on HDD.</p>
<p>(Optional) Put the battery cable through the hole to connect into the cable port.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="292" height="185" class="wp-image-2053" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-16.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 16" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 839"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="286" height="176" class="wp-image-2054" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-17.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 17" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 840"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="256" height="167" class="wp-image-2055" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-18.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 18" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 841"></p>
<ol>
<li>Use the HDD cable and power cable to connect HDD and mainboard.</li>
<li>Install the bracket back and then fasten the screws.</li>
<li>Put back the cover and fasten the screws.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark18"></a> MINI 1U and Compact 1U</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="286" height="176" class="wp-image-2056" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-19.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 19" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 842"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="285" height="226" class="wp-image-2057" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-20.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 20" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 843"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="256" height="214" class="wp-image-2058" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-21.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 21" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 844"></p>
<ol>
<li>Remove the screws on the rear panel.</li>
<li>Fix the screws on the</li>
<li>Place the HDD onto</li>
</ol>
<p>HDD but do not be</p>
<p>the Device.</p>
<p>fastened.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="906" height="190" class="wp-image-2059" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-22.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 22" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 845" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-22.jpeg 906w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-22-300x63.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-22-768x161.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-22-810x170.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 906px) 100vw, 906px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Turn the device to see the back side of it. Aim the screws of the HDD at the holes on the back of the device and fix the screws.</li>
<li>Use the HDD cable and power cable to connect HDD and mainboard.</li>
<li>Put back the cover and fix the screws.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark20"></a> 1U</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="295" height="171" class="wp-image-2060" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-23.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 23" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 846"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="295" height="215" class="wp-image-2061" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-24.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 24" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 847"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="295" height="205" class="wp-image-2062" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-25.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 25" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 848" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-25.jpeg 295w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-25-145x100.jpeg 145w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 295px) 100vw, 295px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Remove the screws on</li>
<li>Fix the screws onto the</li>
<li>Put the HDD into the</li>
</ol>
<p>the cover.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="290" height="219" class="wp-image-2063" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-26.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 26" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 849"></p>
<p>4. Turn the device to see the back side of it. Aim the screws of the HDD at the</p>
<p>HDD, but do not be Device.</p>
<p>fastened.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="290" height="219" class="wp-image-2064" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-27.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 27" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 850"></p>
<p>5. Use the HDD cable and power cable to connect HDD and mainboard.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="284" height="154" class="wp-image-2065" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-28.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 28" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 851"></p>
<p>6. Put back the cover and fix the screws.</p>
<p>holes on the back of the</p>
<p>device, and then fix the</p>
<p>screws.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark22"></a> 3 Installing Device into Rack</li>
</ol>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>Only 1.5U and 2U Devices support this installation.</p>
<p>To install the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) into Rack, do the following:</p>
<p>Step 1 Check if the in-house temperature is lower than 35°C(95T) and make sure the 15cm (6in.) spacing around the Device for ventilation.</p>
<p>Step 1 Use six screws to fix the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) on each side.</p>
<p>Step 2 Install from the bottom up.</p>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<p>If you want to install more accessories to the rack, take preventive measures to avoid power socket overload.</p>
<p>Step 3 Install more accessories to the rack if needed.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark24"></a> General Details</li>
</ol>
<p>This chapter introduces various components of the Device, remote control and mouse operations, and typical connection.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark26"></a> Front Panel</li>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark28"></a> .1 Smart 1U</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="157" height="132" class="wp-image-2066" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-29.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 29" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 852"></p>
<p>Figure 3-1</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>0</td>
<td>HDD status indicator</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>The indicator is off when the HDD is running normally.</li>
<li>The indicator glows blue when the HDD is in</li>
</ul>
<p>malfunction.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>©</td>
<td>Power status indicator</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>The indicator is off when the power is connected</li>
</ul>
<p>abnormally.</p>
<ul>
<li>The indicator glows blue when the power is connected</li>
</ul>
<p>normally.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Network status indicator</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>The indicator is off when the network connection is</li>
</ul>
<p>correct.</p>
<ul>
<li>The indicator glows blue when the network connection</li>
</ul>
<p>is abnormal.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 3-1</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark30"></a> 3.1.2 E Model</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>1 I</td>
<td></td>
<td>2</td>
<td>3</td>
<td>1</td>
<td>5</td>
<td>5 7</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□ □ □ e</td>
<td>A</td>
<td>□ □</td>
<td>1 □ 1</td>
<td></td>
<td>1 □ 1</td>
<td>1 □ 1</td>
<td>i □ n n d □ □□□ □□□ □□□□□ □□□□□ □□□□□! □□□□□</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ □ □</strong></p>
<p><strong>□ □ □</strong></td>
<td>©</td>
<td></td>
<td>3 »</td>
<td>!»</td>
<td>■I</td>
<td></td>
<td>□ n n □ □□□□□ ei □□□ ei □□□ □ □□ r ^<sub>1</sub><sup>LJLJ</sup>A&#8217; i □ ei □ □</p>
<p>• □□ □□□□□ □ □□□□□ □□□□□ □□□□□ □ □□□</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<ul>
<li><strong>□ □ </strong>□ □ □ e</li>
<li>□ □ e</li>
<li>□ □ E</li>
<li><strong>□ □ C</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>□ □ □ E</strong></p>
<p><strong>□ D □</strong></p>
<p>□ □ □ E</p>
<p>□ DDE</p>
<p><strong>□ □ □</strong></p>
<p><strong>□ □ □ E</strong></td>
<td colspan="2">□ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □</p>
<p>□ □</p>
<p>□ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ O El □ □ □ □</p>
<p>□ □</p>
<p>□ □ □ □ □ □</td>
<td>□ □</p>
<p>□ □</p>
<p>□</p>
<p>□ □</p>
<p>□</td>
<td colspan="3">□ □ □ □ □ □ □</p>
<p>□ □ □ nr</p>
<p>□ □ □ □</p>
<p>c □ □ □ [</p>
<p>□ □ □ □</p>
<p>□ □ □</p>
<p>□ □ □ nr</p>
<ul>
<li>□ □ □</li>
<li>□ □</li>
</ul>
<p>□ □ □ □</td>
<td>inn □ nun onn □□□ □ onn n □□□ □ nnn n uu</p>
<p>□ □ODD □□□□□□□ □ □ □ □ □ □□□□□ □ □ □ D El □ □ El El □</p>
<p>□ □ □ n □ □ □ □ □ □ □ ei □ □ □□□□□ □□□□□ ei □ ei □ □ nnn</p>
<p>□ □□□ □ □ □ □□ El □ □ □ □ □□□ El HDD □ □ El EI □</p>
<p>□ □ □ □□□□□ □ □ □ C □ □ □□□□□ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □□□</p>
<ul>
<li>□□□□ □□□□□□□ □□□□□ □□□□□ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ o □ □</li>
</ul>
<p>inn o □□□ □□□ □□□ □ □□□ □ nnn □ non □ □□ □ □ □ n □ □ □ □ □ □ □ ei □ □ □ □ n □ □ □□□□□ ei □ □ □ □ □□□ □ nnn □ □ ei □ □ □ ei □□□ □ □□□ □ □ □ ei □ □□□ □ □ □ □ nun ei □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ nnn e □□□ □ uu</p>
<ul>
<li>□□□□ □□□ □□□ □ □ □ □ □ o o □ □ □ □□non □ □ □ Q □</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 3-2</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Button/Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>POWER</td>
<td>Turns on/off the DVR (WITHOUT HDD). The indicator glows blue when the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) is turned on.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>HDD status indicator</td>
<td>The indicator glows blue when the HDD is in malfunction.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Network status indicator</td>
<td>The indicator glows blue when the network connection is abnormal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4,5,6</td>
<td>Battery status indicator</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>When the battery remains full or no less than sixty percent,</li>
</ul>
<p>the No.4 indicator is on, and the No.5 and No.6 are out.</p>
<ul>
<li>When the battery remains between thirty percent and sixty</li>
</ul>
<p>percent, the No.5 indicator is on and the others are out.</p>
<ul>
<li>When the battery remains between one percent and thirty</li>
</ul>
<p>percent, the No.6 indicator is on and the others are out.</p>
<ul>
<li>When the battery is exhausted, the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) is</li>
</ul>
<p>turned off, or there is no battery attached to the DVR (WITHOUT HDD), all the three indicators are out.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>7</td>
<td>USB port</td>
<td>Connects to external devices such as USB storage device, keyboard and mouse.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 3-2</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark32"></a> 3.1.3 Compact 1U</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="624" height="111" class="wp-image-2067" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-30.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 30" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 853" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-30.jpeg 624w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-30-300x53.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 624px) 100vw, 624px" /></p>
<p>Figure 3-3</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Port Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>HDD</td>
<td>Glows blue when HDD status is abnormal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>NET</td>
<td>Glows blue when network status is abnormal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>POWER</td>
<td>Glows blue when the power is connected properly.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Port Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td>USB port</td>
<td>Connects to peripheral devices such as USB storage device, keyboard and mouse.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 3-3</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark34"></a> 3.1.4 MINI 1U</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="612" height="180" class="wp-image-2068" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-31.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 31" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 854" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-31.jpeg 612w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-31-300x88.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 612px) 100vw, 612px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="99" height="23" class="wp-image-2069" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-32.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 32" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 855"></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td>Icon</td>
<td>Function</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Power button</td>
<td><strong>0</strong></td>
<td>Power button, press this button for three seconds to boot up or shut down DVR (WITHOUT HDD).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Up Down</td>
<td rowspan="3"><strong>A, ▼</strong></td>
<td>Activate current control, modify setup, and then move up and down.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Increase/decrease numeral.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Assistant function such as PTZ menu.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Left</p>
<p>Right</td>
<td rowspan="2"><strong>◄ ►</strong></td>
<td>Shift current activated control,</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>When playback, click these buttons to control playback bar..</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">ESC</td>
<td rowspan="2">ESC</td>
<td>Go to previous menu, or cancel current operation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>When playback, click it to restore real-time monitor mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Enter</td>
<td rowspan="3">ENTER</td>
<td>Confirm current operation</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Go to default button</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Go to menu</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="5">Assistant</td>
<td rowspan="5">Fn</td>
<td>One-window monitor mode, click this button to display assistant <s> funct</s>i<s>on: PTZ contro</s>l <s>and</s> i<s>man</s>e <s>co</s>l<s>or </s></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Backspace function: in numeral control or text control, press it for 1.5seconds to delete the previous character before the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>In motion detection setup, working with Fn and direction keys to realize setup.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>In text mode, click it to switch between numeral, English character(small/capitalized) and etc.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Realize other special functions.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>USB port</td>
<td></td>
<td>To connect USB storage device, USB mouse.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Network abnormal indication light</td>
<td>Net</td>
<td>Network error occurs or there is no network connection, the light becomes red to alert you.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HDD abnormal</p>
<p>indication light</td>
<td>HDD</td>
<td>HDD error occurs or HDD capacity is below specified threshold value, the light becomes red to alert you.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IR Receiver</td>
<td>IR</td>
<td>It is to receive the signal from the remote control.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark36"></a> 3.1.5 1U</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="633" height="170" class="wp-image-2070" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-33.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 33" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 856" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-33.jpeg 633w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-33-300x81.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 633px) 100vw, 633px" /></p>
<p>Figure 3-5</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td>Icon</td>
<td>Function</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Power button</td>
<td><strong>o</strong></td>
<td>Power button, press this button for three seconds to boot up or shut down DVR (WITHOUT HDD).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Up Down</td>
<td rowspan="3"><strong>A, ▼</strong></td>
<td>Activate current control, modify setup, and then move up and down.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Increase/decrease numeral.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Assistant function such as PTZ menu.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Left</p>
<p>Right</td>
<td rowspan="2"><strong>◄ ►</strong></td>
<td>Shift current activated control,</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>When playback, click these buttons to control playback bar..</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">ESC</td>
<td rowspan="2">ESC</td>
<td>Go to previous menu, or cancel current operation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>When playback, click it to restore real-time monitor mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Enter</td>
<td rowspan="3">ENTER</td>
<td>Confirm current operation</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Go to default button</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Go to menu</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Slow play</td>
<td><strong>h</strong></td>
<td>Multiple slow play speeds or normal playback.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Assistant</td>
<td rowspan="2">Fn</td>
<td>One-window monitor mode, click this button to display <s> ass</s>i<s>stant funct</s>i<s>on: pt</s><sub><s>7</s></sub><s> contro</s>l <s>and</s> i<s>man</s>e <s>co</s>l<s>or </s></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Backspace function: in numeral control or text control, press it for 1.5seconds to delete the previous character before the</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3"></td>
<td rowspan="3"></td>
<td>In motion detection setup, working with Fn and direction keys to realize setup.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>In text mode, click it to switch between numeral, English character(small/capitalized) and etc.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Realize other special functions.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>USB port</td>
<td></td>
<td>To connect USB storage device, USB mouse.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Network abnormal indication</td>
<td>Net</td>
<td>Network error occurs or there is no network connection, the light becomes red to alert you.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HDD abnormal indication l^ht</td>
<td>HDD</td>
<td>HDD error occurs or HDD capacity is below specified threshold value, the light becomes red to alert you.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IR Receiver</td>
<td>IR</td>
<td>It is to receive the signal from the remote control.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 3-4</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark38"></a> 3.2 Rear Panel</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark40"></a> 3.2.1 Smart 1U</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="828" height="228" class="wp-image-2071" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-34.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 34" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 857" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-34.jpeg 828w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-34-300x83.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-34-768x211.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-34-810x223.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 828px) 100vw, 828px" /></p>
<p>Figure 3-6</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Port Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>Video input port</td>
<td>Connects to analog camera to input video signal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>USB port</td>
<td>Connects to external devices such as USB storage device, keyboard and mouse.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>VGA port</td>
<td>Outputs analog video data to the connected display with VGA port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td>HDMI port</td>
<td>High definition audio and video signal output port.</p>
<p>The port outputs the uncompressed high definition video and multi-channel audio data to the connected display with HDMI port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>5</td>
<td>Network port</td>
<td>Connects to Ethernet port.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Port Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>6</td>
<td>Power input port</td>
<td>Inputs DC 12V power.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>7</td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td>Ground terminal.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 3-5</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark42"></a> 3.2.2 E Model</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="311" class="wp-image-2072" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-35.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 35" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 858" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-35.jpeg 827w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-35-300x113.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-35-768x289.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-35-810x305.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p>Figure 3-7</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="313" class="wp-image-2073" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-36.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 36" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 859" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-36.jpeg 827w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-36-300x114.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-36-768x291.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-36-810x307.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p>Figure 3-8</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Port Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>Video input port</td>
<td>Connects to analog camera to input video signal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Audio input port</td>
<td>Receives audio signal output from the devices such as microphone.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Audio output port</td>
<td>Outputs audio signal to the devices such as the sound box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td>RS485 communication port</td>
<td>Connects to the control devices such as speed dome PTZ. RS485_A port is connected by the cable A and RS485_B is connected to the cable B.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>5</td>
<td>HDMI port</td>
<td>High definition audio and video signal output port.</p>
<p>The port outputs the uncompressed high definition video and multi-channel audio data to the connected display with HDMI port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>6</td>
<td>VGA port</td>
<td>Outputs analog video data to the connected display with VGA port.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Port Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>7, 8</td>
<td>USB port</td>
<td>Connects to external devices such as USB storage device, keyboard and mouse.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>9</td>
<td>Network port</td>
<td>Connects to Ethernet port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>10</td>
<td>Power input port</td>
<td>Inputs DC 12V power.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>11</td>
<td>Power output port</td>
<td>Outputs DC 12V power.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>12</td>
<td>Ground</td>
<td>Ground terminal.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 3-6</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark44"></a> 3.2.3 Compact 1U</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="188" class="wp-image-2074" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-37.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 37" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 860" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-37.jpeg 827w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-37-300x68.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-37-768x175.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-37-810x184.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p>Figure 3-9</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Port Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>Video input port</td>
<td>Connects to analog camera to input video signal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Audio input port</td>
<td>Receives audio signal output from the devices such as microphone.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Audio output port</td>
<td>Outputs audio signal to the devices such as the sound box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td>HDMI port</td>
<td>High definition audio and video signal output port.</p>
<p>The port outputs the uncompressed high definition video and multi-channel audio data to the connected display with HDMI port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>5</td>
<td>Network port</td>
<td>Connects to Ethernet port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>6</td>
<td>RS485 communication port</td>
<td>Connects to the control devices such as speed dome PTZ. RS485_A port is connected by the cable A and RS485_B is connected to the cable B.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>7</td>
<td>USB port</td>
<td>Connects to external devices such as USB storage device, keyboard and mouse.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>8</td>
<td>VGA port</td>
<td>Outputs analog video data to the connected display with VGA port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>9</td>
<td>Power input port</td>
<td>Inputs DC 12V power.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>10</td>
<td>Power button</td>
<td>Turns on/off the DVR (WITHOUT HDD).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>11</td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td>Ground terminal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>12</td>
<td>Power cable fastener</td>
<td>Use clamp to secure the power cable on the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) in case there is any loss.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 3-7</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark46"></a> 3.2.4 MINI 1 U</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="229" class="wp-image-2075" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-38.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 38" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 861" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-38.jpeg 827w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-38-300x83.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-38-768x213.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-38-810x224.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p>Figure 3-10</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Port Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">1</td>
<td>Alarm input port 1-16</td>
<td>4 groups of alarm input ports (Group 1: port 1 to port 4; Group 2: port 5 to port 8; Group 3: port 9 to port 12; Group 4: port 13 to port 16). These ports receive the signal from the external alarm source. There are two types: NO (normal open) and NC (normal close).</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>When your alarm input device is using external power, please make sure the alarm input device and the Device have the same ground.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm output port 1-3 (NO1-NO3;</p>
<p>C1-C3)</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>3 groups of alarm output ports (Group 1: port NO1-C1,</li>
</ul>
<p>Group 2: port NO2-C2, Group 3: port NO3-C3). These ports output alarm signal to the alarm device. Please make sure power supply to the external alarm device.</p>
<ul>
<li>NO: Normal open alarm output port.</li>
<li>C: Alarm output public end.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>J_</td>
<td>Ground.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Video input port</td>
<td>Connects to analog camera to input video signal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Audio input port</td>
<td>Receives audio signal output from the devices such as microphone. It corresponds to video input port 1.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td>DB25 port</td>
<td>Connects to the audio splitter taken from the package to convert to audio input port which receives the audio signal from devices such as microphone. It corresponds to video input ports 2-16.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>5</td>
<td>Audio output port</td>
<td>Outputs audio signal to the devices such as the sound box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>6</td>
<td>HDMI port</td>
<td>High definition audio and video signal output port.</p>
<p>The port outputs the uncompressed high definition video and multi-channel audio data to the connected display with HDMI port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>7</td>
<td>USB port</td>
<td>Connects to external devices such as USB storage device, keyboard and mouse.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>8</td>
<td>Network port</td>
<td>Connects to Ethernet port.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Port Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>9</td>
<td>RS485 communication port</td>
<td>Connects to the control devices such as speed dome PTZ. RS485_A port is connected by the cable A and RS485_B is connected to the cable B.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>10</td>
<td>Power input port</td>
<td>Inputs DC 12V power.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>11</td>
<td>VGA port</td>
<td>Outputs analog video data to the connected display with VGA port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>12</td>
<td>Power button</td>
<td>Turns on/off the DVR (WITHOUT HDD).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>13</td>
<td>Power cable fastener</td>
<td>Use a cable tie to secure the power cable on the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) to prevent loss.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>14</td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td>Ground terminal.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 3-8</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark48"></a> 3.2.5 1U</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="209" class="wp-image-2076" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-39.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 39" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 862" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-39.jpeg 827w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-39-300x76.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-39-768x194.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-39-810x205.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p>Figure 3-11</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Port Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td>Ground terminal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">2</td>
<td>Alarm input port 1-16</td>
<td>4 groups of alarm input ports (Group 1: port 1 to port 4; Group 2: port 5 to port 8; Group 3: port 9 to port 12; Group 4: port 13 to port 16). These ports receive the signal from the external alarm source. There are two types: NO (normal open) and NC (normal close).</p>
<p>Cfl NOTE</p>
<p>When your alarm input device is using external power, please make sure the alarm input device and the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) connect to the same ground.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm output port 1-3 (NO1-NO3;</p>
<p>C1-C3)</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>3 groups of alarm output ports. (Group 1: port NO1-</li>
</ul>
<p>C1,Group 2:port NO2-C2,Group 3:port NO3-C3) ). These</p>
<p>ports output alarm signal to the alarm device. Please make sure power supply to the external alarm device.</p>
<ul>
<li>NO : Normal open alarm output port.</li>
<li>C : Alarm output public end.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Ground.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Video input port</td>
<td>Connects to analog camera to input video signal.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Port Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td>Audio input port</td>
<td>Receives audio signal output from the devices such as microphone.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>5</td>
<td>Audio output port</td>
<td>Outputs audio signal to the devices such as the sound box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>6</td>
<td>HDMI port</td>
<td>High definition audio and video signal output port.</p>
<p>The port outputs the uncompressed high definition video and multi-channel audio data to the connected display with HDMI port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>7</td>
<td>USB port</td>
<td>Connects to the external devices such as keyboard, mouse, and USB storage device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>8</td>
<td>Network port</td>
<td>Connects to Ethernet port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>9</td>
<td>RS485 communication port</td>
<td>Connects to the control devices such as speed dome PTZ. RS485_A port is connected by the cable A and RS485_B is connected to the cable B.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>10</td>
<td>Power input port</td>
<td>Inputs DC 12V power.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>11</td>
<td>VGA port</td>
<td>Outputs analog video data to the connected display with VGA port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>12</td>
<td>Power button</td>
<td>Turns on/off the DVR (WITHOUT HDD).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>13</td>
<td>Power cable fastener</td>
<td>Use clamp to secure the power cable on the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) in case there is any loss.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 3-9</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark50"></a> Remote Control Operations</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>CQ NOTE</p>
<p>Please note the remote control is not our standard accessory and might not be included in the</p>
<p>accessary bag. It is supplied dependent on the model you purchased.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="532" height="634" class="wp-image-2077" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-40.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 40" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 863" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-40.jpeg 532w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-40-252x300.jpeg 252w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 532px) 100vw, 532px" /></p>
<p>Figure 3-12</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>Power button</td>
<td>Press this button to boot up or shut down the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Address</td>
<td>Press this button to input device serial number, so that you can control the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Forward</td>
<td>Multi-step forward speed and normal speed playback.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td>Slow motion</td>
<td>Multi-step slow motion speed or normal playback.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>5</td>
<td>Next record</td>
<td>In playback state, press this button to play back the next video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>6</td>
<td>Previous record</td>
<td>In playback state, press this button to play back the previous video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>7</td>
<td>Play/Pause</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>In normal playback state, press this button to pause</li>
</ul>
<p>playback.</p>
<ul>
<li>In pause state, press this button to resume to normal</li>
</ul>
<p>playback.</p>
<ul>
<li>In live view window interface, press this button to enter video</li>
</ul>
<p>search menu.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">8</td>
<td rowspan="2">Reverse/pause</td>
<td>In the reverse playback state, press this button to pause reverse playback.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>In the reverse playback pause state, press this button to resume to playback reversing state.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>9</td>
<td>Esc.</td>
<td>Go back to previous menu or cancel current operation (close front interface or control).</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>10</td>
<td>Record</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Start or stop record manually.</li>
<li>In record interface, use the direction buttons to select the</li>
</ul>
<p>channel that you want to record.</p>
<ul>
<li>Press this button for at least 1.5 seconds, and the manual</li>
</ul>
<p>record interface will be displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>11</td>
<td>Direction keys</td>
<td>Switch between current activated controls by going left or right. In playback state, the keys control the playback progress bar. Aux function (such as operating the PTZ menu).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>12</td>
<td>Enter/menu key</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Confirms an operation.</li>
<li>Go to the <strong>OK </strong>button.</li>
<li>Go to the menu.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>13</td>
<td>Multiple-window switch</td>
<td>Switch between multiple-window and one-window.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>14</td>
<td>Fn</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>In single-channel monitoring mode, press this button to</li>
</ul>
<p>display the PTZ control and color setting functions.</p>
<ul>
<li>Switch the PTZ control menu in PTZ control interface.</li>
<li>In motion detection interface, press this button with direction</li>
</ul>
<p>keys to complete setup.</p>
<ul>
<li>In text mode, press and hold this button to delete the last</li>
</ul>
<p>character. To use the clearing function: Long press this button for 1.5 seconds.</p>
<ul>
<li>In HDD menu, switch HDD recording time and other</li>
</ul>
<p>information (as indicated in the pop-up message.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>15</td>
<td>Alphanumeric keys</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Input password, numbers.</li>
<li>Switch channel.</li>
<li>Press Shift to switch the input method.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 3-10</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark52"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark53"></a> Mouse Operations</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Q3 NOTE</p>
<p>The operations are based on the considerations for right-handed users.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="6">Click left mouse button</td>
<td>Password input dialogue box pops up if you have not logged in yet. In live view window interface, you can go to the main menu.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>When you have selected one menu item, click it to view menu content.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Implement the control operation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Modify checkbox or motion detection status.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Click combo box to pop up drop-down list.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>In text box, click the corresponding button on the panel to enter a numeral or English character (small/capitalized).</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>In English input mode: Click =1 to enter a backspace and click a</p>
<p><strong>Operation</strong></p>
<p><strong>Function</strong></p>
<p>to delete the previous character.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="125" class="wp-image-2078" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-41.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 41" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 864" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-41.jpeg 591w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-41-300x63.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>In numeral input mode: Click =1 to clear and click a to delete</p>
<p>the previous character.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="134" height="135" class="wp-image-2079" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-42.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 42" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 865"></p>
<p>Double-click left</p>
<p>mouse button</p>
<p>Right-click</p>
<p>Implement special control operations such as double-click one item in the file list to play back the video.</p>
<p>In multiple-window mode, double-click one channel to view in full-window. Double-click current video again to go back to previous multiple-window mode.</p>
<p>Right-click in live view window interface, the shortcut menu is displayed. For different series product, the shortcut menu may vary.</p>
<p>Exit current menu without saving the modification.</p>
<p>In numeral input box: Increase or decrease numeral value.</p>
<p>Click scroll wheel button</p>
<p>Switch the items in the check box.</p>
<p>Page up or page down.</p>
<p>Point to select and move</p>
<p>Select current control and move it.</p>
<p>Dragging selection with left button</p>
<p>a box</p>
<p>mouse</p>
<p>Select motion detection zone.</p>
<p>Select privacy mask zone.</p>
<p>Table 3-11</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="657" height="488" class="wp-image-2080" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-43.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 43" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 866" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-43.jpeg 657w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-43-300x223.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 657px) 100vw, 657px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark55"></a> Connecting Basics</li>
</ol>
<p>This chapter introduces various components of the Device, remote control and mouse operations, and typical connection.</p>
<p>Typical Connection Diagram</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>The following figure is for reference only. The actual product shall govern.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="512" class="wp-image-2081" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-44.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 44" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 867" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-44.jpeg 886w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-44-300x173.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-44-768x444.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-44-810x468.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="592" class="wp-image-2082" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-45.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 45" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 868" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-45.jpeg 886w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-45-300x200.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-45-768x513.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-45-810x541.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 4-2</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="656" class="wp-image-2083" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-46.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 46" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 869" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-46.jpeg 886w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-46-300x222.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-46-768x569.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-46-810x600.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 4-3</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark57"></a> Connecting to Video and Audio Input and Output
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark59"></a> Video Input</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The video input interface is BNC. The input video format includes: PAL/NTSC BNC (1.0VP-P, 75Q.).</p>
<p>The video signal should comply with your national standards.</p>
<p>The input video signal shall have high SNR, low distortion; low interference, natural color and suitable lightness.</p>
<p><strong>Guarantee the stability and reliability of the camera signal</strong></p>
<p>The camera shall be installed in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight, inflammable, explosive substances and etc.</p>
<p>The camera and the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) should have the same grounding to ensure the normal operation of the camera.</p>
<p><strong>Guarantee stability and reliability of the transmission line</strong></p>
<p>Please use high quality, sound shielded BNC. Please select suitable BNC model according to the transmission distance.</p>
<p>If the distance is too long, you should use twisted pair cable, and you can add video compensation devices or use optical fiber to ensure video quality.</p>
<p>You should keep the video signal away from the strong electromagnetic interference, especially the high-tension current.</p>
<p><strong>Keep connection lugs in well contact</strong></p>
<p>The signal line and shielded wire should be fixed firmly and in well connection. Avoid dry joint, lap welding and oxidation.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark61"></a> Video Output</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Video output includes a BNC (PAL/NTSC1.0Vp-p, 75Q) output, a VGA output and HDMI output. System supports BNC, VGA and HDMI output at the same time.</p>
<p>When you are using pc-type monitor to replace the monitor, please pay attention to the following points:</p>
<ul>
<li>To defer aging, do not allow the pc monitor to run for a long time.</li>
<li>Regular demagnetization will keep device maintain proper status.</li>
<li>Keep it away from strong electromagnetic interference devices.</li>
</ul>
<p>Using TV as video output device is not a reliable substitution method. You also need to reduce the working hour and control the interference from power supply and other devices. The low- quality TV may result in device damage.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark63"></a> Audio Input</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>These series Product audio input port adopt BNC port.</p>
<p>Due to high impedance of audio input, please use active sound pick-up.</p>
<p>Audio transmission is like video transmission. Try to avoid interference, dry joint, loose contact and it shall be away from high tension current.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark65"></a> Audio Output</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The audio output signal parameter is usually over 200mv 1KQ (BNC or RCA). It can directly connect to low impedance earphone, active sound box or amplifier-drive audio output device. If the sound box and the pick-up cannot be separated spatially, it is easy to arouse squeaking. In this case you can adopt the following measures:</p>
<ul>
<li>Use better sound pick-up with better directing property.</li>
<li>Reduce the volume of the sound box.</li>
<li>Using more sound-absorbing materials in decoration can reduce voice echo and improve acoustics environment.</li>
<li>Adjust the layout to reduce happening of the squeaking.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark67"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark68"></a> Connecting to Alarm Input and Output</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Please read the followings before connecting.</p>
<p><strong>Alarm input</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Please make sure alarm input mode is grounding alarm input.</li>
<li>Grounding signal is needed for alarm input.</li>
<li>Alarm input needs the low-level voltage signal.</li>
<li>Alarm input mode can be either NC (normal Open) or NO (Normal Close)</li>
<li>When you are connecting two DVR (WITHOUT HDD)s or you are connecting one DVR</li>
</ul>
<p>(WITHOUT HDD) and one other device, please use a relay to separate them.</p>
<p><strong>Alarm output</strong></p>
<p>The alarm output port should not be connected to high power load directly (It shall be less than 1A) to avoid high current which may result in relay damage. Please use the contactor to realize the connection between the alarm output port and the load.</p>
<p><strong>How to connect PTZ decoder</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Ensure the decoder has the same grounding with DVR (WITHOUT HDD), otherwise you may not control the PTZ. Shielded twisted wire is recommended and the shielded layer is used to connect to the grounding.</li>
<li>Avoid high voltage. Ensure proper wiring and some thunder protection measures.</li>
<li>For too long signal wires, 120Q should be parallel connected between A, B lines on the far end to reduce reflection and guarantee the signal quality.</li>
<li>“485 A, B” of DVR (WITHOUT HDD) cannot parallel connect with “485 port” of another</li>
</ul>
<p>device.</p>
<ul>
<li>The voltage between of A, B lines of the decoder should be less than 5V.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark70"></a> Please make sure the front-end device has soundly earthed</p>
<p>Improper grounding may result in chip damage.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark72"></a> .3.1 Introducing Alarm Port</li>
</ul>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>The alarm input ports are dependent on the model you purchased.</p>
<p>I 4 NOT C1 4 NO2 C2 4 NO3 C3 4 NO4 C4 4- NO5 C5 NC5 4- <sup>C</sup>&lt;2V~ T* T- R+ R- |</p>
<p>[BBHMBBBBBBiaiilIRffBBBBBïHïBBRI I 1 2 3 445 6 7 8 4 A B 4 9 10 11 12 4 13 14 15 16 4 4 |</p>
<p>Figure 4-4</p>
<p><strong>Icon Description</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,</p>
<p>7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16</td>
<td>ALARM 1 to ALARM 16. The alarm becomes active in low voltage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>NO1 C1, NO2 C2, NO3 C3, NO4 C4</td>
<td>There are four groups of normal open activation output (on/off button).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>NO5 C5 NC5,</td>
<td>There is one group of normal open activation output (on/off button).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CTRL 12V</td>
<td>Control power output of the 6<strong><sup>th</sup> </strong>alarm output channel. Voltage current: 500mA.</p>
<ul>
<li>When there is an alarm output, close the power output.</li>
<li>When the alarm is cancelled, open the power output.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>+12V</td>
<td>Rated current.</p>
<p>Voltage current: 500mA.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Ground cable.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>485 A/B</td>
<td>485 communication port. They are used to control devices such as decoder. 1200 should be parallel connected between A, B lines if there are too many PTZ decoders.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>T+,T-,R+,R-</td>
<td>Four-wire full-duplex RS485 port.</p>
<p>T+ T-: output wire.</p>
<p>R+ R-: input wire.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 4-1</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark74"></a> .3.2 Alarm Input</li>
</ul>
<p>Please refer to the following figure for more information.</p>
<ul>
<li>Grounding alarm inputs which includes Normal open and Normal close type.</li>
<li>Please parallel connect COM end and GND end of the alarm detector (Provide external power to the alarm detector).</li>
<li>Please parallel connect the Ground of the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) and the ground of the alarm detector.</li>
<li>Please connect the NC port of the alarm sensor to the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) alarm input(ALARM)</li>
<li>Use the same ground with that of DVR (WITHOUT HDD) if you use external power to the alarm device.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="521" height="307" class="wp-image-2084" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-47.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 47" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 870" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-47.jpeg 521w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-47-300x177.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 521px) 100vw, 521px" /></p>
<p>Figure 4-5</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark76"></a> .3.3 Alarm Output</li>
<li>Provide external power to external alarm device.</li>
<li>To avoid overloading, please read the following relay parameters table carefully.</li>
<li>RS485 A/B cable is for the A/B cable of the PTZ decoder.</li>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark78"></a> .3.4 Alarm Output Relay Parameters</li>
</ul>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>Refer to the actual product for relay model information.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Model</strong></td>
<td><strong>HFD23/005-1ZS</strong></td>
<td><strong>HRB1-S-DC5V</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Material of the touch</td>
<td>AgNi+ gold-plating</td>
<td>AuAg10/AgNi10/CuNi30</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="4">Rating (Resistance Load)</td>
<td>Rated switch capacity</td>
<td>30V DC 1A/125V AC 0.5A</td>
<td>24V DC 1A/125V AC 2A</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Maximum switch power</td>
<td>62.5VA/30W</td>
<td>250VA/48W</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Maximum switch voltage</td>
<td>125V AC/60V DC</td>
<td>125V AC/60V DC</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Maximum switch currency</td>
<td>2A</td>
<td>2A</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Insulation</td>
<td>Between touches</td>
<td>400VAC 1 minute</td>
<td>500VAC 1 minute</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Between touch and winding</td>
<td>1000VAC 1 minute</td>
<td>1000VAC 1 minute</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Turn-on Time</td>
<td>5 ms max</td>
<td>5ms max</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Turn-off Time</td>
<td>5 ms max</td>
<td>5ms max</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Longevity</td>
<td>Mechanical</td>
<td>1x107times</td>
<td>5&#215;106 times</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Model</strong></td>
<td><strong>HFD23/005-1ZS</strong></td>
<td><strong>HRB1-S-DC5V</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
<td></td>
<td>(300 times/MIN)</td>
<td>(300 times/MIN)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Electrical</td>
<td>1*105 times (30 times/MIN)</td>
<td>2.5*104 times (30 times/MIN)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Working Temperature</td>
<td>-30C-+70C</td>
<td>-40C-+70C</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark80"></a> Connecting to RS485 Port</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Connect the RS485 cable of the PTZ camera to the RS485 port on the Device. Ensure the match of A and B interfaces.</p>
<p>Step 2 Connect the video out cable of the PTZ camera to the video input port on the Device.</p>
<p>Step 3 Turn on the PTZ camera.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark82"></a> Replacing Battery</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Please make sure to use the same battery model if possible.</p>
<p>We recommend replace battery regularly (such as one-year) to guarantee system time</p>
<p>accuracy.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="70" height="60" class="wp-image-2085" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-48.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 48" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 871"></p>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<p>Before replacement, please save the system setup, otherwise, you may lose the data completely!</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark84"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark85"></a> Local Configurations</li>
</ol>
<p>Please read the following notes prior to using your Device.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>The interfaces in the Manual are used for introducing the operations and only for reference. The actual interface might be different dependent on the model you purchased. If there is inconsistency between the Manual and the actual product, the actual product shall govern.</li>
<li>The Manual is a general document for introducing the product, so there might be some functions described for the Device in the Manual not apply to the model you purchased.</li>
<li>Conventions for mouse operations on a menu.</li>
</ul>
<p>O Click: On the menu, left-click the mouse once on an option to enter the option setting.</p>
<p>O Right-click: On any interface, right-click the mouse once to return to the previous level. For details about mouse operations, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark52">&#8220;3.4 Mouse Operations.</a>&#8221;</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark87"></a> Initial Settings
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark89"></a> Booting up</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<ul>
<li>Ensure the input voltage corresponds to the power requirement of the Device. Power on the Device after the power cable is properly connected.</li>
<li>To protect the Device, please connect the Device with the power cable first, and then connect to the power source.</li>
<li>To ensure the stable work of the Device and the external devices connected to the Device and to prolong the batter life, it is recommended to refer to the national related standard to use the power source that provides stable voltage with less interference from ripples. USP power source is recommended.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Connect the Device to the monitor.</p>
<p>Step 2 Plug in the power cable to the Device.</p>
<p>Step 3 Press the power button to turn on the Device. The power indicator light is on.</p>
<p>On the connected monitor, the live view screen is displayed by default. If you turn on the Device during the time period that is configured for recording, the system starts recording after it is turned on, and you will see the icon indicating recording status is working in the specific channels.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark91"></a> Initializing the Device</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When booting up for the first time, you need to configure the password information for <strong>admin </strong>(by default).</p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<p>To secure the Device, it is strongly recommended for you to properly keep the password for admin and modify it regularly.</p>
<p>Step 1 Turn on the Device.</p>
<p>The <strong>Device Initialization </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark93"> Figure 5-1.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="866" height="605" class="wp-image-2086" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-49.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 49" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 872" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-49.jpeg 866w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-49-300x210.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-49-768x537.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-49-810x566.jpeg 810w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-49-145x100.jpeg 145w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 866px) 100vw, 866px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-1</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark93"></a> Step 2 Configure the password information for admin. For details, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark94"> Table 5-1.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td colspan="4"><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User</td>
<td colspan="4">By default, the user is <strong>admin</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Password</td>
<td colspan="4" rowspan="2">In the <strong>Password </strong>box, enter the password for admin.</p>
<p>The new password can be set from 8 characters through 32 characters and contain at least two types from number, letter and special characters (excluding , , &#8220;;&#8221;,&#8221;:&#8221; and &#8220;&amp;&#8221;).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Confirm Password</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Prompt Question</td>
<td colspan="4">In the <strong>Prompt Question </strong>box, enter the information that can remind you of the password.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" rowspan="2">On the login interface, click</td>
<td>Efi</td>
<td rowspan="2">, the prompt will display to help you</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>—</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>find back the password.</td>
<td colspan="3"></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-1</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark94"></a> Step 3 Click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The unlock pattern setting interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark95"> Figure 5-2.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="823" height="565" class="wp-image-2087" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-50.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 50" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 873" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-50.jpeg 823w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-50-300x206.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-50-768x527.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-50-810x556.jpeg 810w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-50-145x100.jpeg 145w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-50-380x260.jpeg 380w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 823px) 100vw, 823px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-2</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark95"></a> Step 4 Draw a unlock pattern.</p>
<p>After the setting is completed, the password protection settings interface is displayed.</p>
<p>See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark96"> Figure 5-3.</a></p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>The pattern that you want to set must cross at least four points.</li>
<li>If you do not want to configure the unlock pattern, click <strong>Skip</strong>.</li>
<li>Once you have configured the unlock pattern, the system will require the unlock</li>
</ul>
<p>pattern as the default login method. If you skip this setting, enter the password for login.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="837" height="584" class="wp-image-2088" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-51.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 51" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 874" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-51.jpeg 837w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-51-300x209.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-51-768x536.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-51-810x565.jpeg 810w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-51-145x100.jpeg 145w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 837px) 100vw, 837px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark96"></a> Figure 5-3</p>
<p>Step 5 Configure the protection parameters for password. For details, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark97"> Table 5-2.</a></p>
<p>After configuration, if you forgot the password for admin user, you can reset the password through the reserved email address or security questions. For details about resetting the password, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark98">&#8220;5.1.3 Resetting Password.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>If you do not want to configure the settings, disable the email address and security questions functions on the interface.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Password</strong></p>
<p><strong>Protection Mode</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Email Address</td>
<td colspan="3">Enter the reserved email address.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Email Address </strong>box, enter an email address for password reset. In case you forgot password, enter the security code that you will get from this reserved email address to reset the password of admin.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Security</p>
<p>Questions</td>
<td colspan="3">Configure the security questions and answers.</p>
<p>In case you forgot password, enter the answers to the questions can make you reset the password.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Œ NOTE</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">If you want to configure the email or security questions fucntion later or you want to</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><a id="post-2037-bookmark97"></a> change the configurations, select <strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>Account </strong>^ <strong>USER</strong>.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-2</p>
<p>Step 6 Click <strong>Save </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>The <strong>End-User License Agreement </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step <em>S</em> Select the <strong>I have read and agree to all terms </strong>check box.</p>
<p>Step 8 Click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Startup Wizard </strong>interface is displayed. For details about quick settings during startup, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark108">&#8220;5.1.4 Setting Up with the Startup Wizard.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark98"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark99"></a> 5.1.3 Resetting Password</p>
<p>You can reset the password through the QR code or the security questions.</p>
<ul>
<li>To reset through the QR code, make sure the Enable check box is selected in <strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>System </strong>^ <strong>SECURITY &gt; Password Reset</strong>.</li>
<li>To reset through the security questions, make sure the security quesitons is configured. Step 1 Enter the login interface.</li>
<li>If you have configured unlock pattern, the unlock pattern login interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark101"> Figure 5-4.</a> Click <strong>Forgot Pattern</strong>, the password login interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark102"> Figure 5-5.</a></li>
<li>If you did not configure unlock pattern, the password login interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark102"> Figure 5-5.</a></li>
</ul>
<p>CQ NOTE</p>
<p>On the unlock pattern login interface, click <strong>Switch User </strong>to login<strong>; </strong>or on the password login interface, in the <strong>User Nam</strong>e list, select other users to login.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="331" height="534" class="wp-image-2089" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-52.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 52" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 875" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-52.jpeg 331w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-52-186x300.jpeg 186w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 331px) 100vw, 331px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-4</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="490" height="274" class="wp-image-2090" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-53.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 53" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 876" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-53.jpeg 490w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-53-300x168.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 490px) 100vw, 490px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-5</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark101"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark102"></a> Step 2 Click <strong>□.</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>If you did not set the reserved email address, the email entering interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark103"> Figure 5-6.</a> Enter the email address, and then click <strong>Next</strong>, the <strong>Reset the password </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark104"> Figure 5-7.</a></li>
<li>If you have set the reserved email address, the <strong>Reset the password </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark104"> Figure 5-7.</a></li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="611" class="wp-image-2091" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-54.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 54" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 877" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-54.jpeg 870w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-54-300x211.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-54-768x539.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-54-810x569.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark103"></a> Figure 5-6</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="856" height="600" class="wp-image-2092" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-55.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 55" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 878" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-55.jpeg 856w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-55-300x210.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-55-768x538.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-55-810x568.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 856px) 100vw, 856px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-7</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark104"></a> Step 3 Rest the password.</p>
<ul>
<li>QR code</li>
</ul>
<p>Follow the onscreen instructions to get the security code in your reserved email address. In the <strong>Security code </strong>box, enter the security code.</p>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<ul>
<li>You are given the limited times to get the security code by scanning the QR code within 24 hours. Please operate carefully.</li>
<li>Please use the security code received in your email box to reset the password within 24 hours; otherwise the security code becomes invalid.</li>
</ul>
<p>• Security questions</p>
<ol>
<li>On the <strong>Reset the password </strong>interface as shown in<a href="#post-2037-bookmark103"> Figure 5-6,</a> in the <strong>Reset Type </strong>list, select <strong>Security Questions</strong>, the Security Questions interface is displayed, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark105">Figure 5-8.</a></li>
</ol>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>If you did not configure the security questions before, in the <strong>Reset Type </strong>list, there will be no <strong>Security Questions</strong>.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Answer </strong>box, enter the correct answers.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="583" class="wp-image-2093" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-56.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 56" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 879" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-56.jpeg 827w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-56-300x211.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-56-768x541.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-56-810x571.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-8</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark105"></a> Step 4 Click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The new password resetting interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark106"> Figure 5-9.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="862" height="605" class="wp-image-2094" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-57.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 57" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 880" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-57.jpeg 862w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-57-300x211.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-57-768x539.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-57-810x569.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 862px) 100vw, 862px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark106"></a> Step 5</p>
<p>Step 6</p>
<p>Step 7</p>
<p>Figure 5-9</p>
<p>In the <strong>New Password </strong>box, enter the new password and enter it again in the <strong>Confirm Password </strong>box.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Save</strong>. The password resetting is started.</p>
<p>After resetting is completed, a pop-up message is displayed.</p>
<p>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>A pop-up message is displayed asking if you want to sync the password with the remote devices, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark107"> Figure 5-10.</a></p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Cancel</strong>, the resetting is finished.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>, the Sync Info interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark107"> Figure 5-10.</a></li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="817" height="577" class="wp-image-2095" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-58.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 58" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 881" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-58.jpeg 817w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-58-300x212.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-58-768x542.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-58-810x572.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 817px) 100vw, 817px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-10</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="100" height="28" class="wp-image-2096" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-59.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 59" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 882"></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark107"></a> This message appears only when there are digital channels instead of complete analog channels.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="576" class="wp-image-2097" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-60.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 60" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 883" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-60.jpeg 827w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-60-300x209.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-60-768x535.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-60-810x564.jpeg 810w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-60-145x100.jpeg 145w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-11</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark108"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark109"></a> 5.1.4 Setting Up with the Startup Wizard</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark111"></a> Entering Startup Wizard</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The Startup Wizard helps you configure the basic settings to set up the Device.</p>
<p>After you have initialized the Device, the <strong>Startup Wizard </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark113"> Figure 5­12.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="571" height="384" class="wp-image-2098" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-61.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 61" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 884" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-61.jpeg 571w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-61-300x202.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 571px) 100vw, 571px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-12</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark113"></a> CD NOTE</p>
<p>If you select the <strong>Auto-check for updates </strong>check box, the system will notify you automatically when updates are available.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark114"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark115"></a> Configuring General Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the general settings for the Device such as Device name, language, and settings for instant playback.</p>
<p>You can also configure general settings by selecting <strong>Main Menu <em>■+</em> System <em>■+</em> General ^ General</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 1 On the <strong>Startup Wizard </strong>interface, click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>General </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark117"> Figure 5-13.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="878" height="614" class="wp-image-2099" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-62.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 62" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 885" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-62.jpeg 878w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-62-300x210.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-62-768x537.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-62-810x566.jpeg 810w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-62-145x100.jpeg 145w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 878px) 100vw, 878px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-13</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the general settings parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark118"> Table 5-3.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark117"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device Name</td>
<td>In the <strong>Device Name </strong>box, enter the Device name.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device No.</td>
<td>In the <strong>Device No. </strong>box, enter a number for the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Language</td>
<td>In the <strong>Language </strong>list, select a language for the Device system.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video Standard</td>
<td>In the <strong>Video Standard </strong>list, select <strong>PAL </strong>or <strong>NTSC </strong>according to your actual situation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Instant Play (Min.)</td>
<td>In the <strong>Instant Play </strong>box, enter the time length for playing back the recoded video. The value ranges from 5 to 60.</p>
<p>On the live view control bar, click the instant playback button to play back the recorded video within the configured time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auto Logout (Min.)</td>
<td>In the <strong>Auto Logout </strong>box, enter the standby time for the Device. The Device automatically logs out when it is not working for the configured time period. You need to login the Device again.</p>
<p>The value ranges from 0 to 60. 0 indicates there is not standby time for the Device.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Monitor Channel(s) when logout</strong>. You can select the channels that you want to continue monitoring when you logged out.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Navigation Bar</td>
<td>Enable the navigation bar. When you click on the live view screen, the navigation bar is displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark118"></a> Mouse Sensitivity</td>
<td>Adjust the speed of double-click by moving the slider.</p>
<p>The bigger the value is, the faster the double-clicking speed must be.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-3</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark119"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark120"></a> Configuring Date and Time Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the system time, choose the time zone, set the daylight saving time, and enable the NTP server.</p>
<p>You can also configure date and time settings by selecting <strong>Main Menu ^ System <em>■+</em> General ^ Date &amp;Time</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 1 After you have configured the general settings, on the <strong>General </strong>interface, click <strong>Next</strong></p>
<p>The <strong>Date &amp; Time </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark122"> Figure 5-14.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="831" height="582" class="wp-image-2100" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-63.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 63" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 886" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-63.jpeg 831w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-63-300x210.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-63-768x538.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-63-810x567.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 831px) 100vw, 831px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-14</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the settings for date and time parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark123"> Table 5-4.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark122"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>System Time</td>
<td>In the <strong>System Time </strong>box, enter time for the system.</p>
<p>Click the time zone list, you can select a time zone for the system, and the time in adjust automatically.</p>
<p>/K CAUTION</p>
<p>Do not change the system time randomly; otherwise the recorded video cannot be searched. It is recommended to avoid the recoding period or stop recording first before you change the system time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Date Format</td>
<td>In the <strong>Date Format </strong>list, select a date format for the system.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Date Separator</td>
<td>In the <strong>Date Separator </strong>list, select a separator style for the date.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Time Format</td>
<td>In the <strong>Time Format </strong>list, select <strong>12-HOUR </strong>or <strong>24-HOUR </strong>for the time display style.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>DST</td>
<td>Enable the Daylight-Saving Time function. Click <strong>Week </strong>or click <strong>Date</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Start Time</td>
<td rowspan="2">Configure the start time and end time for the DST.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>End Time</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>NTP</td>
<td>Enable the NTP function to sync the Device time with the NTP server.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Server</td>
<td>In the <strong>Server </strong>box, enter the IP address or domain name of the corresponding NTP server.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Manual Update</strong>, the Device starts syncing with the server immediately.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Port</td>
<td>The system supports TCP protocol only and the default setting is 123.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark123"></a> Interval (Min.)</td>
<td>In the <strong>Interval </strong>box, enter the amount of time that you want the Device to sync time with the NTP server. The value ranges from 0 to 65535.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-4</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark124"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark125"></a> Configuring Network Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the basic network settings such as net mode, IP version, and IP address of the Device.</p>
<p>You can also configure network settings by selecting <strong>Main Menu ^ Network ^ TCP/IP</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 1 After you have configured the date and time settings, on the <strong>Date&amp;Time </strong>interface, click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>NETWORK </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark127"> Figure 5-15.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="795" height="562" class="wp-image-2101" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-64.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 64" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 887" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-64.jpeg 795w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-64-300x212.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-64-768x543.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 795px) 100vw, 795px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-15</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the settings for network parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark128"> 0.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark127"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark128"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Net Mode</td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Multi-address</strong>: Two Ethernet ports work separately through either of which you can request the Device to provide the services such as HTTP and RTSP. You need to configure a default Ethernet port (usually the Ethernet port 1 by default) to request the services from the device end such as DHCP, Email and FTP. If one of the</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>two Ethernet ports is disconnected as detected by networking testing, the system network status is regarded as offline.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Fault Tolerance</strong>: Two Ethernet ports share one IP address.</li>
</ul>
<p>Normally only one Ethernet port is working and when this port fails, the other port will start working automatically to ensure the network connection.</p>
<p>When testing the network status, the network is regarded as offline only when both of the two Ethernet ports are disconnected. The two Ethernet ports are used under the same LAN.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Load Balance</strong>: Two network cards share one IP address and they</li>
</ul>
<p>are working at the same time to share the network load averagely. If one of them fails, the other can continue working normally. When testing the network status, the network is regarded as offline only when both of the two Ethernet ports are disconnected. The two Ethernet ports are used under the same LAN.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</p>
<p>The Device with single Ethernet port does not support this function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Default Ethernet Port</td>
<td>In the <strong>Ethernet Card </strong>list, select an Ethernet port as a default port.</p>
<p>This setting is available only when the <strong>Multi-address </strong>is selected in the <strong>Net Mode </strong>list.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Version</td>
<td>In the <strong>IP Version </strong>list, you can select <strong>IPv4 </strong>or <strong>IPv6</strong>. Both versions are supported for access.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAC Address</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>DHCP</td>
<td>Enable the DHCP function. The IP address, subnet mask and default gateway are not available for configuration once DHCP is enabled.</p>
<ul>
<li>If DHCP is effective, the obtained information will display in the <strong>IP</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Address </strong>box, <strong>Subnet Mask </strong>box and <strong>Default Gateway </strong>box. If not, all values show 0.0.0.0.</p>
<ul>
<li>If you want manually to configure the IP information, disable the</li>
</ul>
<p>DHCP function first.</p>
<ul>
<li>If PPPoE connection is successful, the IP address, subnet mask,</li>
</ul>
<p>default gateway, and DHCP are not available for configuration.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td rowspan="3">Enter the IP address and configure the corresponding subnet mask and default gateway.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</p>
<p>IP address and default gateway must be in the same network segment.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Subnet Mask</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Default Gateway</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>DNS DHCP</td>
<td>Enable the DHCP function to get the DNS address from router.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Preferred DNS</td>
<td>In the <strong>Preferred DNS </strong>box, enter the IP address of DNS.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alternate DNS</td>
<td>In the <strong>Alternate DNS </strong>box, enter the IP address of alternate DNS.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MTU</td>
<td>In the <strong>MTU </strong>box, enter a value for network card. The value ranges from 1280 byte through 1500 byte. The default is 1500.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>CQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>• Modifying MTU value will cause network interruption and restart,</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>which interrupt the network service. There is a pop-up message to</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>let you confirm if you want to save the modification, if yes, the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>modification takes effect.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>• Suggested MTU values are as below.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>O 1500: The biggest value of Ethernet information package.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>This value is typically selected if there is no PPPoE or VPN</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>connection, and it is also the default value of some routers,</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>network adapters and switches.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>O 1492: Optimized value for PPPoE.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>O 1468: Optimized value for DHCP.</p>
<p>O 1450: Optimized value for VPN.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Test</td>
<td>Click <strong>Test </strong>to test if the entered IP address and gateway are interworking.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-5</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark129"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark130"></a> Configuring InstaOn Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can add the Device into your cell phone client or the platform to manage.</p>
<p>You can also configure InstaOn function by selecting <strong>Main Menu ^ Network <em>■+</em> InstaOn Cloud</strong>.</p>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>Make sure the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) is connected into the Internet, and if yes, in the <strong>Status </strong>box of the InstaOn interface, it shows <strong>Online</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 1 After you have configured the network settings, on the <strong>NETWORK </strong>interface, click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>InstaOn Cloud </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark132"> Figure 5-16.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="747" height="524" class="wp-image-2102" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-65.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 65" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 888" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-65.jpeg 747w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-65-300x210.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 747px) 100vw, 747px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-16</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark132"></a> Step 2 Enable the InstaOn function.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</p>
<p>You can start adding the device.</p>
<ul>
<li>Cell Phone Client: Use your mobile phone to scan the QR code to add the device into the Cell Phone Client, and then you can start accessing the Device.</li>
<li>Platform: Obtain the Device SN by scanning the QR code. Go to the InstaOn management platform and add the Device SN into the platform. Then you can access and manage the device in the WAN. For details, please refer to the InstaOn operation manual.</li>
</ul>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<p>You can also enter the QR code of Cell Phone Client and Device SN by clicking<br />
on the top right of the interfaces after you have entered the Main Menu.</p>
<p>PG</p>
<p>To use this function, take adding device into Cell Phone Client as an example.</p>
<p><strong>Adding Device into Cell Phone Client</strong></p>
<p>Step 1 Use your cell phone to scan the QR code under Cell Phone Client to download the application.</p>
<p>Step 2 On your cell phone, open the application, and then tap .</p>
<p>The menu is displayed. You can start adding the device.</p>
<ol>
<li>Tap <strong>Device Manager</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Device Manager </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark133"> Figure 5-17.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="428" height="731" class="wp-image-2103" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-66.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 66" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 889" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-66.jpeg 428w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-66-176x300.jpeg 176w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 428px) 100vw, 428px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-17</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark133"></a> Tap on the top right corner.</li>
</ol>
<p>The interface requiring device initialization is displayed. A pop-up message reminding you to make sure the Device is initialized is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Tap <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>O If the Device has not been initialized, Tap <strong>Device Initialization </strong>to perform initializing by following the onscreen instructions.</p>
<p>O If the Device has been initialized, you can start adding it directly.</p>
<ol>
<li>Tap <strong>Add Device</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The Add Device interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark134"> Figure 5-18.</a></p>
<p>LJ NOTE</p>
<p>You can add wireless device or wired device. The Manual takes adding wired device as an example.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="408" height="640" class="wp-image-2104" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-67.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 67" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 890" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-67.jpeg 408w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-67-191x300.jpeg 191w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 408px) 100vw, 408px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-18</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark134"></a> 5) Tap <strong>InstaOn</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>InstaOn </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark135"> Figure 5-19.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="370" height="534" class="wp-image-2105" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-68.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 68" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 891" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-68.jpeg 370w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-68-208x300.jpeg 208w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 370px) 100vw, 370px" /></p>
<p><strong>..■Il E 10:39 O 41%</strong></p>
<p>(V) Scan QR Code</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="428" height="458" class="wp-image-2106" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-69.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 69" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 892" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-69.jpeg 428w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-69-280x300.jpeg 280w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 428px) 100vw, 428px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-19</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark135"></a> Enter a name for the DVR (WITHOUT HDD), the username and password, scan the QR code under <strong>Device SN</strong>.</li>
<li>Tap <strong>Start Live Preview</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The Device is added and displayed on the live view interface of the cell phone.</p>
<p>See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark136"> Figure 5-20.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="389" height="664" class="wp-image-2107" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-70.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 70" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 893" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-70.jpeg 389w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-70-176x300.jpeg 176w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 389px) 100vw, 389px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-20</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark136"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark137"></a> Configuring Encode Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the settings of main stream and sub stream for the Device.</p>
<p>You can also configure encode settings by selecting <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera <em>■+</em> Encode ^ Encode</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 1 After you have configured the InstaOn settings, on the <strong>InstaOn </strong>interface, click <strong>Next</strong>. The <strong>Encode </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark139"> Figure 5-21.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="854" height="599" class="wp-image-2108" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-71.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 71" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 894" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-71.jpeg 854w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-71-300x210.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-71-768x539.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-71-810x568.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 854px) 100vw, 854px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-21</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark139"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the main/sub streams parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark140"> Table 5-6.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to configure the settings for.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Smart Codec</td>
<td>Enable the smart codec function. This function can reduce the video bit stream for non-important recorded video to maximize the storage space.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Type</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Main Stream: In the <strong>Type </strong>list, select <strong>General</strong>, <strong>MD </strong>(Motion</li>
</ul>
<p>Detect), or <strong>Alarm</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>Sub Stream: This setting is not configurable.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Compression</td>
<td>In the <strong>Compression </strong>list, select the encode mode.</p>
<ul>
<li>H.265: Main profile encoding.</li>
<li>H.264H: High profile encoding. Low bit stream with high</li>
</ul>
<p>definition. This setting is recommended.</p>
<ul>
<li>H.264: Main profile encoding.</li>
<li>H.264B: Baseline profile encoding. This setting requires higher</li>
</ul>
<p>bit stream compared with other settings for the same definition.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Resolution</td>
<td>In the Resolution list, select resolution for the video.</p>
<p>The maximum video resolution might be different dependent on your device model.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Frame Rate (FPS)</td>
<td>Configure the frames per second for the video. The higher the value, the clearer and smoother the image will become. Frame rate changes along with the resolution.</p>
<p>Generally, in PAL format, you can select the value from 1 through 25; in NTSC format, you can select the value from 1 through 30.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>However, the actual range of frame rate that you can select depends on the capability of the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bit Rate Type</td>
<td>In the <strong>Bit Rate Type </strong>list, select <strong>CBR </strong>(Constant Bit Rate) or <strong>VBR </strong>(Variable Bit Rate). If you select <strong>CBR</strong>, the image quality cannot be configured; if you select VBR, the image quality can be configured.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Quality</td>
<td>This function is available if you select <strong>VBR </strong>in the <strong>Bit Rate </strong>List. The bigger the value is, the better the image will become.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>I Frame Interval</td>
<td>The interval between two reference frames.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bit Rate (Kb/S)</td>
<td>In the <strong>Bit Rate </strong>list, select a value or enter a customized value to change the image quality. The bigger the value is, the better the image will become.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video</td>
<td>Enable the function for sub stream.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Audio Encode</td>
<td rowspan="3">Click <strong>More Setting</strong>, the <strong>More Setting </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<ul>
<li>Audio Encode: This function is enabled by default for main</li>
</ul>
<p>stream. You need to manually enable it for sub stream 1. Once this function is enabled, the recorded video file is composite audio and video stream.</p>
<ul>
<li>Audio Source: In the <strong>Audio Source </strong>list, you can select <strong>LOCAL</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>and <strong>HDCVI</strong>.</p>
<p>O LOCAL: The audio signal is input from Audio In port.</p>
<p>O HDCVI: The audio signal is input from HDCVI camera.</p>
<ul>
<li>Audio Format: In the <strong>Audio Forma</strong>t list, select a format that you</li>
</ul>
<p>need.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Audio Source</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Audio Format</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-6</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark140"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark141"></a> Configuring Snapshot Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the basic snapshot settings such as quantity of snapshot each time, channel(s) to take snapshot, and image size and quality of snapshot.</p>
<p>You can also configure general settings by selecting <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Camera ^ Encode ^ Snapshot</strong>.</p>
<p>For more information about snapshot settings, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark365">&#8220;5.8 Configuring Snapshot Settings.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>Step 1 After you have configured the encode settings, on the <strong>Encode </strong>interface, click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>SNAPSHOT </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark143"> Figure 5-22.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="778" height="545" class="wp-image-2109" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-72.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 72" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 895" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-72.jpeg 778w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-72-300x210.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-72-768x538.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 778px) 100vw, 778px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-22</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark143"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the snapshot parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark144"> Table 5-7.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Manual Snap</td>
<td>In the <strong>Manual Snap </strong>list, select how many snapshots you want to take each time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to configure the settings for.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mode</td>
<td>In the <strong>Mode </strong>list, select type of snapshots.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Image Size</td>
<td>In the <strong>Image Size </strong>list, select a value for the image.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Image Quality</td>
<td>Configure the image quality by 6 levels. The higher the level, the better the image will become.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark144"></a> Interval</td>
<td>Configure or customize the snapshot frequency.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-7</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark145"></a> Configuring Basic Storage Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the settings for the situations when HDD is full, file length and time length of recorded video, and the settings if to auto-delete the old files.</p>
<p>You can also configure basic storage settings by selecting <strong>Main Menu ^ Storage ^ BASIC</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 1 After you have configured the encode settings, on the <strong>SNAPSHOT </strong>interface, click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>BASIC </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark147"> Figure 5-23.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="711" height="501" class="wp-image-2110" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-73.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 73" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 896" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-73.jpeg 711w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-73-300x211.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 711px) 100vw, 711px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-23</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark147"></a> Step 2 Configure the basic storage settings parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark148"> Table 5-8.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HDD Full</td>
<td>Configure the settings for the situation when all the read/write discs are full, and there is no more free disc.</p>
<ul>
<li>Select <strong>Stop Record </strong>to stop recording</li>
<li>Select <strong>Overwrite </strong>to overwrite the recorded video files always</li>
</ul>
<p>from the earliest time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Pack Mode</td>
<td>Configure the time length and file length for each recorded video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auto-Delete Old Files</td>
<td>Configure whether to delete the old files and if yes, in the <strong>Auto­Delete Old Files </strong>list, select <strong>Customized </strong>to configure the time length for how long you want to keep the old files.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-8</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark148"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark149"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark150"></a> Configuring Recorded Video Storage Schedule</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the schedule for the recorded video such as channels to record, alarm settings, and the armed period.</p>
<p>You can also configure recorded video storage settings by selecting <strong>Main Menu <em>■+</em> Storage <em>■+ </em>Schedule ^ Record</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 1 After you have configured the basic storage settings, on the <strong>BASIC </strong>interface, click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Record </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark152"> Figure 5-24.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="713" height="500" class="wp-image-2111" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-74.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 74" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 897" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-74.jpeg 713w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-74-300x210.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 713px) 100vw, 713px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-24</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark152"></a> Step 2 Configure the record settings parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark153"> Table 5-9.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></p>
<p>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select a channel to record the video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Pre-record</td>
<td>In the <strong>Pre-record </strong>list, enter the amount of time that you want to start the recording in advance.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Redundancy</td>
<td>If there are several HDDs installed to the Device, you can set one of the HDDs as the redundant HDD to save the recorded files into different HDDs. In case one of the HDDs is damaged, you can find the backup in the other HDD.</p>
<ul>
<li>Select <strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>Storage </strong>^ <strong>HDD MANAGER</strong>, and then set</li>
</ul>
<p>a HDD as redundant HDD.</p>
<ul>
<li>Select <strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>Storage </strong>^ <strong>Schedule </strong>^ <strong>Record</strong>, and</li>
</ul>
<p>then select the <strong>Redundancy </strong>check box.</p>
<p>O If the selected channel is not recording, the redundancy</p>
<p>function takes effect next time you record no matter you select the check box or not.</p>
<p>O If the selected channel is recording, the current recorded</p>
<p>files will be packed, and then start recording according to the new schedule.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Not all models support this function.</li>
<li>The redundant HDD only back up the recorded videos but not</li>
</ul>
<p>snapshots.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Event type</td>
<td>Select the check box of the event type which includes <strong>General</strong>, <strong>MD </strong>(motion detect, video loss, tempering, diagnosis), <strong>Alarm </strong>(IoT alarms, local alarms, alarms from alarm box, IPC external alarms, IPC Offline alarms), <strong>MD &amp; Alarm</strong>, <strong>Intel </strong>(IVS events, face detection), and <strong>POS</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>Define a period during which the configured recording setting is active.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Parameter</strong></p>
<p><strong>Description</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>EO NOTE</p>
<p>The system only activates the alarm in the defined period.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark153"></a> Copy</td>
<td>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the settings to other channels.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-9</p>
<p>Step 3 Define the video recording period by drawing or editing. By default, it is active all the time.</p>
<p>• Define the period by drawing.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the check box of event type. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark154"> Figure 5-25.</a></li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark154"></a> B General</p>
<p><strong>■ MD</strong></p>
<p>| Alarm</p>
<p>MD&amp;Alarm ■ Intel</p>
<p>■ 90S</p>
<p>Figure 5-25</p>
<ol>
<li>Define a period. The system supports maximum six periods.</li>
</ol>
<p>o</p>
<p>Define for the whole week: Click H next to <strong>All</strong>, all the icon switches to □</p>
<p>o</p>
<p>you can define the period for all the days simultaneously.</p>
<p>Define for several days of a week: Click H before each day one by one, the</p>
<p>icon switches to S. You can define the period for the selected days</p>
<p>simultaneously.</p>
<p>On the timeline, drag to define a period. The Device starts recoding the selected<br />
event type in the defined period. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark155"> Figure 5-26.</a></p>
<p>3)</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="850" height="404" class="wp-image-2112" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-75.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 75" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 898" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-75.jpeg 850w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-75-300x143.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-75-768x365.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-75-810x385.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 850px) 100vw, 850px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-26</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark155"></a> The color bar indicates the event type that is effective in a defined period:</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Recording priority in case of event types are overlapped: <strong>MD&amp;Alarm </strong><em>•+ </em><strong>Alarm ^ Intel ^ MD ^ General</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p>•</p>
<p>Select the check box of event type, and then click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="42" height="41" class="wp-image-2113" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-76.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 76" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 899"></p>
<p>to clear the defined</p>
<p>period.</p>
<ul>
<li>When selecting MD&amp;Alarm, the respective check box of MD and Alarm will be cleared.</li>
</ul>
<p>• Define the period by editing. Take Sunday as an example.</p>
<p>1)</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="45" height="39" class="wp-image-2114" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-77.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 77" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 900"></p>
<p>The <strong>Period </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark156"> Figure 5-27.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="853" height="479" class="wp-image-2115" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-78.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 78" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 901" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-78.jpeg 853w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-78-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-78-768x431.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-78-810x455.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 853px) 100vw, 853px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-27</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark156"></a> Enter the time frame for the period and select the event check box.</li>
</ol>
<p>O There are six periods for you to set for each day.</p>
<p>O Under <strong>Copy</strong>, select <strong>All </strong>to apply the settings to all the days of a week, or select specific day(s) that you want to apply the settings to.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the settings to other channels.</li>
<li>After configuring the recording schedule settings, you need to perform the following operations to start recording according to the defined schedule. O Enable the alarm event and cofigure the settings for the recording channel.</li>
</ul>
<p>For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark447">&#8220;5.10 Alarm Events Settings.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>O You need to enable the recording function, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark389">&#8220;5.9.1 Enabling Record</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark389">Control.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark157"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark158"></a> 5.1.4.10 Configuring Snapshot Storage Schedule</p>
<p>You can configure the storage schedule for the snapshot such as channels to take snapshot, alarm settings, and the armed period.</p>
<p>You can also configure snapshot storage settings by selecting <strong>Main Menu ^ Storage <em>■+</em></strong></p>
<p><strong>Schedule ^ Snapshot</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 1 After you have configured the video recording settings, on the <strong>Record </strong>interface, click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>SNAPSHOT </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark160"> Figure 5-28.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="9">Snapshot</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel 1</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>o Alt</td>
<td colspan="2">Q General</td>
<td>■ MD</td>
<td>■ Alarm</td>
<td colspan="2">MD&amp;Alarm</td>
<td>■ Intel</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>0</td>
<td>2 4</td>
<td>6 8</td>
<td>10 12 14</td>
<td>16 18</td>
<td>20</td>
<td>22 24</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>o Sunday</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□ Monday</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>o Tuesday</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>«</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□ Wednes&#8230;</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>o Thursday</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>o</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>o Friday</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>o Saturday</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Default</p>
<p>Copy</p>
<p>Back Finished Back</p>
<p>Figure 5-28</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark160"></a> Step 2 Configure the snapshot settings parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark161"> Table 5-10.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select a channel to take a snapshot.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Event type</td>
<td>Select the check box of the event type which includes <strong>General</strong>, <strong>MD</strong>, <strong>Alarm</strong>, <strong>MD&amp;Alarm</strong>, <strong>Intel</strong>, and <strong>POS</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>Define a period during which the configured snapshot setting is active. For details about defining a period, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">&#8220;5.1.4.9 Configuring</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">Recorded Video Storage Schedule.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark161"></a> Copy</td>
<td>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the settings to other channels.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-10</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Finished</strong>.</p>
<p>A pop-up message is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>The live view screen is displayed. The setting up with startup wizard is completed. You can start using the Device.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark162"></a> 5.2 Live View</p>
<p>After you logged in the Device, the live view is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark164"> Figure 5-29.</a> The number of channels displayed depends on your model.</p>
<p>To enter the live view screen from other interfaces, click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="53" height="46" class="wp-image-2116" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-79.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 79" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 902"></p>
<p>on the top right of the screen.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="664" class="wp-image-2117" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-80.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 80" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 903" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-80.jpeg 827w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-80-300x241.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-80-768x617.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-80-810x650.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-29</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark164"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark165"></a> Live View Screen</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the live video from the connected cameras through each channel on the screen.</p>
<ul>
<li>By default, the system time, channel name and channel number are displayed on each channel window. This setting can be configured by selecting <strong>Main Menu &gt; Camera &gt; OVERLAY.</strong></li>
<li>The figure in the bottom right corner represents channel number. If the channel position is changed or the channel name is modified, you can recognize the channel number by this figure and then perform the operations such as record query and playback.</li>
</ul>
<p>For the icons displayed on each channel, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark167"> Table 5-11.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■1</td>
<td>Indicates recording status. This icon displays when the video is being recorded.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>This icon displays when the motion detection occurs in the scene.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>?</td>
<td>This icon displays when the video loss is detected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark167"></a> a</td>
<td>This icon displays when the channel monitoring is locked.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-11</p>
<p>TIPS</p>
<p>To switch the position of two channels, point to one of the two channels, and then drag the window to the other channel.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark168"></a> Live View Control bar</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The live view control bar provides you access to perform the operations such as playback, zoom, real-time backup, manual snapshot, voice talk, adding remote devices, and streams switch.</p>
<p>When you move the pointer to the top middle position of a channel window, the live view control bar is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark170"> Figure 5-30 </a>for analog channel and<a href="#post-2037-bookmark171"> Figure 5-31 </a>for digital channel.</p>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>If there is not operation for six seconds after the control bar is displayed, the control bar hides automatically.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="474" height="429" class="wp-image-2118" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-81.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 81" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 904" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-81.jpeg 474w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-81-300x272.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 474px) 100vw, 474px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark170"></a> Figure 5-30</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="439" class="wp-image-2119" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-82.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 82" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 905" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-82.jpeg 473w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-82-300x278.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark171"></a> Figure 5-31</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>Instant Play</td>
<td>4</td>
<td>Manual Snap</td>
<td>7</td>
<td>Add IP Camera</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Digital Zoom</td>
<td>5</td>
<td>Mute</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Real-time</p>
<p>Backup</td>
<td>6</td>
<td>Audio Talk</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark172"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark173"></a> 5.2.2.1 Instant Playback</p>
<p>You can play back the previous five minutes to sixty minutes of the recorded video.</p>
<p>By clicking □, the instant playback interface is displayed. The instant playback has the</p>
<p>following features:</p>
<ul>
<li>Move the slider to choose the time you want to start playing.</li>
<li>Play, pause and close playback.</li>
<li>The information such as channel name and recording status icon are shielded during instant playback and will not display until exited.</li>
<li>During playback, screen split layout switch is not allowed.</li>
<li>To change the playback time, select <strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>System &gt; GENERAL</strong>, in the <strong>Instant Play </strong>box, enter the time you want to play back. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark175"> Figure 5-32.</a></li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="794" height="447" class="wp-image-2120" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-83.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 83" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 906" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-83.jpeg 794w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-83-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-83-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 794px) 100vw, 794px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-32</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark175"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark176"></a> 5.2.2.2 Digital Zoom</p>
<p>You can enlarge a specific area of the image to view the details by either of the following two ways.</p>
<ul>
<li>Click Ltl, the icon switches to ^3. Hold down the left mouse button to select the area</li>
</ul>
<p>you want to enlarge. The area is enlarged after the left mouse button is released.</p>
<ul>
<li>Point to the center that you want to enlarge, rotate the wheel button to enlarge the area.</li>
</ul>
<p>NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>For some models, when the image is enlarged in the first way described previously, the selected area is zoomed proportionally according to the window.</li>
<li>When the image is in the enlarged status, you can drag the image toward any direction to view the other enlarged areas.</li>
</ul>
<p>•</p>
<p>Right-click on the enlarged image to return the original status.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark178"></a> Real-time Backup</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can record the video of any channel and save the clip into a USB storage device.</p>
<p>By clicking , the recording is started. To stop recording, click this icon again. The clip is</p>
<p>automatically saved into the connected USB storage device.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark180"></a> Manual Snapshot</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can take one to five snapshots of the video and save into a USB storage device.</p>
<p>By clicking you can take snapshots. The snapshots are automatically saved into the</p>
<p>connected USB storage device. You can view the snapshots on your PC.</p>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>To change the quantity of snapshots, select <strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>Camera </strong>^ <strong>Encode </strong>^ <strong>Snapshot</strong>, in the <strong>Manual Snap </strong>list, select the snapshot quantity.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark182"></a> Mute (Analog channel only)</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can mute the video sound by clicking</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="37" height="33" class="wp-image-2121" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-84.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 84" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 907"></p>
<p>. This function is supported in single-channel</p>
<p>view.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark184"></a> Bidirectional Talk (Digital channel only)</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can perform the voice interaction between the Device and the remote device to improve<br />
efficiency of emergency. This function is supported only when the remotely connected IPC<br />
device supports bidirectional talk.</p>
<p>, the icon switches to ^3, the bidirectional talk of the remote device is turned</p>
<p>on. The bidirectional talk of other digital channels is disabled.</p>
<p>• Click □ to cancel the bidirectional talk. The bidirectional talk of other digital channels is resumed.</p>
<p>• Click</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark186"></a> Remote Devices (Digital channel only)</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the information of remote devices and add new remote devices to replace the current connected devices.</p>
<p>By clicking LJ, the <strong>Camera Registration </strong>interface is displayed. For details about adding the</p>
<p>remote devices, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark308">&#8220;5.6 Configuring Remote Devices.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark188"></a> 5.2.3 Navigation Bar</p>
<p>You can access the functions to perform operations through the function icons on the navigation bar. For example, you can access Main Menu and switch window split mode. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark190"> Figure 5-33.</a> CD NOTE</p>
<p>The navigation bar is disabled by default. It does not appear in the live view screen until it is enabled. To enable it, select <strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>System </strong>^ <strong>General</strong>, enable the Navigation Bar, and then click <strong>Apply</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="826" height="40" class="wp-image-2122" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-85.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 85" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 908" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-85.jpeg 826w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-85-300x15.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-85-768x37.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-85-810x39.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 826px) 100vw, 826px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-33</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><a id="post-2037-bookmark190"></a><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">□</td>
<td>Open <strong>Main Menu</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">0</td>
<td>Expand or condense the navigation bar.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">i_uuia»</td>
<td>Select view layout.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>Go to the previous screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">IE]</td>
<td>Go to the next screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Enable tour function. The icon switches to ^^3.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">□</td>
<td>Open the PTZ control panel. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark228">&#8220;5.4 Controlling</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark228">PTZ Cameras.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Open the <strong>Color Setting </strong>interface. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark195">&#8220;5.2.5 Color</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark195">Setting.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>CD <strong>NOTE</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>This function is supported only in single-channel layout.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>Open the record search interface. For detail, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark386">&#8220;5.9 Playing</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark386">Back Video.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">H</td>
<td>Open the <strong>EVENT </strong>interface to view the device alarm status. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark852">&#8220;5.19.3 Viewing Event Information.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">E3</td>
<td>Open the <strong>CHANNEL INFO </strong>interface to display the information of each channel.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>Open the <strong>CAMERA REGISTRATION </strong>interface. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark311">&#8220;5.6.1 Adding Remote Devices.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>Open the <strong>NETWORK </strong>interface. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark619">&#8220;5.14.1</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark619">Configuring Network Settings.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">o</td>
<td>Open the <strong>HDD MANAGER </strong>interface. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark749">&#8220;5.17.3</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark749">Configuring HDD Manager.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Open the <strong>USB MANAGER </strong>interface. For details about USB operations, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark611">&#8220;5.13.2 Backing up Files&#8221;</a>, <a href="#post-2037-bookmark847">&#8220;5.19.2 Viewing Log</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark847">Information&#8221;</a>, <a href="#post-2037-bookmark818">&#8220;5.18.5 Exporting and Importing System Settings&#8221;</a>, <a href="#post-2037-bookmark831">&#8220;5.18.7 Upgrading the Device.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-12</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark191"></a> 5.2.4 Shortcut Menu</p>
<p>You can quickly access some function interfaces such as main menu, record search, PTZ setting, color setting and select the view split mode.</p>
<p>Right-click on the live view screen, the shortcut menu is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark193"> Figure 5-34.</a> For details about the functions of shortcut menu, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark194"> Table 5-13.</a></p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>After you access any interface through shortcut menu, you can return to the previous screen by right-clicking on the current screen.</p>
<p><strong>Main Menu</strong></p>
<p><strong>Q Search</strong></p>
<p><strong>W PTZ</strong></p>
<p>■ View 1 ►</p>
<p>S View 4 »</p>
<p>■- View 8 ►</p>
<p>S View 9 ►</p>
<p>Si View 16 : Previous Screen : Next Screen</p>
<p>S Manual ►</p>
<p>Preview Mode »</p>
<p><strong>S Color Setting</strong></p>
<p><strong>3G</strong></p>
<p><strong>a Image</strong></p>
<p>Figure 5-34</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark193"></a><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Main Menu</td>
<td>Open <strong>Main Menu </strong>interface.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Search</td>
<td>Open the <strong>Playback </strong>interface where you can search and play back record files.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PTZ</td>
<td>Open the <strong>PTZ </strong>interface.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Layout</td>
<td>Configure the live view screen as a single-channel layout or multi­channel layout.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Previous Screen</td>
<td rowspan="2">Click Previous Screen to go to the previous screen. For example, if you are using 4-split mode, the first screen is displaying the channel 1-4, click <strong>Next screen</strong>, you can view channel 5-8.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Next Screen</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Camera Registration</td>
<td>Open the <strong>CAMERA REGISTRATION </strong>interface. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark308">&#8220;5.6 Configuring Remote Devices</a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><a href="#post-2037-bookmark308">Adding Remote Devices.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Manual</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Select <strong>Record</strong>, you can configure the recording mode as</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Auto </strong>or <strong>Manual</strong>, or stop the recording. You can also enable or disable snapshot function</p>
<ul>
<li>Select <strong>Alarm Out</strong>, you can configure alarm output settings.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Preview Mode</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Select <strong>General</strong>, the layout of live view screen is as default.</li>
<li>Select <strong>Show Face Lis</strong>t, the detected face snapshots are</li>
</ul>
<p>displayed in the bottom of the live view screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auto Focus</td>
<td>Point to the channel window and right-click on it to open the shortcut menu, and then click <strong>Auto Focus</strong>.</p>
<p>Cfl NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Not all cameras support this function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Color Setting</td>
<td>Open the <strong>COLOR </strong>interface where you can adjust the video image color.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark194"></a> Image</td>
<td>Click to modify the camera properties.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-13</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark195"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark196"></a> Color Setting</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can adjust the video image color effect such as sharpness, brightness, and contrast. The parameters are different according to the connected camera type. Take analog channel as an example.</p>
<p>In the live view screen, right-click on the analog channel to see the shortcut menu, and then select <strong>Color Setting</strong>, the <strong>COLOR </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark198"> Figure 5-35.</a></p>
<p>For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark279">&#8220;5.5.1 Configuring Image Settings.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="529" height="585" class="wp-image-2123" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-86.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 86" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 909" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-86.jpeg 529w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-86-271x300.jpeg 271w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 529px) 100vw, 529px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark198"></a> Figure 5-35</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>Divide 24 hours into two periods and configure the corresponding color settings.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Effective Time</td>
<td>Enable the function and then set the effective time for each period.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Sharpness</td>
<td>Adjust the sharpness of image edge. The bigger the value is, the more obvious the image edge, and the noise is also greater.</p>
<p>The value ranges from 1 to 15. The default value is 1.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hue</td>
<td>Adjust the hue of image. The value ranges from 0 to 100. The default value is 50.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Brightness</td>
<td>Adjust the image brightness. The value ranges from 0 to 100. The default value is 50.</p>
<p>The bigger the value is, the brighter the image will become. You can adjust this value when the image as a whole looks dark or bright. However, the image is likely to become dim if the value is too big.</p>
<p>The recommended range is between 40 and 60.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Contrast</td>
<td>Adjust the image contrast. The bigger the value is, the more obvious the contrast between the light area and dark area will become. You can adjust this value when the contrast is not obvious. However, if the value is too big, the dark area is likely to become darker and the light area over exposed. If the value is too small, the image is likely to become dim.</p>
<p>The value ranges from 0 to 100. The default value is 50. The recommended range is between 40 and 60.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Saturation</td>
<td>Adjust the color shades. The bigger the value, the lighter the color will become. This value does not influence the general image lightness.</p>
<p>The value ranges from 0 to 100. The default value is 50. The recommended range is between 40 and 60.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Color Mode</td>
<td>In the <strong>Color Mode </strong>list, you can select <strong>Standard</strong>, <strong>Soft</strong>, <strong>Bright</strong>, <strong>Colorful</strong>, <strong>Bank</strong>, <strong>Customized 1</strong>, <strong>Customized 2</strong>, <strong>Customized 3, </strong>and <strong>Customized 4</strong>.</p>
<p>The sharpness, hue, brightness, contrast and saturation will adjust automatically according to the selected color mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>EQ</td>
<td>Enhance the image effect. Adjust the effect value.</p>
<p><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2666.png" alt="♦" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> Click ^3, image is adjusted to the optimized effect</p>
<p>automatically.</p>
<p>• Click ^3, the current effect setting will be locked.</p>
<p>EO NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Only HD analog channel supports this function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Position</td>
<td>Adjust the display position of the image in the channel window.</p>
<p>The value indicates pixel. The default value is 16.</p>
<p>CO NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>This function is only supported by analog channel.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Customized</td>
<td>You can customize four color modes.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Customized</strong>. The <strong>Customized Color </strong>interface is</li>
</ol>
<p>displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Color Mode </strong>list, select <strong>Customized 1</strong>, for example.</li>
</ol>
<p>Then configure the settings for sharpness, hue, brightness, contrast and saturation. If you select <strong>All</strong>, the configuration will apply to all four customized color modes.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li>On the <strong>COLOR </strong>interface, in the <strong>Color Mode </strong>list, you can</li>
</ol>
<p>select the customized color mode.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-14</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark199"></a> Live View Display</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="979" height="492" class="wp-image-2124" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-87.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 87" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 910" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-87.jpeg 979w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-87-300x151.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-87-768x386.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-87-810x407.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 979px) 100vw, 979px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark201"></a> Configuring Display Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the display effect such as displaying time title and channel title, adjusting image transparency, and selecting the resolution.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>Display </strong><em>■+</em><strong> Display</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>DISPLAY </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark203"> Figure 5-36.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="784" height="439" class="wp-image-2125" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-88.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 88" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 911" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-88.jpeg 784w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-88-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-88-768x430.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 784px) 100vw, 784px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-36</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark203"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the display parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark204"> Table 5-15.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="7">Main</p>
<p>Screen</td>
<td>Out Port</td>
<td>Indicates the main screen port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Time Title</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Time Title </strong>check box, the current system time displays in each channel window in live view screen. To hide the time, clear the check box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel Title</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Channel Title </strong>check box, the channel name, channel number and recording status display in each channel window in live view screen. To hide the time, clear the check box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Original Rate</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Original Rate </strong>check box, the video image displays in its actual size in the channel window.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IVS Rule Preview</td>
<td>Select the <strong>IVS Rule Preview </strong>check box to enable IVS rule preview function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Transparency</td>
<td>Configure the transparency of the graphical user interface (GUI). The higher the value, the more transparent the GUI becomes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Resolution</td>
<td>Select resolution for the video. The default resolution for VGA port and HDMI port is 1280&#215;1024.</p>
<p>OJ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Some of the resolution options might not be supported on the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
<td></td>
<td>HDMI port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Preview Mode</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>General: No information is displayed on the channel</li>
</ul>
<p>window.</p>
<ul>
<li>Show Face List: Displays the detected face snapshots</li>
</ul>
<p>taken as a result of face detection on the bottom of the live view screen.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Not all models support this function.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Parameter</strong></p>
<p><strong>Description</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable extra screen function. After this function is enabled, you can select which port as extra screen port, and the other port automatically becomes the main screen port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Extra</p>
<p>Screen</td>
<td>Out Port</td>
<td>Select the VGA port or HDMI port as the port connected by a secondary monitor. For example, if you select HDMI port as the extra screen port, the VGA port automatically becomes the main screen port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Resolution</td>
<td>Select resolution for the video. The default resolution for VGA port and HDMI port is 1280&#215;720.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Some of the resolution options might not be supported on the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>HDMI port.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>• The main menu does not display on the extra screen.</p>
<p>• If you do not enable the extra screen function, both the VGA port and HDMI port</p>
<p>display the same image.</p>
<p>Table 5-15</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark204"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark205"></a> Configuring Viewing Layout</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the view layout in the live view screen.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Display ^ VIEW</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>View Setting </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark207"> Figure 5-37.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="722" height="408" class="wp-image-2126" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-89.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 89" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 912" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-89.jpeg 722w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-89-300x170.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 722px) 100vw, 722px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-37</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark207"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark208"></a> Step 2 Configure the view layout by clicking the layout buttons on the bottom. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark208"> Figure 5­38.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="228" height="56" class="wp-image-2127" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-90.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 90" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 913"></p>
<p>Figure 5-38</p>
<p>For example, click and select <strong>9-16</strong>, the view layout changes immediately,</p>
<p>see</p>
<p><a href="#post-2037-bookmark209">Figure 5-39.</a></p>
<p>Ji</p>
<p>DISPLAY</p>
<p>DISPLAY</p>
<p>VIEW</p>
<p>TOUR</p>
<p>ZERO-CHANNEL</p>
<p>• A S (!)</p>
<p>Display / DISPLAY / VIEW</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="631" height="367" class="wp-image-2128" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-91.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 91" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 914" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-91.jpeg 631w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-91-300x174.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 631px) 100vw, 631px" /></p>
<p>Apply Back</p>
<p>Figure 5-39</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark209"></a> Step 3 Adjust the position of channels if needed.</p>
<p>In the channel list, for example, in the channel 9 list, you can select 10, and then the channel 9 and channel 10 exchange positions.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>The live view screen displays the same layout as configured in this section.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark210"></a> Configuring Zero-Channel Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view several video sources on one channel on the web end.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Display <em>■&gt;</em> Zero-Channel</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>ZERO-CHANNEL </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark212"> Figure 5-40.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="833" height="469" class="wp-image-2129" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-92.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 92" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 915" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-92.jpeg 833w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-92-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-92-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-92-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 833px) 100vw, 833px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark212"></a> Figure 5-40</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the settings for the zero-channel parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark213"> Table 5-16.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable zero-channel function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Compression</td>
<td>In the <strong>Compression </strong>list, select the video compression standard according to the device capability. The default is H.264.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Resolution</td>
<td>In the <strong>Resolution </strong>list, select the video resolution. The default is 704&#215;576 (D1).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Frame Rate (FPS)</td>
<td>Select a value between 1 and 25 for PAL standard, and between 1 and 30 for NTSC standard. The actual arrange is decided and selected dependent on the Device capability.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark213"></a> Bit Rate (Kb/S)</td>
<td>The default value is 1024Kb/S. The actual arrange is decided and selected dependent on the Device capability and frame rate.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-16</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>In the live interface on the web, click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="355" height="31" class="wp-image-2130" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-93.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 93" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 916" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-93.jpeg 355w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-93-300x26.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 355px) 100vw, 355px" /></p>
<p>to select one of the</p>
<p>multi-channel modes, and then you can view the local video image.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark214"></a> Configuring TV</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Œ NOTE</p>
<p>Not all models support this function.</p>
<p>You can adjust the border margins in top, bottom, left and right directions as well as the brightness of the monitor connected to the Video out port of the Device.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Display ^ Tv Adjust</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>TV ADJUST </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark216"> Figure 5-41.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>DISPLAY</td>
<td>Tûp Mai yin</td>
<td><strong>-Ö</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>+ 0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>VIEW</td>
<td>Rcltcwn Margin</td>
<td>-o</td>
<td></td>
<td>+ Û</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>KHJR</td>
<td>Leit Mai jo</td>
<td>-o</td>
<td></td>
<td>+ 0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>ZERO-CHANHEL</td>
<td>FùgFl Mai pn</td>
<td>-o</td>
<td></td>
<td>+ 0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TV ADJUST</td>
<td>Brightness</td>
<td></td>
<td>o</td>
<td>+ 12«</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark216"></a><strong>OeiMlt OK Bad.</strong></p>
<p>Figure 5-41</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the parameters according to your actual situation.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark217"></a> Configuring Tour Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure a tour of selected channels to repeat playing videos. The videos display in turn according to the channel group configured in tour settings. The system is playing one channel group for a certain period and then automatically changes to the next channel group.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Display ^ TOUR</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>TOUR </strong>interface is displayed. There are MainScreen tab and ExtraScreen tab, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark219"> Figure 5-42 </a>and<a href="#post-2037-bookmark220"> Figure 5-43.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="734" height="18" class="wp-image-2131" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-94.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 94" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 917" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-94.jpeg 734w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-94-300x7.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 734px) 100vw, 734px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>DISPLAY</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Display &gt;</strong></td>
<td><strong>&#8216; DISPLAY /</strong></td>
<td><strong>&#8216; TOUR</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>DISPLAY</strong></td>
<td><strong>Main Screen</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>VIEW</strong></td>
<td><strong>Enable</strong></td>
<td><strong>!■</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Interval(Sec)</strong></td>
<td><strong>5</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>TOUR</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Video Detect</strong></td>
<td><strong>View 1</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>ZERO-CHANNEL</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm</strong></td>
<td><strong>Viewl</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Window Split</strong></td>
<td><strong>Viewl</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="570" height="181" class="wp-image-2132" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-95.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 95" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 918" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-95.jpeg 570w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-95-300x95.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 570px) 100vw, 570px" /></p>
<p><strong>Add Modify Delete Move up Move down</strong></p>
<p><strong>Default</strong></p>
<p><strong>Apply Back</strong></p>
<p>Figure 5-42</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark219"></a><strong>V </strong>DISPLAY</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>CtSFLAV</td>
<td><strong>Mùiî</strong> Szceri</td>
<td>EKii’j <strong>Soma</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>YEW</td>
<td>En-sWe</td>
<td>■_</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1C4JR</td>
<td><strong>Itïï-vAÎSm.</strong> j</td>
<td>5</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">ffiAOrCMWfflÊL</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Lfrrta Efdii</td>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">77Âri.ii.F$,T</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IB J</td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>C-A-nd i&#8221;r&gt;xi2</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="464" height="23" class="wp-image-2133" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-96.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 96" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 919" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-96.jpeg 464w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-96-300x15.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 464px) 100vw, 464px" /></p>
<p>a j a</p>
<p>3 2</p>
<p>4 ■/ 4</p>
<ol>
<li>i</li>
<li>/ ?</li>
</ol>
<p>u <em>j</em> a</p>
<p>B J S</p>
<p>TO J TO</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark220"></a> Md Krikty lifte to Mow up «uwiiwffl</p>
<p>Figure 5-43</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the settings for the tour parameters for both Main Screen and Extra Screen.</p>
<p>See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark221"> Table 5-17.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable tour function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Interval (Sec.)</td>
<td>Enter the amount of time that you want each channel group displays on the screen. The value ranges from 5 seconds to 120 seconds, and the default value is 5 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video Detect, Alarm</td>
<td>Select the View 1 or View 8 for <strong>Motion Detect </strong>tour and <strong>Alarm </strong>Tour (system alarm events).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Window Split</td>
<td>In the <strong>Window Split </strong>list, select <strong>View 1</strong>, <strong>View 4</strong>, <strong>View 8</strong>, or other modes that are supported by the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel Group</td>
<td>Display all channel groups under the current Window Split setting.</p>
<ul>
<li>Add a channel group: Click <strong>Add</strong>, in the pop-up <strong>Add Group</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>channel, select the channels to form a group, and then click <strong>Save</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>Delete a channel group: Select the check box of any channel</li>
</ul>
<p>group, and then click <strong>Delete</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>Edit a channel group: Select the check box of any channel group</li>
</ul>
<p>and then click <strong>Modify</strong>, or double-click on the group. The <strong>Modify Channel Group </strong>dialog box is displayed. You can regroup the channels.</p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Move up </strong>or <strong>Move down </strong>to adjust the position of channel</li>
</ul>
<p>group.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-17</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark221"></a> Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings. TIPS</p>
<p>•</p>
<p>•</p>
<p>On the top right of the live view screen, use the left mouse button or press Shift</p>
<p>to switch between (image switching is allowed) and &#8216;•=?&gt; (image switching is</p>
<p>not allowed) to turn on/off the tour function.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>On the navigation bar, click</td>
<td>o</td>
<td>to enable the tour and click</td>
<td></td>
<td>to disable</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>it.</p>
<p><strong>Adding a Channel Group</strong></p>
<p>Step 1 Click <strong>Add</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Add Group </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark222"> Figure 5-44.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="587" height="340" class="wp-image-2134" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-97.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 97" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 920" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-97.jpeg 587w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-97-300x174.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 587px) 100vw, 587px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-44</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark222"></a> Step 2 Select the channels that you want to group for tour. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark223"> Figure 5-45.</a></p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>If you want to select more than one channel, in the <strong>Window Split </strong>list, do not select <strong>View 1</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="587" height="337" class="wp-image-2135" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-98.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 98" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 921" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-98.jpeg 587w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-98-300x172.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 587px) 100vw, 587px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-45</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>OK </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark223"></a><strong>Modifying a Channel Group</strong></p>
<p>Double-click on a channel group, the <strong>Modify Channel Group </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark224"> Figure</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark224">5-46.</a></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark224"></a> You can modify channel group and click <strong>OK </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="572" height="323" class="wp-image-2136" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-99.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 99" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 922" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-99.jpeg 572w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-99-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 572px) 100vw, 572px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-46</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark225"></a> 5.3 Entering Main Menu</p>
<p>Right-click on the live view screen, the shortcut menu is displayed, Click Main Menu and then login the system. The Main Menu is displayed, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark227"> Figure 5-47.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="866" height="513" class="wp-image-2137" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-100.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 100" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 923" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-100.jpeg 866w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-100-300x178.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-100-768x455.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-100-810x480.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 866px) 100vw, 866px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark227"></a> Figure 5-47</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td colspan="3">Function tiles</td>
<td>Includes eleven function tiles: <strong>Video</strong>, <strong>Backup</strong>, <strong>Camera</strong>, <strong>Network</strong>, <strong>Event</strong>, <strong>intelligent</strong>, <strong>Storage</strong>, <strong>Display, Account, System</strong>, and <strong>Info</strong>. Click each tile to open the configuration interface of the tile.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Video</strong>: Search for and play back the recorded video saved on the</li>
</ul>
<p>Device.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Backup</strong>: Search and back up the video files to the local PC or</li>
</ul>
<p>external storage device such as USB storage device.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Camera</strong>: Configure the Encode settings of camera, remote device,</li>
</ul>
<p>snapshot settings etc.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Network</strong>: Configure the network parameter (TCP/IP), Port settings,</li>
</ul>
<p>InstaOn Cloud etc.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Event</strong>: Search for alarm information and configure alarm event</li>
</ul>
<p>actions.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Intelligent</strong>: Configure the behavior detections by drawing rules for</li>
</ul>
<p>detecting tripwire, intrusion, abandoned objects, and missing objects, POS (Point of Sale), Face Detection and loT.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Storage</strong>: Hard disk details, record plan configuration for video and</li>
</ul>
<p>snapshot.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Display</strong>: Configure the display effect such as displaying content,</li>
</ul>
<p>image transparency, and resolution, and enable the zero-channel function.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Account</strong>: Create, Delete, Modify user account or user group and</li>
</ul>
<p>Onvif User.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>System</strong>: General settings for DVR (WITHOUT HDD) like as date &amp;</li>
</ul>
<p>time, language settings and PTZ settings.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Info</strong>: Manage Log files and firmware version with device details..</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td colspan="3">Live</td>
<td><strong>Click </strong>to go to the live view screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>D</strong></td>
<td>When you point to <strong>^3, </strong>the current user account is displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td></td>
<td>■ ■</td>
<td></td>
<td>Click Q, select <strong>Logout</strong>, <strong>Reboot</strong>, or <strong>Shutdown </strong>according to your actual situation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>5</td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>□</strong></td>
<td>Displays <strong>Cell Phone Client </strong>and <strong>Device SN </strong>QR Code.</p>
<ul>
<li>Cell Phone Client: Use your mobile phone to scan the QR code to</li>
</ul>
<p>add the device into the Cell Phone Client, and then you can start accessing the Device from your cell phone.</p>
<ul>
<li>Device SN: Obtain the Device SN by scanning the QR code. Go to</li>
</ul>
<p>the InstaOn management platform and add the Device SN into the platform. Then you can access and manage the device in the WAN. For details, please refer to the InstaOn operation manual. You can also configure InstaOn function in the local configurations. See <a href="#post-2037-bookmark129">&#8220;5.1.4.5 Configuring InstaOn Settings.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-18</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark228"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark229"></a> 5.4 Controlling PTZ Cameras</p>
<p>PTZ is a mechanical platform that carries a camera and a protective cover and performs overall control remotely. A PTZ can move in both horizontal and vertical direction to provide all-around view to the camera.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>Before operating PTZ, please assure the network connection between PTZ and the Device.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark231"></a> Configuring PTZ Connection Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You need to configure the PTZ connection settings before use.</p>
<ul>
<li>Local connection: RS485 Port for connecting Speed Dome or coaxial cable for connecting coaxial camera.</li>
<li>Remote connection: local area network.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Camera ^ PTZ</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>PTZ </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark233"> Figure 5-48.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="829" height="464" class="wp-image-2138" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-101.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 101" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 924" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-101.jpeg 829w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-101-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-101-768x430.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-101-810x453.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 829px) 100vw, 829px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-48</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark233"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the PTZ connection parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark234"> Table 5-19.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to connect the PTZ camera to.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PTZ Type</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Local: Connect through RS485 port or coaxial cable.</li>
<li>Remote: Connect through network by adding IP address of PTZ</li>
</ul>
<p>camera to the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Control Mode</td>
<td>In the <strong>Control Mode </strong>list, select <strong>Serial </strong>or <strong>HDCVI</strong>. For HDCVI series product, please select HDCVI. The control signal is sent to the PTZ through the coaxial cable. For the serial mode, the control signal is sent to the PTZ through the RS485 port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Protocol</td>
<td>In the <strong>Protocol </strong>list, select the protocol for the PTZ camera, for example, select <strong>HDCVI3.0</strong>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>In the <strong>Address </strong>box, enter the address for PTZ camera. The default is 1. CO NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Address</td>
<td>The entered address must be the same with the address configured on</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>the PTZ camera; otherwise the PTZ camera cannot be controlled from</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Baudrate</td>
<td>In the <strong>Baudrate </strong>list, select the baudrate for the PTZ camera. The default is 9600.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Data Bits</td>
<td>The default is 8.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Stop Bits</td>
<td>The default is 1.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark234"></a> Parity</td>
<td>The default is NONE.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-19</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the settings to other channels.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark235"></a> Working with PTZ Control Panel</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>PTZ control panel performs the operations such as directing camera in eight directions, adjusting zoom, focus and iris settings, and quick positioning.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark237"></a> Basic PTZ Control Panel</p>
<p>Right-click on the live view screen and then select <strong>PTZ</strong>. The PTZ control panel is displayed. See <a href="#post-2037-bookmark239">Figure 5-49.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="379" height="168" class="wp-image-2139" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-102.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 102" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 925" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-102.jpeg 379w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-102-300x133.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 379px) 100vw, 379px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-49</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="100" height="28" class="wp-image-2140" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-103.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 103" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 926"></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark239"></a> The functions with buttons in gray are not supported by the system.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Speed</td>
<td>Controls the movement speed. The bigger the value is, the faster the movement will be.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Zoom</td>
<td><strong>3: </strong>Wide angle.</p>
<p><strong>^3: </strong>Long shot.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Focus</td>
<td><strong>3: </strong>Zoom in. <strong>^3: </strong>Zoom out.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Iris</td>
<td>3: Small.</p>
<p>^3: Large.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PTZ movement</td>
<td>Supports eight directions.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="3">Fast positioning button.</p>
<p>• Positioning: Click ^3 to enter the fast positioning screen, and</p>
<p>then click anywhere on the live view screen, the PTZ will turn to this point and move it to the middle of the screen.</p>
<p><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2666.png" alt="♦" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> Zooming: On the fast positioning screen, drag to draw a square on</p>
<p>the view. The square supports zooming.</p>
<p>O Dragging upward is to zoom out, and dragging downward is</p>
<p>to zoom in.</p>
<p>O The smaller the square, the larger the zoom effect.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</p>
<p>Not all models support this function and can only be controlled through mouse operations.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□</strong></td>
<td>Click U, you can control the four directions (left, right, up, and down) PTZ movement through mouse operation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="3">Click ^3 to open the expanded PTZ control panel.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-20</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark240"></a> Expanded PTZ Control Panel</p>
<p>On the basic PTZ control panel, click</p>
<p>to open the expanded PTZ control panel to find more</p>
<p>options. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark242"> Figure 5-50.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="100" height="28" class="wp-image-2141" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-104.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 104" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 927"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="590" height="164" class="wp-image-2142" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-105.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 105" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 928" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-105.jpeg 590w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-105-300x83.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 590px) 100vw, 590px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-50</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark242"></a> • The functions with buttons in gray are not supported by the system.</p>
<p>• Right-click once to return to the interface of PTZ basic control panel.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>01</strong></td>
<td>Preset</td>
<td></td>
<td>Auto Pan</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>A * *-•</td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="2">Tour</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="2">Flip</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>Pattern</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Reset</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>Autoscan</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Click the <strong>AUX Config </strong>icon to open the PTZ functions settings interface.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>3</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>AUX Switch</td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>□</strong></td>
<td>Click the <strong>Enter Menu </strong>icon to open the <strong>MENU OPERATION </strong>interface.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-21</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark243"></a> Configuring PTZ Functions
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark245"></a> Configuring Presets</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the Expanded PTZ Control Panel, click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="40" height="35" class="wp-image-2143" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-106.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 106" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 929"></p>
<p>The <strong>Preset </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark247"> Figure 5-51.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="514" height="327" class="wp-image-2144" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-107.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 107" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 930" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-107.jpeg 514w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-107-300x191.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 514px) 100vw, 514px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-51</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark247"></a> Step 2 Click the direction arrows to the required position.</p>
<p>Step 3 In the <strong>Preset </strong>box, enter the value to represent the required position.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Setting </strong>to complete the preset settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark248"></a> Configuring Tours</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the Expanded PTZ Control Panel, click</p>
<p>The <strong>PTZ </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2 Click the <strong>Tour </strong>tab.</p>
<p>The <strong>Tour </strong>tab is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark250"> Figure 5-52.</a></p>
<p><strong>PTZ Preset Tour Pattern Border</strong></p>
<p><strong>Preset i</strong></p>
<p><strong>Patrol&#8230; o</strong></p>
<p><strong>Add Preset</strong></p>
<p><strong>Del Preset</strong></p>
<p><strong>Del Tour</strong></p>
<p>Figure 5-52</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark250"></a> Step 3 In the <strong>Patrol No</strong>. box, enter the value for the tour route.</p>
<p>Step 4 In the <strong>Preset </strong>box, enter the preset value.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>Add Preset</strong>.</p>
<p>A preset will be added for this tour.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>You can repeat adding more presets.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Del Preset </strong>to delete the preset for this tour. This operation can be repeated to delete more presets. Some protocols do not support deleting.
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark251"></a> Configuring Patterns</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the Expanded PTZ Control Panel, click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="40" height="36" class="wp-image-2145" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-108.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 108" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 931"></p>
<p>The <strong>PTZ </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2</p>
<p>Click the <strong>Pattern </strong>tab.</p>
<p>The <strong>Pattern </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark253"> Figure 5-53.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="511" height="324" class="wp-image-2146" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-109.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 109" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 932" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-109.jpeg 511w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-109-300x190.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 511px) 100vw, 511px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-53</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark253"></a> Step 3 In the <strong>Pattern </strong>box, enter the value for pattern.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Start </strong>to perform the directions operations. You can also go to the PTZ Control Panel to perform the operations of adjusting zoom, focus, iris, and directions.</p>
<p>Step 5 On the <strong>PTZ </strong>interface, click <strong>End </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark254"></a> Configuring AutoScan</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the Expanded PTZ Control Panel, click .</p>
<p>The <strong>PTZ </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2 Click the <strong>Border </strong>tab.</p>
<p>The <strong>Border </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark256"> Figure 5-54.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="514" height="326" class="wp-image-2147" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-110.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 110" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 933" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-110.jpeg 514w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-110-300x190.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 514px) 100vw, 514px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-54</p>
<p>Step 3 Click the direction arrows to position the left and right borders.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark256"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark257"></a> Calling PTZ Functions</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>After you have configured the PTZ settings, you can call the PTZ functions for monitoring from the Expanded PTZ Control Panel. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark259"> Figure 5-55.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>a.<strong> Speed 5</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>No. 0</strong></td>
<td><em>9</em></td>
<td>▼</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>— Zoom</strong></td>
<td>+</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>&lt; i.Q ► _</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>0|</td>
<td></td>
<td>• • 1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>— Focus</strong></td>
<td>+</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong><sup>v</sup> 8 — Iris</strong></td>
<td>+</td>
<td>iol <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2666.png" alt="♦" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" />*</td>
<td></td>
<td>0</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 5-55</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark259"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark260"></a> Calling Presets</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the Expanded PTZ Control Panel, in the <strong>No. </strong>box, enter the value of the preset that you want to call.</p>
<p>Step 2 Click [Si to call the preset.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click [Si again to stop calling the preset.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark262"></a> Calling Tours</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the Expanded PTZ Control Panel, in the <strong>No. </strong>box, enter the value of the tour that you want to call.</p>
<p>Step 2 Click to call the tour.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="37" height="36" class="wp-image-2148" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-111.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 111" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 934"></p>
<p>again to stop calling the tour.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark264"></a> Calling Patterns</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the Expanded PTZ Control Panel, in the <strong>No. </strong>box, enter the value of the pattern that you want to call.</p>
<p>Step 2 Call <strong>I9l </strong>to call the pattern.</p>
<p>The PTZ camera moves according to the configured pattern repeatedly.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click ISI again to stop calling the pattern.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark266"></a> Calling AutoScan</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the Expanded PTZ Control Panel, in the <strong>No. </strong>box, enter the value of the border that you want to call.</p>
<p>Step 2 Click SI.</p>
<p>The PTZ camera performs scanning according to the configured borders.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>l^l </strong>again to stop auto canning.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark268"></a> Calling AutoPan</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1</p>
<p>On the Expanded PTZ Control Panel, click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="37" height="36" class="wp-image-2149" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-112.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 112" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 935"></p>
<p>to start moving in horizontal direction.</p>
<p>Step 2 Click s</p>
<p>again to stop moving.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark270"></a> Using AUX Button</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>On the Expanded PTZ Control Panel, click , the AUX setting interface is displayed. See <a href="#post-2037-bookmark272">Figure 5-56.</a></p>
<ul>
<li>In the <strong>Direct Aux </strong>list, select the option that corresponds to the applied protocol.</li>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark272"></a> In the <strong>Aux Num </strong>box, enter the number that corresponds to the AUX switch on the</li>
</ul>
<p>decoder.</p>
<p><strong>AUX</strong></p>
<p><strong>On Off</strong></p>
<p><strong>On Off</strong></p>
<p><strong>Direct </strong>Aux</p>
<p><strong>NONE</strong></p>
<p><strong>Aux Num</strong></p>
<p><strong>1</strong></p>
<p>Figure 5-56</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark273"></a> Calling OSD Menu</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>For the coaxial camera, you can call the OSD menu through the Expanded PTZ Control Panel. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark259"> Figure 5-55.</a></p>
<p>Step 1</p>
<p>On the Expanded PTZ Control Panel, click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="45" height="39" class="wp-image-2150" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-113.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 113" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 936"></p>
<p>The <strong>MENU OPERATION </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark275"> Figure 5-57.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="310" class="wp-image-2151" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-114.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 114" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 937" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-114.jpeg 473w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-114-300x197.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-57</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark275"></a> Step 2 Click <strong>Enter</strong>.</p>
<p>The OSD menu is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark276"> Figure 5-58.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="528" height="331" class="wp-image-2152" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-115.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 115" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 938" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-115.jpeg 528w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-115-300x188.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 528px) 100vw, 528px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-58</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark276"></a> Step 3 On the <strong>MENU OPERATION </strong>interface, click the arrow button to select the onscreen parameters.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Enter </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark277"></a> 5.5 Configuring Camera Settings</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="933" height="525" class="wp-image-2153" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-116.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 116" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 939" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-116.jpeg 933w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-116-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-116-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-116-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 933px) 100vw, 933px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark279"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark280"></a> Configuring Image Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the image settings such as saturation, contrast, brightness, sharpness for</p>
<p>each connected camera.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera ^ IMAGE</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>IMAGE </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark282"> Figure 5-59 </a>for analog channel and<a href="#post-2037-bookmark283"> Figure 5</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark283">60 </a>for digital channel.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="862" height="455" class="wp-image-2154" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-117.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 117" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 940" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-117.jpeg 862w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-117-300x158.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-117-768x405.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-117-810x428.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 862px) 100vw, 862px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark282"></a> Figure 5-59</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="873" height="490" class="wp-image-2155" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-118.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 118" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 941" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-118.jpeg 873w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-118-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-118-768x431.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-118-810x455.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 873px) 100vw, 873px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-60</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark283"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the image parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark284"> Table 5-22.</a></p>
<p>On the digital channel interface, click <strong>More Setting </strong>to display more parameters.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to configure.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Cable Type</td>
<td>In the <strong>Cable Type </strong>list, select the cable type that the camera uses. EQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Not all models support this function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>In the <strong>Period </strong>list, select a time period for the image settings. The image settings will be only used during the selected period.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Effective Time</td>
<td>Enable the effective function.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Effective Time </strong>box, enter the start time and end time for the period you selected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Saturation</td>
<td>Adjusts the color shades. The bigger the value, the lighter the color will become. This value does not influence the general image lightness.</p>
<p>The value ranges from 0 to 100. The default value is 50. The recommended range is between 40 and 60.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Contrast</td>
<td>Adjusts the image contrast. The bigger the value is, the more obvious the contrast between the light area and dark area will become. You can adjust this value when the contrast is not obvious. However, if the value is too big, the dark area is likely to become darker and the light area over exposed. If the value is too small, the image is likely to become dim.</p>
<p>The value ranges from 0 to 100. The default value is 50. The recommended range is between 40 and 60.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Brightness</td>
<td>Adjusts the image brightness. The bigger the value is, the brighter the image will become. You can adjust this value when the image as a whole looks dark or bright. However, the image is likely to become dim if the value is too big.</p>
<p>The value ranges from 0 to 100. The default value is 50. The recommended range is between 40 and 60.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hue</td>
<td>Adjusts the hue of image. The value ranges from 0 to 100. The default value is 50.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Sharpness</td>
<td>Adjusts the sharpness of image edge. The bigger the value is, the more obvious the image edge, and the noise is also greater.</p>
<p>The value ranges from 1 to 15. The default value is 1.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Image Enhance</td>
<td>Adjusts the image definition. The bigger the value is, the clearer the image will become, but there will be more noises.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>NR</td>
<td>Reduces the noises from image. The bigger the value is, the better the image will become.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Config File</td>
<td>In the <strong>Config File </strong>list, select <strong>Day</strong>, <strong>Night</strong>, <strong>Normal</strong>, or <strong>Switch By Period</strong>. The system configures the parameters correspondingly.</p>
<ul>
<li>Day: Apply the configuration during daytime.</li>
<li>Night: Apply the configuration during nighttime.</li>
<li>Normal: Apply the configuration during day and night.</li>
<li>Switch by Period: If you select this option, you need to configure</li>
</ul>
<p>the sunrise time and sunset time where you are located.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mirror</td>
<td>Enable the function, the left and right side of the video image will be switched. It is disabled by default.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3D Denoise</td>
<td>This function specially applies to the image which frame rate is configured as 2 at least. It reduces the noises by making use of the information between two frames. The bigger the value is, the better the effect.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Flip</td>
<td>In the <strong>Flip </strong>list, you can select <strong>180° </strong>to change the video image display.</p>
<p>By default, the setting is <strong>No Flip</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Light</td>
<td>In the <strong>Light </strong>list, select <strong>Close </strong>or <strong>Enable </strong>to use the backlight compensation or not.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Scene Mode</td>
<td>Configure the white balance to adjust the general hue of the image.</p>
<p>The default setting is <strong>Auto</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>Auto: Automatically apply white balance to different colors to</li>
</ul>
<p>make the image color display normally.</p>
<ul>
<li>Sunny: Apply the threshold value to sunny environment.</li>
<li>Night: Apply the threshold value to night.</li>
<li>Customized: Manually adjust the Red Gain and Blue Gain</li>
</ul>
<p>values.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Day &amp; Night</td>
<td>Configure the color and black&amp;white mode of the image. This setting is not affected by the configuration files. The default setting is <strong>Auto</strong>. • Color: The camera outputs color image only.</p>
<ul>
<li>Auto: Depends on the camera, such as overall brightness and</li>
</ul>
<p>whether there is an IR light, either color image or black&amp;white image is output.</p>
<ul>
<li>B/W: The camera outputs Black and white image only.</li>
<li>By Time: The camera outputs image according to the configure</li>
</ul>
<p>the sunrise time and sunset time.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-22</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark284"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark285"></a> Configuring Encode Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera^ ENCODE ^ Encode</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Encode </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark287"> Figure 5-61.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="845" height="478" class="wp-image-2156" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-119.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 119" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 942" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-119.jpeg 845w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-119-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-119-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-119-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 845px) 100vw, 845px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-61</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark287"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the main/sub streams parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark288"> Table 5-23.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to configure the settings for.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Smart Codec</td>
<td>Enable the smart codec function. This function can reduce the video bit stream for non-important recorded video to maximize the storage space.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Type</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Main Stream: In the <strong>Type </strong>list, select <strong>General</strong>, <strong>MD </strong>(Motion</li>
</ul>
<p>Detect), or <strong>Alarm</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>Sub Stream: This setting is not configurable.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Compression</td>
<td>In the <strong>Compression </strong>list, select the encode mode.</p>
<ul>
<li>H.265: Main profile encoding.</li>
<li>H.264H: High profile encoding. Low bit stream with high</li>
</ul>
<p>definition. This setting is recommended.</p>
<ul>
<li>H.264: General profile encoding.</li>
<li>H.264B: Baseline profile encoding. This setting requires higher</li>
</ul>
<p>bit stream compared with other settings for the same definition.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Resolution</td>
<td>In the Resolution list, select resolution for the video.</p>
<p>The maximum video resolution might be different dependent on your device model.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Frame Rate (FPS)</td>
<td>Configure the frames per second for the video. The higher the value, the clearer and smoother the image will become. Frame rate changes along with the resolution.</p>
<p>Generally, in PAL format, you can select the value from 1 through 25; in NTSC format, you can select the value from 1 through 30.</p>
<p>However, the specific range of frame rate that you can select depends on the capability of the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Quality</td>
<td>This function is available if you select <strong>VBR </strong>in the <strong>Bit Rate </strong>List. The higher the value, the better the image will become.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>I Frame Interval</td>
<td>The interval between two reference frames.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bit Rate (Kb/S)</td>
<td>In the <strong>Bit Rate </strong>list, select a value or enter a customized value to change the image quality. The bigger the value is, the better the image will become.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video</td>
<td>Enable the function for sub stream.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Audio Encode</td>
<td rowspan="3">Click <strong>More Setting</strong>, the <strong>More Setting </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<ul>
<li>Audio Encode: This function is enabled by default for main</li>
</ul>
<p>stream. You need to manually enable it for sub stream 1. Once this function is enabled, the recorded video file is composite audio and video stream.</p>
<ul>
<li>Audio Source: In the <strong>Audio Source </strong>list, you can select <strong>LOCAL</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>and <strong>HDCVI</strong>.</p>
<p>O LOCAL: The audio signal is input from Audio input port.</p>
<p>O HDCVI: The audio signal is input from HDCVI camera.</p>
<ul>
<li>Audio Format: In the <strong>Audio Forma</strong>t list, select a format that you</li>
</ul>
<p>need.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Audio Source</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark288"></a> Audio Format</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-23</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="178" height="35" class="wp-image-2157" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-120.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 120" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 943"></p>
<p>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the settings to other channels.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark289"></a> Configuring Snapshot Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu^ Camera^ Encode &gt; Snapshot</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Snapshot </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark291"> Figure 5-62.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="844" height="472" class="wp-image-2158" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-121.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 121" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 944" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-121.jpeg 844w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-121-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-121-768x429.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-121-810x453.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 844px) 100vw, 844px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-62</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark291"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the snapshot parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark292"> Table 5-24.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Manual Snap</td>
<td>In the <strong>Manual Snap </strong>list, select how many snapshots you want to take each time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to configure the settings for.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mode</td>
<td>In the <strong>Mode </strong>list, you can select <strong>Human Face</strong>, <strong>Event</strong>, or <strong>General </strong>as the event type for which you want to take a snapshot.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Image Size</td>
<td>In the <strong>Image Size </strong>list, select a value for the image.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Image Quality</td>
<td>Configures the image quality by 6 levels. The higher the level, the better the image will become.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark292"></a> Interval</td>
<td>Configures or customizes the snapshot frequency.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-24</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the settings to other channels.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark293"></a> Configuring Overlay Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure to display system time and channel name on each channel window in the live view screen.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera ^ OVERLAY ^ Overlay</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Overlay </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark295"> Figure 5-63.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="874" height="489" class="wp-image-2159" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-122.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 122" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 945" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-122.jpeg 874w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-122-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-122-768x430.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-122-810x453.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 874px) 100vw, 874px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-63</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark295"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the text overlay parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark296"> Table 5-25.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to configure the settings for.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Time Display</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Time Display </strong>check box to display the system time on each channel window in the live view screen.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Time Display </strong>list, select time display style.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark296"></a> Channel Title</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Channel Title </strong>check box to display the channel name on each channel window in the live view screen.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Channel Title </strong>box, enter the name for the selected channel.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-25</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the settings to other channels.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark297"></a> Configuring Covered Area Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera ^ OVERLAY ^ Cover-Area</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Cover-Area </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark299"> Figure 5-64.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="883" height="494" class="wp-image-2160" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-123.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 123" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 946" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-123.jpeg 883w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-123-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-123-768x430.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-123-810x453.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 883px) 100vw, 883px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-64</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark299"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the covered area parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark300"> Table 5-26.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to configure the settings for.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Preview</p>
<p>Record</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Preview: Select the <strong>Preview </strong>check box to apply the configured</li>
</ul>
<p>covered block to the selected channel window in the live view screen.</p>
<ul>
<li>Record: Select the <strong>Record </strong>check box to apply the configured</li>
</ul>
<p>covered block to the selected channel window during recording.</p>
<p>To configure covering block, do the following:</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the <strong>Preview </strong>check box or the <strong>Record </strong>check box, or</li>
</ol>
<p>select the both. The &#8220;1,2, 3, 4&#8221; buttons are activated.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click the buttons to select blocks.</li>
<li>A triangle solid black block is displayed. You can drag the block</li>
</ol>
<p>to the area that you want to cover and adjust the size of the block.</p>
<ol>
<li>You can configure total 4 covered blocks.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-26</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark300"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark301"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark302"></a> Configuring Channel Type</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the channel type as <strong>Analog </strong>or <strong>IP </strong>channel.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu^ Camera ^ CHANNEL TYPE</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>CHANNEL TYPE </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark304"> Figure 5-65.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="823" height="463" class="wp-image-2161" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-124.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 124" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 947" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-124.jpeg 823w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-124-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-124-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-124-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 823px) 100vw, 823px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-65</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark304"></a> Step 2 Configure the channels.</p>
<ul>
<li>Analog Channel: Select the transmission medium such as CVI, CVBS, and then follow the onscreen instructions to complete the settings.</li>
<li>IP Channel: Select a channel for IP camera from the last channel number, for example, in<a href="#post-2037-bookmark304"> Figure 5-65,</a> select from the <strong>17-24 </strong>check box. Then follow the onscreen instructions to complete the settings.</li>
</ul>
<p>Œ NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>The 17-24 channels are only for IP camera and the range changes dependent on the model you purchased.</li>
<li>The channel selection for analog camera or IP camera are in sequence, for example, if you want to select channels for IP camera, you need to select the <strong>17-24 </strong>check box first, and then you cannot jump to select the channel <strong>15 </strong>directly until you have selected the channel <strong>16</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>and follow the onscreen instructions to complete the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark305"></a> 5.5.7 Upgrading Coaxial Camera</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera ^ COAXIAL UPGRADE</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>COAXIAL UPGRADE </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark307"> Figure 5-66.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="897" height="506" class="wp-image-2162" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-125.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 125" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 948" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-125.jpeg 897w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-125-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-125-768x433.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-125-810x457.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 897px) 100vw, 897px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-66</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark307"></a> Step 2 Click <strong>Browse</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Browse </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 3 Select the upgrade file and click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>COAXIAL UPGRADE </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<p>You need to insert the USB storage device that contains the upgrading files.</p>
<p>Step 4 Select the check box of the channel that you want to upgrade.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>Start Upgrade</strong>.</p>
<p>If the upgrading is successful, the system pops up a message indicating the upgrading</p>
<p>is completed. If the upgrading is failed, please check if the Device</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark308"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark309"></a> 5.6 Configuring Remote Devices</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark311"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark312"></a> 5.6.1 Adding Remote Devices</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>This function is available after you have configured the channel type as IP channel as described in previous section, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark301">&#8220;5.5.6 Configuring Channel Type.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>You can add remote devices by adding the IP address.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera ^ REGISTRATION &gt; Registration</strong>, the <strong>Registration </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark314"> Figure 5-67.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="842" height="473" class="wp-image-2163" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-126.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 126" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 949" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-126.jpeg 842w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-126-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-126-768x431.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-126-810x455.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 842px) 100vw, 842px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-67</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark314"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Uninitialized</td>
<td>Enable the <strong>Uninitialized </strong>function, the uninitialized devices out of the searched devices are displayed in the searched device list.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Initialize</td>
<td>Select the uninitialized device from the uninitialized device list, and the click <strong>Initialize </strong>to start initializing device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Show Filter</td>
<td>In the <strong>Show Filter </strong>list, select the remote device type that you want to display in the searched device list.</p>
<ul>
<li>None: Display all types of devices.</li>
<li>IPC: Display the front-end devices.</li>
<li>DVR (WITHOUT HDD): Display all storage devices such as</li>
</ul>
<p>NVR, DVR (WITHOUT HDD) and HCVR.</p>
<ul>
<li>OTHER: Display the devices that do not belong to IPC or DVR</li>
</ul>
<p>(WITHOUT HDD) type.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Searched Device List</td>
<td>Displays the searched devices. You can view the device information such as status, IP address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device Search</td>
<td>Click <strong>Device Search</strong>, the searched devices display in the searched device list.</p>
<p>To adjust the display sequence, in the title line, you can click the IP address, Manufacturer, Type, MAC Address, Port, or Device Name text. For example, click the IP address text, the sequence icon OZES is displayed.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>&#8220;*&#8221; is displayed next to the added device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add</td>
<td>In the Searched Device List area, select the device that you want to add.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Manual Add</td>
<td>Add the device by manually configuring settings such as IP address, channel selection. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark328">&#8220;5.6.1.4 Adding Remote Devices</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark328">Manually.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Added Device List</td>
<td>Displays the added devices. You can edit and delete the device, and view the device information.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Delete</td>
<td>Select the check box of the added device, and then click <strong>Delete </strong>to delete the added device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Import</td>
<td>Select the searched devices and then click <strong>Import </strong>to import the devices in batches.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Export</td>
<td>Select the added devices and then click <strong>Export</strong>. The exported devices information is saved into the USB storage device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-27</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark315"></a> 5.6.1.2 Initializing Remote Devices</p>
<p>You can reset the password and IP address of the remote devices through initializing.</p>
<p>Step <strong>1 </strong>Click <strong>Device Search</strong>.</p>
<p>The searched devices are displayed in the table. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark317"> Figure 5-68.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="839" height="473" class="wp-image-2164" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-127.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 127" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 950" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-127.jpeg 839w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-127-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-127-768x433.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-127-810x457.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 839px) 100vw, 839px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-68</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark317"></a> Step 2 Enable the Initialized function.</p>
<p>The uninitialized devices are displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark318"> Figure 5-69.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="787" height="444" class="wp-image-2165" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-128.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 128" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 951" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-128.jpeg 787w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-128-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-128-768x433.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 787px) 100vw, 787px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-69</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark318"></a> Step 3 Select the uninitialized device that you want to initialize.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Initialize</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Enter Password </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark319"> Figure 5-70</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="417" class="wp-image-2166" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-129.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 129" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 952" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-129.jpeg 591w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-129-300x212.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-70</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark319"></a> Step 5 Configure the password and email information.</p>
<p>Q NOTE</p>
<p>If you select the <strong>Using current device password and email info </strong>check box, the remote device automatically uses the current password and email information, so you do not need to set the password and email address again and can go to Step 6.</p>
<ol>
<li>Clear the <strong>Using current device password and email info </strong>check box.</li>
</ol>
<p>The password setting interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark320"> Figure 5-71.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="417" class="wp-image-2167" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-130.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 130" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 953" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-130.jpeg 591w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-130-300x212.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-71</p>
<p>2) Configure the settings for the password setting parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark321"> Table 5-28.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark320"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User</td>
<td>The default is admin.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Password</td>
<td>The new password can be set from 8 characters through 32 characters and contains at least two types from number, letter and special characters (excluding , , &#8220;;&#8221;,&#8221;:&#8221; and &#8220;&amp;&#8221;).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark321"></a> Confirm Password</td>
<td>Please enter a strong password according to the password strength bar indication.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-28</p>
<p>3) Click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Password Protection </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark322"> Figure 5-72</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="598" height="418" class="wp-image-2168" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-131.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 131" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 954" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-131.jpeg 598w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-131-300x210.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-131-145x100.jpeg 145w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 598px) 100vw, 598px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-72</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark322"></a> Select the <strong>Email Address </strong>box and enter the email address that you want to reserve for password reset in the future.</li>
</ol>
<p>CQ NOTE</p>
<p>If you do not want to set the reserved email address, click <strong>Skip</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 6 Click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>NETWORK </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark323"> Figure 5-73.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="763" height="538" class="wp-image-2169" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-132.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 132" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 955" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-132.jpeg 763w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-132-300x212.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 763px) 100vw, 763px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-73</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark323"></a> Step <em>C</em> Configure the IP address.</p>
<ul>
<li>Select the <strong>DHCP </strong>check box, you do not need to enter the IP address information, because the system will allocate one IP address to the remote device.</li>
<li>Select the <strong>STATIC </strong>check box, you need to enter the IP address, subnet mast, default gateway, and incremental value. The system will allocate the IP address to the remote devices by progressively increasing the last part of the IP address when initializing devices in batches.</li>
</ul>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>When configuring IP address for multiple remote devices which were not in the same network segment, these remote devices will belong to the same network segment after configuration.</p>
<p>Step 8 Click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The initializing is started. After the process is completed, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark324"> Figure 5-74.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="583" class="wp-image-2170" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-133.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 133" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 956" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-133.jpeg 827w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-133-300x211.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-133-768x541.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-133-810x571.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-74</p>
<p>Step 9 Click <strong>Finished </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark324"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark325"></a> 5.6.1.3 Adding Remote Devices Automatically</p>
<p>Step 1 On the <strong>Registration </strong>interface, click <strong>Device Search</strong></p>
<p>The searched devices are displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark327"> Figure 5-75.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="786" height="439" class="wp-image-2171" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-134.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 134" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 957" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-134.jpeg 786w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-134-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-134-768x429.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 786px) 100vw, 786px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-75</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark327"></a> Step 2 Select the check box of the device.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Add</strong>.</p>
<p>The device is added into the <strong>Added Device </strong>area.</p>
<p>Q NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>You can also double-click the device to add it into the <strong>Added Device </strong>area.</li>
<li>You can add devices in batches.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark328"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark329"></a> 5.6.1.4 Adding Remote Devices Manually</p>
<p>Step 1 On the <strong>Registration </strong>interface, click <strong>Manual Add</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Manual Add </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark331"> Figure 5-76.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="492" height="568" class="wp-image-2172" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-135.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 135" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 958" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-135.jpeg 492w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-135-260x300.jpeg 260w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 492px) 100vw, 492px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-76</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark331"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the manual adding device parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark332"> Table 5-29.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want use on the Device to connect the remote device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Manufacturer</td>
<td>In the <strong>Manufacturer </strong>list, select the manufacturer of the remote device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>In the IP Address box, enter the IP address of remote device. CD NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>The default is 192.168.0.0 which the system cannot connect to.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RTSP Port</td>
<td>The default value setting is 554. You can enter the value according to your actual situation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HTTP Port</td>
<td>The default value setting is 80. You can enter the value according to your actual situation.</p>
<p>If you enter other value, for example, 70, and then you should enter 70 after the IP address when logging in the Device by browser.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User Name</td>
<td>Enter the user name of the remote device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Password</td>
<td>Enter the password of the user for the remote device</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Remote Channel</td>
<td>Enter the remote channel number of the remote device that you want to add.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Decoder Buffer</td>
<td>In the <strong>Decoder Buffer </strong>list, select <strong>Default</strong>, <strong>Realtime</strong>, or <strong>Fluent</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark332"></a> Protocol Type</td>
<td>Select <strong>Auto</strong>, <strong>TCP</strong>, <strong>UDP</strong>, or <strong>MULTICAST</strong>. The default is <strong>TCP</strong>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-29</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>• Only one device can be added manually at one time.</p>
<p>•</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="32" height="36" class="wp-image-2173" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-136.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 136" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 959"></p>
<p>indicates successful connection and</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="36" height="32" class="wp-image-2174" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-137.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 137" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 960"></p>
<p>indicates connection failed.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark333"></a> Modifying or Deleting Remote Devices</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can modify and delete the added devices.</p>
<ul>
<li>To modify the remote devices, do the following:</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Click □ or double-click a device.</p>
<p>The <strong>Edit </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark335"> Figure 5-77.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="476" height="548" class="wp-image-2175" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-138.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 138" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 961" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-138.jpeg 476w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-138-261x300.jpeg 261w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 476px) 100vw, 476px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-77</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark335"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to modify settings for.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>OK </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<p>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the user name and password to other channels.</p>
<ul>
<li>To delete one or more added devices, do the following:</li>
</ul>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="37" height="36" class="wp-image-2176" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-139.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 139" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 962"></p>
<p>to delete one device</p>
<p>o Select the check box of the devices that you want to delete, and then click <strong>Delete</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark336"></a> Modifying IP Address</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can modify a single IP address or multiple IP addresses of remote devices at the one time.</p>
<p>• To modify a single IP address, do the following:</p>
<p>Step 1 In the Searched Device list area, click □ for the device that you want to modify IP.</p>
<p>The <strong>Modify IP </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark338"> Figure 5-78.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="499" height="413" class="wp-image-2177" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-140.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 140" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 963" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-140.jpeg 499w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-140-300x248.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 499px) 100vw, 499px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-78</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark338"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for IP address, subnet mask, default gateway, user name, and password.</p>
<p>Step 3 Enable the <strong>Add </strong>function to add the device into the <strong>Added Device </strong>area.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>OK </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>• To modify IP address in batches, do the following:</p>
<p>Step 1 In the Searched Device list area, select the devices that you want to modify IP address in batches.</p>
<p>Step 2</p>
<p>Click □.</p>
<p>The <strong>Modify IP </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark339"> Figure 5-79.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="462" height="384" class="wp-image-2178" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-141.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 141" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 964" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-141.jpeg 462w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-141-300x249.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 462px) 100vw, 462px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-79</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark339"></a> Step 3 Enable the <strong>Batch Modify </strong>function.</p>
<p>Step 4 Configure the settings for start IP address (the IP address is allocated in sequence), subnet mask, default gateway, user name, and password.</p>
<p>Step 5 Enable the <strong>Add </strong>function to add the devices into the <strong>Added Device </strong>area.</p>
<p>Step 6 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark340"></a> Exporting IP Address</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can export the added IP address to the USB storage device.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>The exported information is saved in .csv file, which includes IP address, port number, channel number, manufacturer, user name, and password.</p>
<p>Step 1 Insert the USB storage device to the USB port of the Device.</p>
<p>Step 2 Click <strong>Export.</strong></p>
<p>The <strong>Browse </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark342"> Figure 5-80.</a></p>
<p>Browse</p>
<p>Device Name sdcl(USBUSB) • 3.71 GB/3.73 GB(Free/Total) Refresh Format</p>
<p>Address /</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td>Size</td>
<td>Type</td>
<td>Delete</td>
<td>Play</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■ {fd2b025a-ac98-e383-13ea-lcf86fc539fb}</td>
<td></td>
<td>Folder</td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■ ScreenShot</td>
<td></td>
<td>Folder</td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>là printf_20180317141255.txt.lnk</td>
<td>1.8 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>lg kmsg_printf_20180317141255.txt.lnk</td>
<td>1.8 KB</td>
<td>Ale</td>
<td><strong>dk</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1 SmartPlayer.exe.lnk</td>
<td>L7 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>□</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>a Uni+ DVR_chl_main_20180317134749_&#8230;</td>
<td>26 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>n</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>g Uni+ DVR_chl_main_20180317135000_&#8230;</td>
<td>26 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>n</strong></td>
<td><strong>5&#8242;</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bl ty.lnk</td>
<td>1.7 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>n</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bl printf_20180317143922.txt.lnk</td>
<td>1.8 KB</td>
<td>Ale</td>
<td><strong>n</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bl kmsg_printf_20180317143922.txt.lnk</td>
<td>1.8 KB</td>
<td>Ale</td>
<td><strong>3</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>New Folder OK Back</p>
<p>Figure 5-80</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark342"></a> Step 3 Configure the save path.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>OK </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>A pop-up message indicating &#8220;Successfully exported&#8221; is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark343"></a> Importing IP Address</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can add remote devices by importing IP address information.</p>
<p>Step 1 Insert the USB storage device to the USB port of the Device.</p>
<p>Step 2 Click <strong>Import</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Browse </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark345"> Figure 5-81.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="788" height="564" class="wp-image-2179" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-142.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 142" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 965" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-142.jpeg 788w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-142-300x215.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-142-768x550.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 788px) 100vw, 788px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-81</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark345"></a> Step 3 Select the file that you want to import.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>OK </strong>to start importing.</p>
<p>After importing is completed, a pop-up message indicating &#8220;The import succeeded&#8221; is displayed.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>If the IP address that you want to import already exists in the Device, the system will pop up a message to ask you whether to overwrite the existing content.</p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>OK </strong>to replace the existing one.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Cancel </strong>to add it as a separate device in the <strong>Added Device </strong>area.</li>
</ul>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<ul>
<li>You can edit the exported .csv file and be cautious not to change the file format; otherwise the file cannot be imported as it will be judged as invalid.</li>
<li>The language of .csv file must match the Device language.</li>
<li>The import and export through customized protocol is not supported.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark346"></a> 5.6.2 Managing Remote Devices</p>
<p>You can view the status of remote devices and upgrade.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark348"></a> Viewing Status</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the device information such as connection status, IP address, motion detection, video loss detection, camera name, and manufacturer.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera ^ REGISTRATION &gt; Status</strong>, the <strong>Status </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark350"> Figure 5-82.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="823" height="466" class="wp-image-2180" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-143.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 143" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 966" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-143.jpeg 823w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-143-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-143-768x435.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-143-810x459.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 823px) 100vw, 823px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-82</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark350"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark351"></a> Viewing Firmware Information</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the device firmware information such as channel number, IP address, manufacturer, system version, video input, audio input, and alarm in.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera ^ REGISTRATION &gt; Firmware</strong>, the <strong>Firmware </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark353"> Figure 5-83.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="899" height="507" class="wp-image-2181" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-144.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 144" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 967" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-144.jpeg 899w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-144-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-144-768x433.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-144-810x457.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 899px) 100vw, 899px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-83</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark353"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark354"></a> Upgrading Remote Devices</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Camera ^ REGISTRATION &gt; Upgrade</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Upgrade </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark356"> Figure 5-84.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="796" height="450" class="wp-image-2182" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-145.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 145" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 968" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-145.jpeg 796w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-145-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-145-768x434.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 796px) 100vw, 796px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-84</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark356"></a> Step 2 Upgrade the device.</p>
<p>• File Upgrade</p>
<ol>
<li>Insert a USB storage device containing the upgrade files into the USB port of the Device.</li>
<li>Select the devices that you want to upgrade.</li>
<li>Click <strong>File upgrade</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>File Upgrade </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the upgrading files and click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>• Online Upgrade</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Detect </strong>or select the check box the device that you want to upgrade and click <strong>Manual Check</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The system starts detecting if there is a new version on the online server.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the check box of all the devices that have new version.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Online Upgrade</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>The system will pop up a message to indicate if the upgrading is successful.</li>
<li>You can use the Type list to filter the devices so that you can find the devices</li>
</ul>
<p>quickly.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark357"></a> Configuring Record Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can record video manually or automatically and configure the recording settings to main stream and sub stream respectively.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark359"></a> Enabling Record Control</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="70" height="60" class="wp-image-2183" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-146.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 146" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 969"></p>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<ul>
<li>Manual recording operation requires the user have the permission to access <strong>STORAGE </strong>settings.</li>
<li>Check to ensure the HDD installed in the Device has been formatted properly.</li>
</ul>
<p>To enter the record control interface, do the following:</p>
<p>Step 1 Right-click on the live view screen, the shortcut menu is displayed. On the shortcut menu, select <strong>Manual <em>■&gt;</em> Record Control</strong>. The <strong>RECORD </strong>interface is displayed, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark361">Figure 5-85.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="850" height="598" class="wp-image-2184" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-147.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 147" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 970" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-147.jpeg 850w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-147-300x211.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-147-768x540.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-147-810x570.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 850px) 100vw, 850px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-85</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark361"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the record control parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark362"> Table 5-30.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>Displays all the analog channels and the connected digital channels.</p>
<p>You can select a single channel or select <strong>All</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Record status</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li><strong>Auto</strong>: Automatically record according to the record type and</li>
</ul>
<p>recording time as configured in the recording schedule.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Manual</strong>: Keep general recording for 24 hours for the selected</li>
</ul>
<p>channel.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Stop</strong>: Do not record.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark362"></a> Snapshot status</td>
<td>Enable or disable the scheduled snapshot for the corresponding channels.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-30</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark363"></a> Configuring Recorded Video Storage Schedule</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark365"></a> You need to configure the storage schedule for the recorded video so that the recorded video can be saved. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">&#8220;5.1.4.9 Configuring Recorded Video Storage Schedule.</a>&#8221;</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark366"></a> Configuring Snapshot Settings
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark368"></a> Configuring Snapshot Trigger</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The snapshot is divided into scheduled snapshot, event triggered snapshot, and face detection triggered snapshot. When the both are enabled, the event triggered snapshot has the priority.</p>
<ul>
<li>If there is no alarm event, the system performs scheduled snapshot.</li>
<li>If there is any alarm event, the system performs event triggered snapshot.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark370"></a> 5.8.1.1 Configuring Scheduled Snapshot</p>
<p>Step 1 Right-click on the live view screen, the shortcut menu is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2 On the shortcut menu, select <strong>Manual </strong>^ <strong>Record Control</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>RECORD </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 3 In the <strong>Snapshot </strong>area, enable the snapshot for the channels if needed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark372"> Figure 5­86.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="813" height="567" class="wp-image-2185" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-148.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 148" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 971" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-148.jpeg 813w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-148-300x209.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-148-768x536.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-148-810x565.jpeg 810w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-148-145x100.jpeg 145w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 813px) 100vw, 813px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-86</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark372"></a> Step 4 Select <strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>Camera </strong>^ <strong>Encode </strong>^ <strong>Snapshot</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Snapshot </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 5 In the <strong>Mode </strong>list, select <strong>General</strong>, and then configure other parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark373"> Figure 5­87.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="758" height="427" class="wp-image-2186" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-149.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 149" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 972" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-149.jpeg 758w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-149-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 758px) 100vw, 758px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-87</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark373"></a> Step 6 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>If you have configured the snapshot schedule, the configuration has been completed.</li>
<li>If you have not configured the snapshot schedule, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark157">&#8220;5.1.4.10 Configuring</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark157">Snapshot Storage Schedule.</a>&#8221;
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark374"></a> Configuring Event Triggered Snapshot</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Camera ^ Encode ^ Snapshot</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Snapshot </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2 In the <strong>Mode </strong>list, select <strong>Event</strong>, and then configure other parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark376"> Figure 5-88.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="857" height="483" class="wp-image-2187" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-150.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 150" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 973" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-150.jpeg 857w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-150-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-150-768x433.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-150-810x457.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 857px) 100vw, 857px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-88</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark376"></a> Step 3 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Event <em>■&gt;</em> VIDEO DETECT</strong>, and select the event type to configure, for example, select the <strong>Motion Detect </strong>tab. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark377"> Figure 5-89.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="894" height="502" class="wp-image-2188" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-151.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 151" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 974" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-151.jpeg 894w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-151-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-151-768x431.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-151-810x455.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 894px) 100vw, 894px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-89</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark377"></a> Step 4 Select the <strong>Snapshot </strong>check box and select the corresponding channel.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark378"></a> Configuring Face Detection Triggered Snapshot</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Camera ^ Encode &gt; Snapshot</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Snapshot </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2 In the <strong>Mode </strong>list, select <strong>Human Face</strong>, and then configure other parameters. See <a href="#post-2037-bookmark380">Figure 5-90.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="817" height="461" class="wp-image-2189" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-152.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 152" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 975" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-152.jpeg 817w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-152-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-152-768x433.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-152-810x457.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 817px) 100vw, 817px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-90</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark380"></a> Step 3 Select <strong>Main Menu -&gt;Intelligent^ Face Detect ^ Parameters &gt; Human Face</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Human Face </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark381"> Figure 5-91.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="880" height="497" class="wp-image-2190" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-153.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 153" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 976" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-153.jpeg 880w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-153-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-153-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-153-810x457.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 880px) 100vw, 880px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-91</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark381"></a> Step 4 Select the <strong>Snapshot </strong>check box and select the corresponding channel.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark382"></a> Configuring Snapshot Storage Schedule</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You need to configure the storage schedule for the snapshot so that the snapshot can be saved.</p>
<p>For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark157">&#8220;5.1.4.10 Configuring Snapshot Storage Schedule.</a>&#8221;</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark384"></a> Backing up Snapshots to FTP</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Storage ^ FTP</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>FTP </strong>interface is displayed. See Figure 5-92.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="833" height="470" class="wp-image-2191" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-154.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 154" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 977" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-154.jpeg 833w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-154-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-154-768x433.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-154-810x457.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 833px) 100vw, 833px" /></p>
<p>Step 2 Enable the FTP function and configure the parameters. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark785">&#8220;5.17.8</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark785">Configuring FTP Storage Settings.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>The snapshots will be uploaded to FTP for backup.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark386"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark387"></a> 5.9 Playing Back Video</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="906" height="510" class="wp-image-2192" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-155.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 155" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 978" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-155.jpeg 906w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-155-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-155-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-155-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 906px) 100vw, 906px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark389"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark390"></a> Enabling Record Control</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="70" height="60" class="wp-image-2193" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-156.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 156" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 979"></p>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<ul>
<li>Manual recording operation requires the user have the permission to access <strong>STORAGE </strong>settings.</li>
<li>Check to ensure the HDD installed in the Device has been formatted properly.</li>
</ul>
<p>To enter the record control interface, do the following:</p>
<p>Step 1 Right-click on the live view screen, the shortcut menu is displayed. On the shortcut menu, select <strong>Manual <em>■&gt;</em> Record Control</strong>. The <strong>RECORD </strong>interface is displayed, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark392">Figure 5-93.</a></p>
<p>RECORD</p>
<p>Mainstream All 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16</p>
<p>Auto</p>
<p>Manual</p>
<p>Stop</p>
<p>Sub Stream</p>
<p>Auto</p>
<p>Manual</p>
<p>Stop</p>
<p>Snapshot</p>
<p>Enable</p>
<p>Disable</p>
<p>Apply Back</p>
<p>Figure 5-93</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark392"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the record control parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark393"> 0.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark393"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>Displays all the analog channels and the connected digital channels.</p>
<p>You can select a single channel or select <strong>All</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Record status</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li><strong>Auto</strong>: Automatically record according to the record type and</li>
</ul>
<p>recording time as configured in the recording schedule.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Manual</strong>: Keep general recording for 24 hours for the selected</li>
</ul>
<p>channel.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Stop</strong>: Do not record.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Snapshot status</td>
<td>Enable or disable the scheduled snapshot for the corresponding channels.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-31</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark394"></a> Instant Playback</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can use the instant playback function to play back the previous five minutes to sixty minutes of the recorded video in any channel. For details about instant playback function, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark172">&#8220;5.2.2.1</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark172">Instant Playback.</a>&#8221;</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark396"></a> Main Interface of Video Playback</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can search for and play back the recorded video saved on the Device.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Video</strong>, the video search interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark398"> Figure 5-94.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="844" height="478" class="wp-image-2194" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-157.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 157" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 980" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-157.jpeg 844w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-157-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-157-768x435.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-157-810x459.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 844px) 100vw, 844px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-94</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark398"></a><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td rowspan="2">Display Window</td>
<td>Display the searched recorded video or picture. It supports playing in single-channel, 4-channel, 9-channel, and 16-channel simultaneously.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>When playing back in a single channel mode, hold down the left</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>mouse button to select the area that you want to enlarge. The</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>area is enlarged after the left mouse button is released. To exit the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>enlarged status, right-click on the image.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Playback</p>
<p>Controls Bar</td>
<td>Playback control buttons. For details about the control buttons, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark399">&#8220;5.9.3.2 Introducing Playback Controls.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Time Bar</td>
<td>Display the type and time period of the current recorded video.</p>
<ul>
<li>In the 4-channel layout, there are four-time bars are</li>
</ul>
<p>displayed; in the other view layouts, only one-time bar is displayed.</p>
<ul>
<li>Click on the colored area to start playback from a certain time.</li>
<li>In the situation when you are configuring the settings, rotate</li>
</ul>
<p>the wheel button on the time bar, the time bar is zooming in from 0. In the situation when playback is ongoing, rotate the wheel button on the time bar, the time bar is zooming from the time point where the playback is located.</p>
<ul>
<li>Time bar colors: Green indicates general type; Red indicates</li>
</ul>
<p>external alarm; Yellow indicates motion detection; Blue indicates intelligent events; Purple indicates POS events.</p>
<ul>
<li>For some models, when you are clicking on the blank area in</li>
</ul>
<p>the time bar, the system automatically jumps to the next time point where there is a recorded video located.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td>Play Status</td>
<td>Includes two playback statuses: <strong>Play </strong>and <strong>Stop</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>5</td>
<td>Sync</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Sync </strong>check box to simultaneously play recorded videos of different channels in the same period in multi-channel view.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td colspan="7"><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>6</td>
<td>Record type</td>
<td colspan="7">Select the check box to define the recording type to search for.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>7</td>
<td>Search type</td>
<td colspan="7">Select the content to play back: <strong>Record</strong>, <strong>PIC</strong>, <strong>Splice Playback</strong>.</p>
<p>For details about the selecting search type, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark403">&#8220;5.9.3.3 Selecting</a></p>
<p><a href="#post-2037-bookmark403">Search Type.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>8</td>
<td>Calendar</td>
<td colspan="7">Click the date that you want to search, the time bar displays the corresponding record.</p>
<p>The dates with record or snapshot have a small solid circle under the date.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">9</td>
<td rowspan="3">View Layout and Channel Selection</td>
<td colspan="7">In the <strong>CAM NAME </strong>list, select the channel(s) that you want to play back.</p>
<p>• The window split is decided by how you select the channel(s).</p>
<p>For example, if you select one channel, the playback is displayed in the single-channel view; if you select two to four channels, the playback is displayed in the four-channel view. The maximum is eight channels.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>• Clink</td>
<td>M</td>
<td colspan="3">tn Q\A/itnh thn Qtrnam«;</td>
<td>M</td>
<td rowspan="2">indicates main .</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">stream, and</td>
<td>S</td>
<td colspan="2">indicates sub stream</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>10</td>
<td>Video Splice</td>
<td colspan="7">Splice a section of recorded video and save it. For details about splicing a recorded video, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark408">&#8220;5.9.3.4 Clipping Recorded Video.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>11</td>
<td>Backup</td>
<td colspan="7">Back up the recorded video files. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark413">&#8220;5.9.3.5 Backing</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark413">up Recorded Video.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>12</td>
<td>List Display</td>
<td colspan="7">This area includes <strong>Mark List </strong>and <strong>File List</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>^3: </strong>Click the <strong>Mark List </strong>button, the marked recorded video</li>
</ul>
<p>list is displayed. Double-click the file to start playing.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>^3: </strong>Click the <strong>File List </strong>button, the searched recorded video</li>
</ul>
<p>list is displayed. You can lock the files. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark440">&#8220;5.9.8</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark440">Using the File List.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>13</td>
<td>Full Screen</td>
<td colspan="7">Click ^3 to display in full screen. In the full screen mode, point to the bottom of the screen, the time bar is displayed. Right-click on the screen to exit full screen mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>14</td>
<td>Time Bar Unit</td>
<td colspan="7">You can select 24hr, 2hr, 1hr, or 30min as the unit of time bar. The time bar display changes with the setting.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-32</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark399"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark400"></a> Introducing Playback Controls Bar</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can perform the operations such as control the speed of playback, add mark, and take</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark402"></a> snapshots through the playback controls bar. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark402"> Figure 5-95 </a>and<a href="#post-2037-bookmark404"> Table 5-33.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="782" height="52" class="wp-image-2195" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-158.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 158" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 981" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-158.jpeg 782w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-158-300x20.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-158-768x51.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 782px) 100vw, 782px" /></p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>The play backward function and playback speed are dependent on the product version. The actual product shall govern. You can also contact the technical support to consult the hardware version information.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□. m</strong></td>
<td>Play/Pause.</p>
<p>During playing back, you can switch between play and pause.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□</strong></td>
<td>Stop.</p>
<p>During playing back, you can click the <strong>Stop </strong>button to stop playback.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□.m</strong></td>
<td>Play Backward.</p>
<p>• During playing back, click the <strong>Play Backward </strong>button to</p>
<p>backward play the recorded video, the button switches to EH; click EH to stop playing backward.</p>
<p><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2666.png" alt="♦" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> During playing back, click to start playing forward.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□. □</strong></td>
<td>Previous Frame/Next Frame.</p>
<p>* When the playback is paused, click <strong>UJ </strong>or click <strong>U3 </strong>to play single-frame recorded video.</p>
<p><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2666.png" alt="♦" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> When playing back single-frame recorded video, click <strong>13 </strong>to</p>
<p>start playing forward.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□</strong></td>
<td>Slow Playback.</p>
<ul>
<li>During playing back, click ^3 to set the speed of slow</li>
</ul>
<p>playback as SlowX1/2, SlowX1/4, SlowX1/8, or SlowX1/16.</p>
<ul>
<li>During fast playback, click ^3 to slow down the speed of fast</li>
</ul>
<p>playback.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□</strong></td>
<td>Fast Playback.</p>
<p><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2666.png" alt="♦" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> During playing back, click ^3 to set the speed of fast playback</p>
<p>as FastX2, FastX4, FastX8, or FastX16.</p>
<p>* During slow playback, click ^3 to speed up slow playback.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>El. d</strong></td>
<td>Previous Day/Next Day.</p>
<p>Click ^3 or click <strong>C2 </strong>to play the previous day or next day of the current recorded video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>L o |</strong></td>
<td>Adjust volume of playback.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Smart Search. For details about the using the smart search, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark417">&#8220;5.9.4 Smart Search.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>El</td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3">In the full screen mode, click to take a snapshot and save into</p>
<p>the USB storage device or mobile HDD.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3">Add Mark for the recorded view. For details about adding mark, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark420">&#8220;5.9.5 Marking and Playing Back Video.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Hide POS Hide.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="3">During single-channel playback, click information on the screen.</td>
<td><strong>^9</strong></td>
<td rowspan="3">to display or hide POS</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-33</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark403"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark404"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark405"></a> Selecting Search Type</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can search the recorded videos, splice, or snapshots from HDD or external storage device.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>From R/W HDD</strong>: Recorded videos or snapshots playback from HDD of the Device. See <a href="#post-2037-bookmark407">Figure 5-96.</a></li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="296" height="113" class="wp-image-2196" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-159.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 159" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 982"></p>
<p>Figure 5-96</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark407"></a><strong>From I/O Device</strong>: Recorded videos playback from external storage device. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark409"> Figure 5­97.</a></li>
</ul>
<p>Click <strong>Browse</strong>, select the save path of recorded video file that you want to play. Double­click the video file or click 13 to start playing.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="377" height="166" class="wp-image-2197" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-160.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 160" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 983" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-160.jpeg 377w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-160-300x132.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-160-375x166.jpeg 375w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 377px) 100vw, 377px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-97</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark408"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark409"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark410"></a> 5.9.3.4 Clipping Recorded Video</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark412"></a> During playback, clip sections of recorded video and save to the USB storage device. For the video clip interface, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark412"> Figure 5-98.</a></p>
<p>00:00:00 &#8211; 00:00:00</p>
<p>Figure 5-98</p>
<p>Step 1 Select a recorded video that you want to play.</p>
<p>• Click to start playing from the beginning.</p>
<p>• Double-click anywhere in the time bar colored area to start playback.</p>
<p>Step 2</p>
<p>Click on the time bar to select the start time, and then click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="37" height="33" class="wp-image-2198" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-161.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 161" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 984"></p>
<p>to start clipping.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click on the time bar to select the start time, and then click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="37" height="33" class="wp-image-2199" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-162.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 162" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 985"></p>
<p>to stop clipping.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click .</p>
<p>The <strong>BACKUP </strong>dialog box is displayed. You can back up the files.</p>
<p>NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>You can clip the video of a single-channel or multiple channels.</li>
<li>Maximum 1024 files can be backed up at one time.</li>
<li>The files that are selected in the <strong>File List </strong>cannot be clipped.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark413"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark414"></a> 5.9.3.5 Backing up Recorded Video</p>
<p>You can back up the recorded video file or splice video file into the USB storage device.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select the recorded video file that you want to back up. You can select the following two types of files:</p>
<ul>
<li>Recorded video file: Click ^3, the <strong>File List </strong>area is displayed. Select the file(s) that you want to back up.</li>
<li>Splice video file. For details about splicing video file, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark408">&#8220;5.9.3.4 Clipping</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark408">Recorded Video.</a>&#8220;</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 2 Click .</p>
<p>The <strong>BACKUP </strong>dialog box is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark416"> Figure 5-99.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="828" height="585" class="wp-image-2200" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-163.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 163" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 986" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-163.jpeg 828w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-163-300x212.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-163-768x543.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-163-810x572.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 828px) 100vw, 828px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-99</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark416"></a> Step 3 Click <strong>Backup</strong>.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<p>If you do not want to back the file, clear the check box.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark417"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark418"></a> 5.9.4 Smart Search</p>
<p>During playback, you can analyze a certain area to find if there was any motion detection event occurred. The system will display the images with motion events of the recorded video.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<p>Not all models support this function.</p>
<p>To use the Smart Search function, you need to enable the motion detection for the channel by selecting <strong>Main Menu ^ Alarm ^ Video Detect ^ Motion Detect</strong>.</p>
<p>To use the Smart Search function, do the following:</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Video</strong>, the video search interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2 In the <strong>CAME NAME </strong>list, select the channel(s) that you want to play.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>13 </strong>or double-click anywhere in the time bar colored area to start playback.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="55" height="45" class="wp-image-2201" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-164.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 164" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 987"></p>
<p>The grid is displayed on the screen.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Only single-channel supports smart search.</li>
<li>If multi-channels are selected, double-click on the channel window to display this channel only on the screen, and then you can start using smart search function.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 5 Drag the pointer to select the searching area. ED NOTE</p>
<p>The grid area supports 22&#215;18(PAL) and 22&#215;15(NTSC).</p>
<p>Step 6</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="55" height="48" class="wp-image-2202" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-165.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 165" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 988"></p>
<p>The screen starts playing back the motional splices of recorded video for the selected searching area.</p>
<p>Step 7</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="45" class="wp-image-2203" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-166.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 166" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 989"></p>
<p>to exit the playback.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark420"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark421"></a> 5.9.5 Marking and Playing Back Video</p>
<p>You can mark the recording for somewhere important. Then you can easily find the marked recording by searching time and mark name.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark423"></a> Marking a Video</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Video</strong>, the video search interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2 In the playback mode, click</p>
<p>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Add Mark </strong>dialog box is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark425"> Figure 5-100.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="229" class="wp-image-2204" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-167.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 167" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 990" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-167.jpeg 483w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-167-300x142.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-100</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark425"></a> Step 3 In the <strong>Name </strong>box, enter a name.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>This marked video file displays in the <strong>Mark List</strong>.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark426"></a> Playing Back Marked Video</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>This function is supported on single-channel playback.</p>
<p>Step 1 In the <strong>CAME NAME </strong>list, select one channel.</p>
<p>Step 2 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="39" class="wp-image-2205" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-168.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 168" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 991"></p>
<p>The Mark List interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark428"> Figure 5-101.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="250" height="477" class="wp-image-2206" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-169.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 169" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 992" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-169.jpeg 250w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-169-157x300.jpeg 157w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 250px) 100vw, 250px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-101</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark428"></a> Step 3 Double-click the file that you want to play back.</p>
<p>To search the marked video by time, in the <strong>SEARCH </strong>box on the top of the interface,</p>
<p>enter the time, and then click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="40" height="33" class="wp-image-2208" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-170.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 170" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 993"></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark429"></a> Playing Back Time before the Mark</p>
<p>You can configure to play N seconds of the marked video before the marked time.</p>
<p>Step 1 In the <strong>Name </strong>box, enter the name of a marked video.</p>
<p>Step 2 In the <strong>Playback time before the mark </strong>box, enter N seconds.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="40" height="39" class="wp-image-2209" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-171.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 171" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 994"></p>
<p>The playback starts from N seconds before the marked time.</p>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>If there is N seconds exist before the marked time, the playback starts from N seconds before the marked time. If there is not, it plays back as much as there is.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark431"></a> Managing Marked Video</p>
<p>In the <strong>Mark List </strong>interface, click ^3, the Manager interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark433"> Figure 5-102.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="618" height="591" class="wp-image-2210" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-172.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 172" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 995" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-172.jpeg 618w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-172-300x287.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 618px) 100vw, 618px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-102</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark433"></a> Be default, it manages all the marked videos of the selected channel.</li>
<li>To search the marked video, select channel number from the <strong>Channel </strong>list, enter time in <strong>Start Time </strong>box and <strong>End Time </strong>box, and then click <strong>Search</strong>.</li>
<li>All the marked videos display in time order.</li>
<li>To modify the name of marked video, double-click a marked video, the <strong>Edit Mark </strong>dialog box is displayed.</li>
<li>To delete the marked video, select the marked video, and then click <strong>Delete</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>After opening the <strong>Manger </strong>interface, the playback will pause until exiting this interface. If the marked video that was in playing back is deleted, the playback will start from the first marked video in the <strong>Mark List</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark434"></a> Playing Back Snapshots</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can search and play back the snapshots.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Video</strong>, the video search interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2 In the <strong>Search Type </strong>list, select <strong>PIC</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 3 In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select a channel number.</p>
<p>Step 4 In the <strong>Calendar </strong>area, select a date.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>13.</strong></p>
<p>The system starts playing snapshots according to the configured intervals.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark436"></a> Playing Back Splices</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can clip the recorded video files into splices and then play back at the same time to save your time.</p>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>Not all models support this function.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Video</strong>, the video search interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2 In the <strong>Search Type </strong>list, select <strong>Splice Playback</strong>; In the Split Mode list, select <strong>4</strong>, <strong>9</strong>, or</p>
<p><strong>16</strong>. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark438"> Figure 5-103.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="298" height="215" class="wp-image-2211" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-173.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 173" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 996"></p>
<p>Figure 5-103</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark438"></a> Step 3 In the <strong>Calendar </strong>area, select a date.</p>
<p>Step 4 In the <strong>CAM NAME </strong>list, select a channel.</p>
<p>Q NOTE</p>
<p>Only single-channel supports this function.</p>
<p>Step 5 Start playing back splices. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark439"> Figure 5-104.</a></p>
<p>• Click □, the playback starts from the beginning.</p>
<p>• Double-click anywhere on the time bar, the playback starts from where you click.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="52" class="wp-image-2212" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-174.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 174" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 997" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-174.jpeg 827w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-174-300x19.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-174-768x48.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-174-810x51.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-104</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark439"></a> Q NOTE</p>
<p>Every recorded video file must be at least five minutes. If a recorded video file is less than 20 minutes but still choose to split into four windows, the system will automatically adjust the windows quantity to ensure every splice is more than five minutes, and in this case it is possible that there are no images are displaying in some windows.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark440"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark441"></a> 5.9.8 Using the File List</p>
<p>You can view all the recorded videos within a certain period from any channel in the <strong>File List</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Video</strong>, the video search interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2 Select a channel(s).</p>
<p>Step 3</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="36" class="wp-image-2213" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-175.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 175" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 998"></p>
<p>The <strong>File List </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark443"> Figure 5-105.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="254" height="888" class="wp-image-2214" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-176.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 176" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 999" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-176.jpeg 254w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-176-86x300.jpeg 86w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 254px) 100vw, 254px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-105</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark443"></a> Step 4 Start playback.</p>
<ul>
<li>Click , the playback starts from the first file by default.</li>
<li>Click any file, the system plays back this file.</li>
</ul>
<p>Q2 NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>In the time box on the top of the file list interface, you can enter the specific time to search the file that you want to view.</li>
<li>In the File List area, there are 128 files can be displayed.</li>
<li>File type: <strong>R </strong>indicates general recorded video; <strong>A </strong>indicates recorded video with external alarms; <strong>M </strong>indicates recorded video with motion detection events; <strong>I </strong>indicates recorded video with intelligent vents.</li>
<li>Click a to return to the interface with calendar and CAM NAME list.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark444"></a> Locking and Unlocking the Recorded Video</p>
<ul>
<li>To lock the recorded video, in the <strong>File List </strong>interface, select the check box of the recorded</li>
</ul>
<p>video, and then click LU. The locked video will not be covered.</p>
<p>•</p>
<p>To view the locked information, click</p>
<p>, the <strong>FILE LOCKED </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>The recorded video that is under writing or overwriting cannot be locked.</p>
<ul>
<li>To unlock the recorded video, in the <strong>FILE LOCKED </strong>interface, select the video, and then click Unlock. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark446"> Figure 5-106.</a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark446"></a> Figure 5-106</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark447"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark448"></a> 5.10 Alarm Events Settings</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="908" height="512" class="wp-image-2215" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-177.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 177" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1000" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-177.jpeg 908w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-177-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-177-768x433.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-177-810x457.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 908px) 100vw, 908px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark450"></a> Video Detection</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark452"></a> Video detection adopts computer vision and image processing technology. The technology analyzes the video images to detect the obvious changes such as moving objects and blurriness. The system activates alarms when such changes are detected.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark453"></a> Configuring Motion Detect Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When the moving object appears, and moves fast enough to reach the preset sensitivity value, the system activates the alarm.</p>
<p>To configure the motion, detect settings, do the following:</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu^ Events VIDIEO DETECT &gt; Motion Detect</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Motion Detect </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark455"> Figure 5-107.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="812" height="459" class="wp-image-2216" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-178.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 178" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1001" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-178.jpeg 812w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-178-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-178-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-178-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 812px) 100vw, 812px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-107</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark455"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the motion detection parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark456"> Table 5-34.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select a channel to set the motion detection.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Region</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to define the motion detection region.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable MD</td>
<td>Enable or disable the motion detection function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable PIR</td>
<td>PIR function helps enhancing the accuracy and validity of motion detect. It can filter the meaningless alarms that are activated by the objects such as falling leaves, flies. The detection range by PIR is smaller than the field angle.</p>
<p>PIR function is enabled by default if it is supported by the cameras. Enabling PIR function will get the motion detect to be enabled automatically to generate motion detection alarms; if the PIR function is not enabled, the motion detect just has the general effect.</p>
<p>£D NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Only when the channel type is CVI, the PIR function can be</li>
</ul>
<p>enabled.</p>
<ul>
<li>If the camera does not support PIR function, it will be</li>
</ul>
<p>unusable.</p>
<ul>
<li>If the Device does not support PIR function, it will not be</li>
</ul>
<p>displayed on the interface.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>Define a period during which the motion detection is active.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Anti-Dither</td>
<td>Configure the event detection lasting time. The system records only one event during this period. The value ranges from 5 seconds to 300 seconds.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Out</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<ul>
<li>General Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the alarm</li>
</ul>
<p>devices connected to the selected output port.</p>
<ul>
<li>External Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the</li>
</ul>
<p>connected alarm box.</p>
<ul>
<li>Wireless Siren: Enable alarm activation through devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected by USB gateway or camera gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latch</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off alarm after the external alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 0 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds. If you enter 0, there will be no delay.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Show Message</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Show Message </strong>check box to enable a pop-up message in your local host PC.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Upload</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Alarm Upload </strong>check box to enable the system to upload the alarm signal to the network (including alarm center) when an alarm event occurs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Send Email</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Send Email </strong>check box to enable the system to send an email notification when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the email function is enabled in</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Network ^ Email</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Record Channel</td>
<td>Select the channel(s) that you want to record. The selected channel(s) starts recording after an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>The recording for motion detection and auto recording function</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>must be enabled. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">&#8220;5.1.4.9 Configuring Recorded</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">Video Storage Schedule&#8221;</a> and <a href="#post-2037-bookmark389">&#8220;5.9.1 Enabling Record Control.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PTZ</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display the PTZ interface.</p>
<p>Enable PTZ activation function. For each PTZ camera, select the preset that you want to be called when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Motion Detect can only activate PTZ preset.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Post Record</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off recording after the alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 10 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Tour</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Tour </strong>check box to enable a tour of the selected channels.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the tour is enabled and configured</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>in <strong>Main Menu ^ Display <em>■+</em> Tour</strong>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="7">Select the <strong>Snapshot </strong>check box to take a snapshot of the selected channel.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="6">To use this function, make sure the following settings are</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Snapshot</td>
<td colspan="2">configured:</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td colspan="6">The snapshot function is enabled for motion detect alarms in</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="4"><strong>Main Menu ^ Storage ^ Schedule &gt; Snapshot</strong>.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td colspan="6">Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera ^ Snapshot</strong>, in the <strong>Mode </strong>list,</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">select <strong>Event</strong>.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video Matrix</td>
<td colspan="7">Select the check box to enable the function. When an alarm event occurs, the video output port outputs the settings configured in <strong>Main Menu</strong>^ <strong>Display </strong>^ <strong>Tour</strong>.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="4">Not all models support this function.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Buzzer</td>
<td colspan="7">Select the check box to activate a buzzer noise at the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Log</td>
<td colspan="7">Select the check box to enable the Device to record a local alarm log.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark456"></a> Voice Prompts</td>
<td colspan="7">Select to enable audio broadcast/voice prompts in response to a motion detection event.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-34</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Default </strong>to restore the default setting.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Copy</strong>, in the <strong>Copy </strong>dialog box, select the additional channel(s) that you want to copy the motion detection settings to, and then click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Test </strong>to test the settings.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Setting the Motion Detection Region</strong></p>
<p>Step 1 Next to <strong>Region</strong>, click <strong>Setting</strong>.</p>
<p>The region setting screen is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2 Point to the middle top of the interface.</p>
<p>The setting interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark457"> Figure 5-108.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="526" height="205" class="wp-image-2217" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-179.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 179" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1002" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-179.jpeg 526w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-179-300x117.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 526px) 100vw, 526px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-108</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark457"></a> Step 3 Configure the regions settings. You can configure totally four regions.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select one region, for example, click .</li>
<li>Drag on the screen to select the region that you want to detect.</li>
</ol>
<p>The selected area shows the color that represents the region.</p>
<p>3) Configure the parameters.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td>Enter a name for the region.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Sensitivity</td>
<td>Every region of every channel has an individual sensitivity value. The bigger the value is, the easier the alarms can be activated.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Threshold</td>
<td>Adjust the threshold for motion detect. Every region of every channel has an individual threshold.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 5-109</p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<p>When anyone of the four regions activates motion detect alarm, the channel where this region belongs to will activate motion detect alarm.</p>
<p>Step 4 Right-click on the screen to exit the region setting interface.</p>
<p>Step 5 On the <strong>Motion Detect </strong>interface, click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><strong>Setting Motion Detection Period</strong></p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<p>The system only activates the alarm in the defined period.</p>
<p>Step 1 Next to <strong>Period</strong>, click <strong>Setting</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Setting </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark458"> Figure 5-110.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="826" height="471" class="wp-image-2218" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-180.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 180" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1003" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-180.jpeg 826w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-180-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-180-768x438.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-180-810x462.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 826px) 100vw, 826px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-110</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark458"></a> Step 2 Define the motion detection period. By default, it is active all the time.</p>
<ul>
<li>Define the period by drawing.</li>
</ul>
<p>O Define for a specified day of a week: On the timeline, click the half-hour blocks to select the active period.</p>
<p>O Define for several days of a week: Click ^9 before each day, the icon</p>
<p>switches to a. On the timeline of any selected day, click the half-hour blocks to select the active periods, all the days with a will take the same settings.</p>
<p>O Define for all days of a week: Click <strong>All</strong>, all e switches to E3. On the</p>
<p>timeline of any day, click the half-hour blocks to select the active periods, all the days will take the same settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>Define the period by editing. Take Sunday as an example.</li>
</ul>
<p>1) Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="39" class="wp-image-2219" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-181.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 181" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1004"></p>
<p>The <strong>Period </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark459"> Figure 5-111.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="815" height="457" class="wp-image-2220" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-182.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 182" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1005" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-182.jpeg 815w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-182-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-182-768x431.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-182-810x454.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 815px) 100vw, 815px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-111</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark459"></a> Enter the time frame for the period and select the check box to enable the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>O There are six periods for you to set for each day.</p>
<p>O Under <strong>Copy</strong>, select <strong>All </strong>to apply the settings to all the days of a week, or select specific day(s) that you want to apply the settings to.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK </strong>to save the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>Step 3 On the <strong>Motion Detect </strong>interface, click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark460"></a> 5.10.1.2 Configuring Video Loss Settings</p>
<p>When the video loss occurs, the system activates the alarm. To configure the Video loss settings, do the following:</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Event ^ VIDIEO DETECT <em>■&gt;</em> Video Loss</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Video Loss </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark462"> Figure 5-112.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="817" height="458" class="wp-image-2221" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-183.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 183" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1006" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-183.jpeg 817w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-183-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-183-768x431.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-183-810x454.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 817px) 100vw, 817px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-112</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark462"></a> Step 2 To configure the settings for the video loss detection parameters, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">“5.10.1.1</a> Co<a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">nfiguring Motion Detect Settings.</a>”</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>For PTZ activation, different from motion detection, the video loss detection can activate PTZ preset, tour, and pattern.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Default </strong>to restore the default setting.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Copy</strong>, in the <strong>Copy </strong>dialog box, select the additional channel(s) that you want to copy the motion detection settings to, and then click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark463"></a> 5.10.1.3 Configuring Tampering Settings</p>
<p>When the camera lens is covered, or the video is displayed in a single color because of the causes such as sunlight status, the monitoring cannot be continued normally. To avoid such situations, you can configure the tampering alarm settings.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Event ^ VIDIEO DETECT ^ Tampering</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Tampering </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark465"> Figure 5-113.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="799" height="448" class="wp-image-2222" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-184.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 184" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1007" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-184.jpeg 799w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-184-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-184-768x431.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 799px) 100vw, 799px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-113</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark465"></a> Step 2 To configure the settings for the tampering detection parameters, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">“5.10.1.1</a> Co<a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">nfiguring Motion Detect Settings.</a>”</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>For PTZ activation, different from motion detection, the video loss detection can activate PTZ preset, tour, and pattern.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Default </strong>to restore the default setting.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Copy</strong>, in the <strong>Copy </strong>dialog box, select the additional channel(s) that you want to copy the motion detection settings to, and then click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark466"></a> 5.10.1.4 Configuring Diagnosis Settings</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>This function can be used only when it is supported by the camera.</p>
<p>When the video appear the conditions such as blurry, overexposed, or the color changes, the system activates the alarm.</p>
<p>To configure the diagnosis settings, do the following:</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Events VIDIEO DETECT &gt; Diagnosis</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Diagnosis </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark468"> Figure 5-114.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="750" height="423" class="wp-image-2223" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-185.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 185" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1008" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-185.jpeg 750w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-185-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 750px) 100vw, 750px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-114</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark468"></a> Step 2 To configure the settings for the diagnosis parameters, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">&#8220;5.10.1.1 Configuring</a></p>
<p><a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">Motion Detect Settings.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>Click <strong>Default </strong>to restore the default setting.</p>
<p><strong>Setting the Types for Diagnosing Targets</strong></p>
<p>Step 1 Next to <strong>Rule</strong>, click <strong>Setting</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Diagnosis </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark469"> Figure 5-115.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="528" height="374" class="wp-image-2224" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-186.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 186" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1009" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-186.jpeg 528w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-186-300x213.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 528px) 100vw, 528px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-115</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark469"></a> Step 2 Select the items that you want to diagnose and set the threshold (30 by default). See <a href="#post-2037-bookmark470">Table 5-35.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Stripe</td>
<td>A horizontal, vertical or diagonal stripe that might appear in the video because of device aging or electronic interruption. Such stripe brings visual interruption.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Noise</td>
<td>Video noises such as blurriness or quality reduction that is caused by optical distortion or device problem during camera shooting.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Color Cast</td>
<td>Variances in the normal proportions of RGB colors.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Out of Focus</td>
<td>Blurry video is caused during camera shooting, transferring and processing. Such condition is a common image quality reduction problem and defined as out of focus.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Overexposure</td>
<td>The video brightness refers to the intensity of image pixel. The range is between 0 (the darkest black) and 255 (the brightest white). If the brightness exceeds the threshold, the image is over exposed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark470"></a> Threshold</td>
<td>The range is from 1 through 100. If the value after diagnosing is higher than what you set, the system activates the alarm to the corresponding diagnosing types such as stripe.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-35</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>OK </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>The system returns to the <strong>Diagnosis </strong>interface.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<p>Click <strong>Default </strong>to restore the default setting.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark471"></a> 5.10.2 Intelligent Function</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="907" height="510" class="wp-image-2225" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-187.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 187" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1010" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-187.jpeg 907w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-187-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-187-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-187-810x455.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 907px) 100vw, 907px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="100" height="28" class="wp-image-2226" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-188.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 188" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1011"></p>
<p>Please disable IP channels function first before using IVS function.</p>
<p>IVS function processes and analyzes the images to extract the key information to match with the preset rules. When the detected behaviors match with the rules, the system activates alarms.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Intelligent</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>INTELL SETTING </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark473"> Figure 5-116.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="739" height="418" class="wp-image-2227" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-189.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 189" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1012" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-189.jpeg 739w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-189-300x170.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 739px) 100vw, 739px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-116</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark473"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel number that you want to configure the IVS function for.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Add</strong>.</p>
<p>One line of rule is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark474"> Figure 5-117.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="739" height="418" class="wp-image-2228" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-190.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 190" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1013" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-190.jpeg 739w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-190-300x170.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 739px) 100vw, 739px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-117</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark474"></a> Step 4 Configure the parameters for the rule that you selected.</p>
<p>Step 5 Select the check box of the rule to enable it.</p>
<p>Step 6 Click Apply to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark475"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark476"></a> Configuring Tripwire Rules</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When the target object crosses the tripwire in the defined direction, the system activates alarms.</p>
<ul>
<li>The tripwire can be configured as a straight line or broken line.</li>
<li>Supports detecting one-way or two-way tripwire crossing.</li>
<li>Supports multiple tripwires in the same scenario to meet the complexity.</li>
<li>Supports size filtering for target.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the rule line that you added, in the <strong>Type </strong>list, select <strong>Tripwire</strong>. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark478"> Figure 5-118.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="719" height="405" class="wp-image-2229" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-191.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 191" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1014" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-191.jpeg 719w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-191-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 719px) 100vw, 719px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-118</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark478"></a> Step 2 Draw a tripwire.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to configure the rules for.</li>
<li>Click □.</li>
</ol>
<p>The monitoring screen to configure the tripwire rules is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark479"> Figure 5­119.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="760" height="563" class="wp-image-2230" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-192.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 192" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1015" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-192.jpeg 760w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-192-300x222.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 760px) 100vw, 760px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-119</p>
<p>3) Configure the settings for the parameters of drawing rules. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark480"> Table 5-36.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark479"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td colspan="3">Enter the customized rule name.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Direction</td>
<td colspan="3">Set the direction of the tripwire. You can choose <strong>A to B </strong>(left to right), <strong>B to A </strong>(right to left), and <strong>Both</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Filtering Target</td>
<td>Click</td>
<td></td>
<td>to draw areas to filter the target.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>CQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>You can configure two filtering targets (maximum size and</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>minimum size). When the target that is crossing the tripwire is</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>smaller than the minimum size or larger than the maximum size,</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>no alarms will be activated. The maximum size should be larger</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>than the minimum size.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-36</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark480"></a> Drag to draw a tripwire. The tripwire can be a straight line, broken line or polygon.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save </strong>to save the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>Step 3 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="40" height="39" class="wp-image-2231" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-193.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 193" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1016"></p>
<p>to set the actions to be triggered.</p>
<p>The <strong>Trigger </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark481"> Figure 5-120.</a></p>
<p>Trigger</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Period</p>
<p>Alarm Out</p>
<p>Show Message</p>
<p>Record Channel</td>
<td>Setting</td>
<td rowspan="3">Latch</p>
<p>Send Email</td>
<td rowspan="3">10</td>
<td rowspan="3">Sec.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Setting</p>
<p>Alarm Upload</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PTZ</td>
<td>Setting</td>
<td>Post Record</td>
<td>10</td>
<td>Sec.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Tour</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Snapshot</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Buzzer</td>
<td></td>
<td>Log</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Voice Prompts</td>
<td>None</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>OK Back</p>
<p>Figure 5-120</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark481"></a> Step 4 Configure the triggering parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark482"> Table 5-37.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>Click <strong>Set </strong>to display set interface.</p>
<p>Define a period during which the motion detection is active. For details, see &#8220;Setting Motion Detection Period” section in <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">&#8220;5.10.1.1</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">Configuring Motion Detect Settings.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Out</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<ul>
<li>General Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the alarm</li>
</ul>
<p>devices connected to the selected output port.</p>
<ul>
<li>External Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the</li>
</ul>
<p>connected alarm box.</p>
<ul>
<li>Wireless Siren: Enable alarm activation through devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected by USB gateway or camera gateway.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latch</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off alarm after the external alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 0 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Show Message</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Show Message </strong>check box to enable a pop-up message in your local host PC.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Upload</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Alarm Upload </strong>check box to enable the system to upload the alarm signal to the network (including alarm center) when an alarm event occurs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Send Email</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Send Email </strong>check box to enable the system to send an email notification when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the email function is enabled in</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Network ^ Email</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Record Channel</td>
<td>Select the channel(s) that you want to record. The selected channel(s) starts recording after an alarm event occurs. ED NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>The recording for intelligence event and auto recording function</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>must be enabled. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">&#8220;5.1.4.9 Configuring Recorded</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">Video Storage Schedule&#8221;</a> and <a href="#post-2037-bookmark389">&#8220;5.9.1 Enabling Record Control.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PTZ</td>
<td>Click <strong>Set </strong>to display the PTZ interface.</p>
<p>Enable PTZ activation function. For each PTZ camera, select the preset that you want to be called when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Motion Detect can only activate PTZ preset.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Post Record</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off recording after the alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 10 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Tour</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Tour </strong>check box to enable a tour of the selected channels.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the tour is enabled and configured</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>in <strong>Main Menu ^ Display^ Tour</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Select the <strong>Snapshot </strong>check box to take a snapshot of the selected channel.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the following settings are</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Snapshot</td>
<td>configured:</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>• The snapshot function is enabled for motion detect alarms in</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Main Menu ^ Storage ^ Schedule <em>■+</em> Snapshot</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>• Select <strong>Main Menu ^Camera ^ Snapshot</strong>, in the <strong>Mode </strong>list,</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>select <strong>Event</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video Matrix</td>
<td>Select the check box to enable the function. When an alarm event occurs, the video output port outputs the settings configured in &#8220;<strong>Main Menu ^ Display ^ Tour</strong>.&#8221;</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>CQ NOTE</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Not all models support this function.</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Buzzer</td>
<td colspan="2">Select the check box to activate a buzzer noise at the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Log</td>
<td colspan="2">Select the check box to enable the Device to record a local alarm log.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark482"></a> Voice Prompts</td>
<td colspan="2">Select to enable audio broadcast/voice prompts in response to a motion detection event.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-37</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>The <strong>INTELL SETTING </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 6 Select the <strong>Enable </strong>check box, and then click <strong>Apply</strong>.</p>
<p>The tripwire detecting function is active. When the target object crosses the tripwire in the defined direction, the system activates alarms.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark483"></a> 5.10.2.2 Configuring Intrusion Rules</p>
<p>When the target enters and leaves the area, or the target appears in the defined area, the system activates alarms.</p>
<ul>
<li>You can define the shape and quantity of intrusion areas.</li>
<li>Supports detecting the behaviors that enter and leave the intrusion areas.</li>
<li>Supports detecting the behaviors that are moving in the intrusion areas. The quantity of</li>
</ul>
<p>areas and lasting time can be configured.</p>
<ul>
<li>Supports size filtering for target.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the rule line that you added, in the <strong>Type </strong>list, select <strong>Intrusion</strong>. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark485"> Figure 5-121.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="816" height="460" class="wp-image-2232" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-194.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 194" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1017" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-194.jpeg 816w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-194-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-194-768x433.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-194-810x457.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 816px) 100vw, 816px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-121</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark485"></a> Step 2 Draw a tripwire.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to configure the rules for.</li>
<li>Click □.</li>
</ol>
<p>The monitoring screen to configure the intrusion rules is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark486"> Figure 5­122.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="705" height="545" class="wp-image-2233" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-195.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 195" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1018" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-195.jpeg 705w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-195-300x232.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 705px) 100vw, 705px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-122</p>
<p>3) Configure the settings for the parameters of drawing rules. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark487"> Table 5-3</a><a href="#post-2037-bookmark480">8Table</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark480">5-36.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark486"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td colspan="2">Enter the customized rule name.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Action</td>
<td colspan="5">Configure the actions that are defined as intrusion. You can select the <strong>Appear </strong>check box and the <strong>Cross-check </strong>box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Direction</td>
<td colspan="5">In the <strong>Direction </strong>list, select the direction of crossing the configured area. You can select <strong>Enter&amp;Exit</strong>, <strong>Enters</strong>, and <strong>Exits</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">Click ^3 to draw areas to filter the target.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2"><a id="post-2037-bookmark487"></a> Filtering Target</td>
<td colspan="2">You can configure two filtering targets (maximum size and</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">minimum size). When the target that is crossing the tripwire is</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="4">smaller than the minimum size or larger than the maximum size,</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="4">no alarms will be activated. The maximum size should be larger</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>than the minimum size.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-38</p>
<ol>
<li>Drag to draw an area.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save </strong>to save the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>Step 3 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="40" height="39" class="wp-image-2234" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-196.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 196" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1019"></p>
<p>to set the actions to be triggered. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark475">&#8220;5.10.2.1 Configuring</a></p>
<p><a href="#post-2037-bookmark475">Tripwire Rules.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>Step 4 Select the <strong>Enable </strong>check box, and then click <strong>Apply</strong>.</p>
<p>The intrusion detecting function is active. When the target enters and leaves the area, or the target appears in the defined area, the system activates alarms.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark488"></a> 5.10.2.3 Configuring Abandoned Rules</p>
<p>When the object is placed in the defined detection area for more than the set time, the system activates alarms.</p>
<ul>
<li>You can define the shape and quantity of intrusion areas.</li>
<li>Period value can be configured.</li>
<li>Supports size filtering for target.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the rule line that you added, in the <strong>Type </strong>list, select <strong>Abandoned</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Abandoned </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark490"> Figure 5-123.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="760" height="429" class="wp-image-2235" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-197.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 197" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1020" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-197.jpeg 760w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-197-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 760px) 100vw, 760px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-123</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark490"></a> Step 2 Draw an area.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to configure the rules for.</li>
</ol>
<p>2)</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="47" class="wp-image-2236" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-198.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 198" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1021"></p>
<p>The monitoring screen to configure the abandoned rules is displayed. See Figure 5-124.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="621" height="494" class="wp-image-2237" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-199.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 199" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1022" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-199.jpeg 621w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-199-300x239.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 621px) 100vw, 621px" /></p>
<p>3) Configure the settings for the parameters of drawing rules. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark491"> Table 5-39.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td>Enter the customized rule name.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>Configure the minimum time period for activating alarms by detecting the abandoned objects.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Click fad to draw areas to filter the target</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>CQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2"><a id="post-2037-bookmark491"></a> Filtering Target</td>
<td>You can configure two filtering targets (maximum size and</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>minimum size). When the target that is crossing the tripwire is</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>smaller than the minimum size or larger than the maximum size,</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>no alarms will be activated. The maximum size should be larger</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>than the minimum size.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-39</p>
<ol>
<li>Drag to draw an area.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save </strong>to save the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>Step 3 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="40" height="39" class="wp-image-2238" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-200.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 200" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1023"></p>
<p>to set the actions to be triggered. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark475">&#8220;5.10.2.1 Configuring</a></p>
<p><a href="#post-2037-bookmark475">Tripwire Rules.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>Step 4 Select the <strong>Enable </strong>check box, and then click <strong>Apply</strong>.</p>
<p>The abandoned object detecting function is active. When the object is placed in the defined detection area for more than the set time, the system activates alarms.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark492"></a> 5.10.2.4 Configuring Missing Rules</p>
<p>When the target is taken away from the defined area exceeds the set time, the system activates alarms.</p>
<p>Step 1 On the rule line that you added, in the <strong>Type </strong>list, select <strong>Missing</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Missing </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark494"> Figure 5-125.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="757" height="425" class="wp-image-2239" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-201.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 201" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1024" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-201.jpeg 757w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-201-300x168.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 757px) 100vw, 757px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-125</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark494"></a> Step 2 Draw an area.</p>
<p>1) In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to configure the rules for.</p>
<p>2)</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="41" class="wp-image-2240" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-202.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 202" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1025"></p>
<p>The monitoring screen to configure the missing rules is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark495"> Figure 5­126.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="719" height="571" class="wp-image-2241" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-203.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 203" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1026" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-203.jpeg 719w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-203-300x238.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 719px) 100vw, 719px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-126</p>
<p>3) Configure the settings for the parameters of drawing rules. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark496"> Table 5-40.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark495"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td colspan="2">Enter the customized rule name.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td colspan="3">Configure the minimum time period for activating alarms by detecting the missing objects.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">Click to draw areas to filter the target.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2"><a id="post-2037-bookmark496"></a> Filtering Target</td>
<td colspan="2">You can configure two filtering targets (maximum size and</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">minimum size). When the target that is crossing the tripwire is</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="4">smaller than the minimum size or larger than the maximum size,</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="4">no alarms will be activated. The maximum size should be larger</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>than the minimum size.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-40</p>
<ol>
<li>Drag to draw an area.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save </strong>to save the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="40" height="39" class="wp-image-2242" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-204.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 204" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1027"></p>
<p>to set the actions to be triggered. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark475">&#8220;5.10.2.1 Configuring</a></p>
<p><a href="#post-2037-bookmark475">Tripwire Rules.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>Step 3 Select the <strong>Enable </strong>check box, and then click <strong>Apply</strong>.</p>
<p>The missing object detecting function is active. When the target is taken away from the defined area exceeds the set time, the system activates alarms.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark497"></a> Face Detection</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the face detection settings and search the detected faces in the defined time period.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark499"></a> Configuring Face Detection Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When the Device detects the human faces, the system activates alarms.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Not all models support this function.</li>
<li>Smart IPC must be equipped with face detect function.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Intelligent^ Face Detect ^ Parameters</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Human Face </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark501"> Figure 5-127.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="803" height="452" class="wp-image-2243" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-205.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 205" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1028" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-205.jpeg 803w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-205-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-205-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 803px) 100vw, 803px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="124" height="23" class="wp-image-2244" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-206.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 206" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1029"></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark501"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the face detection parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark502"> Table 5-41.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td colspan="3">In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select a channel to set the face detection.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to draw areas to filter the target.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Target Filter</td>
<td colspan="2">You can configure two filtering targets (maximum size and</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">minimum size). When the target is smaller than the minimum size</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3">or larger than the maximum size, no alarms will be activated. The</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>maximum size should be larger than the minimum size.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable or disable the face detection function.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td colspan="2">Define a period during which the motion detection is active.</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Out</td>
<td colspan="3">Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<p>Enable alarm activation function. Select the alarm output port(s) to which the peripheral alarm devices are connected. When an alarm event occurs, the system activates the peripheral alarm devices connected to the selected output port.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latch</td>
<td colspan="10">Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off alarm after the external alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 0 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds. If you enter 0, there will be no delay.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Send Email</td>
<td colspan="10">Select the <strong>Send Email </strong>check box to enable the system to send an email notification when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="9">To use this function, make sure the email function is enabled in</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="4"><strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Network <em>•+</em> EMAIL</strong>.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Record Channel</td>
<td colspan="8">Select the channel(s) that you want to record. The selected channel(s) starts recording after an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="9">The recording for intelligence event and auto recording function</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="9">must be enabled. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">&#8220;5.1.4.9 Configuring Recorded</a></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="8"><a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">Video Storage Schedule&#8221;</a> and <a href="#post-2037-bookmark389">&#8220;5.9.1 Enabling Record Control.</a>&#8216;</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PTZ</td>
<td colspan="9">Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display the PTZ interface.</p>
<p>Enable PTZ activation function. For each PTZ camera, select the preset that you want to be called when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="5">Motion Detect can only activate PTZ preset.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Post Record</td>
<td colspan="10">Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off recording after the alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 10 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="10">Select the <strong>Snapshot </strong>check box to take a snapshot of the selected channel.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="7">To use this function, make sure the following settings are</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Snapshot</td>
<td colspan="2">configured:</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td colspan="8">The snapshot function is enabled for motion detect alarms in</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="5"><strong>Main Menu ^ Storage ^ Schedule ^ Snapshot</strong>.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td colspan="8">Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera ^ Encode ^ Snapshot</strong>, in</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">the <strong>Mode </strong>list, select <strong>Event</strong>.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Buzzer</td>
<td colspan="8">Select the check box to activate a buzzer noise at the Device.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Log</td>
<td colspan="10">Select the check box to enable the Device to record a local alarm log.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark502"></a> Voice Prompts</td>
<td colspan="9">Select to enable audio broadcast/voice prompts in response to a human face detection event.</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-41</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark503"></a> Searching for Detected Faces</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^Video^ Intelligent Play^ Smart Search</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>SMART SEARCH </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark505"> Figure 5-128.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="782" height="439" class="wp-image-2245" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-207.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 207" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1030" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-207.jpeg 782w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-207-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-207-768x431.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 782px) 100vw, 782px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-128</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark505"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Begin Time </strong>box and <strong>End Time </strong>box, enter the time.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Search</strong>.</p>
<p>The faces searched in the defined period display. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark506"> Figure 5-129.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="820" height="465" class="wp-image-2246" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-208.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 208" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1031" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-208.jpeg 820w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-208-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-208-768x436.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-208-810x459.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 820px) 100vw, 820px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-129</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark506"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark507"></a> System Events</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the alarm output for three types of system event (HDD, Network, and User). When there is an abnormal system event occurs, the system activates alarms in the way that you configure in this section.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark509"></a> Configuring HDD Event Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Events Abnormity &gt; HDD</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>HDD </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark511"> Figure 5-130.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="873" height="486" class="wp-image-2247" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-209.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 209" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1032" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-209.jpeg 873w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-209-300x167.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-209-768x428.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-209-810x451.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 873px) 100vw, 873px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-130</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the settings for the HDD event. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark512"> Table 5-42.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark511"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Event Type</td>
<td>In the <strong>Event Type </strong>list, select <strong>No HDD</strong>, <strong>HDD Error</strong>, or <strong>HDD No Space </strong>as the event type.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable or disable the HDD event detection function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Out</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<ul>
<li>General Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the alarm devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected to the selected output port.</p>
<ul>
<li>External Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the connected</li>
</ul>
<p>alarm box.</p>
<ul>
<li>Wireless Siren: Enable alarm activation through devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected by USB gateway or camera gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latch</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off alarm after the external alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 10 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Show Message</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Show Message </strong>check box to enable a pop-up message in your local host PC.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Upload</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Alarm Upload </strong>check box to enable the system to upload the alarm signal to the network (including alarm center) when an alarm event occurs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Send Email</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Send Email </strong>check box to enable the system to send an email notification when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the email function is enabled in <strong>Main</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Menu ^ NETWORK ^ EMAIL</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Buzzer</td>
<td>Select the check box to activate a buzzer noise at the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Log</td>
<td>Select the check box to enable the Device to record a local alarm log.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark512"></a> Voice Prompts</td>
<td>Select to enable audio broadcast/voice prompts in response to a HDD alarm event.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-42</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark513"></a> Configuring Network Event Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Event ^ Abnormity ^ Network</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Network </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark515"> Figure 5-131.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="831" height="467" class="wp-image-2248" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-210.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 210" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1033" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-210.jpeg 831w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-210-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-210-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-210-810x455.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 831px) 100vw, 831px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-131</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the settings for the Network event. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark516"> Table 5-43.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark515"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Event Type</td>
<td>In the <strong>Event Type </strong>list, select <strong>Net Disconnection</strong>, <strong>IP Conflicted</strong>, or <strong>MAC Conflicted </strong>as the event type.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable or disable the Network event detection function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Out</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<ul>
<li>General Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the alarm devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected to the selected output port.</p>
<ul>
<li>External Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the connected</li>
</ul>
<p>alarm box.</p>
<ul>
<li>Wireless Siren: Enable alarm activation through devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected by USB gateway or camera gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latch</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off alarm after the external alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 10 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Show Message</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Show Message </strong>check box to enable a pop-up message in your local host PC.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Send Email</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Send Email </strong>check box to enable the system to send an email notification when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the email function is enabled in <strong>Main</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Menu ^ Network ^ Email</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Buzzer</td>
<td>Select the check box to activate a buzzer noise at the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Log</td>
<td>Select the check box to enable the Device to record a local alarm log.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark516"></a> Voice Prompts</td>
<td>Select to enable audio broadcast/voice prompts in response to a network alarm event.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-43</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark517"></a> Configuring User Event Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Event ^ Abnormity ^ User</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>User </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark519"> Figure 5-132.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="804" height="451" class="wp-image-2249" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-211.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 211" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1034" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-211.jpeg 804w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-211-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-211-768x431.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 804px) 100vw, 804px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-132</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the settings for the User event. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark520"> Table 5-44.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark519"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Event Type</td>
<td>In the <strong>Event Type </strong>list, select <strong>Illegal Login</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the user error detection function.</p>
<p>If you do not enable this function, there will be no limit for wrong password entry and the account cannot be locked because of the wrong password.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Attempt(s)</td>
<td>Set the maximum number of allowable wrong password entries. The account will be locked after your entries exceed the maximum number.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Lock Time</td>
<td>Set how long the account is locked for. The value ranges from 1 minute to 60 minutes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Out</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<ul>
<li>General Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the alarm devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected to the selected output port.</p>
<ul>
<li>External Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the connected</li>
</ul>
<p>alarm box.</p>
<ul>
<li>Wireless Siren: Enable alarm activation through devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected by USB gateway or camera gateway.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latch</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off alarm after the external alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 10 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Send Email</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Send Email </strong>check box to enable the system to send an email notification when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>1&#8217;H NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the email function is enabled in <strong>Main</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Menu ^ Network ^ Email</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Buzzer</td>
<td>Select the check box to activate a buzzer noise at the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Log</td>
<td>Select the check box to enable the Device to record a local alarm log.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark520"></a> Voice Prompts</td>
<td>Select to enable audio broadcast/voice prompts in response to a user account alarm event.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-44</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark521"></a> Configuring Device Event Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Event ^ Abnormity &gt; Device</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Device </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark523"> Figure 5-133.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="732" height="586" class="wp-image-2250" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-212.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 212" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1035" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-212.jpeg 732w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-212-300x240.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 732px) 100vw, 732px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-133</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the settings for the device event. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark524"> Table 5-45.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark523"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Event Type</td>
<td>In the <strong>Event Type </strong>list, select <strong>High Temperature </strong>or <strong>Fan Speed Abnormal</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Name</td>
<td>Enter the name for the event type.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the device event detection function.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Max Temperature</td>
<td colspan="3">In the <strong>Max Temperature </strong>box, enter the max temperature value.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Out</td>
<td colspan="3">Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<ul>
<li>General Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the alarm devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected to the selected output port.</p>
<ul>
<li>External Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the connected</li>
</ul>
<p>alarm box.</p>
<ul>
<li>Wireless Siren: Enable alarm activation through devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected by USB gateway or camera gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latch</td>
<td colspan="3">Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off alarm after the external alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 10 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Send Email</td>
<td colspan="2">Select the <strong>Send Email </strong>check box to enable the system to send an email notification when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>NOTE</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">To use this function, make sure the email function is enabled in <strong>Main</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Menu ^ Network ^ EMAIL</strong>.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Buzzer</td>
<td colspan="3">Select the check box to activate a buzzer noise at the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Log</td>
<td colspan="3">Select the check box to enable the Device to record a local alarm log.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark524"></a> Voice Prompts</td>
<td colspan="3">Select to enable audio broadcast/voice prompts in response to a Device alarm event.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-45</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark525"></a> Alarm Input Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Connect the alarm input and output ports by referring to <a href="#post-2037-bookmark67">&#8220;4.3 Connecting to Alarm Input and</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark67">Output.</a>&#8221; You can configure the alarm settings for each channel individually or apply the settings to all channels and then save the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark527"></a> Configuring Local Alarms</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can connect the alarm device to the alarm input port of the Device. When the alarm is activated on the alarm device, the alarm information will be uploaded to the Device, and then the Device outputs the local alarms in the way that you configure in this section.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Events ALARM INPUT <em>■&gt;</em> Local</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Local </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark529"> Figure 5-134.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="677" height="542" class="wp-image-2251" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-213.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 213" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1036" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-213.jpeg 677w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-213-300x240.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 677px) 100vw, 677px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-134</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the settings for the local alarms. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark530"> Table 5-46.</a></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark529"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></p>
<p><strong>Description</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Alarm In</td>
<td>Select the channel number.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Name</td>
<td>Enter the customized alarm name.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable or disable the local alarm function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Type</td>
<td>In the <strong>Type </strong>list, select <strong>NO </strong>or select <strong>NC </strong>as the voltage output type.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<p>Define a period during which the motion detection is active. For details, see &#8220;Setting Motion Detection Period&#8221; section in <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">&#8220;5.10.1.1</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">Configuring Motion Detect Settings.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Anti-Dither</td>
<td>Configure the event detection lasting time. The system records only one event during this period. The value ranges from 5 seconds to 600 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Out</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<ul>
<li>General Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the alarm devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected to the selected output port.</p>
<ul>
<li>External Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the connected</li>
</ul>
<p>alarm box.</p>
<ul>
<li>Wireless Siren: Enable alarm activation through devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected by USB gateway or camera gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latch</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off alarm after the external alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 0 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Show Message</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Show Message </strong>check box to enable a pop-up message in your local host PC.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Upload</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Alarm Upload </strong>check box to enable the system to upload the alarm signal to the network (including alarm center) when an alarm event occurs.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Select the <strong>Send Email </strong>check box to enable the system to send an email notification when an alarm event occurs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Send Email</td>
<td>EQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the email function is enabled in <strong>Main</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Menu ^ Network ^ EMAIL</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Select the channel(s) that you want to record. The selected channel(s) starts recording after an alarm event occurs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Record Channel</td>
<td>EQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>The recording for alarm and auto snapshot must be enabled. For</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">&#8220;5.1.4.9 Configuring Recorded Video Storage Schedule&#8221;</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>and <a href="#post-2037-bookmark389">&#8220;5.9.1 Enabling Record Control.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display the PTZ interface.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PTZ</td>
<td>Enable PTZ activation function. For each PTZ camera, select the preset that you want to be called when an alarm event occurs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off recording after</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Post Record</td>
<td>the alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 10 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Select the <strong>Tour </strong>check box to enable a tour of the selected channels.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Tour</td>
<td>EQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>To use this function, make sure the tour is enabled and configured in</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Main Menu ^ Display ^ TOUR</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Select the <strong>Snapshot </strong>check box to take a snapshot of the selected channel.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>EQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Snapshot</td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the following settings are configured:</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>• The snapshot function is enabled for motion detect alarms in <strong>Main</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Menu ^ Storage ^ Schedule ^ Snapshot</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>• Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■+</em> Camera ^ Encode ^ Snapshot</strong>, in the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Mode </strong>list, select <strong>Event</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Select the check box to enable the function. When an alarm event</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>occurs, the video output port outputs the settings configured in &#8220;<strong>Main</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video Matrix</td>
<td><strong>Menu ^ Display <em>■+</em> TOUR</strong>.&#8221;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>EQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Not all models support this function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Buzzer</td>
<td>Select the check box to activate a buzzer noise at the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Log</td>
<td>Select the check box to enable the Device to record a local alarm log.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark530"></a> Voice Prompts</td>
<td>Select to enable audio broadcast/voice prompts in response to a local alarm event.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-46</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Default </strong>to restore the default setting.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Copy</strong>, in the <strong>Copy </strong>dialog box, select the additional channel(s) that you want to copy the local alarm settings to, and then click <strong>Apply</strong>.
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark531"></a> Configuring Alarms from Alarm Box</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can connect the alarm box to the RS485 port of the Device. When the alarm is detected by the alarm box, the alarm information will be uploaded to the Device, and then the Device outputs the alarms in the way that you configure in this section.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Event^ALARM INPUT ^ Alarm Box</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Alarm Box </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark533"> Figure 5-135</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="748" height="420" class="wp-image-2252" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-214.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 214" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1037" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-214.jpeg 748w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-214-300x168.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 748px) 100vw, 748px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="124" height="23" class="wp-image-2253" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-215.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 215" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1038"></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark533"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Alarm Box </strong>list, select the alarm box number corresponding to the address number configured by the DIP switch on the Alarm Box.</p>
<p>Step 3 In the <strong>Alarm In </strong>list, select the alarm input port on the Alarm Box.</p>
<p>Step 4 Configure the settings for other parameters of the Alarm Box. For details, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark530"> Table 5­46.</a></p>
<p>Step 5</p>
<p>Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Default </strong>to restore the default setting.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark534"></a> Configuring Alarms from External IP Cameras</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Events ALARM INPUT ^ IPC Ext</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>IPC Ext </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark536"> Figure 5-136.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="759" height="425" class="wp-image-2254" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-216.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 216" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1039" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-216.jpeg 759w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-216-300x168.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 759px) 100vw, 759px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-136</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark536"></a> Step 2 Configure the alarm input settings from the external IPC. For details, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark530"> Table 5-46.</a></p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="178" height="35" class="wp-image-2255" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-217.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 217" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1040"></p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Default </strong>to restore the default setting.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the settings to other channels.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Refresh </strong>to refresh configured settings.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark537"></a> 5.10.5.4 Configuring Alarms for IP Camera Offline</p>
<p>You can configure the alarm settings for the situation when the IP camera is offline.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Event ^ ALARM INPUT ^ IPC Offline</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>IPC Offline </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark539"> Figure 5-137.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="749" height="421" class="wp-image-2256" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-218.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 218" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1041" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-218.jpeg 749w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-218-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 749px) 100vw, 749px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="124" height="23" class="wp-image-2257" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-219.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 219" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1042"></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark539"></a> Step 2 Configure the alarm input settings from the external IPC. For details, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark530"> Table 5-46.</a></p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>Q NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Default </strong>to restore the default setting.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the settings to other channels.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark540"></a> 5.10.5.5 Configuring Alarms from External Devices</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^Event^ ALARM INPUT ^ HDCVI Alarm</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Ext. Alarm </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark542"> Figure 5-138.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="793" height="445" class="wp-image-2258" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-220.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 220" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1043" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-220.jpeg 793w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-220-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-220-768x431.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 793px) 100vw, 793px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-138</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark542"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select a channel or <strong>all</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="45" height="38" class="wp-image-2259" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-221.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 221" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1044"></p>
<p>Step 3 Click</p>
<p>The <strong>Setting </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark543"> Figure 5-139.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="778" height="464" class="wp-image-2260" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-222.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 222" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1045" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-222.jpeg 778w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-222-300x179.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-222-768x458.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 778px) 100vw, 778px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-139</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark543"></a> Step 4 Configure the settings for other parameters of the Alarm Box. For details, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark530"> Table 5­46.</a></p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>OK </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark544"></a> 5.10.6 Alarm Output Settings</p>
<p>When the Device activates alarms, the connected alarm device generates alarms in the way that you can configure in this section. You can connect to the output port of the Device or connect wirelessly.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Auto</strong>: When an alarm event is triggered on the Device, the connected alarm device generates alarms.</li>
<li><strong>Manual</strong>: The alarm device is forced to keep generating alarms.</li>
<li><strong>Stop</strong>: The alarm output function is not enabled.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu^ Event ^ ALARM OUTPUT.</strong></p>
<p>The <strong>ALARM OUTPUT </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark546"> Figure 5-140.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="719" height="405" class="wp-image-2261" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-223.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 223" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1046" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-223.jpeg 719w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-223-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 719px) 100vw, 719px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-140</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the settings for the alarm output. For details, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark547"> Table 5-47</a><a href="#post-2037-bookmark530">.Table 5-46</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><a id="post-2037-bookmark546"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">General Alarm</td>
<td>Alarm Type</td>
<td>Select alarm type for each alarm output port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Status</td>
<td>Indicates the status of each alarm output port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Ext. Alarm</td>
<td>Alarm Box</td>
<td>Select the alarm box number corresponding to the address number configured by the DIP switch on the Alarm Box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Type</td>
<td>Select the alarm type for each alarm output ports.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Status</td>
<td>Indicates the status of each alarm output port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><a id="post-2037-bookmark547"></a> Alarm Release</td>
<td>Click <strong>OK to </strong>clear all alarm output status.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-47</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark548"></a> 5.11 IoT Function</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark550"></a> Configuring Sensor Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can connect external sensors wirelessly through the Device with USB gateway or through connecting to a camera gateway. After connection, you can activate alarm events through external sensors.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark552"></a> Connecting Sensor through Device</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>Only the Device with USB gateway supports this function.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Intelligent^ IoT ^Manager ^ Sensor Pairing</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Sensor Pairing </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark554"> Figure 5-141.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="781" height="440" class="wp-image-2262" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-224.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 224" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1047" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-224.jpeg 781w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-224-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-224-768x433.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 781px) 100vw, 781px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-141</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark554"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Access Type </strong>list, select <strong>USB Gateway</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Add</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Add </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark555"> Figure 5-142.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="482" class="wp-image-2263" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-225.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 225" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1048" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-225.jpeg 591w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-225-300x245.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-142</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark555"></a> Step 4 Click <strong>Pair</strong>.</p>
<p>The Device starts pairing with the sensor.</p>
<p>After pairing is completed, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark556"> Figure 5-143.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="482" class="wp-image-2264" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-226.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 226" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1049" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-226.jpeg 591w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-226-300x245.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-143</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark556"></a> Step 5 Click <strong>Back </strong>to exit the pairing interface.</p>
<p>The added sensor information is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark557"> Figure 5-144.</a> Q NOTE</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="43" class="wp-image-2265" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-227.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 227" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1050"></p>
<p>to modify the sensor name; click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="47" height="45" class="wp-image-2266" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-228.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 228" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1051"></p>
<p>to delete sensor information.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="781" height="440" class="wp-image-2267" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-229.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 229" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1052" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-229.jpeg 781w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-229-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-229-768x433.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 781px) 100vw, 781px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-144</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark557"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark558"></a> Connecting Sensor through Camera with Gateway</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>Only the camera with gateway supports this function.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Intelligent^ IoT ^ Manager ^ Sensor Pairing</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Sensor Pairing </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark560"> Figure 5-145.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="781" height="440" class="wp-image-2268" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-230.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 230" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1053" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-230.jpeg 781w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-230-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-230-768x433.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 781px) 100vw, 781px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-145</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark560"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Access Type </strong>list, select <strong>Camera Gateway</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 3 In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that is connected to the camera.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Add</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Add </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark561"> Figure 5-146.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="486" class="wp-image-2269" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-231.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 231" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1054" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-231.jpeg 591w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-231-300x247.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-146</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark561"></a> Step 5 Click <strong>Pair</strong>.</p>
<p>The Device starts pairing with the sensor.</p>
<p>After pairing is completed, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark562"> Figure 5-147.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="484" class="wp-image-2270" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-232.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 232" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1055" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-232.jpeg 591w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-232-300x246.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-147</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark562"></a> Step 6 Click <strong>Back </strong>to exit the pairing interface.</p>
<p>The added sensor information is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark563"> Figure 5-148.</a> Q NOTE</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="43" class="wp-image-2271" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-233.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 233" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1056"></p>
<p>to modify the sensor name; click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="47" height="45" class="wp-image-2272" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-234.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 234" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1057"></p>
<p>to delete sensor information.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="781" height="440" class="wp-image-2273" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-235.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 235" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1058" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-235.jpeg 781w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-235-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-235-768x433.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 781px) 100vw, 781px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-148</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark563"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark564"></a> 5.11.1.3 Configuring Alarm Linkage</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Intelligent^ IoT ^ Manager ^ Wireless Detector</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Wireless Detector </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark566"> Figure 5-149.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="834" height="614" class="wp-image-2274" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-236.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 236" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1059" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-236.jpeg 834w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-236-300x221.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-236-768x565.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-236-810x596.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 834px) 100vw, 834px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark566"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Access Type </strong>list, select <strong>USB</strong>, <strong>Camera</strong>, or <strong>All</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="45" height="39" class="wp-image-2275" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-237.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 237" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1060"></p>
<p>The <strong>Setting </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark543"> Figure 5-139.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="765" height="454" class="wp-image-2276" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-238.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 238" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1061" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-238.jpeg 765w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-238-300x178.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 765px) 100vw, 765px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-150</p>
<p>Step 4 Configure the settings for alarm linkage. For details, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark567"> Table 5-48.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td>Enter the customized alarm name.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<p>Define a period during which the motion detection is active. For details, see &#8220;Setting Motion Detection Period&#8221; section in <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">&#8220;5.10.1.1</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">Configuring Motion Detect Settings.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PTZ</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display the PTZ interface.</p>
<p>Enable PTZ activation function. For each PTZ camera, select the preset that you want to be called when an alarm event occurs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Out</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<ul>
<li>General Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the alarm devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected to the selected output port.</p>
<ul>
<li>External Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the connected</li>
</ul>
<p>alarm box.</p>
<ul>
<li>Wireless Siren: Enable alarm activation through devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected by USB gateway or camera gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latch</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off alarm after the external alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 0 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Post Record</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off recording after the alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 10 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Anti-Dither</td>
<td>Configure the event detection lasting time. The system records only one event during this period. The value ranges from 5 seconds to 600 seconds.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Record Channel</td>
<td>Select the channel(s) that you want to record. The selected channel(s) starts recording after an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>The recording for alarm and auto snapshot must be enabled. For</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">&#8220;5.1.4.9 Configuring Recorded Video Storage Schedule&#8221;</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>and <a href="#post-2037-bookmark389">&#8220;5.9.1 Enabling Record Control.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Select the <strong>Snapshot </strong>check box to take a snapshot of the selected channel.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Snapshot</td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the following settings are configured:</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>• The snapshot function is enabled for motion detect alarms in <strong>Main</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Menu ^ Storage ^ Schedule ^ Snapshot</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>• Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera ^ Encode ^ Snapshot</strong>, in the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Mode </strong>list, select <strong>Event</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Tour</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Tour </strong>check box to enable a tour of the selected channels. nn. note</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>To use this function, make sure the tour is enabled and configured in</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Main Menu ^ Display ^ TOUR</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Voice Prompts</td>
<td>Select to enable audio broadcast/voice prompts in response to a local alarm event.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">More Setting</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Show Message: Select the <strong>Show Message </strong>check box to enable a</li>
</ul>
<p>pop-up message in your local host PC.</p>
<ul>
<li>Buzzer: Select the check box to activate a buzzer noise at the</li>
</ul>
<p>Device.</p>
<ul>
<li>Video Matrix: Select the check box to enable the function. When</li>
</ul>
<p>an alarm event occurs, the video output port outputs the settings configured in &#8220;<strong>Main Menu ^ Display ^ TOUR</strong>.&#8221;</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Not all models support this function.</p>
<p>• Send Email: Enable the system to send an email notification when</p>
<p>an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the email function is enabled in <strong>Main</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Menu ^ Network ^ EMAIL</strong>.</p>
<p>• Log: Select the check box to enable the Device to record a local</p>
<p>alarm log</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-48</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark567"></a> Step 5 Click <strong>OK </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>Step 6 On the <strong>Wireless Detector </strong>interface, click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark568"></a> Configuring Temperature and Humidity Camera</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view, search and export the temperature and humidity data of camera with such sensors and configure the alarm event settings.</p>
<p>To use this function, please make sure there is at least one camera with temperature and humidity sensor has been connected to the Device.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark570"></a> Enabling Detecting Function</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You should enable the IoT function the first time when you enter this interface.</p>
<p>Step <strong>1 </strong>On the main menu^Intelligent, click <strong>loT ^ Manager ^ Temperature/Humidity</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Temperature/Humidity </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark572"> Figure 5-151.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="928" height="636" class="wp-image-2277" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-239.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 239" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1062" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-239.jpeg 928w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-239-300x206.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-239-768x526.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-239-810x555.jpeg 810w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-239-145x100.jpeg 145w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-239-380x260.jpeg 380w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 928px) 100vw, 928px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-151</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark572"></a> Step 2 Select the <strong>Enable </strong>check boxes to enable IoT function. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark573"> Figure 5-152.</a></p>
<p>REALTIME DISPLAY</p>
<p>SEARCH INFO</p>
<p>&gt; MANAGER</p>
<p>Tempraturev^u- Wirde» Detector VrSrdc» Siren</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Setting</td>
<td>Access Point</td>
<td>l?Pi</td>
<td>Detect PosOon Nam</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td></td>
<td>a</td>
<td>Ch»6</td>
<td>Ternipaatiire</td>
<td>Chn6 Temperature</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Sçnjçr Piiirmg</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="551" height="24" class="wp-image-2278" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-240.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 240" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1063" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-240.jpeg 551w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-240-300x13.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 551px) 100vw, 551px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-152</p>
<p>The Device starts detecting the temperature and humidity data from the camera and display on the <strong>Realtime Display </strong>interface.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark573"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark574"></a> Viewing Temperature and Humidity Data</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the temperature and humidity data on the <strong>Realtime Display </strong>interface after the IoT function is enabled.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Refresh Interval </strong>box, select data refresh interval. For example, you can select <strong>5 Sec</strong>.</p>
<p>You can also display the temperature and humidity data in graphical way by selecting the <strong>Display Graph </strong>check box to. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark576"> Figure 5-153 </a>for humidity data in graphical way.</p>
<p>&gt; REALTIME DISPLAY</p>
<p>SEARCH INFO</p>
<p>MANAGER</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>r+eh&#8217;«fi interval</td>
<td>5Sk</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>tiifXay Gras*</td>
<td>Accth Rani dm 6</td>
<td>tn*</p>
<p>Trtfnpcf dlijf f</td>
<td>Oawcr Roa bon Na*ii Chnfi-lenipcf alurc-1</td>
<td>Curr enl Vai u are</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>dify</td>
<td>Ghnfrltaiirftï 1</td>
<td>* m</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Témçièr Mui fr Ciiarl Humdiity Chart</p>
<p>&lt;kRH|</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="141" height="165" class="wp-image-2279" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-241.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 241" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1064"></p>
<p>C*e»f</p>
<p>Figure 5-153</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="100" height="28" class="wp-image-2280" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-242.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 242" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1065"></p>
<p>Click <strong>Clear </strong>to delete the data.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark576"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark577"></a> Exporting Temperature and Humidity Data</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can export the temperature and humidity data in .BMP format. Take exporting humidity data as an example.</p>
<p>Step 1 Prepare a USB device and plug it into the Device.</p>
<p>Step 2 On the <strong>Realtime Display </strong>interface, click the <strong>Humidity </strong>tab. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark579"> Figure 5-154</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="787" height="607" class="wp-image-2281" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-243.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 243" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1066" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-243.jpeg 787w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-243-300x231.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-243-768x592.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 787px) 100vw, 787px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-154</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark579"></a> Step 3 Click <strong>Locked </strong>to lock the data.</p>
<p>The export button is enabled.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Export</strong>. The system starts exporting the data.</p>
<p>After exporting is finished, a <strong>Message </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>You can find the exported data on your USB device.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark580"></a> Configuring Alarm Linkage</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure alarm linkage settings for temperature and humidity data.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><strong>Configuring Alarm Linkage for Temperature Data</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the main interface of Intelligent, click <strong>IoT ^ Manager ^ Temperature/Humidity</strong>. The <strong>Temperature/Humidity </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark582"> Figure 5-155.</a></p>
<p>REALTIME DISPLAY</p>
<p>SEARCH INFO</p>
<p>&gt; MANAGER</p>
<p>Tempraturev^u- Wirde» Detector VrSrdc» Siren</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Setting</td>
<td>Access Point</td>
<td>W</td>
<td>Delect Position Nam</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td></td>
<td>a</td>
<td>Ch»6</td>
<td>Tern ¡para Cure</td>
<td>Chn6 Temperature</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Sçnjçr Pairing</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="551" height="24" class="wp-image-2282" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-244.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 244" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1067" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-244.jpeg 551w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-244-300x13.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 551px) 100vw, 551px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-155</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="45" height="39" class="wp-image-2283" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-245.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 245" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1068"></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark582"></a> Step 2 On the temperature information line, click</p>
<p>The <strong>Setting </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark583"> Figure 5-156.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="752" height="479" class="wp-image-2284" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-246.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 246" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1069" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-246.jpeg 752w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-246-300x191.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 752px) 100vw, 752px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-156</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark583"></a> Step 3 Configure the settings for alarm linkage. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark584"> Table 5-49.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Access Point</td>
<td>Indicates the channel that the camera is connected to.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Type</td>
<td><strong>Temperature </strong>by default.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Detect Position</p>
<p>Name</td>
<td>Set the detect position name.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Preview Channel</td>
<td>Select the channel that you want to preview to help monitor the channel of access point. This channel could be the channel of access point or any other channels according to your actual situation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Event Type</td>
<td rowspan="2">Select event type as <strong>High </strong>or <strong>Low</strong>, and set the upper and low temperature limit respectively. For example, select event type as <strong>High </strong>and set upper limit as <strong>28</strong>, the alarm occurs when the temperature reaches 28 (&#8216;.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Upper Limit</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the alarm function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>Define a period during which the alarm setting is active. For more information about setting the period, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">&#8220;5.10.1.1 Configuring</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">Motion Detect Settings.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Out</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<ul>
<li>General Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the alarm</li>
</ul>
<p>devices connected to the selected output port.</p>
<ul>
<li>External Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the</li>
</ul>
<p>connected alarm box.</p>
<ul>
<li>Wireless Siren: Enable alarm activation through devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected by USB gateway or camera gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PTZ</td>
<td>Enable PTZ activation function.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display the PTZ interface. For each PTZ camera, select the preset, tour, or pattern that you want to be called when an alarm event occurs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latch</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off alarm after the external alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 0 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds. If you enter 0, there will be no delay.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Post Record</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off recording after the alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 10 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Anti-Dither</td>
<td>Configure the event detection lasting time. The system records only one event during this period. The value ranges from 5 seconds to 300 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Snapshot</td>
<td>Select the check box to take a snapshot of the selected channel. CD NOTE</p>
<p>To use this function, make sure the snapshot is enabled motion detect alarms in <strong>Main Menu <em>■+</em> Storage <em>■+</em> Schedule <em>■+ </em>Snapshot</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Record CH</td>
<td>Select the channel(s) that you want to record. The selected channel(s) starts recording after an alarm occurs.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>The recording for IoT alarms and auto recording function must be enabled. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">&#8220;5.1.4.9 Configuring Recorded Video</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">Storage Schedule&#8221;</a> and <a href="#post-2037-bookmark389">&#8220;5.9.1 Enabling Record Control.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Tour</td>
<td>Select the check box to enable a tour of the selected channels.</p>
<p>CP NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>To use this function, make sure the tour is enabled and configured</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>in <strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>Display <em>•+</em> TOUR</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Voice Prompts</td>
<td>Select to enable audio broadcast/voice prompts in response to a temperature alarm event.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">More Setting</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Show Message: Select the <strong>Show Message </strong>check box to</li>
</ul>
<p>enable a pop-up message in your local host PC.</p>
<ul>
<li>Buzzer: Select the check box to activate a buzzer noise at the</li>
</ul>
<p>Device.</p>
<ul>
<li>Video Matrix: Select the check box to enable the function.</li>
</ul>
<p>When an alarm event occurs, the video output port outputs the settings configured in &#8220;<strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>Display </strong>^ <strong>TOUR</strong>.&#8221;</p>
<p>CP NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Not all models support this function.</p>
<p>• Send Email: Enable the system to send an email notification</p>
<p>when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>CP NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the email function is enabled in</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Network <em>•+</em> EMAIL</strong>.</p>
<p>• Log: Select the check box to enable the Device to record a</p>
<p>local alarm log</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-49</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Save </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark584"></a><strong>Configuring Alarm Settings for Humidity Data</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the alarm event by setting the humidity data.</p>
<p>Step 1 On the main interface of Intelligent, click <strong>IoT <em>■+</em> Manager </strong>^ <strong>Temperature/Humidity</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Temperature/Humidity </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark585"> Figure 5-157.</a></p>
<p>REALTIME DISPLAY</p>
<p>SEARCH INFO</p>
<p>&gt; MANAGER</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Senser Pairing</td>
<td colspan="2">Tempratu rcAI u_</td>
<td>Wirde» Detector</td>
<td>Wir el ess Siren</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="6"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2 1</td>
<td>E natte</p>
<p>s</td>
<td>Sating</p>
<p>&lt;5</td>
<td>Accession!</p>
<p>Chn6</td>
<td>Temperature</td>
<td>Deled Position Nam Chn6-Temperature</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="511" height="20" class="wp-image-2285" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-247.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 247" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1070" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-247.jpeg 511w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-247-300x12.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 511px) 100vw, 511px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-157</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="45" height="38" class="wp-image-2286" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-248.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 248" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1071"></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark585"></a> Step 2 On the humidity information line, click</p>
<p>The <strong>Setting </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark586"> Figure 5-158.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="830" height="526" class="wp-image-2287" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-249.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 249" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1072" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-249.jpeg 830w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-249-300x190.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-249-768x487.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-249-810x513.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 830px) 100vw, 830px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-158</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark586"></a> Step 3 Configure the settings for the following parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark587"> Table 5-50.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Access Point</td>
<td>Indicates the channel that the camera is connected to.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Type</td>
<td><strong>Humidity </strong>by default.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Detect Position</p>
<p>Name</td>
<td>Set the detect position name.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Preview Channel</td>
<td>Select the channel that you want to preview to help monitor the channel of access point. This channel could be the channel of access point or any other channels according to your actual situation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Event Type</td>
<td rowspan="2">Select event type as <strong>High Humidity </strong>or <strong>Low Humidity</strong>, and set the upper and low humidity limit respectively. For example, select event type as <strong>High Humidity </strong>and set upper limit as <strong>60</strong>, the alarm occurs when the humidity reaches 60%RH.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Upper Limit</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the alarm function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>Define a period during which the alarm setting is active. For more information about setting the period, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">&#8220;5.10.1.1 Configuring</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">Motion Detect Settings.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Out</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<ul>
<li>General Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the alarm</li>
</ul>
<p>devices connected to the selected output port.</p>
<ul>
<li>External Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the</li>
</ul>
<p>connected alarm box.</p>
<ul>
<li>Wireless Siren: Enable alarm activation through devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected by USB gateway or camera gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PTZ</td>
<td>Enable PTZ activation function.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display the PTZ interface. For each PTZ camera, select the preset, tour, or pattern that you want to be called when an alarm event occurs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latch</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off alarm after the external alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 0 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds. If you enter 0, there will be no delay.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Post Record</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off recording after the alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 10 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Anti-Dither</td>
<td>Configure the event detection lasting time. The system records only one event during this period. The value ranges from 5 seconds to 300 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Snapshot</td>
<td>Select the check box to take a snapshot of the selected channel. CD NOTE</p>
<p>To use this function, make sure the snapshot is enabled motion detect alarms in <strong>Main Menu <em>■+</em> Storage <em>■+</em> Schedule <em>■+ </em>Snapshot</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Record CH</td>
<td>Select the channel(s) that you want to record. The selected channel(s) starts recording after an alarm occurs.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>The recording for IoT alarms and auto recording function must be enabled. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">&#8220;5.1.4.9 Configuring Recorded Video</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">Storage Schedule&#8221;</a> and <a href="#post-2037-bookmark389">&#8220;5.9.1 Enabling Record Control.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Tour</td>
<td>Select the check box to enable a tour of the selected channels.</p>
<p>CP NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>To use this function, make sure the tour is enabled and configured</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>in <strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>Display <em>•+</em> TOUR</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Voice Prompts</td>
<td>Select to enable audio broadcast/voice prompts in response to a temperature alarm event.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">More Setting</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Show Message: Select the <strong>Show Message </strong>check box to</li>
</ul>
<p>enable a pop-up message in your local host PC.</p>
<ul>
<li>Buzzer: Select the check box to activate a buzzer noise at the</li>
</ul>
<p>Device.</p>
<ul>
<li>Video Matrix: Select the check box to enable the function.</li>
</ul>
<p>When an alarm event occurs, the video output port outputs the settings configured in &#8220;<strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>Display </strong>^ <strong>TOUR</strong>.&#8221;</p>
<p>CP NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Not all models support this function.</p>
<p>• Send Email: Enable the system to send an email notification</p>
<p>when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>CP NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the email function is enabled in</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Network <em>•+</em> EMAIL</strong>.</p>
<p>• Log: Select the check box to enable the Device to record a</p>
<p>local alarm log</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-50</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Save </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark587"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark588"></a> Searching IoT Information</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can search and backup all your IoT data.</p>
<p>To back up the data, you should prepare a USB device and plug it into the Device.</p>
<p>Step 1 On the main interface of Intelligent, click <strong>IoT ^ SEARCH INFO</strong>. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark590"> Figure 5-159.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="796" height="610" class="wp-image-2288" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-250.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 250" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1073" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-250.jpeg 796w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-250-300x230.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-250-768x589.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 796px) 100vw, 796px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-159</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark590"></a> Step 2 Configure the parameters settings. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark591"> Table 5-51.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Access Point</td>
<td>Indicates the channel that the camera is connected to.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display Type</td>
<td>In the <strong>Display Type </strong>list, select <strong>List </strong>or <strong>Graph</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Type</td>
<td>Select the information type that you want to search. You can select</p>
<p><strong>Humidity </strong>or <strong>Temperature</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Status</td>
<td>Select the information state that you want to search.</p>
<p>This option is available when you select <strong>List </strong>in the <strong>Display Type </strong>list.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Start Time</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark591"></a> End Time</td>
<td>Enter the start time and end time for the information that you want to search.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-51</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Search</strong>. The system starts search according to your parameters settings.</p>
<p>After searching is finished, the result displays.</p>
<ul>
<li>For the data displayed in list, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark592"> Figure 5-160.</a></li>
</ul>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>Click <strong>Go To </strong>to switch result pages.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>1</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>UM</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>All</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong><em>M</em></strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>wtTwne</strong></td>
<td><strong>2017 11 06</strong></td>
<td><strong>00:0000 E</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2017-12-06 00 00 00</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Search</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>120</strong></td>
<td><strong>lime</strong></td>
<td><strong>Accew Pant</strong></td>
<td><strong>Type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Detect Paaton Name •</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>MI-0721 13 58</strong></td>
<td><strong>Ovi t</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Ctmt liznwStv 1</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>*</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4 201</strong></td>
<td><strong><em>1</em> 1147 21 14 00</strong></p>
<p><strong>M147 71 14 09</strong></p>
<p><strong>MI-0721 14 10 Mt 47 21 14 14 Mi-07 21 14 23 F It 0721 1004</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>1</em> 11 07 21.16 07</strong></p>
<p><strong>MI-0721 10 17 Ml 47 21 16 26 MI-07 21 16 77 1-1147 21 16 36</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Kim*aty</strong></td>
<td><strong>•</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>1/</strong></td>
<td><strong>85 &gt; » 1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Go To</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Backup</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 5-160</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark592"></a> For the data displayed in graph, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark593"> Figure 5-161.</a></li>
</ul>
<p>&gt; SEARCI</p>
<p>Humodit/</p>
<p>Stall Ti</p>
<p>2017-11-06 00:00.00&#8242;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="293" height="120" class="wp-image-2289" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-251.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 251" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1074"></p>
<p>Ml</p>
<p>Cbnl HuMiny 1</p>
<p>Figure 5-161</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark593"></a> Step 4 Click <strong>Backup. </strong>The system starts exporting the data.</p>
<p>After exporting is finished, a <strong>Message </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>You can find the exported data on your USB device.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark594"></a> 5.11.3 Configuring Wireless Siren</p>
<p>You can connect the wireless siren to the Device, when there is an alarm event activated on the Device, the wireless siren generates alarms.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Intelligent ^ IoT &gt; Manager &gt; Wireless Siren</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Wireless Siren </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark596"> Figure 5-16</a><a href="#post-2037-bookmark546">2Figure 5-140.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="765" height="590" class="wp-image-2290" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-252.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 252" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1075" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-252.jpeg 765w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-252-300x231.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 765px) 100vw, 765px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-162</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark596"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the wireless alarm output. For details, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark597"> Table 5-52</a><a href="#post-2037-bookmark530">.Table</a></p>
<p><a href="#post-2037-bookmark530">5-46</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>USB Gateway, Camera Gateway</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li><strong>Auto</strong>: Automatically activate alarm if the alarm output function</li>
</ul>
<p>for wireless siren is enabled for specific events. For example, if you want to enable the alarm output through wireless siren for motion detection, see &#8220;Alarm Output&#8221; parameter in<a href="#post-2037-bookmark456"> Table 5­34.</a></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Manual</strong>: Activate alarm immediately.</li>
<li><strong>Stop</strong>: Do not activate alarm.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark597"></a> Alarm Release</td>
<td>Click <strong>OK to </strong>clear all alarm output status of wireless siren.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-52</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark598"></a> Configuring POS Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can connect the Device to the POS (Point of Sale) machine and receive the information from it. This function applies to the scenarios such as supermarket POS machine. After connection is established, the Device can access the POS information and display the overlaid text in the channel window.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>Playing POS information in the local playback and viewing the POS information in the live view screen only support single-channel mode. Displaying monitoring screen and playing back in the web support multi-channel mode.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark600"></a> Searching the Transaction Records</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Intelligent <em>•+</em> POS ^ POS SEARCH</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>POS SEARCH </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark602"> Figure 5-163.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="811" height="459" class="wp-image-2291" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-253.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 253" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1076" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-253.jpeg 811w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-253-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-253-768x435.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 811px) 100vw, 811px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-163</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark602"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Transaction No. </strong>list, enter the transaction number on your receipt printed out by POS machine.</p>
<p>Step 3 In the <strong>Start Time </strong>box and <strong>End Time </strong>box, enter the time period that you want to search the POS transaction information.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Search</strong>.</p>
<p>The searched transaction results display in the table.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark603"></a> Configuring POS Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■+</em> Intelligent^ POS ^ POS SETUP</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>POS SETUP </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark605"> Figure 5-164.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="805" height="452" class="wp-image-2292" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-254.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 254" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1077" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-254.jpeg 805w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-254-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-254-768x431.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 805px) 100vw, 805px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-164</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark605"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the POS parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark606"> Table 5-53.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>POS Name</td>
<td>In the <strong>POS Name </strong>list, select the POS machine that you want to configure settings for. Click ^3 to modify the POS name. CQ NOTE</p>
<p>The POS name supports 21 Chinese characters or 63 English characters.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the POS function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Record CH</td>
<td>Select the channel(s) that you want to record. The selected channel(s) starts recording after an alarm occurs.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</p>
<p>The recording for POS alarms and auto recording function must be enabled. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">&#8220;5.1.4.9 Configuring Recorded</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">Video Storage Schedule&#8221;</a> and <a href="#post-2037-bookmark389">&#8220;5.9.1 Enabling Record Control.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Privacy Setup</td>
<td>Enter the privacy content.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Protocol Type</td>
<td>Select <strong>POS </strong>by default. Different machine corresponds to different protocol.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connect Type</td>
<td>In the <strong>Connect Type </strong>list, select the connection protocol type.</p>
<p>Click <strong>^3, </strong>the IP Address interface is displayed.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Source IP </strong>box, enter the IP address (the machine that is connected to the Device) that sends messages.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Convert</td>
<td>Select a character encoding mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Overlay</td>
<td>In the <strong>Overlay </strong>list, Select <strong>Turn </strong>or <strong>ROLL</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Network time out</td>
<td>When the network is not working correctly and cannot be recovered after the entered timeout limit, the POS information will not display normally. After the network is recovered, the latest POS information will be displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Time Display</td>
<td>Enter the time that how long you want to keep the POS information displaying. For example, enter 5, the POS information disappear from the screen after 5 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Font Size</td>
<td>In the Font Size list, select <strong>Small</strong>, <strong>Medium</strong>, or <strong>Big </strong>as the text size of POS information</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>COLOR</td>
<td>In the color bar, click to select the color for the text size of POS information.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>POS Info</td>
<td>Enable the POS Info function, the POS information displays in the live view screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Transaction Start</td>
<td rowspan="2">Enter the transaction start character and end character.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Transaction End</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark606"></a> Line Delimiter</td>
<td>Enter the line delimiter that you want to use.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-53</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark607"></a> Configuring Backup Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="837" height="470" class="wp-image-2293" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-255.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 255" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1078" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-255.jpeg 837w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-255-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-255-768x431.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-255-810x455.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 837px) 100vw, 837px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark609"></a> Finding USB Device</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When you inset a USB storage device into the USB port of the Device, the Device detects the USB storage device and pops up &#8220;Find USB device&#8221; interface, which provides you a shortcut to perform backup and upgrading operations. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark612"> Figure 5-165.</a></p>
<p>For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark611">&#8220;5.13.2 Backing up Files&#8221;</a>, <a href="#post-2037-bookmark847">&#8220;5.19.2 Viewing Log Information&#8221;</a>, <a href="#post-2037-bookmark818">&#8220;5.18.5 Exporting</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark818">and Importing System Settings&#8221;</a>, and <a href="#post-2037-bookmark831">&#8220;5.18.7 Upgrading the Device.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="601" height="379" class="wp-image-2294" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-256.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 256" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1079" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-256.jpeg 601w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-256-300x189.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 601px) 100vw, 601px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-165</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark611"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark612"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark613"></a> Backing up Files</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can back up the recorded videos and snapshots.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ BACKUP</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>BACKUP </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark615"> Figure 5-166.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="814" height="458" class="wp-image-2295" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-257.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 257" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1080" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-257.jpeg 814w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-257-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-257-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-257-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 814px) 100vw, 814px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-166</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark615"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the backup parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark616"> Table 5-54.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device Name</td>
<td>In the <strong>Device Name </strong>list, select the device that you want to back up the files to.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Format</td>
<td>Click <strong>Format </strong>to format the selected device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Path</td>
<td>Click <strong>Browse</strong>, the <strong>Browse </strong>interface is displayed. Select the route where you want to search for the files.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Record CH</td>
<td>In the <strong>Record CH </strong>list, select the channel where you want to search for the files.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Type</td>
<td>In the <strong>Type </strong>list, select the file type that you want to search.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Start Time</p>
<p>End Time</td>
<td>Enter the start time and end time for the files that you want to search.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark616"></a> File Format</td>
<td>In the <strong>File Format </strong>list, select the file format that you want to search.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-54</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Search </strong>to search the files that meet the configured settings.</p>
<p>The searched results will display in the table.</p>
<p>Step 4 Select the files that you want to back up.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>Backup </strong>to back up the selected files to the configured path. Q NOTE</p>
<p>Click <strong>Clear </strong>to remove all the searched results.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark617"></a> Network Management</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="939" height="472" class="wp-image-2296" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-258.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 258" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1081" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-258.jpeg 939w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-258-300x151.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-258-768x386.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-258-810x407.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark619"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark620"></a> Configuring Network Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can ensure the network interworking between the Device and other devices through configuring the network settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark622"></a> Configuring TCP/IP Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the settings for the Device such as IP address, DNS according to the networking plan.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Network ^ TCP/IP</strong>, the <strong>TCP/IP </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark624"> Figure 5-167.</a></p>
<p>For details about parameter settings, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark124">&#8220;5.1.4.4 Configuring Network Settings.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="740" height="526" class="wp-image-2297" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-259.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 259" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1082" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-259.jpeg 740w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-259-300x213.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 740px) 100vw, 740px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-167</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark624"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark625"></a> Configuring Port Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the maximum connection accessing the Device from Client such as WEB, Platform, and Mobile Phone and configure each port settings.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Network ^ CONNECTION</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>CONNECTION </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark627"> Figure 5-168.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="810" height="459" class="wp-image-2298" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-260.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 260" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1083" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-260.jpeg 810w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-260-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-260-768x435.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 810px) 100vw, 810px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-168</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark627"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the connection parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark628"> Table 5-55.</a> Q2 NOTE</p>
<p>The connection parameters except Max Connection cannot take effects until the Device has been restarted.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Max Connection</td>
<td>The allowable maximum clients accessing the Device at the same time, such as WEB, Platform, and Mobile Phone.</p>
<p>Select a value between 1 and 128. The default value setting is 128.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TCP Port</td>
<td>The default value setting is 25001. You can enter the value according to your actual situation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>UDP Port</td>
<td>The default value setting is 25002. You can enter the value according to your actual situation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HTTP Port</td>
<td>The default value setting is 80. You can enter the value according to your actual situation.</p>
<p>If you enter other value, for example, 70, and then you should enter 70 after the IP address when logging in the Device by browser.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RTSP Port</td>
<td>The default value setting is 554. You can enter the value according to your actual situation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>POS Port</td>
<td>Data transmission. The value range is from 1 through 65535. The default value is 38800.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HTTPS Enable</td>
<td>Enable <strong>HTTPS</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark628"></a> HTTPS Port</td>
<td>HTTPS communication port. The default value setting is 443. You can enter the value according to your actual situation.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-55</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark629"></a> Configuring Wi-Fi Connection Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can make wireless connection between the Device and the other devices in the same network through Wi-Fi settings, facilitating the devices connection and mobility.</p>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>Only the Device with Wi-Fi module supports this function.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Network <em>■&gt;</em> Wi-Fi</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Wi-Fi </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark631"> Figure 5-169.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="816" height="460" class="wp-image-2299" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-261.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 261" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1084" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-261.jpeg 816w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-261-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-261-768x433.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-261-810x457.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 816px) 100vw, 816px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-169</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark631"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the Wi-Fi connection parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark632"> Table 5-56.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Wi-Fi Auto Connect</td>
<td>Enable <strong>Wi-Fi Auto Connect</strong>.</p>
<p>After the Device is restarted, it will automatically connect to the nearest hotspot that had been connected successfully.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Refresh</td>
<td>Refresh the hotspot list. The self-adaption function such as adding password is supported if such setting was once configured.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connect</td>
<td>In the <strong>hotpot</strong>s list, select a hotspot, and then click <strong>Connect</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>To reconnect the same hotspot, disconnect first and then</li>
</ul>
<p>reconnect.</p>
<ul>
<li>To connect to other hotspot, disconnect from the current</li>
</ul>
<p>connected hotspot first, and then connect to the other hotspot.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark632"></a> Disconnect</td>
<td>To disconnect from a hotspot, click <strong>Disconnect</strong>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-56</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>After the Device is connected to a Wi-Fi hotspot, in the <strong>Wi-Fi Working Info </strong>area, the current hotspot, IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway are displayed.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark633"></a> Configuring PPPoE Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>PPPoE is another way for the Device to access the network. You can establish network connection by configuring PPPoE settings to give the Device a dynamic IP address in the WAN. To use this function, firstly you need to obtain the user name and password from the Internet Service Provider.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Network ^ PPPoE</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>PPPoE </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark635"> Figure 5-170.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="823" height="465" class="wp-image-2300" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-262.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 262" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1085" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-262.jpeg 823w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-262-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-262-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-262-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 823px) 100vw, 823px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-170</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark635"></a> Step 2 Enable the PPPoE function.</p>
<p>Step 3 In the <strong>User Name </strong>box and <strong>Password </strong>box, enter the user name and password accordingly provided by the Internet Service Provider.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>The system pops up a message to indicate the successfully saved. The IP address appears on the PPPoE interface. You can use this IP address to access the Device. CD NOTE</p>
<p>When the PPPoE function is enabled, the IP address on the <strong>TCP/IP </strong>interface cannot be modified.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark636"></a> Configuring DDNS Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When the IP address of the Device changes frequently, the DDNS function can dynamically refresh the correspondence between the domain on DNS and the IP address, ensuring you access the Device by using the domain.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark638"></a> Preparing for Configuration</p>
<p>Please confirm if the Device supports the DDNS Type and log in the website provided by the DDNS service provider to register the information such as domain from PC located in the WAN.</p>
<ul>
<li>If DDNS belongs to Quick DDNS type, domain registration is not needed.</li>
<li>If DDNS belongs to other type, you need to login the DDNS website to register the information such as user name, password, and domain name.</li>
</ul>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>After you have registered and logged in the DDNS website successfully, you can view the information of all the connected devices under this user name.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark640"></a> Configuring Steps</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Network ^ DDNS</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>DDNS </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark642"> Figure 5-171.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="465" class="wp-image-2301" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-263.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 263" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1086" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-263.jpeg 827w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-263-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-263-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-263-810x455.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-171</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark642"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the DDNS parameters. • DDNS type. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark643"> Table 5-57.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the DDNS function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>DDNS Type</td>
<td rowspan="2">Type and address of DDNS service provider.</p>
<ul>
<li>Type: CP Plus DDNS Free</li>
<li>Type: Dyndns DDNS; address: members.dyndns.org</li>
<li>Type: NO-IP DDNS; address: dynupdate.no-ip.com</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Host IP</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Domain Name</td>
<td>The domain name for registering on the website of DDNS service provider.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User Name</td>
<td rowspan="2">Enter the user name and password obtained from DDNS service provider. You need to register (including user name and password) on the website of DDNS service provider.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Password</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark643"></a> Interval</td>
<td>Enter the amount of time that you want to update the DDNS.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-57</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>Enter the domain name in the browser on your PC, and then press <strong>Enter</strong>.</p>
<p>If the web interface of the Device is displayed, the configuration is successful. If not, the configuration is failed.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark644"></a> Configuring EMAIL Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the email settings to enable the system to send the email as a notification when there is an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Network ^ EMAIL</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>EMAIL </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark646"> Figure 5-172.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="812" height="453" class="wp-image-2302" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-264.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 264" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1087" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-264.jpeg 812w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-264-300x167.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-264-768x428.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-264-810x452.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 812px) 100vw, 812px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="124" height="23" class="wp-image-2303" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-265.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 265" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1088"></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark646"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the email parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark647"> Table 5-58.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the email function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SMTP Server</td>
<td>Enter the address of SMTP server of sender’s email account.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Port</td>
<td>Enter the port value of SMTP server. The default value setting is 25. You can enter the value according to your actual situation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User Name</td>
<td rowspan="2">Enter the user name and password of sender’s email account.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Password</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Anonymity</td>
<td>If enable the anonymity function, you can login as anonymity.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mail Receiver</td>
<td>In the <strong>Mail Receiver </strong>list, select the number of receiver that you want to receive the notification. The Device supports up to three mail receivers.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Email Address</td>
<td>Enter the email address of mail receiver(s).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Sender</td>
<td>Enter the sender’s email address. It supports maximum three senders separated by comma.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Title</td>
<td>Enter the email subject.</p>
<p>Supports Chinese, English and Arabic numerals. It supports maximum 64 characters.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Attachment</td>
<td>Enable the attachment function. When there is an alarm event, the system can attach snapshots as an attachment to the email.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Authentication</td>
<td>Select the encryption type: <strong>NONE</strong>, <strong>SSL</strong>, or <strong>TLS</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Interval (Sec.)</td>
<td>This is the interval that the system sends an email for the same type of alarm event, which means, the system does not send an email upon any alarm event.</p>
<p>This setting helps to avoid the large amount of emails caused by frequent alarm events.</p>
<p>The value ranges from 0 to 3600. 0 means that there is no interval.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Health Enable</td>
<td>Enable the health test function. The system can send a test email to check the connection.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Interval (Min.)</td>
<td>This is the interval that the system sends a health test email. The value ranges from 30 to 1440. 0 means that there is no interval.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark647"></a> Test</td>
<td>Click Test to test the email sending function. If the configuration is correct, the receiver’s email account will receive the email.</p>
<p>Cfl NOTE</p>
<p>Before testing, click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-58</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark648"></a> Configuring UPnP Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can map the relationship between the LAN and the WAN to access the Device on the LAN through the IP address on the WAN.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark650"></a> Preparation for Configuration</p>
<ul>
<li>Login the router to set the WAN port to enable the IP address to connect into the WAN.</li>
<li>Enable the UPnP function at the router.</li>
<li>Connect the Device with the LAN port on the router to connect into the LAN.</li>
<li>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Network ^ TCP/IP</strong>, configure the IP address into the router IP</li>
</ul>
<p>address range, or enable the DHCP function to obtain an IP address automatically.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark652"></a> Configuration Steps</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Network ^ UPnP</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>UPnP </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark654"> Figure 5-173.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="822" height="461" class="wp-image-2304" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-266.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 266" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1089" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-266.jpeg 822w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-266-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-266-768x431.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-266-810x454.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 822px) 100vw, 822px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-173</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark654"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the UPnP parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark655"> Table 5-59.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PAT</td>
<td colspan="2">Enable the UPnP function.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Status</td>
<td colspan="4">Indicates the status of UPnP function.</p>
<p>* Offline: Failed.</p>
<p>• Online: Succeeded.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">LAN IP</td>
<td colspan="4">Enter IP address of router on the LAN.</p>
<p>Cfl NOTE</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="8">After mapping succeeded, the system obtains IP address</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="6">automatically without performing any configurations.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">WAN IP</td>
<td colspan="4">Enter IP address of router on the WAN.</p>
<p>LJ NOTE</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="8">After mapping succeeded, the system obtains IP address</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="6">automatically without performing any configurations.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="9">The settings in PAT table correspond to the UPnP PAT table on the router.</p>
<ul>
<li>Service Name: Name of network server.</li>
<li>Protocol: Type of protocol.</li>
<li>Int. Port: Internal port that is mapped on the Device.</li>
<li>Ext. Port: External port that is mapped on the router.</li>
</ul>
<p>Wl NOTE</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td colspan="9">To avoid the conflict, when setting the external port, try to use</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="8">the ports from 1024 through 5000 and avoid popular ports</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PAT Table</td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="9">from 1 through 255 and system ports from 256 through 1023.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td colspan="6">When there are several devices in the LAN, please</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="8">reasonably arrange the ports mapping to avoid mapping to the same external port.</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td colspan="9">When establishing a mapping relationship, please ensure the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="4">mapping ports are not occupied or limited.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td colspan="9">The internal and external ports of TCP and UDP must be the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">same and cannot be modified.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td colspan="3">Click <strong>^3 </strong>to modify the external port.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-59</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark655"></a> Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>In the browser, enter<a href="http://wan/"> http://WAN </a>IP: External IP port. You can visit the LAN Device.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark656"></a> Configuring SNMP Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>. . NOTE</p>
<p>Not all models support this function.</p>
<p>You can connect the Device with some software such as MIB Builder and MG-SOFT MIB Browser to manage and control the Device from the software.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark658"></a> Preparation for Configuration</p>
<ul>
<li>Install the software that can manage and control the SNMP, such as MIB Builder and MG­SOFT MIB Browser</li>
<li>Obtain the MIB files that correspond to the current version from the technical support.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark660"></a> Configuration Steps</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Network ^ SNMP</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>SNMP </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark662"> Figure 5-174.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="787" height="442" class="wp-image-2305" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-267.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 267" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1090" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-267.jpeg 787w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-267-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-267-768x431.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 787px) 100vw, 787px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-174</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark662"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the SNMP parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark663"> Table 5-60.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the SNMP function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Version</td>
<td>Select the check box of SNMP version(s) that you are using.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SNMP Port</td>
<td>Indicates the monitoring port on the agent program.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Read Community</td>
<td rowspan="2">Indicates the read/write strings supported by the agent program.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Write Community</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Trap Address</td>
<td>Indicates the destination address for the agent program to send the Trap information.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark663"></a> Trap Port</td>
<td>Indicates the destination port for the agent program to send the Trap information.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-60</p>
<p>Step 3</p>
<p>Step 4</p>
<p>Step 5</p>
<p>Step 6</p>
<p>Compile the two MIB files by MIB Builder.</p>
<p>Run MG-SOFT MIB Browser to load in the module from compilation.</p>
<p>On the MG-SOFT MIB Browser, enter the Device IP that you want to manage, and<br />
then select the version number to query.</p>
<p>On the MG-SOFT MIB Browser, unfold the tree-structured directory to obtain the<br />
configurations of the Device, such as the channels quantity and software version.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark664"></a> Configuring Multicast Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When you access the Device from the network to view the video, if the access is exceeded, the video will not display. You can use the multicast function to group the IP to solve the problem.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Network ^ MULTICAST</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>MULTICAST </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark666"> Figure 5-175.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="811" height="453" class="wp-image-2306" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-268.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 268" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1091" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-268.jpeg 811w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-268-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-268-768x429.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 811px) 100vw, 811px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="123" height="23" class="wp-image-2307" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-269.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 269" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1092"></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark666"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the multicast parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark667"> Table 5-61.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the multicast function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>Enter the IP address that you want to use as the multicast IP.</p>
<p>The IP address ranges from 224.0.0.0 through 239.255.255.255.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark667"></a> Port</td>
<td>Enter the port for the multicast. The port ranges from 1025 through 65000.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-61</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>You can use the multicast IP address to login the web. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark668"> Figure 5-176.</a></p>
<p>On the web login dialog box, in the <strong>Type </strong>list, select <strong>MULTICAST</strong>. The web will automatically obtain the multicast IP address and join. Then you can view the video through multicast function.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="470" height="423" class="wp-image-2308" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-270.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 270" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1093" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-270.jpeg 470w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-270-300x270.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 470px) 100vw, 470px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark668"></a> Figure 5-176</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark669"></a> Configuring Register Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can register the Device into the specified proxy server which acts as the transit to make it easier for the client software to access the Device.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Network ^ REGISTER</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>REGISTER </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark671"> Figure 5-177.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="812" height="461" class="wp-image-2309" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-271.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 271" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1094" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-271.jpeg 812w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-271-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-271-768x436.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-271-810x460.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 812px) 100vw, 812px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-177</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark671"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the register parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark672"> Table 5-62.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the register function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>No.</td>
<td>Select a number.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Server IP Address</td>
<td>Enter the server IP address or the server domain that you want to register to.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Port</td>
<td>Enter the port of the server.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark672"></a> Sub Service ID</td>
<td>This ID is allocated by the server and used for the Device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-62</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark673"></a> Configuring Alarm Center Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the alarm center server to receive the uploaded alarm information. To use this function, the <strong>Alarm Upload </strong>check box must be selected. For details about alarm event settings, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark447">&#8220;5.10 Alarm Events Settings.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Network ^ ALARM CENTER</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>ALARM CENTER </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark675"> Figure 5-178.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="817" height="456" class="wp-image-2310" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-272.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 272" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1095" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-272.jpeg 817w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-272-300x167.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-272-768x429.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-272-810x452.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 817px) 100vw, 817px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-178</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark675"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the alarm center parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark676"> Table 5-63.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the alarm center function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Protocol Type</td>
<td>In the <strong>Protocol Type </strong>list, select protocol type. The default is <strong>ALARM CENTER</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Host IP</p>
<p>Port</td>
<td>The IP address and communication port of the PC installed with alarm client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark676"></a> Self-Report Time</td>
<td>In the <strong>Self-Report Time </strong>list, select time cycle and specific time for uploading alarm.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-63</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark677"></a> Configuring InstaOn Cloud Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can manage the devices by using InstaOn technology to download the application and register the devices. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark129">&#8220;5.1.4.5 Configuring InstaOn Settings.</a>&#8221;</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark679"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark680"></a> Configuring Network Testing Settings
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark682"></a> Testing the Network</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can test the network connection status between the Device and other devices.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> INFO ^ Network ^ Test</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Test </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark684"> Figure 5-179.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="819" height="463" class="wp-image-2311" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-273.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 273" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1096" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-273.jpeg 819w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-273-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-273-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-273-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 819px) 100vw, 819px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-179</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark684"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Destination IP </strong>box, enter the IP address.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Test</strong>.</p>
<p>After testing is completed, the test result is displayed. You can check the evaluation for average delay, packet loss, and network status. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark685"> Figure 5-180.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="976" height="428" class="wp-image-2312" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-274.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 274" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1097" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-274.jpeg 976w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-274-300x132.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-274-768x337.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-274-810x355.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 976px) 100vw, 976px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-180</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark685"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark686"></a> Capturing Packet and Backing up</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Packet capture means the operations such as capturing, resending, and editing data that are sent and received during network transmission. When there is network abnormality, you can perform packet capturing and back up into the USB storage device. This date can be provided to the technical support for analyzing the network condition.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Info ^ Network &gt; Network Test</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Network Test </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark688"> Figure 5-181.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="780" height="437" class="wp-image-2313" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-275.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 275" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1098" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-275.jpeg 780w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-275-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-275-768x430.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 780px) 100vw, 780px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-181</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark688"></a> Step 2 Connect a USB storage device to the Device.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Fresh</strong>.</p>
<p>The Device starts detecting the USB storage device and displays its name in the <strong>Device Name </strong>box.</p>
<p>Step 4 Select the route of the data that you want to capture and back up.</p>
<p>1) In the Network Sniffer Packet Backup, click <strong>Browse</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Browse </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark689"> Figure 5-182.</a></p>
<p>Device Name</p>
<p>Total Space</p>
<p>Free Space</p>
<p>Address</p>
<p>sdal(USBUSB) Refresh Format</p>
<p>3.73 GB</p>
<p>3.27 GB</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td>Size</td>
<td>Type</td>
<td>Delete</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■ ScreenShot</td>
<td></td>
<td>Folder</td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>® LANl-20180313213059.pcap</td>
<td>111.7 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td>a</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>® LANl-20180313213722.pcap</td>
<td>182.1 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td><strong>□</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■ printf_20180314111548.txt</td>
<td>1.2 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td><strong>fl</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>a kmsg_printf_20180314111548.txt</td>
<td>19.8 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>□</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>® printf.txt</td>
<td>1.97 MB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td><strong>Q</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>l&amp;l kmsg_printf.txt</td>
<td>1.1KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td><strong>fl</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>@1 pnntf_2O18O3161539O3.txt</td>
<td>964 B</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>fl</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SI kmsg_printf_20180316153903.txt</td>
<td>2L2KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>W pnntf_20180316154049.txt</td>
<td>1.5 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td><strong>fl</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>® kmsg_printf_201803161S4049.txt</td>
<td>21.7 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td><strong>g</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>@1 printf_2O18O316155148.txt</td>
<td>2.2 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td><strong>fl</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ml kmsg_phntf_20180316155148.txt</td>
<td>21.6 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td><strong>fl</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>® printf_2O18O316161436.txt</td>
<td>2.5 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>fl</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bl kmsg_printf_20180316161436.txt</td>
<td>21.9 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td>a</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark689"></a> New Folder</p>
<p>Import</p>
<p>Export</p>
<p>Figure 5-182</p>
<p>2)</p>
<p>Select the route.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>If there are several USB storage devices are connected to the Device, you can select from the <strong>Device Name </strong>list.</li>
<li>Click Refresh to total space, free space and the file list in the selected USB storage device.</li>
<li>In the case of insufficient capacity, click Fl</li>
</ul>
<p>to delete the needless files.</p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>New Folder </strong>to create a new folder in the USB storage device.</li>
</ul>
<p>3) Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the route selection settings.</p>
<p>The <strong>Test </strong>interface is displayed again.</p>
<p>Step 5</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="51" class="wp-image-2314" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-276.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 276" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1099"></p>
<p>to start packet capturing and backing up.</p>
<p>CO NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Only the data packet of one LAN can be captured at one time.</li>
<li>After capturing starts, you can exit the <strong>Test </strong>interface to perform other operations</li>
</ul>
<p>such as web login and monitoring.</p>
<p>Step6 Click © to stop capturing.</p>
<p>The backup data is saved in the selected route under the naming style &#8220;LAN name- time.pcap.&#8221; See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark690"> Figure 5-183.</a> You can open it by using Wireshark software.</p>
<p>Device Name</p>
<p>Total Space</p>
<p>Free Space</p>
<p>Address</p>
<p>sdal(USBUSB) Refresh Format</p>
<p>3.73 GB</p>
<p>3.27 GB</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td>Size</td>
<td>Type</td>
<td>Delete</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■ ScreenShot</td>
<td></td>
<td>Folder</td>
<td>Q</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>® LANl-20180313213059.pcap</td>
<td>111.7 KB</td>
<td>Rte</td>
<td>B</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>@ LAN 1-20180313213722.pcap</td>
<td>182.1 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td>B</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>;i‘i printf_20180314111548.txt</td>
<td>1 2 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>@ kmsg_printf_20180314111548.txt</td>
<td>19.8 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td>o</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>g) printf.txt</td>
<td>1.97 MB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td>B</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>I«l kmsg_printf.txt</td>
<td>1.1KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td>*</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>H pnntf_20180316153903.txt</td>
<td>964 B</td>
<td>File</td>
<td>Sk</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>(£i kmsg_printf_20180316153903.txt</td>
<td>2L2KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td>□</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>M printf_20180316154049.txt</td>
<td>1.5 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td>M</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IB kmsg_printf_20180316154049.txt</td>
<td>2L7KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td>B</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>® printf_20180316155148.txt</td>
<td>22 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td>a</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■ kmsg_printf_20180316155148.txt</td>
<td>21.6 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td>a</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>printf.20180316161436.txt</td>
<td>25 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td>B</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>81 kmsg_printf_20180316161436.txt</td>
<td>2L9KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td>B</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>New Folder</p>
<p>Import Export</p>
<p>Figure 5-183</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark690"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark691"></a> 5.15 Configuring Account Settings</p>
<p>You can add, modify and delete user accounts, groups, and ONVIF users, and set security questions for admin account.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>The user name supports 31 characters and group name supports 15 characters. The user name can be consisted of letter, number, &#8220;_&#8221;, &#8220;@&#8221;, &#8220;.&#8221;.</li>
<li>You can set maximum 64 users and 20 groups. The group name by &#8220;User&#8221; and &#8220;Admin&#8221; cannot be deleted. You can set other groups and define the relevant permissions. However, the admin account cannot be set randomly.</li>
<li>You can manage the account by user and group and the name cannot be repeated. Every user must belong to a group, and one user only belongs to one group.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark693"></a> Configuring User Account
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark695"></a> Adding a User Account</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Account ^ User</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>USER </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark697"> Figure 5-184.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="833" height="468" class="wp-image-2315" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-277.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 277" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1100" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-277.jpeg 833w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-277-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-277-768x431.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-277-810x455.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 833px) 100vw, 833px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-184</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark697"></a> Step 2 Click <strong>Add User</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Add User </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark698"> Figure 5-185.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="792" height="445" class="wp-image-2316" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-278.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 278" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1101" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-278.jpeg 792w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-278-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-278-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 792px) 100vw, 792px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-185</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark698"></a> Step 3 Configure the settings for the parameters of adding a user account. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark699"> Table 5-64.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User Name</td>
<td rowspan="2">Enter a user name and password for the account.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Password</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Confirm Password</td>
<td>Re-enter the password.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Memo</td>
<td>Optional.</p>
<p>Enter a description of the account.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User MAC</td>
<td>Enter user MAC address</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Group</td>
<td>Select a group for the account.</p>
<p>w note</p>
<p>The user rights must be within the group permission.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>Click <strong>Set </strong>to display <strong>Set </strong>interface.</p>
<p>Define a period during which the new account can login the device. The new account cannot login the device during the time beyond the set period.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Authority</td>
<td>In the <strong>Authority </strong>area, select the check boxes in the <strong>System </strong>tab, <strong>Playback </strong>tab, and <strong>Monitor </strong>tab.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</p>
<p>To manage the user account easily, when defining the user account authority, it is recommended not to give the authority to the common user account higher that the advanced user account.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-64</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>OK </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark699"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark700"></a> Setting Permitted Period</p>
<p>Step 1 Next to <strong>Period</strong>, click <strong>Setting</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Setting </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark702"> Figure 5-186.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="774" height="437" class="wp-image-2317" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-279.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 279" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1102" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-279.jpeg 774w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-279-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-279-768x434.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 774px) 100vw, 774px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-186</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark702"></a> Step 2 Define the permitted period. By default, it is active all the time. • Define the period by drawing.</p>
<p>O Define for a specified day of a week: On the timeline, click the half-hour blocks to select the active period.</p>
<p>O Define for several days of a week: Click H before each day, the icon</p>
<p>switches to Q</p>
<p>. On the timeline of any selected day, click the half-hour blocks</p>
<p>to select the active periods, all the days with Q</p>
<p>will take the same settings.</p>
<p>O Define for all days of a week: Click <strong>All</strong>, all the switches to . On the</p>
<p>timeline of any day, click the half-hour blocks to select the active periods, all the days will take the same settings.</p>
<p>• Define the period by editing. Take Sunday as an example.</p>
<p>1) Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="39" class="wp-image-2318" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-280.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 280" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1103"></p>
<p>The <strong>Period </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark703"> Figure 5-187.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="826" height="472" class="wp-image-2319" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-281.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 281" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1104" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-281.jpeg 826w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-281-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-281-768x439.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-281-810x463.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 826px) 100vw, 826px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-187</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark703"></a> Enter the time frame for the period and select the check box to enable the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>O There are six periods for you to set for each day.</p>
<p>O Under <strong>Copy</strong>, select <strong>All </strong>to apply the settings to all the days of a week, or select specific day(s) that you want to apply the settings to.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK </strong>to save the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark704"></a> 5.15.1.2 Modify a User Account</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Account ^User</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>USER </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark706"> Figure 5-188.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="752" height="425" class="wp-image-2320" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-282.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 282" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1105" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-282.jpeg 752w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-282-300x170.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 752px) 100vw, 752px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-188</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark706"></a> Step 2 Click</p>
<p>for the user account that you want to modify.</p>
<p>The <strong>Modify User </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark707"> Figure 5-189.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="809" height="453" class="wp-image-2321" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-283.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 283" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1106" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-283.jpeg 809w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-283-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-283-768x430.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 809px) 100vw, 809px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-189</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark707"></a> Step 3 Change the settings for password, user name, user group, user MAC, memo, period, and authority.</p>
<p>Q NOTE</p>
<p>The new password can be set from 8 digits through 32 digits and contains at least two types from number, letter and special characters (excluding , , &#8220;;&#8221;,&#8221;:&#8221; and &#8220;&amp;&#8221;).</p>
<p>For the admin account, you can enter or modify email address, enable/disable the unlock pattern, modify the security questions.</p>
<p>• In the <strong>Email Address </strong>box, enter the email address, and the click <strong>Save </strong>to save the setting.</p>
<p>• To use the unlock pattern, enable <strong>Unlock Pattern</strong>, click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="40" height="39" class="wp-image-2322" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-284.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 284" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1107"></p>
<p>, draw a pattern in</p>
<p>the <strong>Unlock Pattern </strong>interface, and then click <strong>Save </strong>to save the setting.</p>
<p>• Configuring security questions.</p>
<ol>
<li>) Click Security Questions.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Security Questions </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark708"> Figure 5-190.</a></p>
<p>Security Questions</p>
<p>Successfully set. Please delete it first if you want to reset security question ¡again.</p>
<p>Question 1</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="714" height="282" class="wp-image-2323" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-285.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 285" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1108" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-285.jpeg 714w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-285-300x118.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 714px) 100vw, 714px" /></p>
<p>Delete</p>
<p>Figure 5-190</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark708"></a> In the <strong>Question </strong>list, select questions and enter the answers in the Answer box.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to save the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>You can use the security questions and answers to reset the password for admin account.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>To reset the security questions, on the <strong>Security Questions</strong>, enter the correct answers for each question, and then click <strong>Delete</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>OK </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark709"></a> 5.15.1.3 Deleting a User Account</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Account ^ User</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>USER </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark711"> Figure 5-191.</a></p>
<p>■&gt; USER</p>
<p>GROUP</p>
<p>ONVIFUSER</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark711"></a> Step 2 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="49" class="wp-image-2324" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-286.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 286" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1109"></p>
<p>1 Usa Name Group»&#8230;. Modify Mat 5«ojs MAC A.. Memo</p>
<p>I admin admin Z t Login Local admin&#8217;s account</p>
<p>AiMUfrer</p>
<p>Figure 5-191</p>
<p>for the user account that you want to delete.</p>
<p>A <strong>Message </strong>is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>OK </strong>to delete a user account.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark712"></a> Configuring Group Account
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark714"></a> Adding a Group</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Account ^ Group</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>GROUP </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark716"> Figure 5-192.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="814" height="460" class="wp-image-2325" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-287.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 287" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1110" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-287.jpeg 814w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-287-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-287-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-287-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 814px) 100vw, 814px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-192</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark716"></a> Step 2 Click <strong>Add Group</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Add Group </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark717"> Figure 5-193.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="428" class="wp-image-2326" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-288.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 288" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1111" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-288.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-288-300x167.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-193</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark717"></a> Step 3 Configure the settings for the parameters of adding a group. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark718"> Table 5-65.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Group Name</td>
<td>Enter a name for the group.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Memo</td>
<td>Optional.</p>
<p>Enter a description of the account.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark718"></a> Authority</td>
<td>In the <strong>Authority </strong>area, select the check boxes in the <strong>System </strong>tab, <strong>Playback </strong>tab, and <strong>Monitor </strong>tab.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-65</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>OK </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark719"></a> Modifying a Group</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Account ^ Group</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>GROUP </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark721"> Figure 5-194.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="811" height="626" class="wp-image-2327" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-289.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 289" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1112" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-289.jpeg 811w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-289-300x232.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-289-768x593.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 811px) 100vw, 811px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-194</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark721"></a> Step 2 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="43" height="42" class="wp-image-2328" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-290.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 290" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1113"></p>
<p>for the group account that you want to modify.</p>
<p>Step 3 The <strong>Modify Group </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark722"> Figure 5-195.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="811" height="456" class="wp-image-2329" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-291.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 291" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1114" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-291.jpeg 811w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-291-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-291-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 811px) 100vw, 811px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-195</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark722"></a> Step 4 Change the settings for group name, memo, and authority.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>OK </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark723"></a> Deleting a Group</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Account ^ Group</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>GROUP </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark725"> Figure 5-196.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>USER</td>
<td><strong>2</strong></td>
<td><strong>GlCu® Nd inc</strong></td>
<td>Miriiiy</td>
<td><strong>Ddclc</strong></td>
<td><strong>Memo</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ROUP</strong></td>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td><strong>admin</strong></td>
<td><strong>z</strong></td>
<td>fl</td>
<td><strong>aAnimâraMr ¡¡roup</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>onvif<strong> use n</strong></td>
<td><strong>2</strong></td>
<td><strong>user</strong></td>
<td><strong>/</strong></td>
<td>fl</td>
<td><strong>user 9*aup</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Add Owp</p>
<p>Figure 5-196</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark725"></a> Step 2 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="49" class="wp-image-2330" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-292.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 292" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1115"></p>
<p>for the user account that you want to delete.</p>
<p>A <strong>Message </strong>is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>OK </strong>to delete a group.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark726"></a> Configuring Onvif Users</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The device manufactured by other company can connect to the Device through Onvif protocol by an authorized Onvif account.</p>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>The admin account is created for Onvif users right after the Device has been initialized</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Account ^ ONVIF USER</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>ONVIF USER </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark728"> Figure 5-197.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="839" height="476" class="wp-image-2331" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-293.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 293" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1116" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-293.jpeg 839w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-293-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-293-768x436.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-293-810x460.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 839px) 100vw, 839px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-197</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark728"></a> Step 2 Click <strong>Add User</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Add User/Modify </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark729"> Figure 5-198.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="542" height="419" class="wp-image-2332" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-294.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 294" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1117" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-294.jpeg 542w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-294-300x232.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 542px) 100vw, 542px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-198</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark729"></a> Step 3 Enter user name, password, and select the group that you want this account to belong to.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>OK </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>Q NOTE</p>
<p>Click □ to modify the account; Click Fl</p>
<p>to delete the account.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark730"></a> 5.16 Voice Management</p>
<p>Voice management function manages audio files and configures the playing schedule. When there is an alarm event, the audio file can be activated.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark732"></a> Configuring Audio Files</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can add audio files, listen to audio files, rename and delete audio files, and configure the audio volume.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ System ^ Voice ^ FILE MANAGER</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>FILE MANAGER </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark734"> Figure 5-199.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="828" height="662" class="wp-image-2333" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-295.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 295" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1118" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-295.jpeg 828w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-295-300x240.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-295-768x614.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-295-810x648.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 828px) 100vw, 828px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-199</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark734"></a> Step 2 Click <strong>Add</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Add </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark735"> Figure 5-200.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="5">Browse</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">Device Name sdcl(USBUSB) 3.71GB/3.73GB(Free/Total)</td>
<td>Refresh</td>
<td>Format</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="5">Address /</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="5"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td>Size</td>
<td>Type</td>
<td>Delete</td>
<td>Play</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■ (fd2b025a-ac98-e383-13ea-lcf86fc539fb)</td>
<td></td>
<td>Folder</td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■ ScreenShot</td>
<td></td>
<td>Folder</td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■ printf_20180317141255.txt.lnk</td>
<td>1.8 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>g kmsg_printf_20180317141255.txt.lnk</td>
<td>1.8 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>g| SmartPlayer.exe.Ink</td>
<td>1.7 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td>8</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>a Uni+ DVR_chl_main_20180317134749_&#8230;</td>
<td>26 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td>□</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>a Uni+ DVR_chl_main_20180317135000_&#8230;</td>
<td>26 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td>□</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>a ty.lnk</td>
<td>L7 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td>□</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>a printf_20180317143922.txt.lnk</td>
<td>1.8 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>g kmsg_printf_20180317143922.txt.lnk</td>
<td>1.8 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>New Folder</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>OK</td>
<td>Back</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 5-200</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark735"></a> Step 3 Select the audio files that you want to import.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>OK </strong>to start importing audio files from the USB storage device.</p>
<p>If the importing is successful, the audio files will display in the <strong>FILE MANAGER </strong>interface. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark736"> Figure 5-201.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="814" height="627" class="wp-image-2334" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-296.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 296" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1119" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-296.jpeg 814w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-296-300x231.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-296-768x592.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-296-810x624.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 814px) 100vw, 814px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-201</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark736"></a> The imported audio files are automatically saved into the HDD, so you do not need to connect to the USB storage device to get the file next time.</p>
<p>•</p>
<p>•</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="39" height="40" class="wp-image-2335" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-297.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 297" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1120"></p>
<p>to play the audio file.</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="43" height="41" class="wp-image-2336" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-298.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 298" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1121"></p>
<p>to rename the audio file.</p>
<ul>
<li>Click to delete the audio file.</li>
<li>To decrease or increase the playing volume, move the slider to the left or to the right.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark737"></a> 5.16.2 Configuring Playing Schedule for Audio Files</p>
<p>You can configure the settings to play the audio files during the defined time period.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ System ^ Voice ^ SCHEDULE</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>SCHEDULE </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark739"> Figure 5-202.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="702" height="394" class="wp-image-2337" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-299.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 299" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1122" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-299.jpeg 702w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-299-300x168.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 702px) 100vw, 702px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-202</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark739"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the schedule parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark740"> Table 5-66.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>In the <strong>Period </strong>box, enter the time. Select the check box to enable the settings.</p>
<p>You can configure up to six periods.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>File Name</td>
<td>In the <strong>File Name </strong>list, select the audio file that you want to play for this configured period.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Interval</td>
<td>In the <strong>Interval </strong>box, enter the time in minutes for how often you want to repeat the playing.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Repeat</td>
<td>Configure how many times you want to repeat the playing in the defined period.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark740"></a> Output</td>
<td>Includes two options: MIC and Audio. It is MIC by default. The MIC function shares the same port with talkback function and the latter has the priority.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-66</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</p>
<p>• The finish time for audio playing is decided by audio file size and the configured interval.</p>
<p>•</p>
<p>Playing priority: Alarm event &gt; Talkback &gt; Trial listening &gt; Audio file.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark741"></a> 5.17 Storage Management</p>
<p>Storage management function manages the stored resources such as recorded video files and storage space. The function aims at providing easier operation and improving the storage efficiency.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="897" height="502" class="wp-image-2338" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-300.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 300" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1123" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-300.jpeg 897w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-300-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-300-768x430.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-300-810x453.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 897px) 100vw, 897px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark743"></a> Configuring Basic Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Storage <em>■+</em> BASIC</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>BASIC </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark745"> Figure 5-203.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="788" height="557" class="wp-image-2339" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-301.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 301" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1124" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-301.jpeg 788w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-301-300x212.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-301-768x543.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 788px) 100vw, 788px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-203</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark745"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the basic settings parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark746"> Table 5-67.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HDD Full</td>
<td>Configure the settings for the situation all the read/write discs are full, and there is no more free disc.</p>
<ul>
<li>Select <strong>Stop Record </strong>to stop recording</li>
<li>Select <strong>Overwrite </strong>to overwrite the recorded video files</li>
</ul>
<p>always from the earliest time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Pack Mode</td>
<td>Configure the time length and file length for each recorded video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark746"></a> Auto-Delete Old Files</td>
<td>Configure whether to delete the old files and if yes, configure the N days.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-67</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark747"></a> Configuring the Recording and Snapshot Schedule</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark749"></a> The system starts recording and taking snapshot according to the configured schedule. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">&#8220;5.1.4.9 Configuring Recorded Video Storage Schedule&#8221;</a> and <a href="#post-2037-bookmark157">&#8220;5.1.4.10 Configuring</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark157">Snapshot Storage ScheduleConfiguring Snapshot Storage Schedule&#8221;</a></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark750"></a> Configuring HDD Manager</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the HDD information, format HDD, and configure the HDD type through HDD manager.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Storage ^ HDD MANAGER</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>HDD MANAGER </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark752"> Figure 5-204.</a></p>
<p>In the table, you can view the information of current HDD, such as device name, HDD type, status, total space and free space, and serial number of the HDD port.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="726" height="559" class="wp-image-2340" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-302.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 302" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1125" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-302.jpeg 726w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-302-300x231.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 726px) 100vw, 726px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-204</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark752"></a> Step 2 Configuring the settings for the HDD manager.</p>
<ul>
<li>HDD type setting: In the <strong>Type </strong>list, select <strong>Read/Write</strong>, <strong>Read-Only </strong>or <strong>Redundant</strong>, and then click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</li>
<li>HDD format: Select the HDD that you want to format, click <strong>Format</strong>, in the pop-up message, click <strong>OK </strong>to start formatting, and then following the onscreen message to complete formatting.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark753"></a> 5.17.4 Configuring HDD Group</p>
<p>You can configure the HDD group to save the specified main stream, sub stream and snapshots</p>
<p>to the designated HDD group.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="76" height="66" class="wp-image-2341" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-303.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 303" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1126"></p>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<ul>
<li>If &#8220;Current HDD Mode is Quota Mode&#8221; is shown on the interface, you need to switch to HDD mode.</li>
<li>You can enable either HDD Mode or Quota Mode at one time. The system reboots to activate the settings.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu &gt; STORAGE &gt; ADVANCE</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>ADVANCE </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark755"> Figure 5-205.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="750" height="584" class="wp-image-2342" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-304.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 304" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1127" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-304.jpeg 750w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-304-300x234.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 750px) 100vw, 750px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-205</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark755"></a> Step 2 Select the group for each HDD group, and then click <strong>Save </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>Step 3 After configuring HDD group, under the <strong>Main Stream </strong>tab, <strong>Sub Stream </strong>tab and <strong>Snapshot </strong>tab, configure settings to save the main stream, sub stream and snapshot to different HDD group as selected by you. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark756"> Figure 5-206,</a><a href="#post-2037-bookmark757"> Figure 5-207,</a> and<a href="#post-2037-bookmark758"> Figure 5­208.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BASIC</td>
<td>HDD</td>
<td><strong>Main Stream</strong></td>
<td colspan="2">Sub Steam</td>
<td></td>
<td>Snnpshol</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">SCHEDULE</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Current HDD Mode is HDD Group.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HDD MANAGER</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">&gt; ADVANCE</td>
<td colspan="2">Set AJI Charnel* 1</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Adi</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>QUOTA</td>
<td>ÇKırnH</td>
<td>Group Channel</td>
<td>Group</td>
<td colspan="2">Chitnncl</td>
<td>Group</td>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>Group</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>1</td>
<td>1 ’ 2</td>
<td>1 ’</td>
<td>3</td>
<td></td>
<td>1 ’</td>
<td>4</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HDD DETECT</td>
<td>5</td>
<td>1 &#8211; §</td>
<td>1 ’</td>
<td>7</td>
<td></td>
<td>1 ’</td>
<td>8</td>
<td>1 ’</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>REC ESTIMATE</td>
<td>9</td>
<td>1 * 10</td>
<td>1 W</td>
<td>11</td>
<td></td>
<td>1 ’</td>
<td>12</td>
<td>1 *</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>FTP</td>
<td>13</td>
<td>1 * 14</td>
<td>1 ’</td>
<td>15</td>
<td></td>
<td>1 •</td>
<td>Ifl</td>
<td>1 •</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Apply <sup>c</sup>«<sup>n</sup>“<sup>i</sup></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark756"></a> Figure 5-206</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="771" height="599" class="wp-image-2343" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-305.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 305" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1128" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-305.jpeg 771w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-305-300x233.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-305-768x597.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 771px) 100vw, 771px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark757"></a> Figure 5-207</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="770" height="597" class="wp-image-2344" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-306.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 306" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1129" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-306.jpeg 770w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-306-300x233.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-306-768x595.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 770px) 100vw, 770px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-208</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark758"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark759"></a> 5.17.5 Configuring HDD Detecting Settings</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>Not all models support this function.</p>
<p>HDD detecting function detects the current status of HDD to let you know the HDD performance and replace the defective HDD.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark761"></a> Detecting HDD</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can detect HDD by quick detect and global detect.</p>
<ul>
<li>Quick detect: Detect the files saved in HDD. The detected bad track can be repaired by formatting. If there are no files in HDD, the system cannot detect the bad track.</li>
<li>Global detect: Detect the whole HDD through Windows, which takes time and might affect the HDD that is recording the video.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■+</em> Storage ^ HDD DETECT ^ Detect</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Detect </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark763"> Figure 5-209.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="793" height="445" class="wp-image-2345" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-307.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 307" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1130" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-307.jpeg 793w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-307-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-307-768x431.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 793px) 100vw, 793px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-209</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark763"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Type </strong>list, select <strong>Quick Detect </strong>or <strong>Global Detect</strong>; and in the <strong>HDD </strong>list, select the HDD that you want to detect.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Start Detect</strong>.</p>
<p>The system starts detecting the HDD. After detecting is completed, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark764"> Figure 5-210.</a></p>
<p>Q NOTE</p>
<p>During detecting, click <strong>Pause </strong>to pause detecting, click <strong>Continue </strong>to restart detecting, and click <strong>Stop Detect </strong>to stop detecting.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="853" height="479" class="wp-image-2346" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-308.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 308" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1131" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-308.jpeg 853w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-308-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-308-768x431.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-308-810x455.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 853px) 100vw, 853px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-210</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark764"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark765"></a> View Detecting Results</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>After the detecting is completed, you can view the detecting reports to find out the problem and</p>
<p>replace the defective HDD to avoid data loss.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Storage ^ HDD DETECT ^ Report</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Report </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark767"> Figure 5-211.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="737" height="416" class="wp-image-2347" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-309.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 309" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1132" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-309.jpeg 737w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-309-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 737px) 100vw, 737px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-211</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark767"></a> Step 2 Click</p>
<p>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Details </strong>interface is displayed. You can view detecting results and S.M.A.R.T reports. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark768"> Figure 5-212 </a>and<a href="#post-2037-bookmark769"> Figure 5-213.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="718" height="539" class="wp-image-2348" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-310.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 310" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1133" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-310.jpeg 718w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-310-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 718px) 100vw, 718px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark768"></a> Figure 5-212</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="767" height="562" class="wp-image-2349" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-311.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 311" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1134" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-311.jpeg 767w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-311-300x220.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 767px) 100vw, 767px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-213</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark769"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark770"></a> Configuring Quota Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the quote for each channel to be saved into each HDD.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="76" height="66" class="wp-image-2350" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-312.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 312" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1135"></p>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<ul>
<li>If &#8220;Current HDD Mode is HDD Mode&#8221; is shown on the interface, you need to switch to Quota mode.</li>
<li>You can enable either HDD Mode or Quota Mode at one time. The system reboots to activate the settings.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Storage ^ QUOTA</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>QUOTA </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark772"> Figure 5-214.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BASIC</td>
<td>Current HEX) Mode is</td>
<td>HOD Group</td>
<td>Change lo Quota Mode</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>QUOTA</td>
<td>HEX) Que</p>
<p>SATAI</td>
<td>4a</td>
<td>SATA2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>REC ESTIMATE</p>
<p>FTP</td>
<td>SATA3</p>
<p>SATAS</p>
<p>SATA7</td>
<td></td>
<td>SATA4</p>
<p>SA TAG</p>
<p>SATAS</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Apply</strong></p>
<p>Figure 5-214</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark772"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Channe</strong>l list, select the channel that you want to configure.</p>
<p>Step 3 In the <strong>SATA </strong>list, select the quota for the selected channel.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click Apply to complete the settings.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Statistic</strong>s to view the quota of each channel. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark773"> Figure 5-215.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="466" class="wp-image-2351" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-313.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 313" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1136" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-313.jpeg 591w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-313-300x237.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark773"></a> Figure 5-215</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark774"></a> Configuring Record Estimate</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Record estimate function can calculate how long you can record video according to the HDD capacity, and calculate the required HDD capacity according to the record period.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ STORAGE ^ REC ESTIMATE</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>REC ESTIMATE </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark776"> Figure 5-216.</a></p>
<p>STORAGE Storage / STORAGE / REC ESTIMATE</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BASIC</td>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>Edit</td>
<td>Bit Rate(Kb/S)</td>
<td>Record Time</td>
<td>Resolution</td>
<td>Frame Rate</td>
<td>•</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong><em>■J</em></strong> 1</td>
<td>X</td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SCHEDULE</td>
<td><strong><em>■J</em></strong> 2</td>
<td>Z</td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">HDD MANAGER</td>
<td>V 3</td>
<td>z</td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>V 4</td>
<td>✓&#8221;</td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">HDD DETECT</td>
<td><strong><em>•J</em></strong> 5</td>
<td>z</td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong><em>•J</em></strong> 6</td>
<td>z</td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">REC ESTIMATE</td>
<td>V 7</td>
<td></td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td>=</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong><em>•J</em></strong> 8</td>
<td>z</td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong><em>■J</em></strong> 9</td>
<td></td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>V 10</td>
<td>z</td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>V 11</td>
<td>z</td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>V 12</td>
<td>z</td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong><em>J</em></strong> 13</td>
<td>z</td>
<td>2048</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280*720{720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>V 14</td>
<td>z</td>
<td>2048</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280’720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>15</td>
<td></td>
<td>2048</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280*720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>16</td>
<td>z</td>
<td>2048</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280*720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="5">17 / 2048 24 1280*720(720P)</p>
<p>Known Space Known Time</p>
<p>Capacity 0 TB = 0 GB Select</p>
<p>Time 0 Days</p>
<p>Note: The record estimation data here is for reference only. Please be cautious when you are calculating record period.</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 5-216</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark776"></a> Step 2 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="41" class="wp-image-2352" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-314.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 314" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1137"></p>
<p>The <strong>Edit </strong>dialog box is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark777"> Figure 5-217.</a></p>
<p>You can configure the resolution, frame rate, bit rate and record time for the selected channel.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="531" height="346" class="wp-image-2353" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-315.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 315" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1138" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-315.jpeg 531w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-315-300x195.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 531px) 100vw, 531px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-217</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark777"></a> Step 3 Click <strong>OK </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>Then the system will calculate the time period that can be used for storage according to the channels settings and HDD capacity.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<p>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the settings to other channels.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark778"></a> Calculating Recording Time</p>
<p>Step 1 On the <strong>REC ESTIMATE </strong>interface, click the <strong>Known Space </strong>tab.</p>
<p>The <strong>Known Space </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark780"> Figure 5-218.</a></p>
<p>Known Space Known Time</p>
<p>Capacity 0 TB= 0 GB Select</p>
<p>Time 0 Days</p>
<p>Note: The record estimation data here is for reference only. Please be cautious when you are calculating record period.</p>
<p>Figure 5-218</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark780"></a> Step 2 Click <strong>Select</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Select HDD(s) </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="491" height="329" class="wp-image-2354" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-316.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 316" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1139" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-316.jpeg 491w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-316-300x201.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 491px) 100vw, 491px" /></p>
<p>Step 3 Select the check box of the HDD that you want to calculate.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Known Space </strong>tab, in the <strong>Time </strong>box, the recording time is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark781"> Figure</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark781">5-219.</a></p>
<p>Known Space Known Time</p>
<p>Capacity 2.000 TB= 2000 GB Select</p>
<p>Time 10 Days</p>
<p>Note: The record estimation data here is for reference only. Please be cautious when you are calculating record period.</p>
<p>Figure 5-219</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark781"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark782"></a> Calculating HDD Capacity for Storage</p>
<p>Step 1 On the <strong>REC ESTIMATE </strong>interface, click the <strong>Known Time </strong>tab.</p>
<p>The <strong>Known Time </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark784"> Figure 5-220.</a></p>
<p>Known Space Known Time</p>
<p>Time 0 Days</p>
<p>Capacity 0 TB = 0 GB</p>
<p>Note: The record estimation data here is for reference only. Please be cautious when you are calculating record period.</p>
<p>Figure 5-220</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark784"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Time </strong>box, enter the time period that you want to record.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Capacity </strong>box, the required HDD capacity is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark786"> Figure 5-221.</a></p>
<p>Known Space Known Time</p>
<p>Time 2 Days</p>
<p>Capacity 0.376 TB = 376 GB</p>
<p>Note: The record estimation data here is for reference only. Please be cautious when you are calculating record penod</p>
<p>Figure 5-221</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark785"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark786"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark787"></a> Configuring FTP Storage Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can store and view the recorded videos and snapshots on the FTP server.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark789"></a> Preparation for Configuration</p>
<p>Purchase or download a FTP server and install it on your PC.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>For the created FTP user, you need to set the write permission; otherwise the upload of recorded videos and snapshots will be failed.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark791"></a> Configuration Steps</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Storage <em>•+</em> FTP</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>FTP </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark793"> Figure 5-222.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="822" height="465" class="wp-image-2355" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-317.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 317" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1140" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-317.jpeg 822w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-317-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-317-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-317-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 822px) 100vw, 822px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-222</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark793"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the FTP settings parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark794"> Table 5-68.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the FTP upload function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Host IP</td>
<td>IP address of the PC that is installed with FTP server.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Port</td>
<td>The default is 21.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Anonymity</td>
<td>Enter the user name and password to login the FTP server.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User Name</td>
<td>Enable the anonymity function, and then you can login</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Password</td>
<td>anonymously without entering the user name and password.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Remote Directory</td>
<td>Create folder on FTP server.</p>
<ul>
<li>If you do not enter the name of remote directory, system</li>
</ul>
<p>automatically creates the folders according to the IP and time.</p>
<ul>
<li>If you enter the name of remote directory, the system</li>
</ul>
<p>creates the folder with the entered name under the FTP root directory first, and then automatically creates the folders according to the IP and time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>File Length(M)</td>
<td>Enter the length of the uploaded recorded video.</p>
<ul>
<li>If the entered length is less than the recorded video length,</li>
</ul>
<p>only a section of the recorded video can be uploaded.</p>
<ul>
<li>If the entered length is more than the recorded video length,</li>
</ul>
<p>the whole recorded video can be uploaded.</p>
<ul>
<li>If the entered length is 0, the whole recorded video will be</li>
</ul>
<p>uploaded.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Image Upload Interval (Sec.)</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>If this interval is longer than snapshot interval, the system</li>
</ul>
<p>takes the recent snapshot to upload. For example, the interval is 5 seconds, and snapshot interval is 2 seconds per snapshot, the system uploads the recent snapshot every 5 seconds.</p>
<ul>
<li>If this interval is shorter than snapshot interval, the system</li>
</ul>
<p>uploads the snapshot per the snapshot interval. For example, the interval is 5 seconds, and snapshot interval is 10 seconds per snapshot, the system uploads the snapshot every 10 seconds.</p>
<ul>
<li>To configure the snapshot interval, select <strong>Main Menu ^</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Camera ^ Encode ^ Snapshot</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>Select the channel that you want to apply the FTP settings.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Week Day</p>
<p>Period 1, Period 2</td>
<td>Select the week day and set the time period that you want to upload the recorded files. You can set two periods for each week day.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark794"></a> Record type</td>
<td>Select the record type (Alarm, Intel, MD, and General) that you want to upload. The selected record type will be uploaded during the configured time period.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-68</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Test</strong>.</p>
<p>The system pops up a message to indicate success or failure. If failed, please check the network connection or configurations.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark795"></a> 5.18 Configuring System Settings</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1005" height="569" class="wp-image-2356" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-318.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 318" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1141" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-318.jpeg 1005w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-318-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-318-768x435.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-318-810x459.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1005px) 100vw, 1005px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark797"></a> Configuring General System Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the device basic settings, time settings, and holiday settings.</p>
<p>For details about basic and time settings, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark114">&#8220;5.1.4.2 Configuring General Settings&#8221;</a> and <a href="#post-2037-bookmark119">&#8220;5.1.4.3 Configuring Date and Time Settings.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>To configure the holiday settings, do the following:</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ System^ GENERAL ^ Holiday</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Holiday </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark799"> Figure 5-223.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="788" height="442" class="wp-image-2357" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-319.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 319" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1142" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-319.jpeg 788w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-319-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-319-768x431.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 788px) 100vw, 788px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark799"></a> Step 2 Click <strong>Add a Holiday</strong>.</p>
<p>Figure 5-223</p>
<p>The <strong>Add a Holiday </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark800"> Figure 5-224.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="675" height="389" class="wp-image-2358" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-320.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 320" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1143" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-320.jpeg 675w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-320-300x173.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 675px) 100vw, 675px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-224</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark800"></a> Step 3 Configure the holiday name, repeat mode, time range according to your actual situation.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Add</strong>.</p>
<p>The added holiday information is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark801"> Figure 5-225.</a> ED NOTE</p>
<p>Enable the <strong>Add More </strong>function, so you can continue adding holiday information.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="808" height="456" class="wp-image-2359" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-321.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 321" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1144" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-321.jpeg 808w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-321-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-321-768x433.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 808px) 100vw, 808px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-225</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark801"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark802"></a> Configuring RS232 Port Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^System ^ RS232</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>RS232 </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark804"> Figure 5-226.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="862" height="577" class="wp-image-2360" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-322.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 322" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1145" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-322.jpeg 862w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-322-300x201.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-322-768x514.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-322-810x542.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 862px) 100vw, 862px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-226</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark804"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for RS232 port parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark805"> Table 5-69.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Function</td>
<td>In the Function list, select the protocol for the port.</p>
<ul>
<li>Console: Debug by connecting a mini terminal software.</li>
<li>Keyboard: Control the Device by connecting a dedicated</li>
</ul>
<p>keyboard.</p>
<ul>
<li>Adapter: Transit data by connecting to PC.</li>
<li>Protocol COM: This function is for card overlay.</li>
<li>NetKeyboard: Control the Device by connecting a dedicated</li>
</ul>
<p>keyboard to the LAN port.</p>
<ul>
<li>PTZ Matrix: Connect the video matrix for control.</li>
</ul>
<p>The default setting is <strong>Console</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Baudrate</td>
<td>In the <strong>Baudrate </strong>list, select a value for baudrate length. The default setting is <strong>115200</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Data Bits</td>
<td>In the <strong>Data Bits </strong>list, select <strong>5</strong>, <strong>6</strong>, <strong>7</strong>, or <strong>8</strong>. The default setting is <strong>8</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Stop Bits</td>
<td>In the <strong>Stop Bits </strong>list, select <strong>1</strong>, <strong>1.5</strong>, or <strong>2</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark805"></a> Parity</td>
<td>In the <strong>Parity </strong>list, select <strong>None</strong>, <strong>Odd</strong>, <strong>Even</strong>, <strong>Mark</strong>, or <strong>Null</strong>. The default setting is <strong>None</strong>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-69</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark806"></a> Configuring Security Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>To ensure the network security and protect data, you can configure the access permission to the Device from host IP (host IP means the PC or server that has an IP).</p>
<ul>
<li>White list includes the host IP that are permitted to access the Device.</li>
<li>Back list includes the host IP that are not permitted to access the Device.</li>
<li>Updata time white list includes the host IP that are permitted to sync the Device time.
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark808"></a> Configuring Access Right</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ System ^ Security ^ Access Right</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Access Right </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark810"> Figure 5-227.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="855" height="486" class="wp-image-2361" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-323.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 323" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1146" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-323.jpeg 855w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-323-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-323-768x437.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-323-810x460.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 855px) 100vw, 855px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-227</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark810"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the security parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark811"> Table 5-70.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Type</td>
<td>In the Type list, you can select Limits of network-whitelist, Limits of network-blacklist, or Updata time-whitelist.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the security settings.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Start Address</td>
<td>Enter a single IP address or a start IP address of a network segment.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add IP Address</td>
<td>Click <strong>Add IP Address </strong>to add a single IP address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>End Address</td>
<td>Enter the end IP address of a network segment.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark811"></a> Add IP Segment</td>
<td>Click <strong>Add IP Segment </strong>to add the IP addresses from the start IP through the end IP.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>The system supports up to 64 IP addresses.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-70</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark812"></a> Enabling Password Reset</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ System ^ Security ^ Password Reset</strong>, the <strong>Password Reset </strong>interface</p>
<p>is displayed. The <strong>Enable </strong>check box is selected by default. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark814"> Figure 5-228.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="70" height="60" class="wp-image-2362" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-324.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 324" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1147"></p>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<p>If you clear the <strong>Enable </strong>check box, you can only use the security questions to reset the password. Make sure you have set the security questions before clearing the check box.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="730" height="412" class="wp-image-2363" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-325.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 325" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1148" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-325.jpeg 730w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-325-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 730px) 100vw, 730px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-228</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark814"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark815"></a> Configuring System Maintenance Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When the Device has been running for a long time, you can configure the auto reboot when the Device is not working. You can also configure the case fan mode to reduce noise and extend the service life.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> System ^ System Maintain</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>SYSTEM MAINTAIN </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark817"> Figure 5-229.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="777" height="436" class="wp-image-2364" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-326.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 326" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1149" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-326.jpeg 777w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-326-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-326-768x431.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 777px) 100vw, 777px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-229</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark817"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the system maintenance parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark819"> Table 5-71.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auto Reboot</td>
<td colspan="2">In the <strong>Auto Reboot </strong>list, select the reboot time.</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Case Fan Mode</td>
<td colspan="3">In the <strong>Case Fan Mode </strong>list, you can select <strong>Always run </strong>or <strong>Auto</strong>.</p>
<p>If you select <strong>Auto</strong>, the case fan will stop or start according to the external conditions such as the Device temperature.</p>
<p>CQ <strong>NOTE</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">Not all models support this function, and it is only supported on</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>the local configuration interface.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-71</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark818"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark819"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark820"></a> Exporting and Importing System Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can export or import the Device system settings if there are several Devices that require the same setup.</p>
<p>NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>The <strong>IMP/EXP </strong>interface cannot be opened if the backup operation is ongoing on the other interfaces.</li>
<li>When you open the <strong>IMP/EXP </strong>interface, the system refreshes the devices and sets the current directory as the first root directory.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Format </strong>to format the USB storage device.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark822"></a> Exporting System Settings</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ System ^ IMP/EXP</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>IMP/EXP </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark824"> Figure 5-230.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="790" height="447" class="wp-image-2365" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-327.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 327" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1150" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-327.jpeg 790w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-327-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-327-768x435.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 790px) 100vw, 790px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-230</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark824"></a> Step 2 Insert a USB storage device into one of the USB ports on the Device.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Refresh </strong>to refresh the interface.</p>
<p>The connected USB storage device is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark825"> Figure 5-231.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Ji</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>S Ô</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>SYSTEM</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>System</strong></td>
<td><strong>/ SYSTEM</strong></td>
<td><strong>/ IMP/EXP</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>GENERAL</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Device Name sdal(USBUSB)</strong></td>
<td><strong>Refresh</strong></td>
<td><strong>Format</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>SECURITY</strong></td>
<td><strong>Total Space 3.73 GB</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Free Space 3.27 GB</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>SYSTEM MAINTAIN</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Address /</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>IMP/EXP</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Size</strong></td>
<td><strong>Typ«</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Delete</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>DEFAULT</strong></td>
<td><strong>■ ScreenShot</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Folder</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>&amp; LANl-20180313213059.pcap</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>111.7 KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>File</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>UPGRADE</strong></td>
<td><strong>® LAN 1-20180313213722.peap</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>182.1 KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>File</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ printf_20180314111548.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>1.2 KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>File</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>3 kmsg_printf_20180314111548.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>19.8 KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>File</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>® printf.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>1.97 MB</strong></td>
<td><strong>File</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>iffl kmsg_printf.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>LI KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>Rie</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B| printf_20180316153903.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>964 B</strong></td>
<td><strong>File</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>g) kmsg_printf_20180316153903.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2L2KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>file</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>K printf_20180316154049.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>1.5 KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>file</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>@ kmsg_printf_20180316154049.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>21.7 KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>file</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Q printf_20180316155148.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2.2 KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>file</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ kmsg_printf_20180316155148.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>21.6 KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>Fite</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>® printf_20180316161436.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2.5 KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>Fite</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>a kmsg_printf_20180316161436.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2L9KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>file</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>New Folder</strong></p>
<p><strong>Import Export</strong></p>
<p>Figure 5-231</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark825"></a> Step 4 Click <strong>Export</strong>.</p>
<p>There is a folder under the name style of &#8220;Config_[YYYYMMDDhhmmss]&#8221;. Double­click this folder to view the backup files.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark826"></a> Importing System Settings</p>
<p>Step 1 Insert a USB storage device containing the exported configuration files from another Device) into one of the USB ports on the Device.</p>
<p>Step 2 Select <strong>Main Menu &gt; SYSTEM &gt; IMP/EXP</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>IMP/EXP </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Refresh </strong>to refresh the interface.</p>
<p>The connected USB storage device is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click on the configuration folder (under the name style of &#8220;Config_[YYYYMMDDhhmmss]&#8221;) that you want to import.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>Import</strong>.</p>
<p>The Device will reboot after the imported is succeeded.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark828"></a> Restoring Default Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Œ NOTE</p>
<p>Only Admin account supports this function.</p>
<p>You can select the settings that you want to restore to the factory default.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ System ^ Default</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>DEFAULT </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark830"> Figure 5-232.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="839" height="474" class="wp-image-2366" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-328.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 328" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1151" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-328.jpeg 839w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-328-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-328-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-328-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 839px) 100vw, 839px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-232</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark830"></a> Step 2 Restore the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>Select the settings that you want to restore, and then click <strong>Apply</strong>. The system starts restoring the selected settings.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Factory Default</strong>, and then click <strong>OK</strong>. The system starts restoring the whole settings.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark831"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark832"></a> 5.18.7 Upgrading the Device</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark834"></a> Upgrading File</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Insert a USB storage device containing the upgrade files into the USB port of the Device.</p>
<p>Step 2 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ System ^ Upgrade</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>UPGRADE </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark836"> Figure 5-233.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="895" height="511" class="wp-image-2367" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-329.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 329" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1152" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-329.jpeg 895w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-329-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-329-768x438.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-329-810x462.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 895px) 100vw, 895px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-233</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark836"></a> Step 3 Click <strong>System Upgrade</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>System Upgrade </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark837"> Figure 5-234.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="582" height="413" class="wp-image-2368" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-330.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 330" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1153" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-330.jpeg 582w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-330-300x213.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 582px) 100vw, 582px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-234</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark837"></a> Step 4 Click the file that you want to upgrade.</p>
<p>The selected file is displayed in the <strong>Update File </strong>box.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>Start</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark838"></a> Performing Online Upgrade</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When the Device is connected to Internet, you can use online upgrade function to upgrade the system.</p>
<p>Before using this function, you need to check if there is any new version by auto check or manual check.</p>
<ul>
<li>Auto check: The Device checks if there is any new version available at intervals.</li>
<li>Manual check: Perform real-time check if there is any new version available.</li>
</ul>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<p>Ensure the correct power supply and network connection during upgrading; otherwise the upgrading might be failed.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ System ^ Upgrade</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>UPGRADE </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark840"> Figure 5-235.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="786" height="449" class="wp-image-2369" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-331.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 331" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1154" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-331.jpeg 786w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-331-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-331-768x439.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 786px) 100vw, 786px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-235</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark840"></a> Step 2 Check if there is any new version available.</p>
<ul>
<li>Auto check: Enable Auto-check for updates.</li>
<li>Manual check: Click Manual Check.</li>
</ul>
<p>The system starts checking the new versions. After checking is completed, the check result is displayed.</p>
<ul>
<li>If the &#8220;It is the latest version&#8221; text is displayed, you do not need to upgrade.</li>
<li>If the text indicating there is a new version, please go the step 3. See Figure 5­</li>
</ul>
<p>236.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="883" height="503" class="wp-image-2370" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-332.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 332" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1155" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-332.jpeg 883w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-332-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-332-768x437.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-332-810x461.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 883px) 100vw, 883px" /></p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Upgrade now</strong>.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark841"></a> 5.18.7.3 Uboot Upgrading</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="76" height="66" class="wp-image-2371" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-333.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 333" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1156"></p>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<ul>
<li>Under the root directory in the USB storage device, there must be &#8220;u-bootbin.img&#8221; file and &#8220;update.img&#8221; file saved, and the USB storage device must be in FAT32 format.</li>
<li>Make sure the USB storage device is inserted; otherwise the upgrading cannot be performed.</li>
</ul>
<p>When starting the Device, the system automatically check if there is a USB storage device connected and if there is any upgrade file, and if yes and the check result of the upgrade file is correct, the system will upgrade automatically. The Uboot upgrade can avoid the situation that you have to upgrade through +TFTP when the Device is halted.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark843"></a> 5.19 Viewing Information</p>
<p>You can view the information such as log information, HDD information, and version details</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="894" height="499" class="wp-image-2372" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-334.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 334" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1157" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-334.jpeg 894w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-334-300x167.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-334-768x429.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-334-810x452.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 894px) 100vw, 894px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark845"></a> Viewing Version Details</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the version details such as device model, system version, and build date.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Info ^ Version</strong>, the <strong>VERSION </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark848"> Figure 5-237.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="834" height="473" class="wp-image-2373" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-335.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 335" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1158" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-335.jpeg 834w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-335-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-335-768x436.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-335-810x459.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 834px) 100vw, 834px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-237</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark847"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark848"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark849"></a> Viewing Log Information</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view and search the log information.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>If there is no HDD installed, the system can save up to 10,000 logs.</li>
<li>If there is HDD installed and has been formatted, the system can save up to 500,000 logs.</li>
<li>If there is HDD installed, the logs about system operations are saved in the memory of the</li>
</ul>
<p>Device and other types of logs are saved into the HDD. If there is no HDD installed, the other types of logs are also saved in the memory of the Device.</p>
<ul>
<li>When formatting the HDD, the logs will not be lost. However, if you take out the HDD from the Device, the logs might be lost.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> INFO </strong>^ <strong>LOG</strong>, the <strong>LOG </strong>interface is displayed. See Figure 5­</p>
<p>238.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="837" height="473" class="wp-image-2374" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-336.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 336" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1159" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-336.jpeg 837w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-336-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-336-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-336-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 837px) 100vw, 837px" /></p>
<p>Step 2 In the <strong>Type </strong>list, select the log type that you want to view (<strong>System</strong>, <strong>Config</strong>, <strong>Storage</strong>, <strong>Record</strong>, <strong>Account</strong>, <strong>Clear</strong>, <strong>Playback</strong>, and <strong>Connection</strong>) or select <strong>All </strong>to view all logs.</p>
<p>Step 3 In the <strong>Start Time </strong>box and <strong>End Time </strong>box, enter the time period to search, and then click <strong>Search</strong>.</p>
<p>The search results are displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark851"> Figure 5-239.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="489" class="wp-image-2375" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-337.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 337" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1160" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-337.jpeg 870w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-337-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-337-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-337-810x455.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-239</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="100" height="28" class="wp-image-2376" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-338.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 338" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1161"></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark851"></a> Click <strong>Details </strong>or double-click the log that you want to view, the <strong>Detailed Information </strong>interface is displayed. Click <strong>Next </strong>or <strong>Previous </strong>to view more log information.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Backup </strong>to back up the logs into the USB storage device.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Clear </strong>to remove all logs.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark852"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark853"></a> Viewing Event Information</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the event information of the Device and channel.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Info ^ Event</strong>, the <strong>EVENT </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark855"> Figure 5-240.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="491" class="wp-image-2377" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-339.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 339" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1162" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-339.jpeg 870w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-339-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-339-768x433.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-339-810x457.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-240</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark855"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark856"></a> Viewing Network Information</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the online users, network data transmission details, and test network. For details about testing network, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark679">&#8220;5.14.2.1 Testing the Network.</a>&#8221;</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark858"></a> Viewing Online Users</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the online user information and block any user for a period of time.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Info ^ Network ^ Online users</strong>, the <strong>Online users </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark860"> Figure 5-241.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="834" height="469" class="wp-image-2378" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-340.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 340" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1163" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-340.jpeg 834w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-340-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-340-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-340-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 834px) 100vw, 834px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark860"></a> Figure 5-241</p>
<p>To block an online user, click and then enter the time that you want to block this user. The</p>
<p>maximum value you can set is 65535.</p>
<p>The system detects every 5 seconds to check if there is any user added or deleted, and update the user list timely.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark861"></a> Viewing the Network Load</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Network load means the data flow which measures the transmission capability. You can view the information such as data receiving speed and sending speed.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Info ^ NETWORK ^ Network Load</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Network Load </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark863"> Figure 5-242.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="32" class="wp-image-2379" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-341.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 341" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1164"></p>
<p>VERSION</p>
<p>LOG</p>
<p>EVENT</p>
<p><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2666.png" alt="♦" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> ASO</p>
<p>Info / INFO / NETWORK</p>
<p>Online User</p>
<p>Network Load</p>
<p>Network Test</p>
<p>Name MAC Address Status</p>
<p>LANI 20:18:02:09:11:34 Succeed</p>
<p>IP Address Type</p>
<p>172.8.2.51 Ethernet</p>
<p>MTU</p>
<p>1500</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="627" height="252" class="wp-image-2380" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-342.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 342" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1165" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-342.jpeg 627w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-342-300x121.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 627px) 100vw, 627px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-242</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark863"></a> Step 2 Click the LAN name that you want to view, for example, LAN1.</p>
<p>The system displays the information of data sending speed and receiving speed.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>The default display is LAN1 load.</li>
<li>Only one LAN load can be displayed at one time.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark864"></a> Viewing HDD Information</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the HDD quantity, HDD type, total space, free space, status, and S.M.A.R.T information.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Info ^ HDD</strong>, the <strong>HDD </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark866"> Figure 5-243.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="822" height="644" class="wp-image-2381" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-343.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 343" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1166" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-343.jpeg 822w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-343-300x235.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-343-768x602.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-343-810x635.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 822px) 100vw, 822px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-243</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark866"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SATA</td>
<td>Indicates the quantity of HDD that can be installed. The total quantity is different depending on the model you purchased.</p>
<ul>
<li>o: HDD is in normal working status.</li>
<li>-: No HDD is installed.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>No.</td>
<td>Indicates the number of the currently connected HDD. <strong>* </strong>means the current working HDD.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Type</td>
<td>Indicates HDD type.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Total Space</td>
<td>Indicates the total capacity of HDD.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Free Space</td>
<td>Indicates the usable capacity of HDD.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Status</td>
<td>Indicates the status of the HDD to show if it is working normally.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>S.M.A.R.T</td>
<td>View the S.M.A.R.T reports from HDD detecting.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-72</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark867"></a> Viewing Device Status</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the information such as CPU temperature and memory usage to know the device status.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ INFO ^ DEVICE STATUS</strong>, the <strong>DEVICE STATUS </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark869"> Figure 5-244.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="820" height="637" class="wp-image-2382" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-344.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 344" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1167" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-344.jpeg 820w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-344-300x233.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-344-768x597.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-344-810x629.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 820px) 100vw, 820px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-244</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark869"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark870"></a> Viewing Channel Information</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the camera information connected to each channel.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Info ^ Channel Info</strong>, the <strong>CHANNEL INFO </strong>interface is displayed. See <a href="#post-2037-bookmark872">Figure 5-245.</a></p>
<p>VERSION</p>
<p>NETWORK</p>
<p>HDD</p>
<p>DEVICE STATUS</p>
<p>»■ CHANNEL INFO</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="209" height="288" class="wp-image-2383" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-345.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 345" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1168"></p>
<p>Figure 5-245</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark872"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark873"></a> Viewing Data Stream Information</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the real-time data stream rate and resolution of each channel.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Info ^ BPS</strong>, the <strong>BPS </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark875"> Figure 5-246.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="888" height="500" class="wp-image-2384" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-346.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 346" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1169" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-346.jpeg 888w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-346-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-346-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-346-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 888px) 100vw, 888px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark875"></a> Figure 5-246</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark876"></a> 5.20 Logout the Device</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="39" height="38" class="wp-image-2385" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-347.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 347" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1170"></p>
<p>On the top right of the Main Menu interface or on any interface after you have entered the Main</p>
<p>Menu, click</p>
<ul>
<li>Select <strong>Logout</strong>, you will log out the device.</li>
<li>Select <strong>Reboot</strong>, the Device will be rebooted.</li>
<li>Select <strong>Shutdown</strong>, the Device will be turned off.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="888" height="500" class="wp-image-2386" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-348.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 348" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1171" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-348.jpeg 888w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-348-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-348-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-348-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 888px) 100vw, 888px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark878"></a> Web Operations</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>The interfaces in the Manual are used for introducing the operations and only for reference. The actual interface might be different dependent on the model you purchased. If there is inconsistency between the Manual and the actual product, the actual product shall govern.</li>
<li>The Manual is a general document for introducing the product, so there might be some functions described for the Device in the Manual not apply to the model you purchased.</li>
<li>Besides Web, you can use our Smart PSS to login the device. For detailed information, please refer to Smart PSS user’s manual.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark880"></a> Connecting to Network</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>The factory default IP of the Device is 192.168.1.108.</li>
<li>The Device supports monitoring on different browsers such as Safari, fire fox, Google on Apple PC to perform the functions such as multi-channel monitoring, PTZ control, and device parameters configurations.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Check to make sure the Device has connected to the network.</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the IP address, subnet mask and gateway for the PC and the Device. For details about network configuration of the Device, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark124">&#8220;5.1.4.4 Configuring Network</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark124">Settings.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>Step 3 On your PC, check the network connection of the Device by using &#8220;ping ************&#8221; Usually the return value of TTL is 255.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark882"></a> Logging in the Web</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Open the IE browser, enter the IP address of the Device, and then press Enter.</p>
<p>The Login in dialog box is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark884"> Figure 6-1.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="470" height="423" class="wp-image-2387" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-349.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 349" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1172" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-349.jpeg 470w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-349-300x270.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 470px) 100vw, 470px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-1</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark884"></a> Step 2 Enter the user name and password.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="178" height="35" class="wp-image-2388" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-350.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 350" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1173"></p>
<ul>
<li>The default administrator account is <strong>admin</strong>. The password is the one that was configured during initial settings. To security your account, it is recommended to keep the password properly and change it regularly.</li>
<li>Click to display the password.</li>
<li>If you forgot the password, click <strong>Forgot Password? </strong>to reset the password. For details about resetting the password, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark885">&#8220;6.3 Resetting Password.</a>&#8220;</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Login</strong>.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark885"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark886"></a> 6.3 Resetting Password</p>
<p>You can reset the password through the reserved email address when you forget the password of admin account.</p>
<p>Step 1 Login the Web of the Device.</p>
<p>TheLogin in dialog box is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark888"> Figure 6-2.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="41" height="33" class="wp-image-2389" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-351.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 351" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1174"></p>
<p>3 <strong>RANGÉ&#8217;</strong></p>
<p><strong>i psci Natru</strong></p>
<p><strong>Login</strong></p>
<p><strong>Cancel</strong></p>
<p>Û</p>
<p>Figure 6-2</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark888"></a> Step 2 Click <strong>Forgot Password?</strong></p>
<p>The <strong>Reset the password </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark889"> Figure 6-3.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="896" height="615" class="wp-image-2390" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-352.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 352" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1175" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-352.jpeg 896w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-352-300x206.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-352-768x527.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-352-810x556.jpeg 810w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-352-145x100.jpeg 145w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-352-380x260.jpeg 380w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 896px) 100vw, 896px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-3</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark889"></a> Step 3 Follow the onscreen instructions to scan the QR code and get the security code.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="70" height="60" class="wp-image-2391" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-353.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 353" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1176"></p>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<ul>
<li>You can get the security code twice by scanning the same QR code. If you need to get the security code once again, please refresh the interface.</li>
<li>Please use the security code received in your email box to reset the password within 24 hours; otherwise the security code becomes invalid.</li>
</ul>
<p>•</p>
<p>Wrong security code entrance up to five times will cause the security code locked for five minutes. After five minutes, you can continue to use this security code.</p>
<p>Step 4 In the <strong>Security code </strong>box, enter the security code received in your reserved email box.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The new password resetting interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark890"> Figure 6-4</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="667" height="470" class="wp-image-2392" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-354.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 354" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1177" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-354.jpeg 667w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-354-300x211.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 667px) 100vw, 667px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-4</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark890"></a> Step 6 In the <strong>Password </strong>box, enter the new password and enter it again in the <strong>Confirm Password </strong>box.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>The new password can be set from 8 characters through 32 characters and contain at least two types from number, letter and special characters (excluding , , &#8220;;&#8221;,&#8221;:&#8221; and</p>
<p>&#8220;&amp;&#8221;).</p>
<p>Step 7 Click <strong>Save</strong>. The password resetting is started.</p>
<p>After resetting is completed, a pop-up message is displayed to indicate the result and you will see the login interface is displayed. Then you can use the new password to login the Web.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark891"></a> 6.4 Introducing Web Main Menu</p>
<p>After you have logged in the Web, the main menu is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark893"> Figure 6-5.</a></p>
<p>For detailed operations, you can refer to <a href="#post-2037-bookmark84">&#8220;5 Local Configurations.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="764" height="580" class="wp-image-2393" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-355.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 355" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1178" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-355.jpeg 764w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-355-300x228.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 764px) 100vw, 764px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark893"></a> Figure 6-5</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/cp-plus-xvr-complete-setup-guide.html/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>JUAN CCTV Firmware Software NEW</title>
		<link>https://www.xvraid.com/software/juan-cctv-firmware-software-new.html</link>
					<comments>https://www.xvraid.com/software/juan-cctv-firmware-software-new.html#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[XVR AiD]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 20 Jul 2023 06:59:33 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[4G Solar Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[AHD]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[app]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CCTV]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Chinese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CVBS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Eseecloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[factory]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[how do]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[hybrid]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Install]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iphone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mouse]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[phone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[setup guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[tools]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Upgrade]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video Player]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wireless]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wireless IP Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wireless NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[with]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.xvraid.com/?p=2032</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[JUAN CCTV Firmware Software NEW, JUAN  independently design, research and develop all the current full CCTV product line in dozens, including wireless...]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="font-weight: 400;">JUAN CCTV Firmware Software NEW, JUAN  independently design, research and develop all the current full CCTV product line in dozens, including wireless NVR Kit, standalone wireless IP camera，NVR, hybrid AHD, IP cameras,  etc&#8230; In addition, JUAN  has passed CE for EU, FCC for America and other authorized certification.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">With 200 professional engineers of hardware and Software, Special R&amp;D team focus on software and hardware design, to make sure the quality for JUAN  brand. With 15,000 square meters plant area, JUAN  owns 20 sets high-speed SMT,  4 DIP workshop, 20 assembling lines; Daily productivity ups to 5000pcs DVR/NVR and 5000pcs cameras.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">JUAN  have built it&#8217;s own nationwide sales net, successfully expended European, American, middle East and so on. Quality is the absolute truth criterion for Juan, 100% inspection before delivery; Moreover, JUAN  has an efficient pre-sales and after-sales service team!JUAN , your most trustful cooperation partner!</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://i.ytimg.com/vi/DSB9zfCi8k8/maxresdefault.jpg" alt="" title="JUAN CCTV Firmware Software NEW 1180"></p>
<h2>JUAN CCTV Firmware Software NEW</h2>
<p>Read Next :</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/guide/how-to-set-up-tripwire.html">How To Set Up Tripwire</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/guide/eseecloud-4g-solar-camera-guide.html">Eseecloud 4G Solar Camera Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/guide/clarevision-cameras-setup-guide.html">ClareVision Cameras Setup Guide</a></li>
</ul>
<div class="newslist"><a title="PC client: CMS (support Mac)" href="http://download.dvr163.com/tool/EseeCloud-mac-2.0.8_20200228.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">PC client: CMS (support Mac) [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2020-03-20<a title="PC client: CMS ( Windows7.8.10)" href="https://jdownload.oss-cn-qingdao.aliyuncs.com/tool/JuanCloud_Setup_3.0.5.4_20200930.exe" target="_blank" rel="noopener">PC client: CMS ( Windows7.8.10) [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2020-03-04<a title="Backup video player" href="http://download.dvr163.com/tool/Video-player%20.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Backup video player [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2020-02-26<a title="P2/P4/P3 2_1_42_578012" href="http://download.dvr163.com/IPC/VR--camera/IPC_P3_HI18Ev2_20181119_IPCAMERA_P3_N18EV2_2_1_42_578012.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">P2/P4/P3 2_1_42_578012 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-03-06<a title="N6216 N6236-2  N6225  2_8_7_0_24C32810" href="http://jdownload.oss-cn-qingdao.aliyuncs.com/JUAN/NVR/youxian%20nvr/FWHI3625NL_20190222_NVR_N8225_2_8_7_0_24C32810.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">N6216 N6236-2 N6225 2_8_7_0_24C3&#8230; [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-03-06<a title="N6206_2_8_7_0_21D22810" href="http://jdownload.oss-cn-qingdao.aliyuncs.com/JUAN/NVR/youxian%20nvr/FWHI3616N6_20190222_NVR_N8209_2_8_7_0_21D22810.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">N6206_2_8_7_0_21D22810 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-03-06<a title="N6209_2_8_7_0_21D22810" href="http://jdownload.oss-cn-qingdao.aliyuncs.com/JUAN/NVR/youxian%20nvr/FWHI3616N6_20190222_NVR_N8209_2_8_7_0_21D22810.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">N6209_2_8_7_0_21D22810 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-03-06<a title="D6208_2_8_7_0_32D22310" href="http://jdownload.oss-cn-qingdao.aliyuncs.com/JUAN/NVR/youxian%20nvr/FWHI3608N6_20190222_DNVR_D6208_2_8_7_0_32D22310.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">D6208_2_8_7_0_32D22310 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-03-06<a title="N6236_2_8_7_0_23752920" href="http://jdownload.oss-cn-qingdao.aliyuncs.com/JUAN/NVR/youxian%20nvr/FWHI3636N6_20190222_NVR_N8236_2_8_7_0_23752920.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">N6236_2_8_7_0_23752920 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-0306<a title="N6216-2_2_8_7_0_23D22310" href="http://jdownload.oss-cn-qingdao.aliyuncs.com/JUAN/NVR/youxian%20nvr/FWHI3616N6_20190222_NVR_N8216-2_2_8_7_0_23D22310.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">N6216-2_2_8_7_0_23D22310 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-03-02<a title="2.3.2.576128" href="http://download.dvr163.com/IPC/VR--camera/IPC_C3_H3_HI16Ev1_20190221_IPCAMERA_C3_H3_N16EV1_2_3_2_576128.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">2.3.2.576128 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-03-02<a title="2.1.52.576122" href="http://download.dvr163.com/IPC/VR--camera/IPC_P3_HI16Ev1_20181210_IPCAMERA_P3_N16EV1_2_1_52_576122.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">2.1.52.576122 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="N6008_2_7_3_13_223222" href="http://jdownload.oss-cn-qingdao.aliyuncs.com/JUAN/NVR/youxian%20nvr/FWHI2108NC_20180710_NVR_N9208_2_7_3_13_223222.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">N6008_2_7_3_13_223222 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="D9104-2_1_8_1_315222B20" href="http://download.dvr163.com/NVR/discountinued-production-NVR/D9104-2_1_8_1_315222B20.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">D9104-2_1_8_1_315222B20 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="D9104C3_1_8_1_313223B20" href="http://download.dvr163.com/NVR/discountinued-production-NVR/D9104C3_1_8_1_313223B20.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">D9104C3_1_8_1_313223B20 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="D9104C_1_8_1_313222B20" href="http://download.dvr163.com/NVR/discountinued-production-NVR/D9104C_1_8_1_313222B20.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">D9104C_1_8_1_313222B20 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="D9104_1_8_1_311322B20" href="http://download.dvr163.com/NVR/discountinued-production-NVR/D9104_1_8_1_311322B20.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">D9104_1_8_1_311322B20 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="K9104P-2_1_8_1_313223B15" href="http://download.dvr163.com/NVR/discountinued-production-NVR/K9104P-2_1_8_1_313223B15.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">K9104P-2_1_8_1_313223B15 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="N9204-2_2_4_0_5_215123" href="http://download.dvr163.com/NVR/discountinued-production-NVR/N9204-2_2_4_0_5_215123.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">N9204-2_2_4_0_5_215123 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="N9204_2_1_26_215222" href="http://download.dvr163.com/NVR/discountinued-production-NVR/N9204_2_1_26_215222.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">N9204_2_1_26_215222 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="N9204_2_1_26_215222" href="http://download.dvr163.com/NVR/discountinued-production-NVR/N9204_2_1_26_215222.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">N9204_2_1_26_215222 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="K6208-W_2_8_7_10_22D22830" href="http://jdownload.oss-cn-qingdao.aliyuncs.com/JUAN/NVR/FWHI36D08W_20181119_NVR_K6208-W_2_8_7_10_22D22830.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">K6208-W_2_8_7_10_22D22830 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="K9104-2_1_8_1_313223B15" href="http://download.dvr163.com/NVR/discountinued-production-NVR/K9104-2_1_8_1_313223B15.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">K9104-2_1_8_1_313223B15 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="N6009_2_7_3_10_223222" href="http://jdownload.oss-cn-qingdao.aliyuncs.com/JUAN/NVR/youxian%20nvr/FWHI2108NC_20180326_NVR_N6009_2_7_3_10_223222.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">N6009_2_7_3_10_223222 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="R5104_2_3_13_4_413221" href="http://jdownload.oss-cn-qingdao.aliyuncs.com/JUAN/DVR/4lu%20dvr/FWHI2104HF_20180607_DVR_R5104_2_3_13_4_413221.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">R5104_2_3_13_4_413221 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="R5204_2_3_13_4_41932310" href="http://jdownload.oss-cn-qingdao.aliyuncs.com/JUAN/DVR/4lu%20dvr/FWHI2A04HD_20180607_DVR_R5204_2_3_13_4_41932310.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">R5204_2_3_13_4_41932310 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="R5308_2_3_13_4_42B42320" href="http://jdownload.oss-cn-qingdao.aliyuncs.com/JUAN/DVR/8lu%20dvr/FWHI3A08HH_20180607_DVR_R5308_2_3_13_4_42B42320.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">R5308_2_3_13_4_42B42320 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26</div>
<div>
<div class="newslist"><a title="R5208_2_3_13_4_42A32310" href="http://jdownload.oss-cn-qingdao.aliyuncs.com/JUAN/DVR/8lu%20dvr/FWHI2A08HD_20180607_DVR_R5208_2_3_13_4_42A32310.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">R5208_2_3_13_4_42A32310 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="R5116_2_3_13_4_43A32310" href="http://jdownload.oss-cn-qingdao.aliyuncs.com/JUAN/DVR/16lu%20dvr/FWHI2A16HL_20180607_DVR_R5116_2_3_13_4_43A32310.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">R5116_2_3_13_4_43A32310 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="N6016-2_2_7_3_13_23632320" href="http://jdownload.oss-cn-qingdao.aliyuncs.com/JUAN/NVR/youxian%20nvr/FWHI3516NK_20180710_NVR_N9216-2_2_7_3_13_23632320.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">N6016-2_2_7_3_13_23632320 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="R5132_2_3_13_4_45B42320" href="http://jdownload.oss-cn-qingdao.aliyuncs.com/JUAN/DVR/24%2032lu%20dvr/FWHI3A32HL_20180607_DVR_R5132_2_3_13_4_45B42320.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">R5132_2_3_13_4_45B42320 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="D9108-3_2_7_3_13_32322310" href="http://jdownload.oss-cn-qingdao.aliyuncs.com/JUAN/NVR/youxian%20nvr/FWHI2108NZ_20180710_DNVR_D9108-3_2_7_3_13_32322310.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">D9108-3_2_7_3_13_32322310 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="N6006_2_7_3_10_223222" href="http://jdownload.oss-cn-qingdao.aliyuncs.com/JUAN/NVR/youxian%20nvr/FWHI2108NC_20180326_NVR_N6006_2_7_3_10_223222.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">N6006_2_7_3_10_223222 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="N6016-3_2_8_1_6_2392231" href="http://jdownload.oss-cn-qingdao.aliyuncs.com/JUAN/NVR/youxian%20nvr/FWHI2116NX_20180724_NVR_N9216-3_2_8_1_6_2392231.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">N6016-3_2_8_1_6_2392231 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="N6036_2_7_3_13_25642320" href="http://jdownload.oss-cn-qingdao.aliyuncs.com/JUAN/NVR/youxian%20nvr/FWHI3536NM_20180710_NVR_N9336_2_7_3_13_25642320.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">N6036_2_7_3_13_25642320 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="N6025_2_7_3_13_24632320" href="http://jdownload.oss-cn-qingdao.aliyuncs.com/JUAN/NVR/youxian%20nvr/FWHI3525NL_20180710_NVR_N9325_2_7_3_13_24632320.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">N6025_2_7_3_13_24632320 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="NVR_N9816_2_8_0_4_23742920" href="http://download.dvr163.com/0531/0601/FWHI3616NW_20171101_NVR_N9816_2_8_0_4_23742920.rom" target="_blank" rel="noopener">NVR_N9816_2_8_0_4_23742920 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="N6025_2_7_3_13_24632320" href="http://jdownload.oss-cn-qingdao.aliyuncs.com/JUAN/NVR/youxian%20nvr/FWHI3525NL_20180710_NVR_N9325_2_7_3_13_24632320.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">N6025_2_7_3_13_24632320 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="K6204-W_2_8_7_10_21D22830" href="http://jdownload.oss-cn-qingdao.aliyuncs.com/JUAN/NVR/FWHI36D04W_20181119_NVR_K6204-W_2_8_7_10_21D22830.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">K6204-W_2_8_7_10_21D22830 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="R5216_2_3_13_4_43B42320" href="http://jdownload.oss-cn-qingdao.aliyuncs.com/JUAN/DVR/16lu%20dvr/FWHI3A16HD_20180607_DVR_R5216_2_3_13_4_43B42320.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">R5216_2_3_13_4_43B42320 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="DNVR upgrade tool" href="http://download.dvr163.com/tool/DvrSuite-1.0.0.4.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">DNVR upgrade tool [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="PJ2420-DL-W" href="http://download.dvr163.com/IPC/VR--camera/IPC_P3_HI18Ev2_20181119_IPCAMERA_P3_N18EV2_2_1_42_578012.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">PJ2420-DL-W [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="P6_N16D_2_1_13_564222" href="http://download.dvr163.com/IPC/VR--camera/0502/IPC_P6_HI16D_20180206_IPCAMERA_P6_N16D_2_1_13_564222.rom" target="_blank" rel="noopener">P6_N16D_2_1_13_564222 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="P2_V2.8.27_CW(AK3918E V200)" href="http://download.dvr163.com/IPC/VR--camera/ALPHA20181113_P1_P2_C2_AK3918EV200__V2.8.27.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">P2_V2.8.27_CW(AK3918E V200) [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="P2_V1.5.46_CW(AK3918E V100)" href="http://download.dvr163.com/IPC/VR--camera/P2_V1.5.46_CW.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">P2_V1.5.46_CW(AK3918E V100) [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="P1_V2.8.27_CW(AK3918E V200)" href="http://download.dvr163.com/IPC/VR--camera/ALPHA20181113_P1_P2_C2_AK3918EV200__V2.8.27.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">P1_V2.8.27_CW(AK3918E V200) [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="P1_V1.4.70_CW(AK3918E V100)" href="http://download.dvr163.com/IPC/VR--camera/V1.4.70_CW.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">P1_V1.4.70_CW(AK3918E V100) [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="N9804_2_5_4_31_21834910" href="http://jdownload.oss-cn-qingdao.aliyuncs.com/JUAN/NVR/%20vr%20%20nvr/FWHI9804NU_20180413_NVR_N9804_2_5_4_31_21834910.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">N9804_2_5_4_31_21834910 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="IPC tester" href="http://download.dvr163.com/IPCtest-meter.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">IPC tester [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="IPCAMERA_N18EV2W_2_3_1_578010" href="http://download.dvr163.com/IPC/IPCHI18Ev2_WIFI_20180606_IPCAMERA_N18EV2W_2_3_1_578010.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">IPCAMERA_N18EV2W_2_3_1_578010 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="IPC upgrade tool" href="http://download.dvr163.com/tool/IPCamSuite-1.2.26.5.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">IPC upgrade tool [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="PC client: CMS (support XP)" href="http://download.dvr163.com/tool/0530/cms_v1.9.4.8.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">PC client: CMS (support XP) [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="IE control" href="http://download.dvr163.com/tool/CtrlSetup_1200.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">IE control [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="Hard disk hanging computer backup data tool" href="http://download.dvr163.com/tool/DiskBackup.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Hard disk hanging computer backup &#8230; [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="IPC router manual" href="http://download.dvr163.com/IPC/R4S-2%20%E4%B8%AD%E8%8B%B1%E6%96%87%E8%AF%B4%E6%98%8E%E4%B9%A6.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">IPC router manual [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div>
<div class="newslist"><a title="IPC router" href="http://download.dvr163.com/IPC/REPEATER_MTK7688K_ECOS_20190121_1.6.2.680010.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">IPC router [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="Client Chinese and English manual" href="http://download.dvr163.com/tool/EseeCloud%20V2.0.7User%20manual.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Client Chinese and English manual [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="V2.4.33" href="http://download.dvr163.com/IPC/V2.4.33.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">V2.4.33 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="N9808_2_5_4_31_21834910" href="http://jdownload.oss-cn-qingdao.aliyuncs.com/JUAN/NVR/%20vr%20%20nvr/FWHI9808M4_20180413_NVR_N9808_2_5_4_31_21834910.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">N9808_2_5_4_31_21834910 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="R5304_2_3_13_4_41A32310" href="http://jdownload.oss-cn-qingdao.aliyuncs.com/JUAN/DVR/4lu%20dvr/FWHI2A04HH_20180607_DVR_R5304_2_3_13_4_41A32310.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">R5304_2_3_13_4_41A32310 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="NVR_K9804-W_2_5_4_33_21834930" href="http://download.dvr163.com/NVR/VR-NVR/FWHI9804M2_20181026_NVR_K9804-W_2_5_4_33_21834930.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">NVR_K9804-W_2_5_4_33_21834930 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="2.3.2.576111" href="http://download.dvr163.com/IPC/IPCHI16Ev1_20190225_IPCAMERA_N16EV1_2_3_2_576111pwm.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">2.3.2.576111 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="2.2.60.564220" href="http://download.dvr163.com/IPC/IPCHI16D_20181026_IPCAMERA_N16D_2_2_60_564220.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">2.2.60.564220 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="2.1.25.578011" href="http://download.dvr163.com/IPC/2.1.25.578011%287330-8%207330-8-DL%29/IPCHI18Ev2_20180125_IPCAMERA_N18EV200_2_1_25_578011.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">2.1.25.578011 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="PJ2420-DL-4G" href="http://download.dvr163.com/IPC/VR--camera/IPC_P3_HI18Ev2_20181119_IPCAMERA_P3_N18EV2_2_1_42_578012.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">PJ2420-DL-4G [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="V2.6.15" href="http://download.dvr163.com/IPC/AK-IPG5220-A%285221-A%29-V300-H265/V2.6.15.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">V2.6.15 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="IPC_WS18E_1_7_8_573013" href="http://download.dvr163.com/IPC/1.7.8.573013.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">IPC_WS18E_1_7_8_573013 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="V1.3.63" href="http://download.dvr163.com/IPC/V1.3.63.rom" target="_blank" rel="noopener">V1.3.63 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="V2.5.0_W-pwc 修复ESSID为空" href="http://download.dvr163.com/IPC/V2.5.0_W-pwc.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">V2.5.0_W-pwc 修复ESSID为空 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="IPC_V2.6.1_W" href="http://download.dvr163.com/IPC/V2.6.1W.rom.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">IPC_V2.6.1_W [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="IPC_V1.3.51-W" href="http://download.dvr163.com/IPC/V1.3.51_W.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">IPC_V1.3.51-W [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="IPCAMERA_N16EPW_2_8_10_576112" href="http://download.dvr163.com/IPC/IPCHI16E_PURE_WIFI_20181112_IPCAMERA_N16EPW_2_8_10_576112.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">IPCAMERA_N16EPW_2_8_10_576112 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="IPCAMERA_N16EW_2_8_10_576110" href="http://download.dvr163.com/IPC/IPCHI16E_WIFI_20181112_IPCAMERA_N16EW_2_8_10_576110.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">IPCAMERA_N16EW_2_8_10_576110 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="K6304-W_2_8_7_10_21C32330" href="http://jdownload.oss-cn-qingdao.aliyuncs.com/JUAN/NVR/FWHI36C04W_20181119_NVR_K6304-W_2_8_7_10_21C32330.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">K6304-W_2_8_7_10_21C32330 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
<div class="newslist">2019-02-26<a title="V2.5.8_IPG5320" href="http://download.dvr163.com/IPC/IPG5320-A%E7%89%88%E6%9C%AC-AKv300%E6%A8%A1%E7%BB%84IPG5221-A-WP/V2.5.8_IPG5320.rar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">V2.5.8_IPG5320 [ DownLoad ]</a></div>
</div>
</div>
<div></div>
<div>
<figure id="attachment_2033" aria-describedby="caption-attachment-2033" style="width: 300px" class="wp-caption alignnone"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="size-medium wp-image-2033" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/JUAN-CCTV-Firmware-Software-NEW-300x163.jpg" alt="JUAN CCTV Firmware Software NEW" width="300" height="163" title="JUAN CCTV Firmware Software NEW 1181" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/JUAN-CCTV-Firmware-Software-NEW-300x163.jpg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/JUAN-CCTV-Firmware-Software-NEW-768x417.jpg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/JUAN-CCTV-Firmware-Software-NEW-810x440.jpg 810w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/JUAN-CCTV-Firmware-Software-NEW.jpg 960w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /><figcaption id="caption-attachment-2033" class="wp-caption-text">JUAN CCTV Firmware Software NEW</figcaption></figure>
</div>
<div>
<div>
<h2 class="style">FAQ</h2>
<h2 class="style">Below is a comprehensive list of questions most frequently asked.</h2>
<h2 class="style">1、Where can I get a catalog?</h2>
<h2 class="style">       You can download a copy of our current catalog <a href="http://www.juancctv.com/doc/faq.html#" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</h2>
<h2 class="style">2、How can I get a quotation?</h2>
<h2 class="style">       You can send us an <a href="http://www.juancctv.com/doc/faq.html#" target="_blank" rel="noopener">inquiry</a> on a product or assembly you are interested in. We would appreciate the opportunity to quote your requirements!</h2>
<h2 class="style">3、How long are your quotes valid?</h2>
<h2 class="style">      30 days</h2>
<h2 class="style">4、Is there a minimum order quantity?</h2>
<h2 class="style">      Yes. In most cases, to buy directly from us you will need to make a minimum purchase.</h2>
<h2 class="style">5、 I’m not sure if I have requested the correct wire rope. Can I have a sample?</h2>
<h2 class="style">       Absolutely! Once you have a chance to use our cable, you will be convinced of our quality and reliability. Cost free if the quantity is small.</h2>
<h2 class="style">6、How to order the products?</h2>
<h2 class="style">      Send the inquiry with detail item description or with Article NO..Quantity, size, package.If possible please attach one reference picture to avoid any misunderstanding or any links from website for we get a better。 understanding.</h2>
<h2 class="style">7、How do you price your products?</h2>
<h2 class="style">      Steel wire rope is sold by weight (kilograms); Rigging hardware is sold in piece;Wire rope sings are sold in sets; welding wire is sold in weight(kilograms); construction machine is sold in set.</h2>
<h2 class="style">8、Is freight included in your price?</h2>
<h2 class="style">       No. Our pricing is FOB Factory, Freight extra.</h2>
<h2 class="style">9、Do you charge for certifications?</h2>
<h2 class="style">       No.</h2>
<h2 class="style">10、How do you price your products?</h2>
<h2 class="style">         Steel wire rope is sold by weight (kilograms); Rigging hardware is sold in piece;Wire rope sings are sold in sets; welding wire is sold in weight(kilograms); construction machine is sold in set.</h2>
<h2 class="style">11、Is freight included in your price?</h2>
<h2 class="style">         No. Our pricing is FOB Factory, Freight extra.</h2>
<h2 class="style">12、Do you charge for certifications?</h2>
<h2 class="style">         No.</h2>
<h2 class="style">13、Do you charge for certifications?</h2>
<h2 class="style">         No.</h2>
<h2 class="style">14、Do you charge for certifications?</h2>
<h2 class="style">         No.</h2>
<div>
<div>
<div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div>
<p>1.Technical Query</p>
<p>1).Q:Customers forget password,can not enter DVR main menu,what should do?</p>
<p>A:Press “▲” button in DVR front panel for 10 times continuously,then can hear one sound “di”,after “di”,password restore factory setting,then right click mouse,enter main menu—setting—system setting&#8211;user management,click confirm or restore factory setting,password will restore default.Or customer can set new password</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>2).Q:Which format of backup file?</p>
<p>A:It is backup in AVI format,general can play,like real player,thunder storm,etc</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>3).Q:Esee ID disappear suddenly,why happen this?What should do?</p>
<p>A:Reasons might be:</p>
<p>a.DHCP is selected,so that IP is changing all the time</p>
<p>b.Network is not working</p>
<p>To get Esee ID,Right click mouse,enter main men—setup&#8211;system setup&#8211;network setup,click DHCP,click “OK” to save setting,in this way can get IP address automatically,then back to preview interface.Stay in preview interface for 30 seconds,then enter DHCP setting again,cancel DHCP, click “OK” to save setting.Back to preview interface to wait till ID appear again</p>
<p>(Note:To get Esee ID,customer need to enter network setup three times)</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>4).Q:HDD can not be formatted,why?</p>
<p>A:Reason might be:do not stop recording,if need to format HD,need to stop all recording,includes manual recording,timing recording,motion detection</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>5).Q:CMS is not working in computer,why?</p>
<p>A:a.Computer system not windows or XP,our CMS based on windows or XP,do not support other system</p>
<p>b.Computer general storage capacity is below 128M.To check computer storage capacity,run dxdiag&#8211;display&#8211;general storage capacity</p>
<p>c.Computer do not install card drive</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>6).When upgrade,notice file not found,what should do?</p>
<p>a.Format U disk to FAT32 form</p>
<p>bPut fimrware in root u diskc.Change another u disk with better compatible</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>7).Q:How to change logo?</p>
<p>A:Prepare two pictures of the logo, the image resolution should be 800&#215;600，720&#215;576. less than 64KB，the two files should be named as vga800x600.jpg,cvbs720x576.jpg. Copy to the flash disk.</p>
<p>Connect the flash disk to the dvr</p>
<p>Come to the main menu, right click the mouse, go to setup&#8212;-system tools&#8212;-system maintenance</p>
<p>Click “logo” and “USB storage”, then start, when it shows“vga800x600.jpg  loaded and cvbs7200x576.jpg  loaded”，and click “sure” to finish the logo changing, then click “return” to exit</p>
<p>Reboot dvr to see if the logo has been changed</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>8).Q:How to upgrade?</p>
<p>A:Firstly, plz decompress the FW and copy it to your flash disk, then connect it with the dvr</p>
<p>Secondly, plz come to the interface of setup&#8212;system tools&#8211;system maintenance&#8211;system upgrade, click start&#8211;ok, it will begin the upgrading</p>
<p>Plz notice that during the upgrading, keep the dvr power on and the lines are connected.</p>
<p>After the upgrading to 100%, it finished, the dvr will restart, and it comes out the latest version</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>9).Q:What percentage spare mother board we offer?</p>
<p>A:1%</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>2.Esee Query</p>
<p>1).Q:User can not connect Esee by Esee ID,what should do?</p>
<p>A.a.Use computer in same LAN with DVR,then go to <a href="http://www.ip138.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">www.ip138.com</a> (It is Chinese website,or u can also go to your local website to check ur WAN IP address),it will give one IP address</p>
<p>b.Enter router&#8211;status&#8212;WAN IP,check this WAN IP same with IP give by ip138 or not.If different,current network environment can not set remote.Reason might be there are multi level routers.To set remote,need to keep only one level router.If same IP,then go to next step</p>
<p>c.Enter DVR main menu&#8211;setup&#8211;system setup&#8211;network setup,change WEB port to one number above 1024,then save</p>
<p>d.Enter router,disable UPNP,then enter virtual server to forwarding ports,add DVR IP address,WEB port and data port manually in virtual serve,then save</p>
<p>e.Reboot router,then can see view</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>2).What speed requirement about DVR and mobile?</p>
<p>DVR network upload speed above 2M,mobile side download speed above 2M</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>3).Mobile Esee view manual:</p>
<p>(Support Andriod and Iphone Esee view)</p>
<p>Go to www.dvrskype.com in mobile broswer directly,input device ID,user name and password</p>
<p>Besides,to use mobile application,for Andirod,can also download Esee in google play,for Iphone can go to APP store to download Eseye</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>3.Warranty Query</p>
<p>1).Q:How long warranty we offer?</p>
<p>A:12 months</p>
<p>2).In order to try best to avoid to de deducted or send bank by China custom,pls pay attention below two things:</p>
<p>a.Before u send back repair mother board,pls inform me in advance,give me CI &amp; PL in advance,or u give me details,I can also make it for u.After my confirmation,then u send back</p>
<p>b.Delivery term need to be door to door term</p>
<p>3.Other Query</p>
<p>1).When customer place new order,what should confirm with customer?</p>
<p>A.Which language is default in osd?</p>
<p>B.Plug style:like Europe style plug,UK style,US style,which style u need?</p>
<p>C.How many voltage?220V or?</p>
<p>D.PAL or NTSC as default?</p>
<p>E.This lot by sea or by air?</p>
<p>F.Any shipment mark?</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.xvraid.com/software/juan-cctv-firmware-software-new.html/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
	</channel>
</rss>
